diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:26:45 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:26:45 -0700 |
| commit | e69dbebab48223707ee79ee30db66212b7343c80 (patch) | |
| tree | 70524e70d59f3034ea1488377f8927ca55c3da88 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6032-0.txt | 5968 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6032-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 106917 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6032-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 108592 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6032-h/6032-h.htm | 6315 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/6032.txt | 5946 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/6032.zip | bin | 0 -> 107445 bytes |
9 files changed, 18245 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/6032-0.txt b/6032-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d4d163 --- /dev/null +++ b/6032-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5968 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople, by Geoffrey de Villehardouin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople + +Author: Geoffrey de Villehardouin + +Translator: Frank T. Marzials + +Release Date: October 23, 2002 [eBook #6032] +[Most recently updated: September 9, 2021] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Norm Wolcott + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE *** + + + + +Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople + +by Geoffrey de Villehardouin + +Translated by Frank T. Marzials + +London: +J.M. Dent, +1908 + + + + +THE FIRST PREACHING OF THE CRUSADE + + +Be it known to you that eleven hundred and ninety-seven years after the +Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, in the time of Innocent Pope of +Rome, and Philip King of France, and Richard King of England, there was +in France a holy man named Fulk of Neuilly—which Neuilly is between +Lagni-sur-Marne and Paris—and he was a priest and held the cure of the +village. And this said Fulk began to speak of God throughout the +Isle-de-France, and the other countries round about; and you must know +that by him the Lord wrought many miracles. + +Be it known to you further, that the fame of this holy man so spread, +that it reached the Pope of Rome, Innocent*; and the Pope sent to +France, and ordered the right worthy man to preach the cross (the +Crusade) by his authority. And afterwards the Pope sent a cardinal of +his, Master Peter of Capua, who himself had taken the cross, to +proclaim the Indulgence of which I now tell you, viz., that all who +should take the cross and serve in the host for one year, would be +delivered from all the sins they had committed, and acknowledged in +confession. And because this indulgence was so great, the hearts of men +were much moved, and many took the cross for the greatness of the +pardon. + +[Note: Innocent III, elected Pope on the 8th January 1198, at the early +age of thirty seven, Innocent III was one of the leading spirits of his +time—in every sense a strong man and great Pope. From the beginning of +his pontificate he turned his thoughts and policy to the recovery of +Jerusalem.] + + + + +OF THOSE WHO TOOK THE CROSS + + +The other year after that right worthy man Fulk had so spoken of God, +there was held a tourney in Champagne, at a castle called Ecri, and by +God’s grace it so happened that Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, +took the cross, and the Count Louis of Blois and Chartres likewise; and +this was at the beginning of Advent (28th November 1199). Now you must +know that this Count Thibaut was but a young man, and not more than +twenty-two years of age, and the Count Louis not more than +twenty-seven. These two counts were nephews and cousins-german to the +King of France, and, on the other part, nephews to the King of England. + +With these two counts there took the cross two very high and puissant +barons of France, Simon of Montfort*, and Renaud of Montmirail. Great +was the fame thereof throughout the land when these two high and +puissant men took the cross. + +[Note: Simon de Montfort—the same one who later crushed the +Albigensians and the father of the “English” Simon de Montfort who +defeated the royal army at Lewes and was killed at Evesham in 1265]. + +In the land of Count Thibaut of Champagne took the cross Garnier, +Bishop of Troyes, Count Walter of Brienne, Geoffry of Joinville*, who +was seneschal of the land, Robert his brother, Walter of Vignory, +Walter of Montbéliard, Eustace of Conflans, Guy of Plessis his brother, +Henry of Arzilliéres, Oger of Saint-Chéron, Villain of Neuilly, Geoffry +of Villhardouin, Marshal of Champagne, Geoffry his nephew, William of +Nully, Walter of Fuligny, Everard of Montigny, Manasses of l’Isle, +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, Miles the Brabant, Guy of Chappes, +Clerembaud his nephew, Renaud of Dampierre, John Foisnous, and many +other right worthy men whom this book does not here mention by name. + +[Note: Geoffry de Joinville—the father of the chronicler Joinville.] + +With Count Louis took the cross Gervais of Châtel, Hervée his son, John +of Virsin, Oliver of Rochefort, Henry of Montreuil, Payen of Orléans, +Peter of Bracietix, Hugh his brother, William of Sains, John of +Friaize, Walter of Gaudonville, Hugh of Cormeray, Geoffry his brother, +Hervée of Beauvoir, Robert of Frouville, Peter his brother, Orri of +l’Isle, Robert of Quartier, and many more whom this book does not here +mention by name. + +In the Isle-de-France took the cross Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, +Matthew of Montmorency, Guy the Castellan of Coucy, his nephew, Robert +of Ronsoi, Ferri of Yerres, John his brother, Walter of Saint-Denis, +Henry his brother, William of Aunoi, Robert Mauvoisin, Dreux of +Cressonsacq, Bernard of Moreuil, Enguerrand of Boves, Robert his +brother, and many more right worthy men with regard to whose names this +book is here silent. + +At the beginning of the following Lent, on the day when folk are marked +with ashes (23rd February 1200), the cross was taken at Bruges by Count +Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and by the Countess Mary his wife, +who was sister to the Count Thibaut of Champagne. Afterwards took the +cross, Henry his brother, Thierri his nephew, who was the son of Count +Philip of Flanders, William the advocate of Béthune, Conon his brother, +John of Nêle Castellan of Bruges, Renier of Trit, Reginald his son, +Matthew of Wallincourt, James of Avesnes, Baldwin of Beauvoir, Hugh of +Beaumetz, Gérard of Mancicourt, Odo of Ham, William of Gommegnies, +Dreux of Beaurain, Roger of Marck, Eustace of Saubruic, Francis of +Colemi, Walter of Bousies, Reginald of Mons, Walter of Tombes, Bernard +of Somergen, and many more right worthy men in great number, with +regard to whom this book does not speak further. + +Afterwards took the cross, Count Hugh of St. Paul. With him took the +cross, Peter of Amiens his nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Nicholas of +Mailly, Anscau of Cayeaux, Guy of Houdain, Walter of Nêle, Peter his +brother, and many other men who are unknown to us. + +Directly afterwards took the cross Geoffry of Perche, Stephen his +brother, Rotrou of Montfort, Ives of La Jaille, Aimery of Villeroi, +Geoffry of Beaumont, and many others whose names I do not know. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS SEND SIX ENVOYS TO VENICE + + +Afterwards the barons held a parliament at Soissons, to settle when +they should start, and whither they should wend. But they could come to +no agreement, because it did not seem to them that enough people had +taken the cross. So during all that year (1200) no two months passed +without assemblings in parliament at Compiègne. There met all the +counts and barons who had taken the cross. Many were the opinions given +and considered; but in the end it was agreed that envoys should be +sent, the best that could be found, with full powers, as if they were +the lords in person, to settle such matters as needed settlement. + +Of these envoys, Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, sent two; +Baldwin, Count of Flanders and Hainault, two; and Louis, Count of Blois +and Chartres, two. The envoys of the Count Thibaut were Geoffry of +Villehardouin, Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant; the envoys +of Count Baldwin were Conon of Béthune, and Alard Maquereau, and the +envoys of Count Louis were John of Friaise, and Walter of Gaudonville. + +To these six envoys the business in hand was fully committed, all the +barons delivering to them valid charters, with seals attached, to the +effect that they would undertake to maintain and carry out whatever +conventions and agreements the envoys might enter into, in all sea +ports, and whithersoever else the envoys might fare. + +Thus were the six envoys despatched, as you have been told; and they +took counsel among themselves, and this was their conclusion: that in +Venice they might expect to find a greater number of vessels than in +any other port. So they journeyed day by day, till they came thither in +the first week of Lent (February 1201). + + + + +THE ENVOYS ARRIVE IN VENICE, AND PROFFER THEIR REQUEST + + +The Doge of Venice, whose name was Henry Dandolo* and who was very wise +and very valiant, did them great honour, both he and the other folk, +and entertained them right willingly, marvelling, however, when the +envoys had delivered their letters, what might be the matter of import +that had brought them to that country. For the letters were letters of +credence only, and declared no more than that the bearers were to be +accredited as if they were the counts in person, and that the said +counts would make good whatever the six envoys should undertake. + +[Note: That Henry Dandolo was a very old man is certain, but there is +doubt as to his precise age, as also as to the cause of his blindness. +According to one account he had been blinded, or all but blinded, by +the Greeks, and in a treacherous manner, when sent, at an earlier date, +on an embassy to Constaritinople-whence his bitter hostility to the +Greek Empire. I agree, however, with Sir Rennell Rodd that, if this had +been so, Villehardouin would scarcely have refrained from mentioning +such an act of perfidy on the part of the wicked Greeks. (See p. 41 of +Vol 1 of Sir Rennell Rodd’s _Princes of Achaia_.) It is hardly to be +imagined that he would keep the matter dark because, if he mentioned +it, people would think Dandolo acted throughout from motives of +personal vengeance. This would be to regard Villehardouin as a very +astute controversial historian indeed.] + +So the Doge replied: “Signors, I have seen your letters; well do we +know that of men uncrowned your lords are the greatest, and they advise +us to put faith in what you tell us, and that they will maintain +whatsoever you undertake. Now, therefore, speak, and let us know what +is your pleasure.” + +And the envoys answered: “Sire, we would that you should assemble your +council; and before your council we will declare the wishes of our +lords; and let this be tomorrow, if it so pleases you.” And the Doge +replied asking for respite till the fourth day, when he would assemble +his council, so that the envoys might state their requirements. + +The envoys waited then till the fourth day, as had been appointed them, +and entered the palace, which was passing rich and beautiful; and found +the Doge and his council in a chamber. There they delivered their +message after this manner: “Sire, we come to thee on the part of the +high barons of France, who have taken the sign of the cross to avenge +the shame done to Jesus Christ, and to reconquer Jerusalem, if so be +that God will suffer it. And because they know that no people have such +great power to help them as you and your people, therefore we pray you +by God that you take pity on the land overseas and the shame of Christ, +and use diligence that our lords have ships for transport and battle.” + +“And after what manner should we use diligence?” said the Doge. “After +all manners that you may advise and propose,” rejoined the envoys, “in +so far as what you propose may be within our means.” “Certes,” said the +Doge, “it is a great thing that your lords require of us, and well it +seems that they have in view a high enterprise. We will give you our +answer eight days from to-day. And marvel not if the term be long, for +it is meet that so great a matter be fully pondered.” + + + + +CONDITIONS PROPOSED BY THE DOGE + + +When the term appointed by the Doge was ended, the envoys returned to +the palace. Many were the words then spoken which I cannot now +rehearse. But this was the conclusion of that parliament: “Signors,” +said the Doge, “we will tell you the conclusions at which we have +arrived, if so be that we can induce our great council and the commons +of the land to allow of them; and you, on your part, must consult and +see if you can accept them and carry them through. + +“We will build transports* to carry four thousand five hundred horses, +and nine thousand squires, and ships for four thousand five hundred +knights, and twenty thousand sergeants of foot. And we will agree also +to purvey food for these horses and people during nine months. This is +what we undertake to do at the least, on condition that you pay us for +each horse four marks, and for each man two marks. + +[Note: The old French term is _Vuissiers_, and denotes a kind of +vessel, flat-bottomed, with large ports, specially constructed for the +transport of horses. T. Smith translates “palanders,” but I don’t know +that “palander” conveys any very clear idea to the English reader.] + +“And the covenants we are now explaining to you, we undertake to keep, +wheresoever we may be, for a year, reckoning from the day on which we +sail from the port of Venice in the service of God and of Christendom. +Now the sum total of the expenses above named amounts to 85,000 marks. + +“And this will we do moreover. For the love of God, we will add to the +fleet fifty armed galleys on condition that, so long as we act in +company, of all conquests in land or money, whether at sea or on dry +ground, we shall have the half, and you the other half. Now consult +together to see if you, on your parts, can accept and fulfil these +covenants.” + +The envoys then departed, and said that they would consult together and +give their answer on the morrow. They consulted, and talked together +that night, and agreed to accept the terms offered. So the next day +they appeared before the Doge, and said: “Sire, we are ready to ratify +this covenant.” The Doge thereon said he would speak of the matter to +his people, and, as he found them affected, so would he let the envoys +know the issue. + +On the morning of the third day, the Doge, who was very wise and +valiant, assembled his great council, and the council was of forty men +of the wisest that were in the land. And the Doge, by his wisdom and +wit, that were very clear and very good, brought them to agreement and +approval. Thus he wrought with them; and then with a hundred others, +then two hundred, then a thousand, so that at last all consented and +approved. Then he assembled well ten thousand of the people in the +church of St. Mark, the most beautiful church that there is, and bade +them hear a mass of the Holy Ghost, and pray to God for counsel on the +request and messages that had been addressed to them. And the people +did so right willingly. + + + + +CONCLUSION OF THE TREATY, AND RETURN OF THE ENVOYS + + +When mass had been said, the Doge desired the envoys to humbly ask the +people to assent to the proposed covenant. The envoys came into the +church. Curiously were they looked upon by many who had not before had +sight of them. + +Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, by will and consent +of the other envoys, acted as spokesman and said unto them: “Lords, the +barons of France, most high and puissant, have sent us to you; and they +cry to you for mercy, that you take pity on Jerusalem, which is in +bondage to the Turks, and that, for God’s sake, you help to avenge the +shame of Christ Jesus. And for this end they have elected to come to +you, because they know full well that there is none other people having +so great power on the seas, as you and your people. And they commanded +us to fall at your feet, and not to rise till you consent to take pity +on the Holy Land which is beyond the seas.” + +Then the six envoys knelt at the feet of the people, weeping many +tears. And the Doge and all the others burst into tears of pity and +compassion, and cried with one voice, and lifted up their hands, +saying: “We consent, we consent!” Then was there so great a noise and +tumult that it seemed as if the earth itself were falling to pieces. + +And when this great tumult and passion of pity—greater did never any +man see—were appeased, the good Doge of Venice, who was very wise and +valiant, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the people, and +said to them: “Signors, behold the honour that God has done you; for +the best people in the world have set aside all other people, and +chosen you to join them in so high an enterprise as the deliverance of +our Lord!” + +All the good and beautiful words that the Doge then spoke, I cannot +repeat to you. But the end of the matter was, that the covenants were +to be made on the following day; and made they were, and devised +accordingly. When they were concluded, it was notified to the council +that we should go to Babylon (Cairo), because the Turks could better be +destroyed in Babylon than in any other land; but to the folk at large +it was only told that we were bound to go overseass. We were then in +Lent (March 1201), and by St. John’s Day, in the following year-which +would be twelve hundred and two years after the Incarnation of Jesus +Christ-the barons and pilgrims were to be in Venice, and the ships +ready against their coming. + +When the treaties were duly indited and sealed, they were brought to +the Doge in the grand palace, where had been assembled the great and +the little council. And when the Doge delivered the treaties to the +envoys, he knelt greatly weeping, and swore on holy relics faithfully +to observe the conditions thereof, and so did all his council, which +numbered fifty-six persons. And the envoys, on their side, swore to +observe the treaties, and in all good faith to maintain their oaths and +the oaths of their lords; and be it known to you that for great pity +many a tear was there shed. And forthwith were messengers sent to Rome, +to the Pope Innocent, that he might confirm this covenant-the which he +did right willingly. + +Then did the envoys borrow five thousand marks of silver, and gave them +to the Doge so that the building of the ships might be begun. And +taking leave to return to their own land, they journeyed day by day +till they came to Placentia in Lombardy. There they parted. Geoffry, +the Marshal of Champagne and Alard Maquereau went straight to France, +and the others went to Genoa and Pisa to learn what help might there be +had for the land oversea. + +When Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, passed over Mont Cenis, he +came in with Walter of Brienne, going into Apulia, to conquer the land +of his wife, whom he had married since he took the cross, and who was +the daughter of King Tancred. With him went Walter of Montbéliard, and +Eustace of Conflans, Robert of Joinville, and a great part of the +people of worth in Champagne who had taken the cross. + +And when he told them the news how the envoys had fared, great was +their joy, and much did they prize the arrangements made. And they +said, “We are already on our way; and when you come, you will find us +ready.” But events fall out as God wills, and never had they power to +join the host. This was much to our loss; for they were of great +prowess and valiant. And thus they parted, and each went on his way. + +So rode Geoffry the Marshal, day by day, that he came to Troyes in +Champagne, and found his lord the Count Thibaut sick and languishing, +and right glad was the count of his coming. And when he had told the +count how he had fared, the count was so rejoiced that he said he would +mount horse, a thing he had not done of a long time. So he rose from +his bed and rode forth. But alas, how great the pity! For never again +did he bestride horse but that once. + +His sickness waxed and grew worse, so that at the last he made his will +and testament, and divided the money which he would have taken with him +on pilgrimage among his followers and companions, of whom he had many +that were very good men and true-no one at that time had more. And he +ordered that each one, on receiving his money, should swear on holy +relics, to join the host at Venice, according as he had promised. Many +there were who kept that oath badly, and so incurred great blame. The +count ordered that another portion of his treasure should be retained, +and taken to the host, and there expended as might seem best. + +Thus died the count; and no man in this world made a better end. And +there were present at that time a very great assemblage of men of his +lineage and of his vassals. But of the mourning and funeral pomp it is +unmeet that I should here speak. Never was more honour paid to any man. +And right well that it was so, for never was man of his age more +beloved by his own men, nor by other folk. Buried he was beside his +father in the church of our lord St. Stephen at Troyes. He left behind +him the Countess, Ws wife, whose name was Blanche, very fair, very +good, the daughter of the King of Navarre. She had borne him a little +daughter, and was then about to bear a son. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS LOOK FOR ANOTHER CHIEF + + +When the Count was buried, Matthew of Montmorency, Simon of Montfort, +Geoffry of Joinville who was seneschal, and Geoffry the Marshal, went +to Odo, Duke of Burgundy, and said to him, “Sire, your cousin is dead. +You see what evil has befallen the land overseass We pray you by God +that you take the cross, and succour the land overseas in his stead. +And we will cause you to have all his treasure, and will swear on holy +relics, and make the others swear also, to serve you in all good faith, +even as we should have served him.” + +Such was his pleasure that he refused. And be it known to you that he +might have done much better. The envoys charged Geoffry of Joinville to +make the self-same offer to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, Thibaut, who was +cousin to the dead count, and he refused also. + +Very great was the discomfort of the pilgrims, and of all who were +about to go on God’s service, at the death of Count Thibaut of +Champagne; and they held a parliament, at the beginning, of the month, +at Soissons, to determine what they should do. There were present Count +Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, the Count Louis of Blois and +Chartres, the Count Geoffry of Perche, the Count Hugh of Saint-Paul, +and many other men of worth. + +Geoffry the Marshal spake to them and told them of the offer made to +the Duke of Burgundy, and to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, and how they had +refused it. “My lords,” said he, “listen, I will advise you of somewhat +if you will consent thereto. The Marquis of Montferrat* is very worthy +and valiant, and one of the most highly prized of living men. If you +asked him to come here, and take the sign of the cross and put himself +in place of the Count of Champagne, and you gave him the lordship of +the host, full soon would he accept thereof.” + +[Note: Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, was one of the most +accomplished men of the time, and an approved soldier. His little court +at Montferrat was the resort of artist and troubadour. His family was a +family of Crusaders. The father, William of Montferrat, had gone +overseass and fought valiantly against the infidel. Boniface’s eldest +brother, William of the Long Sword, married a daughter of the titular +King of Jerusalem, and their son became titular king in turn. Another +brother, Conrad, starting for the Holy Land, stopped at Constantinople, +and did there such good service that the Greek emperor gave his sister +to him in marriage; but afterwards fearing the perfidy of his +brother-in-law, Conrad fled to Syria, and there battled against +Saladin. Yet another brother, Renier, also served in the Greek Empire, +married an Emperor’s daughter, and received for guerdon of his deeds +the kingdom of Salonika. Boniface himself had fought valiantly against +Saladin, been made prisoner, and afterwards liberated on exchange. It +was no mean and nameless knight that Villehardouin was proposing as +chief to the assembled Crusaders, but a princely noble, the patron of +poets, versed in state affairs, and possessing personal experience of +Eastern warfare. I extract these details from M. Bouchet’s _Notice_]. + +Many were the words spoken for and against; but in the end all agreed, +both small and great. So were letters written, and envoys chosen, and +the marquis was sent for. And he came, on the day appointed, through +Champagne and the Isle-de-France, where he received much honour, and +specially from the King of France, who was his cousin. + + + + +BONIFACE, MARQUIS OF MONTFERRAT, BECOMES CHIEF OF THE CRUSADE—NEW +CRUSADERS—DEATH OF GEOFFRY COUNT OF PERCHE + + +So he came to a parliament assembled at Soissons; and the main part of +the counts and barons and of the other Crusaders were there assembled. +When they heard that the marquis was coming, they went out to meet him, +and did him much honour. In the morning the parliament was held in an +orchard belonging to the abbey of our Lady of Soissons. There they +besought the marquis to do as they had desired of him, and prayed him, +for the love of God, to take the cross, and accept the leadership of +the host, and stand in the place of Thibaut Count of Champagne, and +accept of his money and of his men. And they fell at his feet, with +many tears; and he, on his part, fell at their feet, and said he would +do it right willingly. + +Thus did the marquis consent to their prayers, and receive the lordship +of the host. Whereupon the Bishop of Soissons, and Master Fulk, the +holy man, and two white monks whom the marquis had brought with him +from Ws own land, led him into the Church of Notre Dame, and attached +the cross to his shoulder. Thus ended this parliament, and the next day +he took leave to return to his own land and settle his own +affairs-telling them all to settle their own affairs likewise, for that +he would meet them at Venice. + +Thence did the marquis go to attend the Chapter at Citeaux, which is +held on Holy Cross Day in September (14th September 1241). There he +found a great number of abbots, barons and other people of Burgundy; +and Master Fulk went thither to preach the Crusade. And at that place +took the cross Odo the Champenois of Champlitte, and William his +brother, Richard of Dampierre, Odo his brother, Guy of Pesmes, Edmund +his brother, Guy of Conflans, and many other good men of Burgundy, +whose names are not recorded. Afterwards took the cross the Bishop of +Autun, Guignes Count of Forez, Hugh of Bergi (father and son), Hugh of +Colemi. Further on in Provence took the cross Peter Bromont, and many +others whose names are unknown to us. + +Thus did the pilgrims make ready in all lands. Alas! a great mischance +befell them in the following Lent (March 1202) before they had started, +for the Count Geoffry of Perche fell sick, and made his will in such +fashion that he directed that Stephen, his brother, should have his +goods, and lead his men in the host. Of this exchange the pilgrims +would willingly have been quit, had God so ordered. Thus did the count +make an end and die; and much evil ensued, for he was a baron high and +honoured, and a good knight. Greatly was he mourned throughout all his +lands. + + + + +FIRST STARTING OF THE PILGRIMS FOR VENICE, AND OF SOME WHO WENT NOT +THITHER + + +After Easter and towards Whitsuntide (June 1202) began the pilgrims to +leave their own country. And you must know that at their departure many +were the tears shed for pity and sorrow, by their own people and by +their friends. So they journeyed through Burgundy, and by the mountains +of Mont-joux (? Jura) by Mont Cenis, and through Lombardy, and began to +assemble at Venice, where they were lodged on an island which is called +St. Nicholas in the port. + +At that time started from Flanders a fleet that carried a great number +of good men-at-arms. Of this fleet were captains John of Nêle, +Castellan of Bruges, Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of +Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly. And these promised Count Baldwin, and +swore on holy relics, that they would go through the straits of +Morocco, and join themselves to him, and to the host of Venice, at +whatsoever place they might hear that the count was faring. And for +this reason the Count of Flanders and Henry his brother had confided to +them certain ships loaded with cloth and food and other wares. + +Very fair was this fleet, and rich, and great was the reliance that the +Count of Flanders and the pilgrims placed upon it, because very many of +their good sergeants were journeying therein. But ill did these keep +the faith they had sworn to the count, they and others like them, +because they and such others of the same sort became fearful of the +great perils that the host of Venice had undertaken. + +Thus did the Bishop of Autun fail us, and Guignes the Count of Forez, +and Peter Bromont, and many people besides, who were greatly blamed +therein; and of little worth were the exploits they performed there +where they did go. And of the French failed us Bernard of Moreuil, Hugh +of Chaumont, Henry of Araines, John of Villers, Walter of Saint-Denis, +Hugh his brother, and many others, who avoided the passage to Venice +because of the danger, and went instead to Marseilles-whereof they +received shame, and much were they blamed-and great were the mishaps +that afterwards befell them. + + + + +OF THE PILGRIMS WHO CAME TO VENICE, AND OF THOSE WHO WENT TO APULIA + + +Now let us for this present speak of them no further, but speak of the +pilgrims, of whom a great part had already come to Venice. Count +Baldwin of Flanders had already arrived there, and many others, and +thither were tidings brought to them that many of the pilgrims were +travelling by other ways, and from other ports. This troubled them +greatly, because they would thus be unable to fulfil the promise made +to the Venetians, and find the moneys that were due. + +So they took counsel together, and agreed to send good envoys to meet +the pilgrims, and to meet Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, who had +not yet arrived, and to put them in good heart, and beseech them to +have pity of the Holy Land beyond the sea, and show them that no other +passage, save that from Venice, could be of profit. + +For this embassy they made choice of Count Hugh of Saint-Paul and +Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, and these rode till they came to +Pavia in Lombardy. There they found Count Louis with a great many +knights and men of note and worth; and by encouragements and prayers +prevailed on many to proceed to Venice who would otherwise have fared +from other ports, and by other ways. + +Nevertheless from Placentia many men of note proceeded by other ways to +Apulia. Among them were Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best +knights in the world, Henry of Arzilliéres, Renaud of Dampierre, Henry +of Longchamp, and Giles of Trasegnies, liegeman to Count Baldwin of +Flanders and Hainault, who had given him, out of his own purse, five +hundred _livres_ to accompany him on this journey. With these went a +great company of knights and sergeants, whose names are not recorded. + +Thus was the host of those who went by Venice greatly weakened; and +much evil befell them therefrom, as you shall shortly hear. + + + + +THE PILGRIMS LACK MONEY WHEREWITH TO PAY THE VENETIANS + + +Thus did Count Louis and the other barons wend their way to Venice; and +they were there received with feasting and joyfully, and took lodging +in the Island of St. Nicholas with those who had come before. Goodly +was the host, and right worthy were the men. Never did man see goodlier +or worthier. And the Venetians held a market, rich and abundant, of all +things needful for horses and men. And the fleet they had got ready was +so goodly and fine that never did Christian man see one goodlier or +finer; as well galleys as transports, and sufficient for at least three +times as many men as were in the host. + +Ah! the grievous harm and loss when those who should have come thither +sailed instead from other ports! Right well if they had kept their +tryst, would Christendom have been exalted, and the land of the Turks +abased! The Venetians had fulfilled all their undertakings, and above +measure, and they now summoned the barons and counts to fulfil theirs +and make payment, since they were ready to start. + +The cost of each man’s passage was now levied throughout the host; and +there were people enough who said they could not pay for their passage, +and the barons took from them such moneys as they had. So each man paid +what he could. When the barons had thus claimed the cost of the +passages, and when the payments had been collected, the moneys came to +less than the sum due-yea, by more than one half. + +Then the barons met together and said: “Lords, the Venetians have well +fulfilled all their undertakings, and above measure. But we cannot +fulfil ours in paying for our passages, seeing we are too few in +number; and this is the fault of those who have journeyed by other +ports. For God’s sake therefore let each contribute all that he has, so +that we may fulfil our covenant; for better is it that we should give +all that we have, than lose what we have already paid, and prove false +to our covenants; for if this host remains here, the rescue of the land +overseas comes to naught.” + +Great was then the dissension among the main part of the barons and the +other folk, and they said: “We have paid for our passages, and if they +will take us, we shall go willingly; but if not, we shall inquire and +look for other means of passage.” And they spoke thus because they +wished that the host should fall to pieces and each return to his own +land. But the other party said, “Much rather would we give all that we +have and go penniless with the host, than that the host should fall to +pieces and fail; for God will doubtless repay us when it so pleases +Him.” + +Then the Count of Flanders began to give all that he had and all that +he could borrow, and so did Count Louis, and the Marquis, and the Count +of Saint-Paul, and those who were of their party. Then might you have +seen many a fine vessel of gold and silver borne in payment to the +palace of the Doge. And when all had been brought together, there was +still wanting, of the sum required, 34,000 marks of silver. Then those +who had kept back their possessions and not brought them into the +common stock, were right glad, for they thought now surely the host +must fail and go to pieces. But God, who advises those who have been +ill-advised, would not so suffer it. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN A RESPITE BY PROMISING TO HELP THE VENETIANS +AGAINST ZARA + + +Then the Doge spoke to his people, and said unto them: + +Signors, these people cannot pay more; and in so far as they have paid +at all, we have benefited by an agreement which they cannot now fulfil. +But our right to keep this money would not everywhere be acknowledged; +and if we so kept it we should be greatly blamed, both us and our land. +Let us therefore offer them terms. + +“The King of Hungary has taken from us Zara in Sclavonia, which is one +of the strongest places in the world; and never shall we recover it +with all the power that we possess, save with the help of these people. +Let us therefore ask them to help us to reconquer it, and we will remit +the payment of the debt of 34,000 marks of silver, until such time as +it shall please God to allow us to gain the moneys by conquest, we and +they together.” Thus was agreement made. Much was it contested by those +who wished that the host should be broken up. Nevertheless the +agreement was accepted and ratified. + + + + +THE DOGE AND A NUMBER OF VENETIANS TAKE THE CROSS + + +Then, on a Sunday, was assemblage held in the church of St. Mark. It +was a very high festival, and the people of the land were there, and +the most part of the barons and pilgrims. + +Before the beginning of High Mass, the Doge of Venice, who bore the +name of Henry Dandolo, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the +people, and said to them: “Signors, you are associated with the most +worthy people in the world, and for the highest enterprise ever +undertaken; and I am a man old and feeble, who should have need of +rest, and I am sick in body; but I see that no one could command and +lead you like myself, who am your lord. If you will consent that I take +the sign of the cross to guard and direct you, and that my son remain +in my place to guard the land, then shall I go to live or die with you +and with the pilgrims.” + +And when they had heard him, they cried with one voice: “We pray you by +God that you consent, and do it, and that you come with us!” + +Very great was then the pity and compassion on the part of the people +of the land and of the pilgrims; and many were the tears shed, because +that worthy and good man would have had so much reason to remain +behind, for he was an old man, and albeit his eyes were unclouded, yet +he saw naught, having lost his sight through a wound in the head. He +was of a great heart. Ah! how little like him were those who had gone +to other ports to escape the danger. + +Thus he came down from the reading-desk, and went before the altar, and +knelt upon his knees greatly weeping. And they sewed the cross on to a +great cotton hat, which he wore, in front, because he wished that all +men should see it. And the Venetians began to take the cross in great +numbers, a great multitude, for up to that day very few had taken the +cross. Our pilgrims had much joy in the cross that the Doge took, and +were greatly moved, because of the wisdom and the valour that were in +him. + +Thus did the Doge take the cross, as you have heard. Then the Venetians +began to deliver the ships, the galleys, and the transports to the +barons, for departure; but so much time had already been spent since +the appointed term, that September drew near (1202). + + + + +MESSAGE OF ALEXIUS, THE SON OF ISAAC, THE DETHRONED EMPEROR OF +CONSTANTINOPLE—DEATH OF FULK OF NEUILLY—ARRIVAL OF THE GERMANS + + +Now give ear to one of the greatest marvels, and most wonderful +adventures that you have ever heard tell of. At that time there was an +emperor in Constantinople, whose name was Isaac, and he had a brother, +Alexius by name, whom he had ransomed from captivity among the Turks. +This Alexius took his brother the emperor, tore the eyes out of his +head, and made himself emperor by the aforesaid treachery. He kept +Isaac a long time in prison, together with a son whose name was +Alexius. This son escaped from prison, and fled in a ship to a city on +the sea, which is called Ancona. Thence he departed to go to King +Philip of Germany, who had his sister for wife; and he came to Verona +in Lombardy, and lodged in the town, and found there a number of +pilgrims and other people who were on their way to join the host. + +And those who had helped him to escape, and were with him, said: “Sire, +here is an army in Venice, quite near to us, the best and most valiant +people and knights that are in the world, and they are going overseass +Cry to them therefore for mercy, that they have pity on thee and on thy +father, who have been so wrongfully dispossessed. And if they be +willing to help thee, thou shalt be guided by them. Perchance they will +take pity on thy estate.” And Alexius said he would do this right +willingly, and that the advice was good. + +Thus he appointed envoys, and sent them to the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was chief of the host, and to the other barons. And +when the barons saw them, they marvelled greatly, and said to the +envoys: “We understand right well what you tell us. We will send an +envoy with the prince to King Philip, whither he is going. If the +prince will help to recover the land overseass we will help him to +recover his own land, for we know that it has been wrested from him and +from his father wrongfully.” So were envoys sent into Germany, both to +the heir of Constantinople and to King Philip of Germany. + +Before this happened, of which I have just told you, there came news to +the host which greatly saddened the barons and the other folk, viz., +that Fulk, the good man, the holy man, who first preached the Crusade, +had made an end and was dead. + +And after this adventure, there came to the host a company of very good +and worthy people from the empire of Germany, of whose arrival they of +the host were full fain. There came the Bishop of Halberstadt, Count +Berthold of Katzenelenbogen, Gamier of Borland, Thierri of Loos, Henry +of Orme, Thierri of Diest, Roger of Suitre, Alexander of Villers, Ulric +of Tone, and many other good folk, whose names are not recorded in this +book. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS LEAVE VENICE TO BESIEGE ZARA + + +Then were the ships and transports apportioned by the barons. Ah, God I +what fine war-horses were put therein. And when the ships were +fulfilled with arms and provisions, and knights and sergeants, the +shields were ranged round the bulwarks and castles of the ships, and +the banners displayed, many and fair. + +And be it known to you that the vessels carried more than three hundred +petraries and mangonels, and all such engines as are needed for the +taking of cities, in great plenty. Never did finer fleet sail from +any port. And this was in the octave of the Feast of St. Remigius +(October) in the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ twelve hundred +and two. Thus did they sail from the port of Venice, as you have been +told. + +On the Eve of St. Martin (10th November) they came before Zara in +Sclavonia, and beheld the city enclosed by high walls and high towers; +and vainly would you have sought for a fairer city, or one of greater +strength, or richer. And when the pilgrims saw it, they marvelled +greatly, and said one to another, “How could such a city be taken by +force, save by the help of God himself?” + +The first ships that came before the city cast anchor, and waited for +the others; and in the morning the day was very fine and very clear, +and all the galleys came up with the transports, and the other ships +which were behind; and they took the port by force, and broke the chain +that defended it and was very strong and well-wrought; and they landed +in such sort that the port was between them and the town. Then might +you have seen many a knight and many a sergeant swarming out of the +ships, and taking from the transports many a good war-horse, and many a +rich tent and many a pavilion. Thus did the host encamp. And Zara was +besieged on St. Martin’s Day (11th November 1202). + +At this time all the barons had not yet arrived. Thus the Marquis of +Montferrat had remained behind for some business that detained him. And +Stephen of Perche had remained at Venice sick, and Matthew of +Montmorency. When they were healed of their sickness Matthew of +Montmorency came to rejoin the host at Zara; but Stephen of Perche +dealt less worthily, for he abandoned the host, and went to sojourn in +Apulia. With him went Rotrou of Montfort and Ives of la Jaille, and +many others, who were much blamed therein; and they journeyed to Syria +in the following spring.* + +[Note: Literally, “in the passage of March,” _i.e._ among the pilgrims +who periodically started for the Holy Land in March.] + + + + +THE INHABITANTS OF ZARA OFFER TO CAPITULATE, AND THEN DRAW BACK—ZARA IS +TAKEN + + +On the day following the feast of St. Martin, certain of the people of +Zara came forth, and spoke to the Doge of Venice, who was in his +pavilion, and said to him that they would yield up the city and all +their goods-their lives being spared-to his mercy. And the Doge replied +that he would not accept these conditions, nor any conditions, save by +consent of the counts and barons, with whom he would go and confer. + +While he went to confer with the counts and barons, that party, of whom +you have already heard, who wished to disperse the host, spoke to the +envoys and said, “Why should you surrender your city? The pilgrims will +not attack you—have no care of them. If you can defend yourselves +against the Venetians, you will be safe enough.” And they chose one of +themselves, whose name was Robert of Boves, who went to the walls of +the city, and spoke the same words. Therefore the envoys returned to +the city, and the negotiations were broken off. + +The Doge of Venice, when he came to the counts and barons, said to +them: “Signors, the people who are therein desire to yield the city to +my mercy, on condition only that their lives are spared. But I will +enter into no agreement with them-neither this nor any other-save with +your consent.” And the barons answered: “Sire, we advise you to accept +these conditions, and we even beg of you so to do.” He said he would do +so; and they all returned together to the pavilion of the Doge to make +the agreement, and found that the envoys had gone away by the advice of +those who wished to disperse the host. + +Then rose the abbot of Vaux, of the order of the Cistercians, and said +to them: “Lords, I forbid you, on the part of the Pope of Rome, to +attack this city; for those within it are Christians, and you are +pilgrims.” When the Doge heard this, he was very wroth, and much +disturbed, and he said to the counts and barons: “Signors, I had this +city, by their own agreement, at my mercy, and your people have broken +that agreement; you have covenanted to help me to conquer it, and I +summon you to do so.” + +Whereon the counts and barons all spoke at once, together with those +who were of their party, and said: “Great is the outrage of those who +have caused this agreement to be broken, and never a day has passed +that they have not tried to break up the host. Now are we shamed if we +do not help to take the city.” And they came to the Doge, and said: +“Sire, we will help you to take the city in despite of those who would +let and hinder us.” + +Thus was the decision taken. The next morning the host encamped before +the gates of the city, and set up their petraries and mangonels, and +other engines of war, which they had in plenty, and on the side of the +sea they raised ladders from the ships. Then they began to throw stones +at the walls of the city and at the towers. So did the assault last for +about five days. Then were the sappers set to mine one of the towers, +and began to sap the wall. When those within the city saw this, they +proposed an agreement, such as they had before refused by the advice of +those who wished to break up the host. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS ESTABLISH THEMSELVES IN THE CITYAFFRAY BETWEEN THE +VENETIANS AND THE FRANKS + + +Thus did the city surrender to the mercy of the Doge, on condition only +that all lives should be spared. Then came the Doge to the counts and +barons, and said to them: “Signors, we have taken this city by the +grace of God, and your own. It is now winter, and we cannot stir hence +till Eastertide; for we should find no market in any other place; and +this city is very rich, and well furnished with all supplies. Let us +therefore divide it in the midst, and we will take one half, and you +the other.” + +As he had spoken, so was it done. The Venetians took the part of the +city towards the port, where were the ships, and the Franks took the +other part. There were quarters assigned to each, according as was +right and convenient. And the host raised the camp, and went to lodge +in the city. + +On the third day after they were all lodged, there befell a great +misadventure in the host, at about the hour of vespers; for there began +a fray, exceeding fell and fierce, between the Venetians and the +Franks, and they ran to arms from all sides. And the fray was so fierce +that there were but few streets in which battle did not rage with +swords and lances and cross-bows and darts; and many people were killed +and wounded. + +But the Venetians could not abide the combat, and they began to suffer +great losses. Then the men of mark, who did not want this evil to +befall, came fully armed into the strife, and began to separate the +combatants; and when they had separated them in one place, they began +again in another. This lasted the better part of the night. +Nevertheless with great labour and endurance at last they were +separated. And be it known to you that this was the greatest misfortune +that ever befell a host, and little did it lack that the host was not +lost utterly. But God would not suffer it. + +Great was the loss on either side. There was slain a high lord of +Flanders, whose name was Giles of Landas: he was struck in the eye, and +with that stroke he died in the fray; and many another of whom less was +spoken. The Doge of Venice and the barons laboured much, during the +whole of that week, to appease the fray, and they laboured so +effectually that peace was made. God be thanked therefor. + + + + +ON WHAT CONDITIONS ALEXIUS PROPOSES TO OBTAIN THE HELP OF THE CRUSADERS +FOR THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE + + +A fortnight after came to Zara the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who +had not yet joined, and Matthew of Montmorency, and Peter of Bracieux, +and many another man of note. And after another fortnight came also the +envoys from Germany, sent by King Philip and the heir of +Constantinople. Then the barons, and the Doge of Venice assembled in a +palace where the Doge was lodged. And the envoys addressed them and +said: “Lords, King Philip sends us to you, as does also the brother of +the king’s wife, the son of the emperor of Constantinople. + +“‘Lords,’ says the king, ‘I will send you the brother of my wife; and I +commit him into the hands of God—may He keep him from death!—and into +your hands. And because you have fared forth for God, and for right, +and for justice, therefore you are bound, in so far as you are able, to +restore to their own inheritance those who have been unrighteously +despoiled. And my wife’s brother will make with you the best terms ever +offered to any people, and give you the most puissant help for the +recovery of the land oversea. + +“‘And first, if God grant that you restore him to his inheritance, he +will place the whole empire of Roumania in obedience to Rome, from +which it has long been separated. Further, he knows that you have spent +of your substance, and that you are poor, and he will give you 200,000 +marks of silver, and food for all those of the host, both small and +great. And he, of his own person, will go with you into the land of +Babylon, or, if you hold that that will be better, send thither 10,000 +men, at his own charges. And this service he will perform for one year. +And all the days of his life he will maintain, at his own charges, five +hundred knights in the land overseass to guard that land.’” + +“Lords, we have full power,” said the envoys, “to conclude this +agreement, if you are willing to conclude it on your parts. And be it +known to you, that so favourable an agreement has never before been +offered to any one; and that he that would refuse it can have but small +desire of glory and conquest.” + +The barons and the Doge said they would talk this over; and a +parliament was called for the morrow. When all were assembled, the +matter was laid before them. + + + + +DISCORD AMONG THE CRUSADERS—OF THOSE WHO ACCEPT THE PROPOSALS OF THE +YOUNG ALEXIUS + + +Then arose much debate. The abbot of Vaux, of the order of the +Cistercians, spoke, and that party that wished for the dispersal of the +host; and they said they would never consent: that it was not to fall +on Christians that they had left their homes, and that they would go to +Syria. + +And the other party replied: “Fair lords, in Syria you will be able to +do nothing; and that you may right well perceive by considering how +those have fared who abandoned us, and sailed from other ports. And be +it known to you that it is only by way of Babylon, or of Greece, that +the land overseas can be recovered, if so be that it ever is recovered. +And if we reject this covenant we shall be shamed to all time.” + +There was discord in the host, as you hear. Nor need you be surprised +if there was discord among the laymen, for the white monks of the order +of Citeaux were also at issue among themselves in the host. The abbot +of Loos, who was a holy man and a man of note, and other abbots who +held with him, prayed and besought the people, for pity’s sake and the +sake of God, to keep the host together, and agree to the proposed +convention, in that “it afforded the best means by which the land +overseas might be recovered;” while the abbot of Vaux, on the other +hand, and those who held with him, preached full oft, and declared that +all this was naught, and that the host ought to go to the land of +Syria, and there do what they could. + +Then came the Marquis of Montferrat, and Baldwin Count of Flanders and +Hainault, and Count Louis, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and those who +held with them, and they declared that they would enter into the +proposed covenant, for that they should be shamed if they refused. So +they went to the Doge’s hostel, and the envoys were summoned, and the +covenant, in such terms as you have already heard, was confirmed by +oath, and by charters with seals appended. + +And the book tells you that only twelve persons took the oaths on the +side of the Franks, for more (of sufficient note) could not be found. +Among the twelve were first the Marquis of Montferrat, the Count +Baldwin of Flanders, the Count Louis of Blois and of Chartres, and the +Count of St. Paul, and eight others who held with them. Thus was the +agreement made, and the charters prepared, and a term fixed for the +arrival of the heir of Constantinople; and the term so Fixed was the +fifteenth day after the following Easter. + + + + +OF THOSE WHO SEPARATED THEMSELVES FROM THE HOST TO GO TO SYRIA, AND OF +THE FLEET OF THE COUNT OF FLANDERS + + +Thus did the host sojourn at Zara all that winter (1202–1203) in the +face of the King of Hungary. And be it known to you that the hearts of +the people were not at peace, for the one party used all efforts to +break up the host, and the other to make it hold together. + +Many of the lesser folk escaped in the vessels of the merchants. In one +ship escaped well nigh five hundred, and they were all drowned, and so +lost. Another company escaped by land, and thought to pass through +Sclavonia; and the peasants of that land fell upon them, and killed +many, so that the remainder came back flying to the host. Thus did the +host go greatly dwindling day by day. At that time a great lord of the +host, who was from Germany, Garnier of Borland by name, so wrought that +he escaped in a merchant vessel, and abandoned the host, whereby he +incurred great blame. + +Not long afterwards, a great baron of France, Renaud of Montmirail by +name, besought so earnestly, with the countenance of Count Louis, that +he was sent to Syria on an embassy in one of the vessels of the fleet; +and he swore with his right hand on holy relics, he and all the knights +who went with him, that within fifteen days after they had arrived in +Syria, and delivered their message, they would return to the host. On +this condition he left the host, and with him Hervée of the Chastel, +his nephew, William the _vidame_ of Chartres, Geoffry of Beaumont, John +of Frouville, Peter his brother, and many others. And the oaths that +they swore were not kept; for they did not rejoin the host. + +Then came to the host news that was heard right willingly, viz., that +the fleet from Flanders, of which mention has been made above, had +arrived at Marseilles. And John of Nêle, Castellan of Bruges, who was +captain of that host, and Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of +Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly, advised the Count of Flanders, their +lord, that they would winter at Marseilles, and asked him to let them +know what was his will, and said that whatever was his will, that they +would do. And he told them, by the advice of the Doge of Venice and the +other barons, that they should sail at the end of the following March, +and come to meet him at the port of Modon in Roumania. Alas! they acted +very evilly, for never did they keep their word, but went to Syria, +Where, as they well knew, they would achieve nothing. + +Now be it known to you, lords, that if God had not loved the host, it +could never have held together, seeing how many people wished evil to +it! + + + + +THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN THE POPE’S ABSOLUTION FOR THE CAPTURE OF ZARA + + +Then the barons spoke together and said that they would send to Rome, +to the Pope, because he had taken the capture of Zara in evil part. And +they chose as envoys such as they knew were fitted for this office, two +knights, and two clerks. Of the two clerks one was Nevelon, Bishop of +Soissons, and the other Master John of Noyon, who was chancellor to +Count Baldwin of Flanders; and of the knights one was John of Friaize, +the other Robert of Boves. These swore on holy relics that they would +perform their embassy loyally and in good faith, and that they would +come back to the host. + +Three kept their oath right well, and the fourth evilly, and this one +was Robert of Boves. For he executed his office as badly as he could, +and perjured himself, and went away to Syria as others had done. But +the remaining three executed their office right well, and delivered +their message as the barons had directed, and said to the Pope: “The +barons cry mercy to you for the capture of Zara, for they acted as +people who could do no better, owing to the default of those who had +gone to other ports, and because, had they not acted as they did, they +could not have held the host together. And as to this they refer +themselves to you, as to their good Father, that you should tell them +what are your commands, which they are ready to perform.” + +And the Pope said to the envoys that he knew full well that it was +through the default of others that the host had been impelled to do +this great mischief, and that he had them in great pity. And then he +notified to the barons and pilgrims that he sent them his blessing, and +absolved them as his sons, and commanded and besought them to hold the +host together, inasmuch as he well knew that without that host God’s +service could not be done. And he gave full powers to Nevelon, Bishop +of Soissons, and Master John of Noyon, to bind and to unloose the +pilgrims until the cardinal joined the host. + + + + +DEPARTURE OF THE CRUSADERS FOR CORFU—ARRIVAL OF THE YOUNG +ALEXIUS—CAPTURE OF DURAS + + +So much time had passed that it was now Lent, and the host prepared +their fleet to sail at Easter. When the ships were laden on the day +after Easter (7th April 1203), the pilgrims encamped by the port, and +the Venetians destroyed the city, and the walls and the towers. + +Then there befell an adventure which weighed heavily upon the host; for +one of the great barons of the host, by name Simon of Montfort, had +made private covenant with the King of Hungary, who was at enmity with +those of the host, and went to him, abandoning the host. With him went +Guy of Montfort his brother, Simon of Nauphle and Robert Mauvoisin, and +Dreux of Cressonsacq, and the abbot of Vaux, who was a monk of the +order of the Cistercians, and many others. And not long after another +great lord of the host, called Enguerrand of Boves, joined the King of +Hungary, together with Hugh, Enguerrand’s brother, and such of the +other people of their country as they could lead away. + +These left the host, as you have just heard; and this was a great +misfortune to the host, and to such as left it a great disgrace. + +Then the ships and transports began to depart; and it was settled that +they should take port at Corfu, an island of Roumania, and that the +first to arrive should wait for the last; and so it was done. + +Before the Doge, the Marquis, and the galleys left Zara, Alexius, the +son of the Emperor Isaac of Constantinople, had arrived together. He +was sent by the King Philip of Germany, and received with great joy and +great honour; and the Doge gave Mm as many galleys and ships as he +required. So they left the port of Zara, and had a fair wind, and +sailed onwards till they took port at Duras. And those of the land, +when they saw their lord, yielded up the city right willingly and sware +fealty to him. + +And they departed thence and came to Corfu, and found there the host +encamped before the city; and those of the host had spread their tents +and pavilions, and taken the horses out of the transports for ease and +refreshment. When they heard that the son of the Emperor of +Constantinople had arrived in the port, then might you have seen many a +good knight and many a good sergeant leading many a good war-horse and +going to meet him. Thus they received him with very great joy, and much +high honour. And he had his tent pitched in the midst of the host; and +quite near was pitched the tent of the Marquis of Montferrat, to whose +ward he had been commended by King Philip, who had his sister to wife. + + + + +HOW THE CHIEFS OF THE CRUSADERS HELD BACK THOSE WHO WANTED TO ABANDON +THE HOST + + +The host sojourned thus for three weeks in that island, which was very +rich and plenteous. And while they sojourned, there happened a +misadventure fell and grievous. For a great part of those who wished to +break up the host, and had aforetime been hostile to it, spoke together +and said that the adventure to be undertaken seemed very long and very +perilous, and that they, for their part, would remain in the island, +suffering the host to depart, and that—when the host had so +departed—they would, through the people of Corfu, send to Count Walter +of Brienne, who then held Brandis, so that he might send ships to take +them thither. + +I cannot tell you the names of all those who wrought in this matter, +but I will name some among the most notable of the chiefs, viz., Odo of +Champlitte, of Champagne, James of Avesnes, Peter of Amiens, Guy the +Castellan of Coucy, Oger of Saint-Chéron, Guy of Chappes and Clerembaud +his nephew, William of Aunoi, Peter Coiseau, Guy of Pesmes and Edmund +his brother, Guy of Conflans, Richard of Dampierre, Odo his brother, +and many more who had promised privily to be of their party, but who +dared not for shame openly so to avow themselves; in such sort that the +book testifies that more than half the host were in this mind. + +And when the Marquis of Montferrat heard thereof, and Count Baldwin of +Flanders, and Count Louis, and the Count of St. Paul, and the barons +who held with them, they were greatly troubled, and said: “Lords, we +are in evil case. If these people depart from us, after so many who +have departed from us aforetime, our host is doomed, and we shall make +no conquests. Let us then go to them, and fall at their feet, and cry +to them for mercy, and for God’s sake to have compassion upon +themselves and upon us, and not to dishonour themselves, and ravish +from us the deliverance of the land oversea.” + +Thus did the council decide; and they went, all together, to a valley +where those of the other part were holding their parliament; and they +took with them the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, and all the +bishops and all the abbots of the host. And when they had come to the +place they dismounted and went forward, and the barons fell at the feet +of those of the other part, greatly weeping, and said they would not +stir till those of the other part had promised not to depart from them. + +And when those of the other part saw this, they were filled with very +great compassion; and they wept very bitterly at seeing their lords, +and their kinsmen, and their friends, thus lying at their feet. So they +said they would consult together, and drew somewhat apart, and there +communed. And the sum of their communing was this: that they would +remain with the host till Michaelmas, on condition that the other part +would swear, loyally, on holy relics, that from that day and +thenceforward, at whatever hour they might be summoned to do so, they +would in all good faith, and without guile, within fifteen days, +furnish ships wherein the non-contents might betake themselves to +Syria. + +Thus was covenant made and sworn to; and then was there great joy +throughout all the host. And all gat themselves to the ships, and the +horses were put into the transports. + + + + +DEPARTURE FROM CORFU—CAPTURE OF ANDROS AND ABYDOS + + +Then did they sail from the port of Corfu on the eve of Pentecost (24th +May), which was twelve hundred and three years after the Incarnation of +our Lord Jesus Christ. And there were all the ships assembled, and all +the transports, and all the galleys of the host, and many other ships +of merchants that fared with them. And the day was fine and clear, and +the wind soft and favourable, and they unfurled all their sails to the +breeze. + +And Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, who dictates this work, and has +never lied therein by one word to his knowledge, and who was moreover +present at all the councils held—he bears witness that never was yet +seen so fair a sight. And well might it appear that such a fleet would +conquer and gain lands, for, far as the eye could reach, there was no +space without sails, and ships, and vessels, so that the hearts of men +rejoiced greatly. + +Thus they sailed over the sea till they came to Malea, to straits that +are by the sea. And there they met two ships with pilgrims, and knights +and sergeants returning from Syria, and they were of the parties that +had gone to Syria by Marseilles. And when these saw our fleet so rich +and well appointed, they conceived such shame that they dared not show +themselves. And Count Baldwin of Flanders sent a boat from Ws ship to +ask what people they were; and they said who they were. + +And a sergeant let himself down from his ship into the boat, and said +to those in the ship, “I cry quits to you for any goods of mine that +may remain in the ship, for I am going with these people, for well I +deem that they will conquer lands.” Much did we make of the sergeant, +and gladly was he received in the host. For well may it be said, that +even after following a thousand crooked ways a man may find his way +right in the end. + +The host fared forward till it came to Nigra (Negropont). Nigra is a +very fair island, and there is on it a very good city called Negropont. +Here the barons took council. Then went forward the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, and Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, with a great +part of the transports and galleys, taking with them the son of the +Emperor Isaac of Constantinople; and they came to an island called +Andros, and there landed. The knights took their arms, and over-rode +the country; and the people of the land came to crave mercy of the son +of the Emperor of Constantinople, and gave so much of their goods that +they made peace with him. + +Then they returned to the ships, and sailed over the sea; when a great +mishap befell, for a great lord of the host, whose name was Guy, +Castellan of Coucy, died, and was cast into the sea. + +The other ships, which had not sailed thitherward, had entered the +passage of Abydos, and it is there that the straits of St. George (the +Dardanelles) open into the great sea. And they sailed up the straits to +a city called Abydos, which lies on the straits of St. George, towards +Turkey, and is very fair, and well situate. There they took port and +landed, and those of the city came to meet them, and surrendered the +city, as men without stomach to defend themselves. And such guard was +established that those of the city lost not one stiver current. + +They sojourned there eight days to wait for the ships transports and +galleys that had not yet come up. And while they thus sojourned, they +took corn from the land, for it was the season of harvest, and great +was their need thereof, for before they had but little. And within +those eight days all the ships and barons had come up. God gave them +fair weather. + + + + +ARRIVAL AT ST. STEPHEN—DELIBERATION AS TO PLAN OF ATTACK + + +All started from the port of Abydos together. Then might you have seen +the Straits of St. George (as it were) in flower with ships and galleys +sailing upwards, and the beauty thereof was a great marvel to behold. +Thus they sailed up the Straits of St. George till they came, on St. +John the Baptist’s Eve, in June (23rd June 1203) to St. Stephen, an +abbey that lay three leagues from Constantinople. There had those on +board the ships and galleys and transports full sight of +Constantinople; and they took port and anchored their vessels. + +Now you may know that those who had never before seen Constantinople +looked upon it very earnestly, for they never thought there could be in +all the world so rich a city; and they marked the high walls and strong +towers that enclosed it round about, and the rich palaces, and mighty +churches—of which there were so many that no one would have believed it +who had not seen it with his eyes—and the height and the length of that +city which above all others was sovereign. And be it known to you, that +no man there was of such hardihood but his flesh trembled: and it was +no wonder, for never was so great an enterprise undertaken by any +people since the creation of the world. + +Then landed the counts and barons and the Doge of Venice, and a +parliament was held in the church of St. Stephen. There were many +opinions set forth, this way and that. All the words then spoken shall +not be recorded in this book; but in the end the Doge rose on his feet +and said: “Signors, I know the state of this land better than you do, +for I have been here erewhile. We have undertaken the greatest +enterprise, and the most perilous, that ever people have undertaken. +Therefore it behoves us to go to work warily. Be it known to you that +if we go on dry ground, the land is great and large, and our people are +poor and ill-provided. Thus they will disperse to look for food; and +the people of the land are in great multitude, and we cannot keep such +good watch but that some of ours will be lost. Nor are we in case to +lose any, for our people are but few indeed for the work in hand. + +“Now there are islands close by which you can see from here, and these +are inhabited, and produce corn, and food, and other things. Let us +take port there, and gather the corn and provisions of the land. And +when we have collected our supplies, let us go before the city, and do +as our Lord shall provide. For he that has supplies, wages war with +more certainty than he that has none.” To this counsel the lords and +barons agreed, and all went back to their ships and vessels. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS LAND AT CHALCEDON AND SCUTARI + + +They rested thus that night. And in the morning, on the day of the +feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist in June (24th June 1203), the +banners and pennants were flown on the castles of the ships, and the +coverings taken from the shields, and the bulwarks of the ships +garnished. Every one looked to his antis, such as he should use, for +well each man knew that full soon he would have need of them. + +The sailors weighed the anchors, and spread the sails to the wind, and +God gave them a good wind, such as was convenient to them. Thus they +passed before Constantinople, and so near to the walls and towers that +we shot at many of their vessels. There were so many people on the +walls and towers that it seemed as if there could be no more people (in +the world). + +Then did God our Lord set to naught the counsel of the day before, and +keep us from sailing to the islands: that counsel fell to naught as if +none had ever heard thereof. For lo, our ships made for the mainland as +straight as ever they could, and took port before a palace of the +Emperor Alexius, at a place called Chalcedon. This was in face of +Constantinople, on the other side of the straits, towards Turkey. The +palace was one of the most beautiful and delectable that ever eyes +could see, with every delight therein that the heart of man could +desire, and convenient for the house of a prince. + +The counts and barons landed and lodged themselves in the palace; and +in the city round about, the main part pitched their tents. Then were +the horses taken out of the transports, and the knights and sergeants +got to land with all their arms, so that none remained in the ships +save the mariners only. The country was fair, and rich) and well +supplied with all good things, and the sheaves of corn (which had been +reaped) were in the fields, so that all—and they stood in no small +need—might take thereof. + +They sojourned thus in that palace the following day; and on the third +day God gave them a good wind, and the mariners raised their anchors, +and spread their sails to the wind. They went thus up the straits, a +good league above Constantinople, to a palace that belonged to the +Emperor Alexius, and was called Scutari. There the ships anchored, and +the transports, and all the galleys. The horsemen who had lodged in the +palace of Chalcedon went along the shore by land. + +The host of the French encamped thus on the straits of St. George, at +Scutari, and above it. And when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he caused +his host to issue from Constantinople, and encamp over against us on +the other side of the straits, and there pitched his tents, so that we +might not take land against him by force. The host of the French +sojourned thus for nine days, and those obtained supplies who needed +them, and that was every one in the host. + + + + +THE FORAGERS DEFEAT THE GREEKS + + +During this time, a company of good and trustworthy men issued (from +the camp) to guard the host, for fear it should be attacked, and the +foragers searched the country. In the said company were Odo of +Champlitte, of Champagne, and William his brother, and Oger of +Saint-Chéron, and Manasses of l’Isle, and Count Girard, a count of +Lombardy, a retainer of the Marquis of Montferrat; and they had with +them at least eighty knights who were good men and true. + +And they espied, at the foot of a mountain, some three leagues distant +from the host, certain tents belonging to the Grand Duke of the Emperor +of Constantinople, who had with him at least five hundred Greek +knights. When our people saw them, they formed their men into four +battalions, and decided to attack. And when the Greeks saw this, they +formed their battalions, and arrayed themselves in rank before their +tents, and waited. And our people went forward and fell upon them right +vigorously. + +By the help of God our Lord, this fight lasted but a little while, and +the Greeks turned their backs. They were discomfited at the first +onset, and our people pursued them for a full great league. There they +won plenty of horses and stallions, and palfreys, and mules, and tents +and pavilions, and such spoil as is usual in such case. So they +returned to the host, where they were right well received, and their +spoils were divided, as was fit. + + + + +MESSAGE OF THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS—REPLY OF THE CRUSADERS + + +The next day after, the Emperor Alexius sent an envoy with letters to +the counts and to the barons. This envoy was called Nicholas Roux, and +he was a native of Lombardy. He found the barons in the rich palace of +Scutari, where they were holding council and he saluted them on the +part of the Emperor Alexius of Constantinople, and tendered his letters +to the Marquis of Montferrat-who received them. And the letters were +read before all the barons; and there were in them words, written after +various manners, which the book does not (here) relate, and at the end +of the other words so written, came words of credit, accrediting the +bearer of the letters, whose name was Nicholas Roux. + +“Fair Sir,” said the barons, “we have seen your letters, and they tell +us that we are to give credit to what you say, and we credit you right +well. Now speak as it pleases you.” + +And the envoy was standing before the barons, and spoke thus: “Lords,” +said he, “the Emperor Alexius would have you know that he is well aware +that you are the best people uncrowned, and come from the best land on +earth. And he marvels much why, and for what purpose, you have come +into his land and kingdom. For you are Christians, and he is a +Christian, and well he knows that you are on your way to deliver the +Holy Land overseass and the Holy Cross, and the Sepulchre. If you are +poor and in want, he will right willingly give you of his food and +substance, provided you depart out of his land. Neither would he +otherwise wish to do you any hurt, though he has full power therein, +seeing that if you were twenty times as numerous as you are, you would +not be able to get away without utter discomfiture if so be that he +wished to harm you.” + +By agreement and desire of the other barons, and of the Doge of Venice, +then rose to his feet Conon of Béthune, who was a good knight, and +wise, and very eloquent, and he replied to the envoy: “Fair Sir, you +have told us that your lord marvels much why our signors and barons +should have entered into his kingdom and land. Into his land they have +not entered, for he holds this land wrongfully and wickedly, and +against God and against reason. It belongs to Ws nephew, who sits upon +a throne among us, and is the son of his brother, the Emperor Isaac. +But if he is willing to throw himself on the mercy of his nephew, and +to give him back his crown and empire, then we will pray his nephew to +forgive him, and bestow upon him as much as will enable him to live +wealthily. And if you come not as the bearer of such a message, then be +not so bold as to come here again.” So the envoy departed and went back +to Constantinople, to the Emperor Alexius. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS SHOW THE YOUNG ALEXIUS TO THE PEOPLE OF CONSTANTINOPLE, +AND PREPARE FOR THE BATTLE + + +The barons consulted together on the morrow, and said that they would +show the young Alexius, the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, to +the people of the city. So they assembled all the galleys. The Doge of +Venice and the Marquis of Montferrat entered into one, and took with +them Alexius, the son of the Emperor Isaac; and into the other galleys +entered the knights and barons, as many as would. + +They went thus quite close to the walls of Constantinople and showed +the youth to the people of the Greeks, and said, “Behold your natural +lord; and be it known to you that we have not come to do you harm, but +have come to guard and defend you, if so be that you return to your +duty. For he whom you now obey as your lord holds rule by wrong and +wickedness, against God and reason. And you know full well that he has +dealt treasonably with him who is your lord and his brother, that he +has blinded his eyes and reft from him his empire by wrong and +wickedness. Now behold the rightful heir. If you hold with him, you +will be doing as you ought; and if not we will do to you the very worst +that we can.” But for fear and terror of the Emperor Alexius, not one +person on the land or in the city made show as if he held for the +prince. So all went back to the host, and each sought his quarters. + +On the morrow, when they had heard mass, they assembled in parliament, +and the parliament was held on horseback in the midst of the fields. +There might you have seen many a fine war-horse, and many a good knight +thereon. And the council was held to discuss the order of the +battalions, how many they should have, and of what strength. Many were +the words said on one side and the other. But in the end it was settled +that the advanced guard should be given to Baldwin of Flanders, because +he had a very great number of good men, and archers and crossbowmen, +more than any other chief that was in the host. + +And after, it was settled that Henry his brother, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Baldwin of Beauvoir, and many other good knights of +their land and country, should form the second division. + +The third division was formed by Count Hugh of St. Paul, Peter of +Amiens his nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Anseau of Cayeux, and many good +knights of their land and country. + +The fourth division was formed by Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, +and was very numerous and rich and redoubtable; for he had placed +therein a great number of good knights and men of worth. + +The fifth division was formed by Matthew of Montmorency and the men of +Champagne. Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne formed part of it, and Oger +of Saint-Chéron, Manasses of l’Isle, Miles the Brabant, Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, John Foisnous, Guy of Chappes, Clerembaud his nephew, +Robert of Ronsoi; all these people formed part of the fifth division. +Be it known to you that there was many a good knight therein. + +The sixth division was formed by the people of Burgundy. In this +division were Odo the Champenois of Champlitte, William his brother, +Guy of Pesmes, Edmund his brother, Otho of la Roche, Richard of +Dampierre, Odo his brother, Guy of Conflans, and the people of their +land and country. + +The seventh division, which was very large, was under the command of +the Marquis of Montferrat. In it were the Lombards and Tuscans and the +Germans, and all the people who were from beyond Mont Cenis to Lyons on +the Rhone. All these formed part of the division under the marquis, and +it was settled that they should form the rearguard. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS SEIZE THE PORT + + +The day was fixed on which the host should embark on the ships and +transports to take the land by force, and either live or die. And be it +known to you that the enterprise to be achieved was one of the most +redoubtable ever attempted. Then did the bishops and clergy speak to +the people, and tell them how they must confess, and make each one his +testament, seeing that no one knew what might be the will of God +concerning him. And this was done right willingly throughout the host, +and very piously. + +The term fixed was now come; and the knights went on board the +transports with their war-horses; and they were fully armed, with their +helmets laced, and the horses covered with their housings, and saddled. +All the other folk, who were of less consequence in battle, were on the +great ships; and the galleys were fully armed and made ready. + +The morning was fair a little after the rising of the sun; and the +Emperor Alexius stood waiting for them on the other side, with great +forces, and everything in order. And the trumpets sound, and every +galley takes a transport in tow, so as to reach the other side more +readily. None ask who shall go first, but each makes the land as soon +as he can. The knights issue from the transports, and leap into the sea +up to their waists, fully armed, with helmets laced, and lances in +hand; and the good archers, and the good sergeants, and the good +crossbowmen, each in his company, land so soon as they touch ground. + +The Greeks made a goodly show of resistance; but when it came to the +lowering of the lances, they turned their backs, and went away flying, +and abandoned the shore. And be it known to you that never was port +more proudly taken. Then began the mariners to open the ports of the +transports, and let down the bridges, and take out the horses; and the +knights began to mount, and they began to marshal the divisions of the +host in due order. + + + + +CAPTURE OF THE TOWER OF GALATA + + +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, with the advanced guard, rode +forward, and the other divisions of the host after him, each in due +order of march; and they came to where the Emperor Alexius had been +encamped. But he had turned back towards Constantinople, and left his +tents and pavilions standing. And there our people had much spoil. + +Our barons were minded to encamp by the port before the tower of +Galata, where the chain was fixed that closed the port of +Constantinople. And be it known to you, that any one must perforce pass +that chain before he could enter into the port. Well did our barons +then perceive that if they did not take the tower, and break the chain, +they were but as dead men, and in very evil case. So they lodged that +night before the tower, and in the Jewry that is called Stenon, where +there was a good city, and very rich. + +Well did they keep guard during the night; and on the morrow, at the +hour of tierce, those who were in the tower of Galata made a sortie, +and those who were in Constantinople came to their help in barges; and +our people ran to arms. There came first to the onset James of Avesnes +and his men on foot; and be it known to you that he was fiercely +charged, and wounded by a lance in the face, and in peril of death. And +one of his knights, whose name was Nicholas of Jenlain, gat to horse, +and came to his lord’s rescue, and succoured him right well, and so won +great honour. + +Then a cry was raised in the host, and our people ran together from all +sides, and drove back the foe with great fury, so that many were slain +and taken. And some of them did not go back to the tower, but ran to +the barges by which they had come, and there many were drowned, and +some escaped. As to those who went back to the tower, the men of our +host pressed them so hard that they could not shut the gate. Then a +terrible fight began again at the gate, and our people took it by +force, and made prisoners of all those in the tower. Many were there +killed and taken. + + + + +ATTACK ON THE CITY BY LAND AND SEA + + +So was the tower of Galata taken, and the port of Constantinople won by +force. Much were those of the host comforted thereby, and much did they +praise the Lord God; and greatly were those of the city discomforted. +And on the next day, the ships, the vessels, the galleys and the +transports were drawn into the port. + +Then did those of the host take council together to settle what thing +they should do, and whether they should attack the city by sea or by +land. The Venetians were firmly minded that the scaling ladders ought +to be planted on the ships, and all the attack made from the side by +the sea. The French, on the other hand, said that they did not know so +well how to help themselves on sea as on land, but that when they had +their horses and their arms they could help themselves on land right +well. So in the end it was devised that the Venetians should attack by +sea, and the barons and those of the host by land. + +They sojourned thus for four days. On the fifth day, the whole host +were armed, and the divisions advanced on horseback, each in the order +appointed, along the harbour, till they came to the palace of +Blachernæ; and the ships drew inside the harbour till they came over +against the self-same place, and this was near to the end of the +harbour. And there is at that place a river that flows into the sea, +and can only be passed by a bridge of stone. The Greeks had broken down +the bridge, and the barons caused the host to labour all that day and +all that night in repairing the bridge. Thus was the bridge repaired, +and in the morning the divisions were armed, and rode one after the +other in the order appointed, and came before the city. And no one came +out from the city against them; and this was a great marvel, seeing +that for every man that was in the host there were over two hundred men +in the city. + +Then did the barons decide that they should quarter themselves between +the palace of Blachernæ and the castle of Boemond, which was an abbey +enclosed with walls. So the tents and pavilions were pitched-which was +a right proud thing to look upon; for of Constantinople, which had +three leagues of front towards the land, the whole host could attack no +more than one of the gates. And the Venetians lay on the sea, in ships +and vessels, and raised their ladders, and mangonels, and petraries, +and made order for their assault right well. And the barons for their +part made ready their petraries and mangonels on land. + +And be it known to you that they did not have their time in peace and +quiet; for there passed no hour of the night or day but one of the +divisions had to stand armed before the gate, to guard the engines, and +provide against attack. And, notwithstanding all this, the Greeks +ceased not to attack them, by this gate and by others, and held them so +short that six or seven times a day the whole host was forced to run to +arms. Nor could they forage for provisions more than four bow-shots’ +distance from the camp. And their stores were but scanty, save of flour +and bacon, and of those they had a little; and of fresh meat none at +all, save what they got from the horses that were killed. And be it +known to you that there was only food generally in the host for three +weeks. Thus were they in very perilous case, for never did so few +people besiege so many people in any city. + + + + +FIRST INCIDENTS OF THE ASSAULT + + +Then did they bethink themselves of a very good device; for they +enclosed the whole camp with good lists, and good palisades, and good +barriers, and were thus far stronger and much more secure. The Greeks +meanwhile came on to the attack so frequently that they gave them no +rest, and those of the host drove them back with great force; and every +time that the Greeks issued forth they lost heavily. + +One day the Burgundians were on guard, and the Greeks made an attack +upon them, with part of the best forces that they had. And the +Burgundians ran upon the Greeks and drove them in very fiercely, and +followed so close to the gate that stones of great weight were hurled +upon them. There was taken one of the best Greeks of the city, whose +name was Constantine Lascaris; William of Neuilly took him all mounted +upon his horse. And there did William of Champlitte have his arm broken +with a stone, and great pity it was, for he was very brave and very +valiant. + +I cannot tell you of all the good strokes that were there stricken, nor +of all the wounded, nor all the dead. But before the fight was over, +there came into it a knight of the following of Henry, the brother, of +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and his name was Eustace of +Marchais; and he was armed only in padded vest and steel cap, with his +shield at his neck; and he did so well in the fray that he won to +himself great honour. Few were the days on which no sorties were made; +but I cannot tell you of them all. So hardly did they hold us, that we +could not sleep, nor rest, nor eat, save in arms. + +Yet another sortie was made from a gate further up; and there again did +the Greeks lose heavily. And there a knight was slain, whose name was +William of Gi; and there Matthew of Wallincourt did right well, and +lost his horse, which was killed at the drawbridge of the gate; and +many others who were in that fight did right well. From this gate, +which was beyond the palace of Blachernæ, the Greeks issued most +frequently, and there Peter of Bracieux gat himself more honour than +any, because he was quartered the nearest, and so came most often into +the fray. + + + + +ASSAULT OF THE CITY + + +Thus their peril and toil lasted for nearly ten days, until, on a +Thursday morning (17th July 1203) all things were ready for the +assault, and the ladders in trim; the Venetians also had made them +ready by sea. The order of the assault was so devised, that of the +seven divisions, three were to guard the camp outside the city, and +other four to give the assault. The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat +guarded the camp towards the fields, with the division of the +Burgundians, the division of the men of Champagne, and Matthew of +Montmorency. Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault went to the assault +with his people, and Henry his brother; and . Count Louis of Blois and +Chartres, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and those who held with them, +went also to the assault. + +They planted two ladders at a barbican near the sea; and the wall was +well defended by Englishmen and Danes; and the attack was stiff and +good and fierce. By main strength certain knights and two sergeants got +up the ladders and made themselves masters of the wall; and at least +fifteen got upon the wall, and fought there, hand to hand, with axes +and swords, and those within redoubled their efforts and cast them out +in very ugly sort, keeping two as prisoners. And those of our people +who had been taken were led before the Emperor Alexius; much was he +pleased thereat. Thus did the assault leave matters on the side of the +French. Many were wounded and many had their bones broken, so that the +barons were very wroth. + +Meanwhile the Doge of Venice had not forgotten to do his part, but had +ranged his ships and transports and vessels in line, and that line was +well three crossbow-shots in length; and the Venetians began to draw +near to the part of the shore that lay under the walls and the towers. +Then might you have seen the mangonels shooting from the ships and +transports, and the crossbow bolts flying, and the bows letting fly +their arrows deftly and well; and those within defending the walls and +towers very fiercely; and the ladders on the ships coming so near that +in many places swords and lances crossed; and the tumult and noise were +so great that it seemed as if the very earth and sea were melting +together. And be it known to you that the galleys did not dare to come +to the shore. + + + + +CAPTURE OF TWENTY-FIVE TOWERS + + +Now may you hear of a strange deed of prowess; for the Doge of Venice, +who was an old man, and saw naught (seeing he was blind), stood, fully +armed, on the prow of his galley, and had the standard of St. Mark +before him; and he cried to his people to put him on land, or else that +he would do justice upon their bodies with his hands. And so they did, +for the galley was run aground, and they leapt therefrom, and bore the +standard of St. Mark before him on to the land. + +And when the Venetians saw the standard of St. Mark on land, and the +galley of their lord touching ground before them, each held himself for +shamed, and they all gat to the land; and those in the transports leapt +forth, and landed; and those in the big ships got into barges, and made +for the shore, each and all as best they could. Then might you have +seen an assault, great and marvellous; and to this bears witness +Geoffry of Villehardouin, who makes this book, that more than forty +people told him for sooth that they saw the standard of St. Mark of +Venice at the top of one of the towers, and that no man knew who bore +it thither. + +Now hear of a strange miracle: those who are within the city fly and +abandon the walls, and the Venetians enter in, each as fast and as best +he can, and seize twenty-five of the towers, and man them with their +people. And the Doge takes a boat, and sends messengers to the barons +of the host to tell them that he has taken twenty-five towers, and +that they may know for sooth that such towers cannot be retaken. The +barons are so overjoyed that they cannot believe their ears; and the +Venetians begin to send to the host in boats the horses and palfreys +they have taken. + +When the Emperor Alexius saw that our people had thus entered into the +city, he sent his people against them in such numbers that our people +saw they would be unable to endure the onset. So they set fire to the +buildings between them and the Greeks; and the wind blew from our side, +and the fire began to wax so great that the Greeks could not see our +people who retired to the towers they had seized and conquered. + + + + +THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS COMES OUT FOR BATTLE, BUT RETIRES WITHOUT ATTACKING + + +Then the Emperor Alexius issued from the city, with all his forces, by +other gates which were at least a league from the camp; and so many +began to issue forth that it seemed as if the whole world were there +assembled. The emperor marshalled his troops in the plain, and they +rode towards the camp; and when our Frenchmen saw them coming, they ran +to arms from all sides. On that day Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin +of Flanders, was mounting guard over the engines of war before the gate +of Blachernæ, together with Matthew of Wallincourt, and Baldwin of +Beauvoir, and their followers. Against their encampment the Emperor +Alexius had made ready a great number of his people, who were to issue +by three gates, while he himself should fall upon the host from another +side. + +Then the six divisions issued from our camp as had been devised, and +were marshalled in ranks before the palisades: the sergeants and +squires on foot behind the horses, and the archers and crossbowmen in +front. And there was a division of the knights on foot, for we had at +least two hundred who, were without horses. Thus they stood still +before the palisades. And this showed great good sense, for if they had +moved to the attack, the numbers of the enemy were such that they must +have been overwhelmed and (as it were) drowned among them. + +It seemed as if the whole plain was covered with troops, and they +advanced slowly and in order. Well might we appear in perilous case, +for we had but six divisions, while the Greeks had full forty, and +there was not one of their divisions but was larger than any of ours. +But ours were ordered in such sort that none could attack them save in +front. And the Emperor Alexius rode so far forward that either side +could shoot at the other. And when the Doge of Venice heard this, he +made his people come forth, and leave the towers they had taken, and +said he would live or die with the pilgrims. So he came to the camp, +and was himself the first to land, and brought with him such of his +people as he could. + +Thus, for a long space, the armies of the pilgrims and of the Greeks +stood one against the other; for the Greeks did not dare to throw +themselves upon our ranks, and our people would not move from their +palisades. And when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he began to withdraw +his people, and when he had rallied them, he turned back. And seeing +this, the host of the pilgrims began to march towards him with slow +steps, and the Greek troops began to move backwards, and retreated to a +palace called Philopas. + +And be it known to you, that never did God save any people from such +peril as He saved the host that day; and be it known to you further +that there was none in the host so hardy but he had great joy thereof. +Thus did the battle remain for that day. As it pleased God nothing +further was done. The Emperor Alexius returned to the city, and those +of the host to their quarters-the latter taking off their armour, for +they were weary and overwrought; and they ate and drank little, seeing +that their store of food was but scanty. + + + + +ALEXIUS ABANDONS CONSTANTINOPLE—HIS BROTHER ISAAC IS REPLACED ON THE +THRONE—THE CRUSADERS SEND HIM A MESSAGE + + +Now listen to the miracles of our Lord-how gracious are they +whithersoever it pleases Him to perform them! That very might the +Emperor Alexius of Constantinople took of his treasure as much as he +could carry, and took with him as many of his people as would go, and +so fled and abandoned the city. And those of the city remained +astonied, and they drew to the prison in which lay the Emperor Isaac, +whose eyes had been put out. Him they clothed imperially, and bore to +the great palace of Blachernæ, and seated on a high throne; and there +they did to him obeisance as their lord. Then they took messengers, by +the advice of the Emperor Isaac, and sent them to the host, to apprise +the son of the Emperor Isaac, and the barons, that the Emperor Alexius +had fled, and that they had again raised up the Emperor Isaac as +emperor. + +When the young man knew of this he summoned the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, and the marquis summoned the barons throughout the host. +And when they were met in the pavilion of the Emperor Isaac’s son, he +told them the news. And when they heard it, their joy was such as +cannot be uttered, for never was greater joy in all this world. And +greatly and most devoutly was our Lord praised by all, in that He had +succoured them within so short a term, and exalted them so high from +such a low estate. And therefore well may one say: “Him whom God will +help can no man injure.” + +Then the day began to dawn, and the host to put on their armour; and +all gat them to their arms throughout the host, because they did not +greatly trust the Greeks. And messengers began to come out from the +city, two or three together, and told the same tale. The barons and +counts, and the Doge of Venice had agreed to send envoys into the city, +to know how matters really stood; and, if that was true which had been +reported, to demand of the father that he should ratify the covenants +made by the son; and, if he would not, to, declare that they on their +part should not suffer the son to enter into the city. So envoys were +chosen: one was Matthew of Montmorency, and Geoffry the Marshal of +Champagne was the other, and two Venetians on the part of the Doge of +Venice. + +The envoys were conducted to the gate, and the gate was opened to them, +and they dismounted from their horses. The Greeks had set Englishmen +and Danes, with their axes, at the gate and right up to the palace of +Blachernæ. Thus were the envoys conducted to the great palace. There +they found the Emperor Isaac, so richly clad that you would seek in +vain throughout the world for a man more richly apparelled than he, and +by his side the empress, his wife, a most fair lady, the sister of the +King of Hungary; and of great men and great ladies there were so many, +that you could not stir foot for the press, and the ladies were so +richly adorned that richer adornment might not be. And all those who, +the day before, had been against the emperor were, on that day, subject +in everything to his good pleasure. + + + + +THE EMPEROR ISAAC RATIFIES THE COVENANTS ENTERED INTO BY HIS SON + + +The envoys came before the Emperor Isaac, and the emperor and all those +about him did them great honour. And the envoys said that they desired +to speak to him privily, on the part of his son, and of the barons of +the host. And he rose and entered into a chamber, and took with him +only the empress, and his chancellor, and his dragoman (interpreter) +and the four envoys. By consent of the other envoys, Geoffry of +Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, acted as spokesman, and he +said to the Emperor Isaac: “Sire, thou seest the service we have +rendered to thy son, and how we have kept our covenants with him. But +he cannot come hither till he has given us surety for the covenants he +has made with us. And he asks of thee, as thy son, to confirm those +covenants in the same form, and the same manner, that he has done.” +“What covenants are they?” said the emperor. “They are such as we shall +tell you,” replied the envoys: “In the first place to put the whole +empire of Roumania in obedience to Rome, from which it has been +separated this long while; further to give 200,000 marks of silver to +those of the host, with food for one year for small and great; to send +10,000 men, horse and foot—many on foot as we shall devise and as many +mounted—in his own ships, and at his own charges, to the land of +Babylon, and keep them there for a year; and during his lifetime to +keep, at his own charges, five hundred knights in the land overseass so +that they may guard that land. Such is the covenant that your son made +with us, and it was confirmed by oath, and charters with seals +appended, and by King Philip of Germany who has your daughter to wife. +This covenant we desire you to confirm.” + +Certes said the emperor, “this covenant is very onerous, and I do not +see how effect can be given to it; nevertheless, you have done us such +service, both to my son and to myself, that if we bestowed upon you the +whole empire, you would have deserved it well.” Many words were then +spoken in this sense and that, but, in the end, the father confirmed +the covenants, as his son had confirmed them, by oath and by charters +with gold seals appended. These charters were delivered to the envoys. +Then they took their leave of the Emperor Isaac, and went back to the +host, and told the barons that they had fulfilled their mission. + + + + +ENTRY OF THE CRUSADERS INTO CONSTANTINOPLE—CORONATION OF THE YOUNG +ALEXIUS + + +Then did the barons mount their horses, and led the young man, with +great rejoicings, into the city, to his father; and the Greeks opened +the gate to him, and received him with very much rejoicing and great +feasting. The joy of the father and of the son was very great, because +of a long time they had not seen one another, and because, by God’s +help and that of the pilgrims, they had passed from so great poverty +and ruin to such high estate. Therefore the joy was great inside +Constantinople; and also without, among the host of the pilgrims, +because of the honour and victory that God had given them. + +And on the morrow the emperor and his son also besought the counts and +the barons, for God’s sake, to go and quarter themselves on the other +side of the straits, toward Estanor and Galata; for, if they quartered +themselves in the city, it was to be feared that quarrels would ensue +between them and the Greeks, and it might well chance that the city +would be destroyed. And the counts and barons said that they had +already served him in so many ways that they would not now refuse any +request of his. So they went and quartered themselves on the other +side, and sojourned there in peace and quiet, and with great store of +good provisions. + +Now you must know that many of those in the host went to see +Constantinople, and the rich palaces and great churches, of which there +were many, and all the great wealth of the city-for never was there +city that possessed so much. Of relics it does not behove me to speak, +for at that day there were as many there as in all the rest of the +world. Thus did the Greeks and French live in good fellowship in all +things, both as regards trafficking and other matters. + +By common consent of Franks and Greeks it was settled that the new +emperor should be crowned on the feast of our Lord St. Peter (1st +August 1203). So was it settled, and so it was done. He was crowned +full worthily and with honour according to the use for Greek emperors +at that time. Afterwards he began to pay the moneys due to the host; +and such moneys were divided among the host, and each repaid what had +been advanced in Venice for his passage. + + + + +ALEXIUS BEGS THE CRUSADERS TO PROLONG THEIR STAY + + +The new emperor went oft to see the barons in the camp, and did them +great honour, as much as he could; and this was but fitting, seeing +that they had served him right well. And one day he came to the camp, +to see the barons privily in the quarters of Count Baldwin of Hainault +and Flanders. Thither were summoned the Doge of Venice, and the great +barons, and he spoke to them and said: “Lords, I am emperor by God’s +grace and yours, and you have done me the highest service that ever yet +was done by any people to Christian man. Now be it known to you that +there are folk enough who show me a fair seeming, and yet love me not; +and the Greeks are full of despite because it is by your help that I +have entered into my inheritance. + +“Now the term of your departure is nigh, and your fellowship with the +Venetians is timed only to last till the feast of St. Michael. And +within so short a term I cannot fulfil our covenant. Be it known to you +therefore, that, if you abandon me, the Greeks hate me because of you: +I shall lose my land, and they will kill me. But now do this thing that +I ask of you: remain here till March, and I will entertain your ships +for one year from the feast of St. Michael, and bear the cost of the +Venetians, and will give you such things as you may stand in need of +till Easter. And within that term I shall have placed my land in such +case that I cannot lose it again; and your covenant will be fulfilled, +for I shall have paid such moneys as are due to you, obtaining them +from all mi lands; and I shall be ready also with ships either to go +with you myself, or to send others, as I have covenanted; and you will +have the summer from end to end in which to carry on the war against +the Saracens.” + +The barons thereupon said they would consult together apart; knowing +full well that what the young man said was sooth, and that it would be +better, both for the emperor and for themselves, to consent unto him. +But they replied that they could not so consent save with the common +agreement of the host, and that they would therefore lay the matter +before the host, and then give such answer as might be devised. So the +Emperor Alexius departed from them, and went back to Constantinople. +And they remained in the camp and assembled a parliament the next day. +To this parliament were summoned all the barons and the chieftains of +the host, and of the knights the greater part; and in their hearing +were repeated all the words that the emperor had spoken. + + + + +DEBATE AMONG THE CRUSADERS—DEATH OF MATTHEW OF MONTMORENCY + + +Then was there much discord in the host, as had been oft times before +on the part of those who wished that the host should break up; for to +them it seemed to be holding together too long. And the party that had +raised the discord at Corfu reminded the others of their oaths, and +said: “Give us ships as you swore to us, for we purpose to go to +Syria.” + +And the others cried to them for pity and said: “Lords, for God’s sake, +let us not bring to naught the great honour that God has given us. If +we go to Syria at this present, we shall come thither at the beginning +of winter and so not be able to make war, and the Lord’s work will thus +remain undone. But if we wait till March, we shall leave this emperor +in good estate, and go hence rich in goods and in food. Thus shall we +go to Syria, and over-run the land of Babylon. And the fleet will +remain with us till Michaelmas, yes, and onwards from Michaelmas to +Easter, seeing it will be unable to leave us because of the winter. So +shall the land overseas fall into our hands.” + +Those who wished the host to be broken up, cared not for reasons good +or bad so long as the host fell to pieces. But those who wished to keep +the host together, wrought so effectually, with the help of God, that +in the end the Venetians made a new covenant to maintain the fleet for +a year, reckoning from Michaelmas, the Emperor Alexius paying them for +so doing; and the pilgrims, on their side, made a new covenant to +remain in the same fellowship as theretofore, and for the same term. +Thus were peace and concord established in the host. + +Then there befell a very great mischance in the host; for Matthew of +Montmorency, who was one of the best knights in the kingdom of France, +and of the most prized and most honoured, took to his bed for sickness, +and his sickness so increased upon him that he died. And much dole was +made for him, for great was the loss-one of the greatest that had +befallen the host by any man’s death. He was buried in a church of my +Lord St. John, of the Hospital of Jerusalem. + + + + +PROGRESS OF THE YOUNG ALEXIUS THROUGH THE EMPIRE + + +Afterwards, by the advice of the Greeks and the French the Emperor +Alexius issued from Constantinople, with a very great company, +purposing to quiet the empire and subject it to his will. With him went +a great part of the barons; and the others remained to guard the camp. +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat went with him, and Count Hugh of St. +Paul, and Henry, brother to Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and +James of Avesnes, and William of Champlitte, and Hugh of Colerni, and +many others whom the book does not here mention by name. In the camp +remained Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and Count Louis of +Blois and Chartres, and the greater part of the pilgrims of lesser +note. + +And you must know that during this progress all the Greeks, on either +side of the straits, came to the Emperor Alexius, to do his will and +commandment, and did him fealty and homage as to their lord—all except +John, who was King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. This John was a +Wallachian, who had rebelled against his father and uncle, and had +warred against them for twenty years, and had won from them so much +land that he had become a very wealthy king. And be it known to you, +that of the land lying on the west side of the Straits of St. George, +he had conquered very nearly the half. This John did not come to do the +will of the emperor, nor to submit himself to him. + + + + +CONFLICT BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND LATINS IN CONSTANTINOPLE-BURNING OF THE +CITY + + +While the Emperor Alexius was away on this progress, there befell a +very grievous misadventure; for a conflict arose between the Greeks and +the Latins who inhabited Constantinople, and of these last there were +many. And certain people—who they were I know not—out of malice, set +fire to the city; and the fire waxed so great and horrible that no man +could put it out or abate it. And when the barons of the host, who were +quartered on the other side of the port, saw this, they were sore +grieved and filled with pity-seeing the great churches and the rich +palaces melting and falling in, and the great streets filled with +merchandise burning in the flames; but they could do nothing. + +Thus did the fire prevail, and win across the port, even to the densest +part of the city, and to the sea on the other side, quite near to the +church of St. Sophia. It lasted two days and two nights, nor could it +be put out by the hand of man. And the front of the fire, as it went +flaming, was well over half a league broad. What was the damage then +done, what the possessions and riches swallowed up, could no man +tell-nor what the number of men and women and children who perished-for +many were burned. + +All the Latins, to whatever land they might belong, who were lodged in +Constantinople, dared no longer to remain therein; but they took their +wives and their children, and such of their possessions as they could +save from the fire, and entered into boats and vessels, and passed over +the port and came to the camp of the pilgrims. Nor were they few in +number, for there were of them some fifteen thousand, small and great; +and afterwards it proved to be of advantage to the pilgrims that these +should have crossed over to them. Thus was there division between the +Greeks and the Franks; nor were they ever again as much at one as they +had been before, for neither side knew on whom to cast the blame for +the fire; and this rankled in men’s hearts upon either side. + +At that time did a thing befall whereby the barons and those of the +host were greatly saddened; for the Abbot of Loos died, who was a holy +man and a worthy, and had wished well to the host. He was a monk of the +order of the Cistercians. + + + + +THE YOUNG ALEXIUS RETURNS TO CONSTANTINOPLIZHE FAILS IN HIS PROMISES TO +THE CRUSADERS + + +The Emperor Alexius remained for a long time on progress, till St. +Martin’s Day, and then he returned to Constantinople. Great was the joy +at his home-coming, and the Greeks and ladies of Constantinople went +out to meet their friends in great cavalcades, and the pilgrims went +out to meet their friends, and had great joy of them. So did the +emperor re-enter Constantinople and the palace of Blachernæ; and the +Marquis of Montferrat and the other barons returned to the camp. + +The emperor, who had managed his affairs right well and thought he had +now the upper hand, was filled with arrogance towards the barons and +those who had done so much for him, and never came to see them in the +camp, as he had done aforetime. And they sent to him and begged him to +pay them the moneys due, as he had covenanted. But he led them on from +delay to delay, making them, at one time and another, payments small +and poor; and in the end the payments ceased and came to naught. + +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who had done more for him than any +other, and stood better in his regard, went to him oftentimes, and +showed him what great services the Crusaders had rendered him, and that +greater services had never been rendered to any one. And the emperor +still entertained them with delays, and never carried out such things +as he had promised, so that at last they saw and knew clearly that his +intent was wholly evil. + +Then the barons of the host held a parliament with the Doge of Venice, +and they said that they now knew that the emperor would fulfil no +covenant, nor ever speak sooth to them; and they decided to send good +envoys to demand the fulfilment of their covenant, and to show what +services they had done him; and if he would now do what was required, +they were to be satisfied; but, if not, they were to defy him, and +right well might he rest assured that the barons would by all means +recover their due. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS DEFY THE EMPERORS + + +For this embassy were chosen Conon of Béthune and Geoffry of +Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of +Provins; and the Doge also sent three chief men of his council. So +these envoys mounted their horses, and, with swords girt, rode together +till they came to the palace of Blachernæ. And be it known to you that, +by reason of the treachery of the Greeks, they went in great peril, and +on a hard adventure. + +They dismounted at the gate and entered the palace, and found the +Emperor Alexius and the Emperor Isaac seated on two thrones, side by +side. And near them was seated the empress, who was the wife of the +father, and stepmother of the son, and sister to the King of Hungary-a +lady both fair and good. And there were with them a great company of +people of note and rank, so that well did the court seem the court of a +rich and mighty prince. + +By desire of the other envoys Conon of Béthune, who was very wise and +eloquent of speech, acted as spokesman: “Sire, we have come to thee on +the part of the barons of the host and of the Doge of Venice. They +would put thee in mind of the great service they have done to thee-a +service known to the people and manifest to all men. Thou hast swom, +thou and thy father, to fulfil the promised covenants, and they have +your charters in hand. But you have not fulfilled those covenants well, +as you should have done. Many times have they called upon you to do so, +and now again we call upon you, in the presence of all your barons, to +fulfil the covenants that are between you and them. Should you do so, +it shall be well. If not, be it known to you that from this day forth +they will not hold you as lord or friend, but will endeavour to obtain +their due by all the means in their power. And of this they now give +you warning, seeing that they would not injure you, nor any one, +without first defiance given; for never have they acted treacherously, +nor in their land is it customary to do so. You have heard what we have +said. It is for you to take counsel thereon according to your +pleasure.” + +Much were the Greeks amazed and greatly outraged by this open defiance; +and they said that never had any one been so hardy as to dare defy the +Emperor of Constantinople in his own hall. Very evil were the looks now +cast on the envoys by the Emperor Alexius and by all the Greeks, who +aforetime were wont to regard them very favourably. + +Great was the tumult there within, and the envoys turned about and came +to the gate and mounted their horses. When they got outside the gate, +there was not one of them but felt glad at heart; nor is that to be +marvelled at, for they had escaped from very great peril, and it held +to very little that they were not all killed or taken. So they returned +to the camp, and told the barons how they had fared. + + + + +THE WAR BEGINS—THE GREEKS ENDEAVOUR TO SET FIRE TO THE FLEET OF THE +CRUSADERS + + +Thus did the war begin; and each side did to the other as much harm as +they could, by sea and by land. The Franks and the Greeks fought often; +but never did they fight, let God be praised therefor I that the Greeks +did not lose more than the Franks. So the war lasted a long space, till +the heart of the winter. + +Then the Greeks bethought themselves of a very great device, for they +took seven large ships, and filled them full of big logs, and shavings, +and tow, and resin, and barrels, and then waited until such time as the +wind should blow strongly from their side of the straits. And one +night, at midnight, they set fire to the ships, and unfurled their +sails to the wind. And the flames blazed up high, so that it seemed as +if the whole world were a-fire. Thus did the burning ships come towards +the fleet of the pilgrims; and a great cry arose in the host, and all +sprang to arms on every side. The Venetians ran to their ships, and so +did all those who had ships in possession, and they began to draw them +away out of the flames very vigorously. + +And to this bears witness Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who +dictates this work, that never did people help themselves better at sea +than the Venetians did that night; for they sprang into the galleys and +boats belonging to the ships, and seized upon the fire ships, all +burning as they were, with hooks, and dragged them by main force before +their enemies, outside the port, and set them into the current of the +straits, and left them to go burning down the straits. So many of the +Greeks had come down to the shore that they were without end and +innumerable, and their cries were so great that it seemed as if the +earth and sea would melt together. They got into barges and boats, and +shot at those on our side who were battling with the flames, so that +some were wounded. + +All the knights of the host, as soon as they heard the clamour, armed +themselves; and the battalions marched out into the plain, each +according to the order in which they had been quartered, for they +feared lest the Greeks should also attack them on land. + +They endured thus in labour and anguish till daylight; but by God’s +help those on our side lost nothing, save a Pisan ship, which was full +of merchandise, and was burned with fire. Deadly was the peril in which +we stood that night, for if the fleet had been consumed, all would have +been lost, and we should never have been able to get away by land or +sea. Such was the guerdon which the Emperor Alexius would have bestowed +upon us in return for our services. + + + + +MOURZUPHLES USURPS THE EMPIRE—ISAAC DIES, AND THE YOUNG ALEXIUS IS +STRANGLED + + +Then the Greeks, being thus embroiled with the Franks, saw that there +was no hope of peace; so they privily took counsel together to betray +their lord. Now there was a Greek who stood higher in his favour than +all others, and had done more to make him embroil himself with the +Franks than any other. This Greek was named Mourzuphles. + +With the advice and consent of the others, one night towards midnight, +when the Emperor Alexius was asleep in his chamber, those who ought to +have been guarding him and specially Mourzuphles-took him in his bed +and threw him into a dungeon in prison. Then Mourzuphles assumed the +scarlet buskins with the help and by the counsel of the other Greeks +(January 1204). So he made himself emperor. Afterwards they crowned him +at St. Sophia. Now see if ever people were guilty of such horrible +treachery! + +When the Emperor Isaac heard that his son was taken and Mourzuphles +crowned, great fear came upon him, and he fell into a sickness that +lasted no long time. So he died. And the Emperor Mourzuphles caused the +son, whom he had in prison, to be poisoned two or three times; but it +did not please God that he should thus die. Afterwards the emperor went +and strangled him, and when he had strangled him, he caused it to be +reported everywhere that he had died a natural death, and had him +mourned for, and buried honourably and as an emperor, and made great +show of grief. + +But murder cannot be hid. Soon was it clearly known, both to the Greeks +and to the French, that this murder had been committed, as has just +been told to you. Then did the barons of the host and the Doge of +Venice assemble in parliament, and with them met the bishops and the +clergy. And all the clergy, including those who had powers from the +Pope, showed to the barons and to the pilgrims that any one guilty of +such a murder had no right to hold lands, and that those who consented +thereto were abettors of the murder; and beyond all this, that the +Greeks had withdrawn themselves from obedience to Rome. “Wherefore we +tell you,” said the clergy, “that this war is lawful and just, and that +if you have a right intention in conquering this land, to bring it into +the Roman obedience, all those who die after confession shall have part +in the indulgence granted by the Pope.” And you must know that by this +the barons and pilgrims were greatly comforted. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS CONTINUE THE WAR—DEFEAT OF MOURZUPHLES + + +Dire was the war between the Franks and the Greeks, for it abated not, +but rather increased and waxed fiercer, so that few were the days on +which there was not fighting by sea or land. Then Henry, the brother of +Count Baldwin of Flanders rode forth, and took with him a great part of +the good men in the host. With him went James of Avesnes, and Baldwin +of Beauvoir, Odo of Champagne of Champlitte, William his brother, and +the people of their country. They started at vesper time and rode all +night, and on the morrow, when it was full day, they came to a good +city, called Phile, and took it; and they had great gain, beasts, and +prisoners, and clothing, and food, which they sent in boats down the +straits to the camp, for the city lies on the sea of Russia. + +So they sojourned two days in that city, with food in great plenty, +enough and to spare. The third day they departed with the beasts and +the booty, and rode back towards the camp. Now the Emperor Mourzuphles +heard tell how they had issued from the camp, and he left +Constantinople by night, with a great part of his people, and set +himself in ambush at a place by which they must needs pass. And he +watched them pass with their beasts and their booty, each division, the +one after the other, till it came to the rearguard. The rear-guard was +under the command of Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of Flanders, +and formed of his people, and the Emperor Mourzuphles fell upon them at +the entrance to a wood; whereupon they turned against him. Very +fiercely did the battle rage there. + +By God’s help the Emperor Mourzuphles was discomfited, and came near to +being taken captive; and he lost his imperial banner and an Eikon that +was home before him, in which he and the other Greeks had great +confidence—it was an Eikon that figured our Lady—and he lost at least +twenty knights of the best people that he had. Thus was discomfited the +Emperor Mourzuphles, as you have just heard and fiercely did the war +rage between him and the Franks; and by this time a great part of the +winter had already passed, and it was near Candlemas (2nd February +1204), and Lent was approaching. + + + + +OF THE PILGRIMS WHO HAD GONE TO SYRIA + + +Now we will leave off speaking of the host before Constantinople, and +speak of those who sailed from other ports than Venice, and of the +ships of Flanders that had sojourned during the winter at Marseilles, +and had all gone over in the summer to the land of Syria; and these +were far more in number than the host before Constantinople. Listen +now, and you shall hear what a great mischance it was that they had not +joined themselves to the host, for in that case would Christendom have +been for ever exalted. But because of their sins, God would not so have +it, for some died of the sickness of the land, and some turned back to +their own homes. Nor did they perform any great deeds, or achieve aught +of good, in the land oversea. + +And there started also a company of very good men to go to Antioch, to +join Boemond, prince of Antioch and Count of Tripoli, who was at war +with King Leon, the lord of the Armenians. This company was going to +the prince to be in his pay; and the Turks of the land knew of it, and +made an ambuscade there where the men of the company needs must pass. +And they came thither, and fought, and the Franks were discomfited, so +that not one escaped that was not killed or taken. + +There were slain Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best knights in +the world, and Giles of Trasegnies, and many others; and were taken +Bernard of Moreuil, and Renaud of Dampierre, and John of Villers, and +William of Neuilly. And you must know that eighty knights were in this +company, and every one was either killed or taken. And well does this +book bear witness, that of those who avoided the host of Venice, there +was not one but suffered harm or shame. He therefore must be accounted +wise who holds to the better course. + + + + +AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE FRANKS AND VENETIANS BEFORE ATTACKING +CONSTANTINOPLE + + +Now let us leave speaking of those who avoided the host, and speak of +those before Constantinople. Well had these prepared all their engines, +and mounted their petraries, and mangonels on the ships and on the +transports, and got ready all such engines of war as are needful for +the taking of a city, and raised ladders from the yards and masts of +the vessels, so high that they were a marvel to behold.* + +[Note: This passage is obscure in the original.] + +And when the Greeks saw this, they began, on their side, to strengthen +the defences of the city which was enclosed with high walls and high +towers. Nor was any tower so high that they did not raise thereon two +or three stages of wood to heighten it still more. Never was city so +well fortified. Thus did the Greeks and the Franks bestir themselves on +the one side and the other during the greater part of Lent. + +Then those of the host spoke together, and took counsel what they +should do. Much was advanced this way and that, but in the end, they +devised that if God granted them entry into the city by force, all the +booty taken was to be brought together, and fittingly distributed; and +further, if the city fell into their power, six men should be taken +from among the Franks, and six from among the Venetians, and these +twelve should swear, on holy relics, to elect as emperor the man who, +as they deemed, would rule with most profit to the land. And whosoever +was thus elected emperor, would have one quarter of whatever was +captured, whether within the city or without, and moreover would +possess the palace of Bucoleon and that of Blachernæ; and the remaining +three parts would be divided into two, and one of the halves awarded to +the Venetians and the other to those of the host. + +And there should be taken twelve of the wisest and most experienced men +among the host of the pilgrims, and twelve among the Venetians, and +those twenty-four would divide fiefs and honours, and appoint the +service to be done therefor to the emperor. + +This covenant was made sure and sworn to on the one side and the other +by the Franks and the Venetians; with provision that at the end of +March, a year thence, any who so desired might depart hence and go +their way, but that those who remained in the land would be held to the +service of the emperor in such mariner as might be ordained. Thus was +the covenant devised and made sure; and such as should not observe it +were excommunicated by the clergy. + + + + +ATTACK OF THE CRUSADERS REPULSED—THEY MAKE READY FOR ANOTHER ASSAULT + + +The fleet was very well prepared and armed, and provisions were got +together for the pilgrims. On the Thursday after mid-Lent (8th April +1204), all entered into the vessels, and put their horses into the +transports. Each division had its own ships, and all were ranged side +by side; and the ships were separated from the galleys and transports. +A marvellous sight it was to see; and well does this book bear witness +that the attack, as it had been devised, extended over full half a +French league. + +On the Friday morning the ships and the galleys and the other vessels +drew near to the city in due order, and then began an assault most fell +and fierce. In many places the pilgrims landed and went up to the +walls, and in many places the scaling ladders on the ships approached +so close, that those on the towers and on the walls and those on the +ladders crossed lances, hand to hand. Thus lasted the assault, in more +than a hundred places, very fierce, and very dour, and very proud, till +near upon the hour of nones. + +But, for our sins, the pilgrims were repulsed in that assault, and +those who had landed from the galleys and transports were driven back +into them by main force. And you must know that on that day those of +the host lost more than the Greeks, and much were the Greeks rejoiced +thereat. And some there were who drew back from the assault, with the +ships in which they were. And some remained with their ships at anchor +so near to the city that from either side they shot at one another with +petraries and mangonels. + +Then, at vesper time, those of the host and the Doge of Venice called +together a parliament, and assembled in a church on the other side of +the straits—on the side where they had been quartered. There were many +opinions given and discussed; and much were those of the host moved for +the mischief that had that day befallen them. And many advised that +they should attack the city on another side—the side where it was not +so well fortified. But the Venetians, who had fuller knowledge of the +sea, said that if they went to that other side, the current would carry +them down the straits, and that they would be unable to stop their +ships. And you must know that there were those who would have been well +pleased if the current had home them down the straits, or the wind, +they cared not whither, so long as they left that land behind, and went +on their way. Nor is this to be wondered at, for they were in sore +peril. + +Enough was there spoken, this way and in that; but the conclusion of +their deliberation was this: that they would repair and refit on the +following day, which was Saturday, and during the whole of Sunday, and +that on the Monday they would return to the assault; and they devised +further that the ships that carried the scaling ladders should be bound +together, two and two, so that two ships should be in case to attack +one tower; for they had perceived that day how only one ship had +attacked each tower, and that this had been too heavy a task for the +ship, seeing that those in the tower were more in number than those on +the ladder. For this reason was it well seen that two ships would +attack each tower with greater effect than one. As had been settled, so +was it done, and they waited thus during the Saturday and Sunday. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS TAKE A PART OF THE CITY + + +Before the assault the Emperor Mourzuphles had come to encamp, with all +his power, in an open space, and had there pitched his scarlet tents. +Thus matters remained till the Monday morning, when those on the ships, +transports, and galleys were all armed. And those of the city stood in +much less fear of them than they did at the beginning, and were in such +good spirits that on the walls and towers you could see nothing but +people. Then began an assault proud and marvellous, and every ship went +straight before it to the attack. The noise of the battle was so great +that it seemed to read the earth. + +Thus did the assault last for a long while, till our Lord raised a wind +called Boreas which drove the ships and vessels further up on to the +shore. And two ships that were bound together, of which the one was +called the Pilgrim and the other the _Paradise_, approached so near to +a tower, the one on the one side and the other on the other—so as God +and the wind drove them—that the ladder of the Pilgrim joined on to the +tower. Immediately a Venetian, and a knight of France, whose name was +Andrew of Urboise, entered into the tower, and other people began to +enter after them, and those in the tower were discomfited and fled.* + +[Note: [pp. 61–63]: I should like to quote here another feat of arms +related by Robert of Clari, one of those feats that serve to explain +how the Crusaders obtained mastery—the mastery of perfect +fearlessness—over the Greeks. Robert of Clari, then, relates how a +small body of the besiegers, ten knights and nine sergeants, had come +before a postem which had been newly bricked up. “Now there was there a +clerk, Aleaume of Clari by name, who had shown his courage whenever +there was need, and was always first in any assault at which he might +be present; and when the tower of Galata was taken, this same clerk had +performed more deeds of prowess with his body, man for man, than any +one in the host, save only the Lord Peter of Bracuel; for the Lord +Peter it was who surpassed all others, whether of high or low degree, +so that there was none other that performed such feats of arms, or acts +of prowess with his body, as the Lord Peter of Bracuel. So when they +came to the postern they began to hew and pick at it very hardily; but +the bolts flew at them so thick, and so many stones were hurled at them +from the wall, that it seemed as if they would be buried beneath the +stones—such was the mass of quarries and stones thrown from above. And +those who were below held up targes and shields to cover those who were +picking and hewing underneath; and those above threw down pots of +boiling pitch, and Greek fire, and large rocks, so that it was one of +God’s miracles that the assailants were not utterly confounded; for my +Lord Peter and his men suffered more than enough of blows and grievous +danger. However, so did they hack at the postern, both above and below, +with their axes and good swords, that they made a great bole therein; +and when the postern was broken through, they all swarmed to the +aperture, but saw so many people above and below, that it seemed as if +half the world were there, and they dared not be so bold as to enter. + “Now when Aleaume, the clerk, saw that no one dared to go in, be + sprang forward, and said that go in he would. And there was there + present a knight, a brother to the clerk (the knight’s name was + Robert of Clari), who forbade him, and said he should not go in. + And the clerk said he would, and scrambled in on his hands and + feet. And when the knight saw this, he took hold upon him, by the + foot, and began to drag him back. But in his brother’s despite, and + whether his brother would or not, the clerk went in. And when he + was within, many were the Greeks who ran upon him, and those on the + walls cast big stones upon him. And the clerk drew his knife, and + ran at them; and he drave them before him as if they had been + cattle, and cried to those who were without, to the Lord Peter of + Amiens and his folk, ‘Sire, come in boldly, I see that they are + falling back discomfited and flying.’ When my Lord Peter heard + this, he and his people who were without, they entered in; and + there were no more than ten knights with him, but there were some + sixty sergeants, and they were all on foot. And when those who were + on the wall at that place saw them, they had such fear that they + did not dare to remain there, but avoided a great space on the + wall, and fled helter-skelter. + “Now the Emperor Mourzuphles, the traitor, was near by, at less + than a stone’s throw of distance, and he caused the silver horns to + be sounded, and the cymbals, and a great noise to be made. And when + he saw my Lord Peter, and his people, who had entered in on foot, + he made a great show of falling upon them, and spurring forward, + came about half-way to where they stood. But my Lord Peter, when he + saw him coming, began to encourage his people, and to say: ‘Now, + Lord God, grant that we may do well, and the battle is ours. Here + comes the emperor! Let no one dare to think of retreat, but each + bethink himself to do well’ Then Mourzuphles, seeing that they + would in no wise give way, stayed where he was, and then turned + back to his tents.” + After this, according to Robert of Clari, Lord Peter’s men break + open a gate, and Crusaders enter into the city. See _Li + Estoires de chiaus qus conquisent Constantinoble, de Robert de + Clari en aminois, chevalier_, pp. 60–62. The volume in the British + Museum is undated, and there is this note in the catalogue, “No + more printed.” The volume itself is noteless, though there are + printed marks here and there which would suggest that notes were + intended. The Chronicle of Robert of Clari win also be found in + Hopf’s _Chroniques Gréco-romanes inédites ou peu connues_, etc., + pp. 1–85, Berlin, 1873.] + +When the knights see this, who are in the transports, they land, and +raise their ladders against the wall, and scale the top of the wall by +main force, and so take four of the towers. And all begin to leap out +of the ships and transports and galleys, helter-skelter, each as best +he can; and they break in some three of the gates and enter in; and +they draw the horses out of the transports; and the knights mount and +ride straight to the quarters of the Emperor Mourzuphles. He had his +battalions arrayed before his tents, and when his men see the mounted +knights coming, they lose heart and fly; and so goes the emperor flying +through the streets to the castle of Bucoleon. + +Then might you have seen the Greeks beaten down; and horses and +palfreys captured, and mules, and other booty. Of killed and wounded +there was neither end nor measure. A great part of the Greek lords had +fled towards the gate of Blachernæ. And vesper-time was already past, +and those of the host were wear of the battle and of the slaying,. And +they began to assemble in a great open space that was in +Constantinople, and decided that they would take up their quarters near +the walls and towers they had captured. Never had they thought that in +a whole month they should be able to take the city, with its great +churches, and great palaces, and the people that were in it. + + + + +FLIGHT OF MOURZUPHLES—SECOND FIRE IN CONSTANTINOPLE + + +As they had settled, so was it done, and they encamped before the walls +and before the towers by their ships. Count Baldwin of Flanders and +Hainault quartered himself in the scarlet tents that the Emperor +Mourzuphles had left standing, and Henry his brother before the palace +of Blachernæ; and Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, he and his men, +towards the thickest part of the city. So were the host encamped as you +have heard, and Constantinople taken on the Monday after Palm Sunday +(12th April 1204). + +Now Count Louis of Blois and Chartres had languished all the winter +with a quartan fever, and could not bear his armour. And you must know +that this was a great misfortune to the host, seeing he was a good +knight of his body; and he lay in one of the transports. + +Thus did those of the host, who were very weary, rest that night. But +the Emperor Mourzuphles rested not, for he assembled all his people, +and said he would go and attack the Franks. Nevertheless he did not do +as he had said, for he rode along other streets, as far as he could +from those held by the host, and came to a gate which is called the +Golden Gate, whereby he escaped, and avoided the city; and afterwards +all who could fled also. And of all this those of the host knew +nothing. + +During that night, towards the quarters of Boniface Marquis of +Montferrat, certain people, whose names are unknown to me, being in +fear lest the Greeks should attack them, set fire to the buildings +between themselves and the Greeks. And the city began to take fire, and +to burn very direfully; and it burned all that night and all the next +day, till vesper-time. And this was the third fire there had been in +Constantinople since the Franks arrived in the land; and more houses +had been burned in the city than there are houses in any three of the +greatest cities in the kingdom of France. + +That night passed and the next day came, which was a Tuesday morning +(13th April 1204); and all armed themselves throughout the host, both +knights and sergeants, and each repaired to his post. Then they issued +from their quarters, and thought to find a sorer battle than the day +before, for no word had come to them that the emperor had fled during +the night. But they found none to oppose them. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS OCCUPY THE CITY + + +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat rode all along the shore to the +palace of Bucoleon, and when he arrived there it surrendered, on +condition that the lives of all therein should be spared. At Bucoleon +were found the larger number of the great ladies who had fled to the +castle, for there were found the sister* of the King of France, who had +been empress, and the sister** of the King of Hungary, who had also +been empress, and other ladies very many. Of the treasure that was +found in that palace I cannot well speak, for there was so much that it +was beyond end or counting. + +[* Agnes, sister of Philip Augustus, married successively to Alexius +II., to Andronicus, and to Theodore Branas] + +[** Margaret, sister of Emeric, King of Hungary, married to the Emperor +Isaac, and afterwards to the Marquis of Montferrat.] + +At the same time that this palace was surrendered to the Marquis +Boniface of Montferrat, did the palace of Blachernæ surrender to Henry, +the brother of Count Baldwin of Flanders, on condition that no hurt +should be done to the bodies of those who were therein. There too was +found much treasure, not less than in the palace of Bucoleon. Each +garrisoned with his own people the castle that had been surrendered to +him, and set a guard over the treasure. And the other people, spread +abroad throughout the city, also gained much booty. The booty gained +was so great that none could tell you the end of it: gold and silver, +and vessels and precious stones, and samite, and cloth of silk, and +robes vair and grey, and ermine, and every choicest thing found upon +the earth. And well does Geoffry of Villehardouin the Marshal of +Champagne, bear witness, that never, since the world was created, had +so much booty been won in any city. + +Every one took quarters where he pleased and of lodgings there was no +stint. So the host of the pilgrims and of the Venetians found quarters, +and greatly did they rejoice and give thanks because of the victory God +had vouchsafed to them—for those who before had been poor were now in +wealth and luxury. Thus they celebrated Palm Sunday and the Easter Day +following (25th April 1204) in the joy and honour that God had bestowed +upon them. And well might they praise our Lord, since in all the host +there were no more than twenty thousand armed men, one with another, +and with the help of God they had conquered four hundred thousand men, +or more, and in the strongest city in all the world—yea, a great +city—and very well fortified. + + + + +DIVISION OF THE SPOIL + + +Then was it proclaimed throughout the host by the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was lord of the host, and by the barons, and by the +Doge of Venice, that all the booty should be collected and brought +together, as had been covenanted under oath and pain of +excommunication. Three churches were appointed for the receiving of the +spoils, and guards were set to have them in charge, both Franks and +Venetians, the most upright that could be found. + +Then each began to bring in such booty as he had taken, and to collect +it together. And some brought in loyally, and some in evil sort, +because covetousness, which is the root of all evil, let and hindered +them. So from that time forth the covetous began to keep things back, +and our Lord began to love them less. Ah God! how loyally they had +borne themselves up to now! And well had the Lord God shown them that +in all things He was ready to honour and exalt them above all people. +But full oft do the good suffer for the sins of the wicked. + +The spoils and booty were collected together, and you must know that +all was not brought into the common stock, for not a few kept thin-s +back, maugre the excommunication of the Pope. That which was brought to +the churches was collected together and divided, in equal parts, +between the Franks and the Venetians, according to the sworn covenant. +And you must know further that the pilgrims, after the division had +been made, paid out of their share fifty thousand marks of silver to +the Venetians, and then divided at least one hundred thousand marks +between themselves, among their own people. And shall I tell you in +what wise? Two sergeants on foot counted as one mounted, and two +sergeants mounted as one knight. And you must know that no man received +more, either on account of his rank or because of his deeds, than that +which had been so settled and ordered—save in so far as he may have +stolen it. + +And as to theft, and those who were convicted thereof, you must know +that stem justice was meted out to such as were found guilty, and not a +few were hung. The Count of St. Paul hung one of his knights, who had +kept back certain spoils, with his shield to his neck; but many there +were, both great and small, who kept back part of the spoils, and it +was never known. Well may you be assured that the spoil was very great, +for if it had not been for what was stolen, and for the part given to +the Venetians, there would if have been at least four hundred thousand +marks of silver and at least ten thousand horses—one with another. Thus +were divided the spoils of Constantinople, as you have heard. + + + + +BALDWIN, COUNT OF FLANDERS, ELECTED EMPEROR + + +Then a parliament assembled, and the commons of the host declared that +an emperor must be elected, as had been settled aforetime. And they +parliamented so long that the matter was adjourned to another day, and +on that day would they choose the twelve electors who were to make the +election. Nor was it possible that there should be lack of candidates, +or of men covetous, seeing that so great an honour was in question as +the imperial throne of Constantinople. But the greatest discord that +arose was the discord concerning Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault +and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat; for all the people said that +either of those two should be elected. + +And when the chief men of the host saw that all held either for Count +Baldwin or for the Marquis of Montferrat, they conferred together and +said: “Lords, if we elect one of these two great men, the other will be +so filled with envy that he will take away with him all his people. And +then the land that we have won may be lost, just as the land of +Jerusalem came nigh to be lost when, after it had been conquered, +Godfrey of Bouillon was elected king, and the Count of St. Giles became +so fulfilled with envy that he enticed the other barons, and whomsoever +he could, to abandon the host. Then did many people depart, and there +remained so few that, if God had not sustained them, the land of +Jerusalem would have been lost. Let us therefore beware lest the same +mischance befall us also, and rather bethink ourselves how we may keep +both these lords in the host. Let the one on whom God shall bestow the +empire so devise that the other is well content; let him grant to that +other all the land on the further side of the straits, towards Turkey, +and the Isle of Greece, and that other shall be his liegeman. Thus +shall we keep both lords in the host.” + +As had been proposed, so was it settled, and both consented right +willingly. Then came the day for the parliament, and the parliament +assembled. And the twelve electors were chosen, six on one side and six +on the other; and they swore on holy relics to elect, duly, and in good +faith, whomsoever would best meet the needs of the host, and bear rule +over the empire most worthily. + +Thus were the twelve chosen, and a day appointed for the election of +the emperor; and on the appointed day the twelve electors met at a rich +palace, one of the fairest in the world, where the Doge of Venice had +his quarters. Great and marvellous was the concourse, for every one +wished to see who should be elected. Then were the twelve electors +called, and set in a very rich chapel within the palace, and the door +was shut, so that no one remained with them. The barons and knights +stayed without in a great palace. + +The council lasted till they were agreed; and by consent of all they +appointed Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, who was one of the twelve, to +act as spokesman. Then they came out to the place where all the barons +were assembled, and the Doge of Venice. Now you must know that many set +eyes upon them, to know how the election had turned. And the bishop, +lifting up his voice—while all listened intently—spoke as he had been +charged, and said: “Lords, we are agreed, let God be thanked! upon the +choice of an emperor; and you have all sworn that he whom we shall +elect as emperor shall be held by you to be emperor indeed, and that +it any one gainsay him, you will be his helpers. And we name him now at +the self-same hour when God was born, THE COUNT BALDWIN OF FLANDERS AND +HAINAULT!” + +A cry of joy was raised in the palace, and they bore the count out of +the palace, and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat bore him on one side +to the church, and showed him all the honour he could. So was the Count +Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault elected emperor, and a day appointed +for his coronation, three weeks after Easter (16th May 1204). And you +must know that many a rich robe was made for the coronation; nor did +they want for the wherewithal. + + + + +BONIFACE WEDS ISAAC’S WIDOW, AND AFTER BALDWIN’S CORONATION OBTAINS THE +KINGDOM OF SALONIKA + + +Before the time appointed for the coronation, the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat espoused the empress who had been the wife of the Emperor +Isaac, and was sister to the King of Hungary. And within that time also +did one of the most noble barons of the host, who bore the name of Odo +of Champlitte of Champagne, make an end and die. Much was he mourned +and bewept by William his brother, and by his other friends; and he was +buried in the church of the Apostles with great honour. + +The time for the coronation drew near, and the Emperor Baldwin was +crowned with great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, in +the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ one thousand twelve hundred +and four. Of the rejoicings and feasting there is no need to speak +further, for the barons and knights did all they could; and the Marquis +Boniface of Montferrat and Count Louis of Blois and Chartres did homage +to the emperor as their lord. After the great rejoicings and ceremonies +of the coronation, he was taken in great pomp, and with a great +procession, to the rich palace of Bucoleon. And when the feastings were +over he began to discuss his affairs. + +Boniface the Marquis of Montferrat called upon him to carry out the +covenant made, and give him, as he was bound to do, the land on the +other side of the straits towards Turkey and the Isle of Greece. And +the emperor acknowledged that he was bound so to do, and said he would +do it right willingly. And when the Marquis of Montferrat saw that the +emperor was willing to carry out this covenant so debonairly, he +besought him, in exchange for this land, to bestow upon him the kingdom +of Salonika, because it lay near the land of the King of Hungary, whose +sister he had taken to wife. + +Much was this matter debated in various ways; but in the end the +emperor granted the land of Salonika to the marquis, and the marquis +did homage therefor. And at this there was much joy throughout the +host, because the marquis was one of the knights most highly prized in +all the world, and one whom the knights most loved, inasmuch as no one +dealt with them more liberally than he. Thus the marquis remained in +the land, as you have heard. + + + + +BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST MOURZUPHLES + + +The Emperor Mourzuphles had not yet removed more than four days’ +journey from Constantinople; and he had taken with him the empress who +had been the wife of the Emperor Alexius, who aforetime had fled, and +his daughter. This Emperor Alexius was in a city called Messinopolis, +with all his people, and still held a great part of the land. And at +that time the men of note in Greece departed, and a large number passed +over the straits towards Turkey; and each one, for his own advantage, +made himself master of such lands as he could lay hands upon; and the +same thing happened also throughout the other parts of the empire. + +The Emperor Mourzuphles made no long tarrying before he took a city +which had surrendered to my lord the Emperor Baldwin, a city called +Tchorlu. So he took it and sacked it, and seized whatever he found +there. When the news thereof came to the Emperor Baldwin, he took +counsel with the barons, and with the Doge of Venice, and they agreed +to this, that he should issue forth, with all his host, to make +conquest of the land, and leave a garrison in Constantinople to keep it +sure, seeing that the city had been newly taken and was peopled with +the Greeks. + +So did they decide, and the host was called together, and decision made +as to who should remain in Constantinople, and who should go in the +host with the Emperor Baldwin. In Constantinople remained Count Louis +of Blois and Chartres, who had been sick, and was not yet recovered, +and the Doge of Venice. And Conon of Béthune remained in the palaces of +Blachernæ and Bucoleon to keep the city; and with him Geoffry the +Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of Provins, and Manasses of +l’Isle, and all their people. All the rest made ready to go in the host +with the emperor. + +Before the Emperor Baldwin left Constantinople, his brother Henry +departed thence, by his command, with a hundred very good knights; and +he rode from city to city, and in every city to which he came the +people swore fealty to the emperor. So he fared forward till he came to +Adrianople, which was a good city, and wealthy; and those of the city +received him right willingly and swore fealty to the emperor. Then he +lodged in the city, he and his people, and sojourned there till the +Emperor Baldwin came thither. + + + + +MOURZUPHLES TAKES REFUGE WITH ALEXIUS, THE BROTHER OF ISAAC, WHO PUTS +OUT HIS EYES + + +The Emperor Mourzuphles, when he heard that they thus advanced against +him, did not dare to abide their coming, but remained always two or +three days’ march in advance. So he fared forward till he came near +Messinopolis, where the Emperor Alexius was sojourning, and he sent on +messengers, telling Alexius that he would give him help, and do all his +behests. And the Emperor Alexius answered that he should be as welcome +as if he were his own son, and that he would give him his daughter to +wife, and make of him his son. So the Emperor Mourzuphles encamped +before Messinopolis, and pitched his tents and pavilions, and Alexius +was quartered within the city. So they conferred together, and Alexius +gave him his daughter to wife, and they entered into alliance, and said +they should be as one. + +They sojourned thus for I know not how many days, the one in the camp +and the other in the city, and then did the Emperor Alexius invite the +Emperor Mourzuphles to come and eat with him, and to go with him to the +baths. So were matters settled. The Emperor Mourzuphles came privately, +and with few people, and when he was within the house, the Emperor +Alexius called him into a privy chamber, and had him thrown on to the +ground, and the eyes drawn out of his head. And this was done in such +treacherous wise as you have heard. Now say whether this people, who +wrought such cruelty one to another, were fit to have lands in +possession I And when the host of the Emperor Mourzuphles heard what +had been done, they scattered, and fled this way and that; and some +joined themselves to the Emperor Alexius, and obeyed him as their lord, +and remained with him. + + + + +BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST ALEXIUS—HE IS JOINED BY BONIFACE + + +Then the Emperor Baldwin moved from Constantinople, with all his host, +and rode forward till he came to Adrianople. There he found Henry his +brother, and the men with him. All the people whithersoever the emperor +passed, came to him, and put themselves at his mercy and under his +rule. And while they were at Adrianople, they heard the news that the +Emperor Alexius had pulled out the eyes of the Emperor Mourzuphles. Of +this there was much talk among them; and well did all say that those +who betrayed one another so disloyally and treacherously had no right +to hold land in possession. + +Then was the Emperor Baldwin minded to ride straight to Messinopolis, +where the Emperor Alexius was. And the Greeks of Adrianople besought +him, as their lord, to leave a garrison in their city because of +Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who ofttimes made war upon +them. And the Emperor Baldwin left there Eustace of Saubruic, who was a +knight of Flanders, very worthy and very valiant, together with forty +right good knights, and a hundred mounted sergeants. + +So departed the Emperor Baldwin from Adrianople, and rode towards +Messinopolis, where he thought to find the Emperor Alexius. All the +people of the lands through which he passed put themselves under his +rule and at his mercy; and when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he +avoided Messinopolis and fled. And the Emperor Baldwin rode on till he +came before Messinopolis; and those of the city went out to meet him +and surrendered the city to his commandment. + +Then the Emperor Baldwin said he would sojourn there, wafting for the +arrival of Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, who had not yet joined the +host, seeing he could not move as fast as the emperor, because he was +bringing with him the empress, his wife. However, he also rode forward +till he came to Messinopolis, by the river, and there encamped, and +pitched his tents and pavilions. And on the morrow he went to speak to +the Emperor Baldwin, and to see him, and reminded him of his promise. + +“Sire,” said he, “tidings have come to me from Salonika that the people +of the land would have me know that they are ready to receive me +willingly as their lord. And I am your liegeman, and hold the land from +you. Therefore, I pray you, let me go thither; and when I am in +possession of my land and of my city, I will bring you out such +supplies as you may need, and come ready prepared to do your behests. +But do not go and ruin my land. Let us rather, if it so pleases you, +march against Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who holds +a great part of the land wrongfully.” + + + + +RUPTURE BETWEEN BALDWIN AND BONIFACE—THE ONE MARCHES ON SALONIKA, THE +OTHER ON DEMOTICA + + +I know not by whose counsel it was that the emperor replied that he was +determined to march towards Salonika, and would afterwards attend to +his other affairs. “Sire,” said Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, “I +pray thee, since I am able without thee to get possession of my land, +that thou wilt not enter therein; but if thou dost enter therein, I +shall deem that thou art not acting for my good. And be it known to +thee that I shall not go with thee, but depart from among you.” And the +Emperor Baldwin replied that, notwithstanding all this, he should most +certainly go. + +Alas! how ill-advised were they, both the one and the other, and how +great was the sin of those who caused this quarrel! For if God had not +taken pity upon them, now would they have lost all the conquests they +had made, and Christendom been in danger of ruin. So by ill fortune was +there division between the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople and +Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat,—and by illadvice. + +The Emperor Baldwin rode towards Salonika, as he devised, with all his +people, and with all his power. And Boniface, the Marquis of +Montferrat, went back, and he took with him a great number of right +worthy people. With him went James of Avesnes, William of Champlitte, +Hugh of Colemi, Count Berthold of Katzenellenbogen, and the greater +part of those who came from the Empire of Germany and held with the +marquis. Thus did the marquis ride back till he came to a castle, very +goodly, very strong, and very rich, which is called Demotica; and it +was surrendered by a Greek of the city, and when the marquis had +entered therein he garrisoned it. Then because of their knowledge of +the empress (his wife), the Greeks began to turn towards him, and to +surrender to his rule from all the country round about, within a day or +two’s journey. + +The Emperor Baldwin rode straight on to Salonika, and came to a castle +called Christopolis, one of the strongest in the world. And it +surrendered, and those of the city did homage to him. Afterwards he +came to another place called Blache, which was very strong and very +rich, and this too surrendered, and the people did homage. Next he came +to Cetros, a city strong and rich, and it also came to his rule and +order, and did homage. Then he rode to Salonika, and encamped before +the city, and was there for three days. And those within surrendered +the city, which was one of the best and wealthiest in Christendom at +that day, on condition that he would maintain the uses and customs +theretofore observed by the Greek emperor. + + + + +MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BONIFACE—HE SUSPENDS THE SIEGE OF +ADRIANOPLE + + +While the Emperor Baldwin was thus at Salonika, and the land +surrendering to his good pleasure and commandment, the Marquis Boniface +of Montferrat, with all his people and a great quantity of Greeks who +held to his side, marched to Adrianople and besieged it, and pitched +his tents and pavilions round about. Now Eustace of Saubruic was +therein, with the people whom the emperor had left there, and they +mounted the walls and towers and made ready to defend themselves. + +Then took Eustace of Saubruic two messengers and sent them, riding +night and day, to Constantinople. And they came to the Doge of Venice, +and to Count Louis, and to those who had been left in the city by the +Emperor Baldwin, and told them that Eustace of Saubruic would have them +know that the emperor and the marquis were embroiled together, and that +the marquis had seized Demotica, which was one of the strongest castles +in Roumania, and one of the richest, and that he was besieging them in +Adrianople. And when those in Constantinople heard this they were moved +with anger, for they thought most surely that all their conquests would +be lost. + +Then assembled in the palace of Blachernæ the Doge of Venice, and Count +Louis of Blois and Chartres, and the other barons that were in +Constantinople; and much were they distraught, and greatly were they +angered, and fiercely did they complain of those who had put enmity +between the emperor and the marquis. At the prayer of the Doge of +Venice and of Count Louis, Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of +Champagne, was enjoined to go to the siege of Adrianople, and appease +the war, if he could, because he was well in favour with the marquis, +and therefore they thought he would have more influence than any other. +And he, because of their prayers, and of their great need, said he +would go willingly; and he took with him Manasses of l’Isle, who was +one of the good knights of the host, and one of the most honoured. + +So they departed from Constantinople, and rode day by day till they +came to Adrianople, where the siege was going on. And when the marquis +heard thereof, he came out of the camp and went to meet them. With him +came James of Avesnes, and William of Champlitte, and Hugh of Colemi, +and Otho of la Roche, who were the chief counsellors of the marquis. +And when he saw the envoys, he did them much honour and showed them +much fair seeming. + +Geoffry the Marshal, with whom he was on very good terms, spoke to him +very sharply, reproaching him with the fashion in which he had taken +the land of the emperor and besieged the emperor’s people in +Adrianople, and that without apprising those in Constantinople, who +surely would have obtained such redress as was due if the emperor had +done him any wrong. And the marquis disculpated himself much, and said +it was because of the wrong the emperor had done him that he had acted +in such sort. + +So wrought Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, with the help of God, and +of the barons who were in the confidence of the marquis, and who loved +the said Geoffry well, that the marquis assured him he would leave the +matter in the hands of the Doge of Venice, and of Count Louis of Blois +and Chartres, and of Conon of Béthune, and of Geoffry of Villehardouin, +the Marshal-all of whom well knew what was the covenant made between +himself and the emperor. So was a truce established between those in +the camp and those in the city. + +And you must know that Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l’Isle, +were right joyously looked upon, both by those in the camp and those in +the city, for very strongly did either side wish for peace. And in such +measure as the Franks rejoiced, so were the Greeks dolent, because +right willingly would they have seen the Franks quarrelling and at war. +Thus was the siege of Adrianople raised, and the marquis returned with +all his people to Demotica, where was the empress his wife. + + + + +MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BALDWIN—DEATH OF SEVERAL KNIGHTS + + +The envoys returned to Constantinople, and told what they had done. +Greatly did the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis of Blois, and all +besides, then rejoice that to these envoys had been committed the +negotiations for a peace; and they chose good messengers, and wrote a +letter, and sent it to the Emperor Baldwin, telling him that the +marquis had referred himself to them, with assurances that he would +accept their arbitration, and that he (the emperor) was even more +strongly bound to do the same, and that they besought him to do so—for +they would in no wise countenance war—and promise to accept their +arbitration, as the marquis had done. + +While this was in progress the Emperor Baldwin had settled matters at +Salonika and departed thence, garrisoning it with his people, and had +left there as chief Renier of Mons, who was a good knight and a +valiant. And tidings had come to him that the marquis had taken +Demotica, and established himself therein, an(f conquered a great part +of the land lying round about, and besieged the emperor’s people in +Adrianople. Greatly enraged was the Emperor Baldwin when these tidings +came to him, and much did he hasten so as to raise the siege of +Adrianople, and do to the marquis all the harm that he could. Ah God! +what mischief their discord might have caused! If God had not seen to +it, Christendom would have been undone. + +So did the Emperor Baldwin journey day by day. And a very great +mischance had befallen those who were before Salonika, for many people +of the host were stricken down with sickness. Many who could not be +moved had to remain in the castles by which the emperor passed, and +many were brought along in litters, journeying in sore pain; and many +there were who died at Cetros (La Serre). Among those who so died at +Cetros was Master John of Noyon, chancellor to the Emperor Baldwin. He +was a good clerk, and very wise, and much had he comforted the host by +the word of God, which he well knew how to preach. And you must know +that by his death the good men of the host were much discomforted. + +Nor was it long ere another great misfortune befell the host, for Peter +of Amiens died, who was a man rich and noble, and a good and brave +knight, and great dole was made for him by Hugh of St. Paul, who was +his cousin-german; and heavily did his death weigh upon the host. +Shortly after died Gerard of Mancicourt, who was a knight much prized, +and Giles of Annoy, and many other good people. Forty knights died +during this expedition, and by their death was the host greatly +enfeebled. + + + + +BALDWIN’S REPLY TO THE MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS + + +The Emperor Baldwin journeyed so day by day that he met the messengers +sent by those of Constantinople. One of the messengers was a knight +belonging to the land of Count Louis of Blois, and the count’s +liegeman; his name was Bègue of Fransures, and he was wise and +eloquent. He spoke the message of his lord and the other barons right +manfully, and said: “Sire, the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis, my +lord, and the other barons who are in Constantinople send you health +and greeting as to their lord, and they complain to God and to you of +those who have raised discord between you and the Marquis of +Montferrat, whereby it failed but little that Christendom was not +undone; and they tell you that you did very ill when you listened to +such counsellors. Now they apprise you that the marquis has referred to +them the quarrel that there is between him and you, and they pray you, +as their lord, to refer that quarrel to them likewise, and to promise +to abide by their ruling. And be it known to you that they will in no +wise, nor on any ground, suffer that you should go to war.” + +The Emperor Baldwin went to confer with his council, and said he would +reply anon. Many there were in the emperor’s council who had helped to +cause the quarrel, and they were greatly outraged by the declaration +sent by those at Constantinople, and they said: “Sire, you hear what +they declare to you, that they will not suffer you to take vengeance of +your enemy. Truly it seems that if you will not do as they order, they +will set themselves against you.” + +Very many big words were then spoken; but, in the end, the council +agreed that the emperor had no wish to lose the friendship of the Doge +of Venice, and Count Louis, and the others who were in Constantinople; +and the emperor replied to the envoys: “I will not promise to refer the +quarrel to those who sent you, but I will go to Constantinople without +doing aught to injure the marquis.” So the Emperor Baldwin journeyed +day by day till he came to Constantinople, and the barons, and the +other people, went to meet him, and received him as their lord with +great honour. + + + + +RECONCILIATION OF BALDWIN AND BONIFACE + + +On the fourth day the emperor knew clearly that he had been ill-advised +to quarrel with the marquis, and then the Doge of Venice and Count +Louis came to speak to him and said: “Sire, we would pray you to refer +this matter to us, as the marquis has done.” And the emperor said he +would do so right willingly. Then were envoys chosen to fetch the +marquis, and bring him thither. Of them envoys one was Gervais of +Châtel, and the second Renier of Trit, and Geoffry, Marshal of +Champagne the third, and the Doge of Venice sent two of his people. + +The envoys rode day by day till they came to Demotica, and they found +the marquis with the empress his wife, and a great number of right +worthy people, and they told him how they had come to fetch him. Then +did Geoffry the Marshal desire him to come to Constantinople, as he had +promised, and make peace in such wise as might be settled by those in +whose hands he had remitted his cause; and they promised him safe +conduct, as also to those who might go with him. + +The marquis took counsel with his men. Some there were who agreed that +he should go, and some who advised that he should not go. But the end +of the debate was such that he went with the envoys to Constantinople, +and took full a hundred knights with him; and they rode day by day till +they came to Constantinople. Very gladly were they received in the +city; and Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and the Doge of Venice +went out to meet the marquis, together with many other right worthy +people, for he was much loved in the host. + +Then was a parliament assembled, and the covenants were rehearsed +between the Emperor Baldwin and the Marquis Boniface; and Salonika was +restored to Boniface, with the land, he placing Demotica, which he had +seized, in the hands of Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who undertook +to keep it till he heard, by accredited messenger, or letters duly +sealed, that the marquis was seized of Salonika, when he would give +back Demotica to the emperor, or to whomsoever the emperor might +appoint. Thus was peace made between the emperor and the marquis, as +you have heard. And great was the joy thereof throughout the host, for +out of this quarrel might very great evil have arisen. + + + + +THE KINGDOM OF SALONIKA IS RESTORED TO BONIFACE—DIVISION OF THE LAND +BETWEEN THE CRUSADERS + + +The marquis then took leave, and went towards Salonika with his people, +and with his wife; and with him rode the envoys of the emperor; and as +they went from castle to castle, each, with all its lordship, was +restored to the marquis on the part of the emperor. So they came to +Salonika, and those who held the place for the emperor surrendered it. +Now the governor, whom the emperor had left there, and whose name was +Renier of Mons, had died; he was a man most worthy, and his death a +great mischance. + +Then the land and country began to surrender to the marquis, and a +great part thereof to come under his rule. But a Greek, a man of great +rank, whose name was Leon Sgure, would in no wise come under the rule +of the marquis, for he had seized Corinth and Napoli, two cities that +lie upon the sea, and are among the strongest cities under heaven. He +then refused to surrender, but began to make war against the marquis, +and a very great many of the Greeks held with him. And another Greek, +whose name was Michael, and who had come with the marquis from +Constantinople, and was thought by the marquis to be his friend, he +departed, without any word said, and went to a city called Arthe (? +Durazzo) and took to wife the daughter of a rich Greek, who held the +land from the emperor, and seized the land, and began to make war on +the marquis. + +Now the land from Constantinople to Salonika was quiet and at peace, +for the ways were so safe that all could come and go at their pleasure, +and from the one city to the other there were full twelve long days’ +journey. And so much time had now passed that we were at the beginning +of September (1204). And the Emperor Baldwin was in Constantinople, and +the land at peace, and under his rule. Then died two right good knights +in Constantinople, Eustace of Canteleu, and Aimery of Villeroi, whereof +their friends had great sorrow. + +Then did they begin to divide the land. The Venetians had their +part, and the pilgrims the other. And when each one was able to go to +his own land, the covetousness of this world, which has worked so great +evil, suffered them not to be at peace, for each began to deal wickedly +in his land, some more, and some less, and the Greeks began to hate +them and to nourish a bitter heart. + +Then did the Emperor Baldwin bestow on Count Louis the duchy of Nice, +which was one of the greatest lordships in the land of Roumania, and +situate on the other side of the straits, towards Turkey. Now all the +land on the other side of the straits had not surrendered to the +emperor, but was against him. Then afterwards he gave the duchy of +Philippopolis to Renier of Trit. + +So Count Louis sent his men to conquer his land-some hundred and +twenty knights. And over them were set Peter of Bracieux and Payen of +Orleans. They left Constantinople on All Saints Day (1st November +1204), and passed over the Straits of St. George on ship-board, and +came to Piga, a city that lies on the sea, and is inhabited by Latins. +And they began to war against the Greeks. + + + + +EXECUTION OF MOURZUPHLES AND IMPRISONMENT OF ALEXIUS + + +In those days it happened that the Emperor Mourzuphles, whose eyes had +been put out—the same who had murdered his lord, the Emperor Isaac’s +son, the Emperor Alexius, whom the pilgrims had brought with them to +that land—it happened, I say, that the Emperor Mourzuphles fled +privily, and with but few people, and took refuge beyond the straits. +But Thierri of Loos heard of it, for Mourzuphles’ flight was revealed +to him, and he took Mourzuphles and brought him to the Emperor Baldwin +at Constantinople,. And the Emperor Baldwin rejoiced thereat, and took +counsel with his men what he should do with a man who had been guilty +of such a murder upon his lord. + +And the council agreed to this: There was in Constantinople, towards +the middle of the city, a column, one of the highest and the most +finely wrought in marble that eye had ever seen; and Mourzuphles should +be taken to the top of that column and made to leap down, in the sight +of all the people, because it was fit that an act of justice so notable +should be seen of the whole world. So they led the Emperor Mourzuphles +to the column, and took him to the top, and all the people in the city +ran together to behold the event. Then they cast him down, and he fell +from such a height that when he came to the earth he was all shattered +and broken. + +Now hear of a great marvel! On that column from which he fell were +images of divers kinds, wrought in the marble. And among these images +was one, worked in the shape of an emperor, falling headlong; for of a +long time it had been prophesied that from that column an emperor of +Constantinople should be cast down. So did the semblance and the +prophecy come true. + +It came to pass, at this time also, that the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was near Salonika, took prisoner the Emperor +Alexius—the same who had put out the eyes of the Emperor Isaac—and the +empress his wife with him. And he sent the scarlet buskins, and the +imperial vestments, to the Emperor Baldwin, his lord, at +Constantinople, and the emperor took the act in very good part. Shortly +after the marquis sent the Emperor Alexius and the empress his wife, to +Montferrat, there to be imprisoned. + + + + +CAPTURE OF ABYDOS, OF PHILIPPOPOLIS, AND OF NICOMEDIA—THEODORE LASCARIS +PRETENDS TO THE EMPIRE + + +At the feast of St. Martin after this (11th November 1204), Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, went forth from Constantinople, and +marched down by the straits to the mouth of Abydos; and he took with +him some hundred and twenty good knights. He crossed the straits near a +city which is called Abydos, and found it well furnished with good +things, with corn and meats, and with all things of which man has need. +So he seized the city, and lodged therein, and then began to war with +the Greeks who were before him. And the Armenians of the land, of whom +there were many, began to turn towards him, for they greatly hated the +Greeks. + +At that time Renier of Trit left Constantinople, and went towards +Philippopolis, which the emperor had given him; and he took with him +some hundred and twenty very good knights, and rode day by day till he +passed beyond Adrianople, and came to Philippopolis. And the people of +the land received him, and obeyed him as their lord, for they beheld +his coming very willingly. And they stood in great need of succour, for +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, had mightily oppressed them with +war. So Renier helped them right well, and held a great part of the +land, and most of those who had sided with Johannizza, now turned to +him. In those parts the war with Johannizza raged fiercely. + +The emperor had sent some hundred knights over the straits of Saint +George opposite Constantinople. Macaire of Sainte-Marehould was in +command, and with him went Matthew of Wallincourt, and Robert of +Ronsoi. They rode to a city called Nicomedia, which lies on a gulf of +the sea, and is well two days’ journey from Constantinople. When the +Greeks saw them coming, they avoided the city, and went away; so the +pilgrims lodged therein, and garrisoned it, and enclosed it with walls, +and began to wage war before them, on that side also. + +The land on the other side of the straits had for lord a Greek named +Theodore Lascaris. He had for wife the daughter of the Emperor Alexius, +through whom he laid claim to the land—this was the Alexius whom the +Franks had driven from Constantinople, and who had put out his +brother’s eyes. The same Lascaris maintained the war against the Franks +on the other side of the straits, in whatsoever part they might be. + +In Constantinople remained the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis, with +but few people, and the Count of St. Paul, who was grievously sick with +gout, that held him by the knees and feet; and the Doge of Venice, who +saw naught. + + + + +REINFORCEMENTS FROM SYRIA—DEATH OF MARY, THE WIFE OF BALDWIN + + +After this time came from the land of Syria a great company of those +who had abandoned the host, and gone thither from other ports than +Venice. With this company came Stephen of Perche, and Renaud of +Montmirail, who was cousin to Count Louis, and they were by him much +honoured, for he was very glad of their coming. And the Emperor +Baldwin, and the rest of the people also received them very gladly, for +they were of high rank, and very rich, and brought very many good +people with them. + +From the land of Syria came Hugh of Tabarie, and Raoul his brother, and +Thierri of Tenremonde, and very many people of the land, knights and +light horsemen, and sergeants. And the Emperor Baldwin gave to Stephen +of Perche the duchy of Philadelphia. + +Among other tidings came news at this time to the Emperor Baldwin +whereby he was made very sorrowful; for the Countess Mary* his wife, +whom he had left in Flanders, seeing she could not go with him because +she was with child—he was then but count—had brought forth a +daughter—and afterwards, on her recovery, she started to go to her lord +overseass and passed to the port of Marseilles, and coming to Acre, she +had but just landed, when the tidings came to her from +Constantinople—told by the messengers whom her lord had sent—that +Constantinople was taken, and her lord made emperor, to the great joy +of all Christendom. On hearing this the lady was minded to come to him +forthwith. Then a sickness took her, and she made an end and died, +whereof there was great dole throughout all Christendom, for she was a +gracious and virtuous lady and greatly honoured. And those who came in +this company brought the tidings of her death, whereof the Emperor +Baldwin had sore affliction, as also the barons of the land, for much +did they desire to have her for their lady. + +[Note: She was the daughter of Henry Count of Champagne and of Mary, +daughter of Philip Augustus, King of France] + + + + +DEFEAT OF THEODORE AND CONSTANTINE LASCARIS + + +At that time those who had gone to the city of Piga—Peter of Bracieux +and Payen of Orléans being the chiefs—fortified a castle called +Palormo; and they left therein a garrison of their people, and rode +forward to conquer the land. Theodore Lascaris had collected all the +people he could, and on the day of the feast of our Lord St. Nicholas +(6th December 1204), which is before the Nativity, he joined battle in +the plain before a castle called Poemaninon. The battle was engaged +with great disadvantage to our people, for those of the other part were +in such numbers as was marvellous; and on our side there were but one +hundred and forty knights, without counting the mounted sergeants. + +But our Lord orders battles as it pleases Him. By His grace and by His +will, the Franks vanquished the Greeks and discomfited them, so that +they suffered very great loss. And within the week, they surrendered a +very large part of the land. They surrendered Poemaninon, which was a +very strong castle, and Lopadium, which was one of the best cities of +the land, and Polychna, which is seated on a lake of fresh water, and +is one of the strongest and best castles that can be found. And you +must know that our people fared very excellently, and by God’s help had +their will of that land. + +Shortly after, by the advice of the Armenians, Henry, the brother of +the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, started from the city of Abydos, +leaving therein a garrison of his people, and rode to a city called +Adramittium, which lies on the sea, a two days’ journey from Abydos. +This city yielded to him, and he lodged therein, and a great part of +the land surrendered; for the city was well supplied with corn and +meats, and other goods. Then he maintained the war in those parts +against the Greeks. + +Theodore Lascaris, who had been discomfited at Poemaninon, collected as +many people as he could, and assembled a very great army, and gave the +command thereof to Constantine, his brother, who was one of the best +Greeks in Roumania, and then rode straight towards Adramittium. And +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, had knowledge, through the +Armenians, that a great host was marching against him, so he made ready +to meet them, and set his battalions in order; and he had with him some +very good men, as Baldwin of Beauvoir, and Nicholas of Mailly, and +Anseau of Cayeux, and Thierri of Loos, and Thierri of Tenremonde. + +So it happened that on the Saturday which is before mid-Lent (19th +March 1205), came Constantine Lascaris with his great host, before +Adramittium. And Henry, when he knew of his coming, took counsel, and +said he would not suffer himself to be shut up in the city, but would +issue forth. And those of the other part came on with all their host, +in great companies of horse and foot, and those on our part went out to +meet them, and began the onslaught. Then was there a dour battle and +fighting hand to hand; but by God’s help the Franks prevailed, and +discomfited their foes, so that many were killed and taken captive, and +there was much booty. Then were the Franks at ease, and very rich, so +that the people of the land turned to them, and began to bring in their +rents. + + + + +BONIFACE ATTACKS LEON SGURE; HE IS JOINED BY GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, +THE NEPHEW + + +Now let us leave speaking further (for the nonce), of those at +Constantinople, and return to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. The +marquis had gone, as you have heard, towards Salonika, and then ridden +forth against Leon Sgure, who held Napoli and Corinth, two of the +strongest cities in the world. Boniface besieged both cities at once. +James of Avesnes, with many other good men, remained before Corinth, +and the rest encamped before Napoli, and laid siege to it. + +Then befell a certain adventure in the land. For Geoffry of +Villehardouin, who was nephew to Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Roumania and Champagne, being his brother’s son, was moved to leave +Syria with the company that came to Constantinople. But wind and chance +carried him to the port of Modon, and there his ship was injured, so +that, of necessity, it behoved him to winter in that country. And a +Greek, who was a great lord of the land, knew of it, and came to him, +and did him much honour, and said: “Fair Sir, the Franks have conquered +Constantinople, and elected an emperor. If thou wilt make alliance with +me, I will deal with thee in all good faith, and we together Will +conquer much land.” So they made alliance on oath, the Greek and +Geoffry of Villehardouin, and conquered together a great part of the +country, and Geoffry of Villehardouin found much good faith in the +Greek. + +But adventures happen as God wills, and sickness laid hold of the +Greek, and he made an end and died. And the Greek’s son rebelled +against Geoffry of Villehardouin, and betrayed him, and the castles in +which Geoffry had set a garrison turned against him. Now he heard tell +that the marquis was besieging Napoli, so he went towards him with as +many men as he could collect, and rode through the land for some six +days in very great peril, and thus came to the camp, where he was +received right willingly, and much honoured by the marquis and all who +were there. And this was but right, seeing he was very honourable and +valiant, and a good knight. + + + + +EXPLOITS OF WILLIAM OF CHAMPLITTE AND GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, THE +NEPHEW, IN MOREA + + +The marquis would have given him land and possessions so that he might +remain with him, but he would not, and spoke to William of Champlitte, +who was his friend, and said: “Sir, I come from a land that is very +rich, and is called Morea. Take as many men as you can collect, and +leave this host, and let us go and conquer that land by the help of +God. And that which you will give me out of our conquests, I will hold +from you, and I will be your liegeman.” And William of Champlitte, who +greatly trusted and loved him, went to the marquis, and told him of the +matter, and the marquis allowed of their going. + +So William of Champlitte and Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) +departed from the host, and took with them about a hundred knights, and +a great number of mounted sergeants, and entered into the land of +Morea, and rode onwards till they came to the city of Modon. Michael +heard that they were in the land with so few people, and he collected +together a great number of people, a number that was marvellous, and he +rode after them as one thinking they were all no better than prisoners, +and in his hand. + +And when they heard tell that he was coming, they refortified Modon, +where the defences had long since been pulled down, and there left +their baggage, and the lesser folk. Then they rode out a day’s march, +and ordered their array with as many people as they had. But the odds +seemed too great, for they had no more than five hundred men mounted, +whereas on the other part there were well over five thousand. But +events happen as God pleases; for our people fought with the Greeks and +discomfited and conquered them. And the Greeks lost very heavily, while +those on our side gained horses and arms enough, and other goods in +very great plenty, and so returned very happy, and very joyously, to +the city of Modon. + +Afterwards they rode to a city called Coron, on the sea, and besieged +it. And they had not besieged it long before it surrendered, and +William gave it to Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) and he became +his liegeman, and set therein a garrison of his men. Next they went to +a castle called Chalemate which was very strong and fair, and besieged +it. This castle troubled them for a very long space, but they remained +before it till it was taken. Then did more of the Greeks of that land +surrender than had done aforetime. + + + + +SIEGE OF NAPOLI AND CORINTH; ALLIANCE BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND JOHANNIZZA + + +The Marquis of Montferrat besieged Napoli, but he could there do +nothing, for the place was too strong, and his men suffered greatly. +James of Avesnes, meanwhile, continued to besiege Corinth, where he had +been left by the marquis. Leon Sgure, who was in Corinth, and very wise +and wily, saw that James had not many people with him, and did not keep +good watch. So one morning, at the break of day, he issued from the +city in force, and got as far as the tents, and killed many before they +could get to their armour. + +There was killed Dreux of Estruen, who was very honourable and valiant, +and greatly was he lamented. And James of Avesnes, who was in command, +waxed very wroth at the death of his knight, and did not leave the fray +till he was wounded in the leg right grievously. And well did those who +were present bear witness that it was to his doughtiness that they owed +their safety; for you must know that they came very near to being all +lost. But by God’s help they drove the Greeks back into the castle by +force. + +Now the Greeks, who were very disloyal, still nourished treachery in +their hearts. They perceived at that time that the Franks were so +scattered over the land that each had his own matters to attend to. So +they thought they could the more easily betray them. They took envoys +therefore privily, from all the cities in the land, and sent them to +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who was still at war +with them as he had been aforetime. And they told Johannizza they would +make him emperor, and give themselves wholly to him, and slay all the +Franks. So they swore that they would obey him as their lord, and he +swore that he would defend them as though they were his own people. +Such was the oath sworn. + + + + +UPRISING OF THE GREEKS AT DEMOTICA AND ADRIANOPLE; THEIR DEFEAT AT +ARCADIOPOLIS + + +At that time there happened a great misfortune at Constantinople, for +Count Hugh of St. Paul, who had long been in bed, sick of the gout, +made an end and died; and this caused great sorrow, and was a great +mishap, and much was he bewept by his men and by his friends. He was +buried with great honour in the church of our Lord St. George of +Mangana. + +Now Count Hugh in his lifetime had held a castle called Demotica, which +was very strong and rich, and he had therein some of his knights and +sergeants. The Greeks, who had made oath to the King of Wallachia that +they would kill and betray the Franks, betrayed them in that castle, +and slaughtered many and took many captive. Few escaped, and those who +escaped went flying to a city called Adrianople, which the Venetians +held at that time. + +Not long after the Greeks in Adrianople rose in arms; and such of our +men as were therein, and had been set to guard it, came out in great +peril, and left the city. Tidings thereof came to the Emperor Baldwin +of Constantinople, who had but few men with him, he and Count Louis of +Blois. Much were they then troubled and dismayed. And thenceforth, from +day to day, did evil tidings begin to come to them, that everywhere the +Greeks were rising, and that wherever the Greeks found Franks occupying +the land, they killed them. + +And those who had left Adrianople, the Venetians and the others who +were there, came to a city called Tzurulum, that belonged to the +Emperor Baldwin. There they found William of Blanvel, who kept the +place for the emperor. By the help and comfort that he gave them, and +because he accompanied them with as many men as he could, they turned +back to a city, some twelve leagues distant, called Arcadiopolis, which +belonged to the Venetians, and they found it empty. So they entered in, +and put a garrison there. + +On the third day the Greeks of the land gathered together, and came at +the break of dawn before Arcadiopolis; and then began, from all sides, +an assault, great and marvellous. The Franks defended themselves right +well, and opened their gates, and issued forth, attacking vigorously. +As was God’s will, the Greeks were discomfited, and those on our side +began to cut them down and to slay them, and then chased them for a +league, and killed many, and captured many horses and much other spoil. + +So the Franks returned with great joy to Arcadiopolis, and sent tidings +of their victory to the Emperor Baldwin, in Constantinople, who was +much rejoiced thereat. Nevertheless they dared not hold the city of +Arcadiopolis, but left it on the morrow, and abandoned it, and returned +to the city of Tzurulum. Here they remained in very great doubt, for +they misdoubted the Greeks who were in the city as much as those who +were without, because the Greeks in the city had also taken part in the +oath sworn to the King of Wallachia, and were bound to betray the +Franks. And many there were who did not dare to abide in Tzurulum, but +made their way back to Constantinople. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE STRAITS ARE RECALLED TO MARCH ON +ADRIANOPLE—EXPEDITION OF GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN + + +Then the Emperor Baldwin and the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis took +counsel together, for they saw they were losing the whole land. And +they settled that the emperor should tell his brother Henry, who was at +Adramittium, to abandon whatsoever conquests he had made, and come to +their succour. + +Count Louis, on his side, sent to Payen of Orléans and Peter of +Bracieux, who were at Lopadium, and to all the people that were with +them, telling them to leave whatsoever conquests they had made, save +Pioa only, that lay on the sea, where they were to set a garrison—the +smallest they could—and that the remainder were to come to their +succour. + +The emperor directed Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, who had some hundred knights with +them in Nicomedia, to leave Nicomedia and come to their succour. + +By command of the Emperor Baldwin, Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Champagne and of Roumania, issued from Constantinople, with Manasses of +l’Isle, and with as many men as they could collect, and these were few +enough, seeing that all the land was being lost. And they rode to the +city of Tzurulum, which is distant a three days’ journey. There they +found William of Blanvel, and those that were with him, in very great +fear, and much were these reassured at their coming. At that place they +remained four days. The Emperor Baldwin sent after Geoffry the Marshal +as many as he could, of such people as were coming into Constantinople, +so that on the fourth day there were at Tzurulum eighty knights. + +Then did Geoffry the Marshal move forward, and Manasses of l’Isle, and +their people, and they rode on, and came to the city of Arcadiopolis, +and quartered themselves therein. There they remained a day, and then +moved to a city called Bulgaropolis. The Greeks had avoided this city +and the Franks quartered themselves therein. The following day they +rode to a city called Neguise, which was very fair and strong, and well +furnished with all good things. And they found that the Greeks had +abandoned it, and were all gone to Adrianople. Now Adrianople was +distant nine French leagues, and therein were gathered all the great +multitude of the Greeks. And the Franks decided that they should wait +where they were till the coming of the Emperor Baldwin. + + + + +RENIER OF TRIT ABANDONED AT PHILIPPOPOLIS BY HIS SON AND THE GREATER +PART OF HIS PEOPLE + + +Now does this book relate a great marvel: for Renier of Trit, who was +at Philippopolis, a good nine days’ journey from Constantinople, with +at least one hundred and twenty knights, was deserted by Reginald his +son, and Giles his brother, and James of Bondies, who was his nephew, +and Achard of Verdun, who had his daughter to wife. And they had taken +some thirty of his knights, and thought to come to Constantinople; and +they had left him, you must know, in great peril. But they found the +country raised against them, and were discomfited; and the Greeks took +them, and afterwards handed them over to the King of Wallachia, who had +their heads cut off. And you must know that they were but little pitied +by the people, because they had behaved in such evil sort to one whom +they were bound to treat quite otherwise. + +And when the other knights of Renier de Trit saw that he was thus +abandoned by those who were much more bound to him than themselves, +they felt the less shame, and some eighty together left him, and +departed by another way. So Renier of Trit remained among the Greeks +with very few men, for he had not more than fifteen knights at +Philippopolis and Stanimac-which is a very strong castle which he held, +and where he was for a long time besieged. + + + + +BALDWIN UNDERTAKES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + + +We will speak no further now of Renier of Trit but return to the +Emperor Baldwin, who is in Constantinople, with but very few people, +and greatly angered and much distracted. He was waiting for Henry his +brother, and all the people on the other side of the straits, and the +first who came to him from the other side of the straits came from +Nicomedia, viz.: Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, and with them full a hundred +knights. + +When the emperor saw them, he was right glad, and he consulted with +Count Louis, who was Count of Blois and Chartres. And they settled to +go forth, with as many men as they had, to follow Geoffry the Marshal +of Champagne, who had gone before. Alas! what a pity it was they did +not wait till all had joined them who were on the other side of the +straits, seeing how few people they had, and how perilous the adventure +on which they were bound. + +So they started from Constantinople, some one hundred and forty +knights, and rode from day to day till they came to the castle of +Neguise, where Geoffry the Marshal was quartered. That night they took +counsel together, and the decision to which they came was, that on the +morrow they should go before Adrianople, and lay siege to it. So they +ordered their battalions, and did for the best with such people as they +had. + +When the morning came, and full daylight, they rode as had been +arranged, and came before Adrianople. And they found it very well +defended, and saw the flags of Johannizza, King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, on the walls and towers; and the city was very strong and +very rich, and very full of people. Then they made an assault, with +very few people, before two of the gates, and this was on the Tuesday +of Palmtide (29th March 1205). So did they remain before the city for +three days, in great discomfort, and but few in number. + + + + +THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE CONTINUED WITHOUT RESULT + + +Then came Henry Dandolo, the Doge of Venice, who was an old man and saw +naught. And he brought with him as many people as he had, and these +were quite as many as the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis had brought, +and he encamped before one of the gates. On the morrow they were joined +by a troop of mounted sergeants, but these might well have been better +men than they proved themselves to be. And the host* had small store of +provisions, because the merchants could not come with them; nor could +they go foraging, because of the many Greeks that were spread +throughout the land. + +[Note: meaning here a little obscure. I think, however, the intention +of the original is to state that the host, and not only the sergeants, +lacked supplies] + +Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming to succour Adrianople with a +very great host; for he brought with him Wallachians and Bulgarians, +and full fourteen thousand Comans who had never been baptised. + +Now because of the dearth of provisions, Count Louis of Blois and +Chartres went foraging on Palm Sunday. With him went Stephen of Perche, +brother of Count Geoffry of Perche, and Renaud of Montmirail, who was +brother of Count Hervée of Nevers, and Gervais of Châtel, and more than +half of the host. They went to a castle called Peutace, and found it +well garrisoned with Greeks, and assailed it with great force and fury; +but they were able to achieve nothing, and so retreated without taking +any spoils. Thus they remained during the week of the two Easters (Palm +Sunday to Easter Day), and fashioned engines of divers sorts, and set +such miners as they had to work underground and so undermine the wall. +And thus did they celebrate Easter (10th April) before Adrianople, +being but few in number and scant of provisions. + + + + +JOHANNIZZA, KING OF WALLACHIA, COMES TO RELIEVE ADRIANOPLE + + +Then came tidings that Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming upon +them to relieve the city. So they set their affairs in order, and it +was arranged that Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l’Isle should +guard the camp, and that the Emperor Baldwin and all the remainder of +the host should issue from the camp if so be that Johannizza came and +offered battle. + +Thus they remained till the Wednesday of Easter week, and Johannizza +had by that time approached so near that he encamped at about five +leagues from us. And he sent his Comans running before our camp, and a +cry was raised throughout the camp, and our men issued therefrom +helterskelter, and pursued the Comans for a full league very foolishly; +for when they wished to return, the Comans began to shoot at them in +grievous wise, and wounded a good many of their horses. + +So our men returned to the camp, and the barons were summoned to the +quarters of the Emperor Baldwin. And they took counsel, and all said +that they had dealt foolishly in thus pursuing people who were so +lightly armed. And in the end they settled that if Johannizza came on +again, they would issue forth, and set themselves in array of battle +before the camp, and there wait for him, and not move from thence. And +they had it proclaimed throughout the host that none should be so rash +as to disregard this order, and move from his post for any cry or +tumult that might come to his ears. And it was settled that Geoffry the +Marshal should keep guard on the side of the city, with Manasses of +l’Isle. + +So they passed that night till the Thursday morning in Easter week, +when they heard mass and ate their dinner. And the Comans ran up to +their tents, and a cry arose, and they ran to arms, and issued from the +camp with all their battalions in array, as had afore been devised. + + + + +DEFEAT OF THE CRUSADERS—BALDWIN TAKEN PRISONER + + +Count Louis went out first with his battalion, and began to follow +after the Comans, and sent to urge the emperor to come after him. Alas! +how ill did they keep to what had been settled the night before! For +they ran in pursuit of the Comans for at least two leagues, and joined +issue with them, and chased them a long space. And then the Comans +turned back upon them, and began to cry out and to shoot. + +On our side there were battalions made up of other people than knights, +people having too little knowledge of arms, and they began to wax +afraid and be discomfited. And Count Louis, who had been the first to +attack, was wounded in two places full sorely; and the Comans and +Wallachians began to invade our ranks; and the count had fallen, and +one of his knights, whose name was John of Friaise, dismounted, and set +him on his horse. Many were Count Louis’ people who said: “Sir, get you +hence, for you are too sorely wounded, and in two places.” And he said: +“The Lord God forbid that ever I should be reproached with flying from +the field, and abandoning the emperor.” + +The emperor, who was in great straits on his side, recalled his people, +and he told them that he would not fly, and that they were to remain +with him: and well do those who were there present bear witness that +never did knight defend himself better with his hands than did the +emperor. This combat lasted a long time. Some were there who did well, +and some were there who fled. In the end, for so God suffers +misadventures to occur, they were discomfited. There on the field +remained the Emperor Baldwin, who never would fly, and Count Louis; the +Emperor Baldwin was taken alive and Count Louis was slain. + +Alas! how woful was our loss! There was lost the Bishop Peter of +Bethlehem, and Stephen of Perche, brother to Count Geoffry, and Renaud +of Montmirail, brother of the Count of Nevers, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, John of Friaise, Walter of Neuilli, +Ferri of Yerres, John his brother, Eustace of Heumont, John his +brother, Baldwin of Neuville, and many more of whom the book does not +here make mention. Those who were able to escape, they came back flying +to the camp. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS RAISE THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + + +When Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who was keeping guard at one of +the gates of the city, saw this he issued from the camp as soon as he +could, with all the men that were with him, and gave command to +Manasses of lisle, who was on guard at another gate, that he should +follow after him. And he rode forth with all his force at full speed, +and in full array, to meet the fugitives, and the fugitives all rallied +round him. And Manasses of l’Isle followed as soon as he was able, with +his men, and joined himself to him, so that together they formed a very +strong body; and all those who came out of the rout, and whom they +could stop, were taken into their ranks. + +The rout was thus stayed between Nones and Vespers. But the most part +of the fugitives were so afeared that they fled right before them till +they came to the tents and quarters. Thus was the rout stayed, as you +have heard; and the Comans, with the Wallachians and Greeks, who were +in full chace, ceased their pursuit. But these still galled our force +with their bows and arrows, and the men of our force kept still with +their faces turned towards them. Thus did both sides remain till +nightfall, when the Comans and Wallachians began to retire. + +Then did Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne and +Roumania, summon to the camp the Doge of Venice, who was an old man and +saw naught, but very wise and brave and vigorous; and he asked the Doge +to come to him there where he stood with his men, holding the field; +and the Doge did so. And when the Marshal saw him, he called him into +council, aside, all alone, and said to him: “Lord, you see the +misadventure that has befallen us. We have lost the Emperor Baldwin and +Count Louis, and the larger part of our people, and of the best. Now +let us bethink ourselves how to save what is left. For if God does not +take pity of them, we are but lost.” + +And in the end they settled it thus: that the Doge would return to the +camp, and put heart into the people, and order that every one should +arm and remain quiet in his tent or pavilion; and that Geoffry the +Marshal would remain in full order of battle before the camp till it +was night, so that their enemies might not see the host move; and that +when it was night all would move from before the city; the Doge of +Venice would go before, and Geoffry the Marshal would form the +rear-guard, with those who were with him. + + + + +RETREAT OF THE CRUSADERS + + +Thus they waited till it was night; and when it was night the Doge of +Venice left the camp, as had been arranged, and Geoffry the Marshal +formed the rear-guard. And they departed at foot pace, and took with +them all their people mounted and dismounted, the wounded as well those +who were whole-they left not one behind. And they journeyed towards a +city that lies upon the sea, called Rodosto, and that was full three +days’ journey distant. So they departed from Adrianople, as you have +heard; and this adventure befell in the year of the Incarnation of +Jesus Christ twelve hundred and five. + +And in the night that the host left Adrianople, it happened that a +company started to get to Constantinople earlier, and by a more direct +way; and they were greatly blamed therefor. In this company was a +certain count from Lombardy named Gerard, who came from the land of the +marquis, and Odo of Ham, who was lord of a castle called Ham in +Vermandois, and John of Maseroles, and many others to the number of +twenty-five knights, whom the book does not name. And they went away so +fast after the discomfiture, which had taken place on the Thursday +evening, that they came to Constantinople on the Saturday night, though +it was ordinarily a good five days’ journey. And they told the news to +the Cardinal Peter of Capua, who was there by the authority of Innocent +Pope of Rome, and to Conon of Béthune, who guarded the city, and to +Miles the Brabant, and to the other good men in the city. And you must +know that these were greatly affeared, and thought of a certainty that +all the rest, who had been left before Adrianople, were lost, for they +had no news of them. + + + + +PETER OF BRACIEUX AND PAYEN OF ORLEANS MEET THE RETREATING HOST + + +Now will we say no more about those at Constantinople, who were in sore +trouble, but go back to the Doge of Venice and Geoffry the Marshal, who +marched all the night that they left Adrianople, till the dawn of the +following day; and then they came to a city called Pamphyle. Now listen +and you shall hear how adventures befall as God wills: for in that city +had lain during the night, Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orleans, and +all the men belonging to the land of Count Louis, at least a hundred +very good knights and one hundred and forty mounted sergeants, and they +were coming from the other side of the straits to join the host at +Adrianople. + +When they saw the host coming, they ran to their arms right nimbly, for +they thought we were the Greeks. So they armed themselves, and sent to +know what people we were, when their messengers discovered that we were +the host retreating after our discomfiture. So the messengers went +back, and told them that the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and their lord +Count Louis, of whose land and country they were, and of whose +following. + +Sadder news could they not have heard. There might you have seen many +tears wept, and many hands wrung for sorrow and pity. And they went on, +all an-ned as they were, till they came to where Geoffry, the Marshal +of Champagne, was keeping guard in the rear, in very great anxiety and +misease. For Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had come +at the point of day before Adrianople with all his host, and found that +we had departed, and so ridden after us till it was full day; and when +he found us not, he was full of grief; and well was it that he found us +not, for if he had found us we must all have been lost beyond recovery. + +“Sir,” said Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orléans to Geoffry the +Marshal, “what would you have us do? We will do whatever you wish.” And +he answered them: “You see how matters stand with us. You are fresh and +unwearied, and your horses also; therefore do you keep guard in the +rear, and I will go forward and hold in hand our people, who are +greatly dismayed and in sore need of comfort.” To this they consented +right willingly. So they established the rearguard duly and +efficiently, and as men who well knew how, for they were good knights +and honourable. + + + + +THE HOST REACHES RODOSTO + + +Geoffry the Marshal rode before and led the host, and rode till he came +to a city called Cariopolis. Then he saw that the horses were weary +with marching all night, and entered into the city, and put them up +till noon. And they gave food to their horses, and ate themselves of +what they could find, and that was but little. + +So they remained all the day in that city until night. And Johannizza, +the King of Wallachia, had followed them all the day with all his +powers, and encamped about two leagues from them. And when it was +night, those in the city all armed themselves and departed. Geoffry the +Marshal led the van, and those formed the rear-guard who had formed it +during the day. So they rode through that night, and the following day +(16th April) in great fear and much hardship, till they came to the +city of Rodosto, a city very rich and very strong, and inhabited by +Greeks. These Greeks did not dare to defend themselves, so our people +entered in and took quarters; so at last were they in safety. + +Thus did the host escape from Adrianople, as you have heard. Then was a +council held in the city of Rodosto; and it seemed to the council that +Constantinople was in greater jeopardy than they were. So they took +messengers, and sent them by sea, telling them to travel night and day, +and to advise those in the city not to be anxious about them—for they +had escaped—and that they would repair back to Constantinople as soon +as they could. + + + + +SEVEN THOUSAND PILGRIMS LEAVE THE CRUSADERS + + +At the time when the messengers arrived, there were in Constantinople +five ships of Venice, very large and very good, laden with pilgrims, +and knights and sergeants, who were leaving the land and returning to +their own countries. There were at least seven thousand men at arms in +the ships, and one was William the advocate of Béthune, and there were +besides Baldwin of Aubigny, and John of Virsin, who belonged to the +land of Count Louis, and was his liegeman, and at least one hundred +other knights, whom the book does not here name. Master Peter of Capua, +who was cardinal from the Pope of Rome, Innocent, and Conon of Béthune, +who commanded in Constantinople, and Miles the Brabant, and a great +number of other men of mark, went to the five ships, and prayed those +who were in them, with sighs and tears, to have mercy and pity upon +Christendom, and upon their liege lords who had been lost in battle, +and to remain for the love of God. But they would not listen to a +single word, and left the port. They spread their sails, and went their +way, as God ordained, in such sort that the wind took them to the port +of Rodosto; and this was on the day following that on which those who +had escaped from the discomfiture came thither. + +The same prayers, with tears and weeping, that had been addressed to +them at Constantinople-those same prayers were now addressed to them at +Rodosto; and Geoffry the Marshal, and those who were with him, besought +them to have mercy and pity on the land, and remain, for never would +they be able to succour any land in such dire need. They replied that +they would consult together, and give an answer on the morrow. + +And now listen to the adventure which befell that night in the city. +There was a knight from the land of Count Louis, called Peter of +Frouville, who was held in honour, and of great name. The same fled by +night, and left all his baggage and his people, and gat himself to the +ship of John of Virsin, who was from the land of Count Louis of Blois +and Chartres. And those on board the five ships, who in the morning +were to give their answer to Geoffry the Marshal and to the Doge of +Venice, so soon as they saw the day, they spread their sails, and went +their way without word said to any one. Much and great blame did they +receive, both in the land whither they went, and in the land they had +left; and he who received most blame of all was Peter of Frouville. For +well has it been said that he is but ill-advised who, through fear of +death, does what will be a reproach to him for ever. + + + + +MEETING OF MANY OF THE CRUSADERS—HENRY, THE BROTHER OF BALDWIN, IS MADE +REGENT + + +Now let us speak of these last no farther, but speak of Henry, brother +to the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, who had left Adramittium, +which he had conquered, and passed the straits at the city of Abydos, +and was coming towards Adrianople to succour the Emperor Baldwin, his +brother. And with him had come the Armenians of the land, who had +helped him against the Greeks—some twenty thousand with all their wives +and children—for they dared not remain behind. + +Then came to him the news, by certain Greeks, who had escaped from the +discomfiture, that his brother the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and Count +Louis, and the other barons. Afterwards came the news of those who had +escaped and were at Rodosto; and these asked him to make all the haste +he could, and come to them. And because he wanted to hasten as much as +he could, and reach them earlier, he left behind the Armenians, who +travelled on foot, and had with them chariots, and their wives and +children; and inasmuch as these could not come on so fast, and he +thought they would travel safely and without hurt, he went forward and +encamped in a village called Cartopolis. + +On that very day came thither the nephew of Geoffry the Marshal, Anseau +of Courcelles, whom Geoffry had summoned from the parts of Macre, +Trajanopolis, and the Baie, lands that had been bestowed upon him; and +with Anseau came the people from Philippopolis, who had left Renier of +Trit. This company held full a hundred good knights, and full five +hundred mounted sergeants, who all were on their way to Adrianople to +succour the Emperor Baldwin. But tidings had come to them, as to the +others, that the emperor had been defeated, so they turned to go to +Rodosto, and came to encamp at Cartopolis, the village where Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was then encamped. And when Baldwin’s +men saw them coming, they ran to arms, for they thought they were +Greeks, and the others thought the same of Baldwin’s men. And so they +advanced till they became known to one another, and each was right glad +of the other’s coming, and felt all the safer; and they quartered +themselves in the village that night until the morrow. + +On the morrow they left, and rode straight towards Rodosto, and came +that night to the city; and there they found the Doge of Venice and +Geoffry the Marshal, and all who had escaped from the late +discomfiture; and right glad were these to see them. Then were many +tears shed for sorrow by those who had lost their friends. Ah, God! +what pity it was that those men now assembled had not been at +Adrianople with the Emperor Baldwin, for in that case would nothing +have been lost. But such was not God’s pleasure. + +So they sojourned there on the following day, and the day after, and +arranged matters; and Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was +received into lordship, as regent of the empire, in lieu of his +brother. + +And then misfortune came upon the Armenians, who were coming after +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, for the people of the land +gathered together and discomfited the Armenians, so that they were all +taken, killed or lost. + + + + +RETURN TO CONSTANTINOPLE—APPEALS FOR HELP SENT TO THE POPE, AND TO +FRANCE AND TO OTHER LANDS—DEATH OF THE DOGE + + +Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had with him all his power, +and he occupied the whole land; and the country, and the cities, and +the castles held for him; and his Comans over-ran the land as far as +Constantinople. Henry the regent of the empire, and the Doge of Venice, +and Geoffry the Marshal, were still at Rodosto, which is a three days’ +journey from Constantinople. And they took council, and the Doge of +Venice set a garrison of Venetians in Rodosto—for it was theirs. And on +the morrow they put their forces in array, and rode, day by day, +towards Constantinople. + +When they reached Selymbria, a city which is two days’ journey from +Constantinople, and belonged to the Emperor Baldwin, Henry his brother +set there a garrison of his people, and they rode with the rest to +Constantinople, where they were received right willingly, for the +people were in great terror. Nor is that to be wondered at, for they +had lost so much of the country, that outside Constantinople they only +held Rodosto and Selymbria; the whole of the rest of the country being +held by Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. And on the other +side of the straits of St. George, they held no more than the castle of +Piga, while the rest of the land was in the hands of Theodore Lascaris. + +Then the barons decided to send to the Apostle of Rome, Innocent, and +to France and Flanders, and to other lands, to ask for succour. And for +this purpose were chosen as envoys Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, and +Nicholas of Mailly, and John Bliaud. The rest remained in +Constantinople, in great distress, as men who stood in fear of losing +the land. So they remained till Pentecost (29th May 1205). And within +this time a very great misfortune happened to the host, for Henry +Dandolo was taken sick; so he made an end and died, and was buried with +great honour in the church of St. Sophia. + +When Pentecost had come, Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, had pretty well had his will of the land; and he could no +longer hold his Comans to-ether, because they were unable to keep the +field during the summer; so the Comans departed to their own country. +And he, with all his host of Bulgarians and Greeks, marched against the +marquis towards Salonika. And the marquis, who had heard the news of +the discomfiture of the Emperor Baldwin, raised the siege of Napoli, +and went to Salonika with as many men as he could collect, and +garrisoned it. + + + + +THE REGENT OBTAINS CERTAIN ADVANTAGES OVER THE GREEKS + + +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, with as +many people as he could gather, marched against the Greeks to a city +called Tzurulum, which is a three days’ journey from Constantinople. +This city surrendered, and the Greeks swore fealty to him-an oath which +at that time men observed badly. From thence he marched to +Arcadiopolis, and found it void, for the Greeks did not dare to await +his coming. And from thence again he rode to the city of Bizye, which +was very strong, and well garrisoned with Greeks; and this city too +surrendered. Afterwards he rode to the city of Napoli (Apros) which also +remained well garrisoned with Greeks. + +As our people were preparing for an assault, the Greeks within the city +asked to negotiate for capitulation. But while they thus negotiated, +the men of the host effected an entrance into the city on another side, +and Henry the Regent of the empire and those who were negotiating knew +nothing of it. And this proved very disastrous to the Greeks. For the +Franks, who had effected an entrance, began to slaughter them, and to +seize their goods, and to take all that they had. So were many killed +and taken captive. In this wise was Napoli (Apros) captured; and the +host remained there three days. And the Greeks were so terrified by +this slaughter, that they abandoned all the cities and castles of the +land, and fled for refuge to Adrianople and Demotica, which were very +strong and good cities. + + + + +SERES SURRENDERS TO JOHANNIZZA—HE FORFEITS HIS WORD + + +At that time it happened that Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, with all his host, marched against the marquis, towards a +city called Seres. And the marquis had set a strong garrison of his +people in the city, for he had set there Hugh of Colemi, who was a very +good knight, and high in rank, and William of Arles, who was his +marshal, and great part of his best men. And Johannizza, the King of +Wallachia besieged them; nor had he been there long before he took the +burgh by force. And at the taking of the burgh a great misfortune +befell, for Hugh of Colemi was killed; he was struck through the eye. + +When he was killed, who was the best of them all, the rest of the +garrison were greatly afeared. They drew back into the castle, which +was very strong; and Johannizza besieged them, and erected his +petraries and mangonels. Nor had he besieged them long before they +began to talk about surrendering, for which they were afterwards +blamed, and incurred great reproach. And they agreed to yield up the +castle to Johannizza, and Johannizza on his side caused twenty-five of +the men of highest rank that he had to swear to them that they should +be taken, safe and sound, with all their horses, and all their arms, +and all their baggage, to Salonika, or Constantinople, or +Hungary—whichever of the three it liked them best. + +In this manner was Seres surrendered, and Johannizza caused the +besieged to come forth from the castle and encamp near him in the +fields; and he treated them with much fair seeming, and sent them +presents. So he kept them for three days, and then he lied and +foreswore his promises; for he had them taken, and spoiled of their +goods, and led away to Wallachia, naked, and unshod, and on foot. The +poor and the mean people, who were of little worth, he sent into +Hungary; and as for the others, he caused their heads to be cut off. Of +such mortal treachery was the King of Wallachia guilty, as you have +heard. Here did the host suffer grievous loss, one of the most dolorous +that ever it suffered. And Johannizza had the castle and city razed, +and went on after the marquis. + + + + +THE REGENT BESIEGES ADRIANOPLE IN VAIN + + +Henry, the Regent of the empire, with all his power, rode towards +Adrianople, and laid siege to it; and he was in great peril, for there +were many, both within and without the city who so hemmed him in, he +and his people, that they could scantly buy provisions, or go foraging. +Therefore they enclosed their camp with palisades and barriers, and +told off part of their men to keep guard within the palisades and +barriers, while the others attacked the city. + +And they devised machines of divers kinds, and scaling ladders, and +many other engines, and wrought diligently to take the city. But they +could not take it, for the city was very strong and well furnished for +defence. So matters went ill with them, and many of their people were +wounded; and one of their good knights, Peter of Bracieux, was struck +on the forehead from a mangonel, and brought near to death; but he +recovered, by the will of God, and was taken away in a litter. + +When they saw that they could in no wise prevail against the city, +Henry the Regent of the empire, and the French host departed. And +greatly were they harassed by the people of the land and by the Greeks; +and they rode from day to day till they came to a city called Pamphyle, +and lodged there, and sojourned in it for two months. And they made +thence many forays towards Demotica and the country round about, where +they captured much cattle, and other booty. So the host remained in +those parts till the beginning of winter; and supplies came to them +from Rodosto, and from the sea. + + + + +DESTRUCTION OF PHILIPPOPOLIS BY JOHANNIZZA + + +Now let us leave speaking of Henry, the Regent of the empire, and speak +of Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had taken Seres, +as you have already heard, and killed by treachery those who had +surrendered to him. Afterwards he had ridden towards Salonika, and +sojourned thereby a long while, and wasted a great part of the land. +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was at Salonika, very wroth, and +sorrowing greatly for the loss of his lord the Emperor Baldwin, and for +the other barons, and for his castle of Seres that he had lost, and for +his men. + +And when Johannizza saw that he could do nothing more, he retired +towards his own land, with all his force. And the people in +Philippopolis—which belonged to Renier of Trit, for the Emperor Baldwin +had bestowed it upon him-heard tell how the Emperor Baldwin was lost, +and many of his barons, and that the marquis had lost Seres; and they +saw that the relatives of Renier of Trit, and his own son and his +nephew, had abandoned him, and that he had with him but very few +people; and they deemed that the Franks would never be in power again. +So a great part of the people, who were Paulicians,* betook themselves +to Johannizza, and surrendered themselves to him, and said: “Sire, ride +to Philippopolis, or send thither thy host, and we will deliver the +whole city into thy hands.” + +[Note: An Eastern sect. They believed, among other things, that all +matter is evil, and that Christ suffered in appearance only.] + +When Renier of Trit, who was in the city, knew of this, he doubted not +that they would yield up the city to Johannizza. So he issued forth +with as many people as he could collect, and left at the point of day, +and came to one of the outlying quarters of the city where dwelt the +Paulicians who had repaired to Johannizza, and he set fire to that +quarter of the city, and burned a great part of it. Then he went to the +castle of Stanimac, which was at three leagues’ distance, and +garrisoned by his people, and entered therein. And in this castle he +lay besieged for a long while, some thirteen months, in great distress +and great poverty, so that for famine they ate their horses. He was +distant a nine days’ journey from Constantinople, and could neither +obtain tidings therefrom, nor send tidings thither. + +Then did Johannizza send his host before Philippopolis; nor had he been +there long before those who were in the city surrendered it to him, and +he promised to spare their lives. And after he had promised to spare +their lives, he first caused the archbishop of the city to be slain, +and the men of rank to be flayed alive, and certain others to be +burned, and certain others to have their heads cut off, and the rest he +caused to be driven away in chains. And the city he caused to be pulled +down, with its towers and walls; and the high palaces and rich houses +to be burned and utterly destroyed. Thus was destroyed the noble city +of Philippopolis, one of the three finest cities in the empire of +Constantinople. + + + + +THE REGENT SETS GARRISONS IN SUCH PLACES AS HE STILL HELD + + +Now let us leave off speaking of those who were at Philippopolis, and +of Renier of Trit, who is shut up in Stanimac, and return to Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, who had sojourned at Pamphyle till the +beginning of winter. Then he took council with his men and with his +barons; and they decided to set a garrison in a city called Rusium, +which was situate at a place rich and fertile in the middle of the +land; and the chiefs placed over this garrison were Thierri of Loos, +who was seneschal, and Thierri of Tenremonde, who was constable. And +Henry,,the Regent of the empire, gave to them at least seven score +knights, and a great many mounted sergeants, and ordered them to +maintain the war against the Greeks, and to guard the marches. + +And he himself went with the rest of his people to the city of Bizye, +and placed a garrison there; and left in command Anseau of Cayeux, and +confided to him at least six score knights, and a great many mounted +sergeants. Another city, called Arcadiopolis was garrisoned by the +Venetians. And the city of Napoli was restored by the brother of the +Emperor Baldwin to Vemas, who had to wife the sister* of the King of +France, and was a Greek who sided with us; and except he, no other +Greek was on our part. And those who were in these cities maintained +the war against the Greeks, and made many forays. Henry himself +returned to Constantinople with the rest of his men. + +[Note: Agnes, sister to Philip Augustus, King of France] + +Now Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, though rich and of +great possessions, never forgat his own interests, but raised a great +force of Comans and Wallachians. And when it came to three weeks after +Christmas, he sent these men into the land of Roumania to help those at +Adrianople and Demotica; and the latter, being now in force, grew +bolder and rode abroad with the greater assurance. + + + + +DEFEAT OF THE FRANKS NEAR RUSIUM + + +Thierri of Tenremonde, who was chief and constable, made a foray on the +fourth day before the feast of St. Mary Candlemas (30th January 1206); +and he rode all night, having six score knights with him, and left +Rusium with but a small garrison. When it was dawn, he came to a +village where the Comans and Wallachians were encamped, and surprised +them in such sort that those who were in the village were unaware of +their coming. They killed a good many of the Comans and Wallachians, +and captured some forty of their horses; and when they had done this +execution, they turned back towards Rusium. + +And on that very night the Comans and Wallachians had ridden forth to +do us hurt; and there were some seven thousand of them. They came in +the morning before Rusium, and were there a long space; and the +garrison, which was but small, closed the gates, and mounted the walls; +and the Comans and Wallachians turned back. They had not gone more than +a league and a half from the city, when they met the company of the +French under the command of Thierri of Tenremonde. So soon as the +French saw them advancing, they formed into their four battalions, with +intent to draw into Rusium in slow time; for they knew that if, by +God’s grace, they could come thither, they would then be in safety. + +The Comans, and the Wallachians, and the Greeks of the land rode +towards them, for they were in very great force. And they came upon the +rear-guard, and began to harass it full sorely. Now the rear-guard was +formed of the men of Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, and had +returned to Constantinople, and his brother Villain was now in command. +And the Comans and Wallachians and Greeks pressed them very hard, and +wounded many of their horses. Loud were the cries and fierce the +onslaught, so that by main force and pure distress they drove the +rear-guard back on the battalion of Andrew of Urboise and John of +Choisy; and in this manner the Franks retreated, suffering greatly. + +The enemy renewed their onslaught so fiercely that they drove the +Franks who were nearest to them back on the battalion of Thierri of +Tenremonde, the constable. Nor was it long before they drove them back +still further on to the battalions led by Charles of the Frêne. And now +the Franks had retreated, sore harassed, till they were within half a +mile of Rusium. And the others ever pressed upon them more hardily; and +the battle went sore against them, and many were wounded, and of their +horses. So, as God will suffer misadventures, they could endure no +further, but were discomfited; for they were heavily armed, and their +enemies lightly; and the latter began to slaughter them. + +Alas! well might Christendom rue that day! For of all those six score +knights did not more than ten escape who were not killed or taken; and +those who escaped came flying into Rusium, and rejoined their own +people. There was slain Thierri of Tenremonde, the constable, Orri of +l’Isle, who was a good knight and highly esteemed, and John of Pompone, +Andrew of Urboise, John of Choisy, Guy of Conflans, Charles of the +Frêne, Villain the brother of Thierri the seneschal. Nor can this book +tell the names of all who were then killed or taken. On that day +happened one of the greatest mishaps, and the most grievous that ever +befell to the Christendom of the land of Roumania, and one of the most +pitiful. + +The Comans and Greeks and Wallachians retired, having done according to +their will in the land, and won many good horses and good hawberks. And +this misadventure happened on the day before the eve of our Lady St. +Mary Candlemas (31st January 1206). And the remnant who had escaped +from the discomfiture, together with those who had been in Rusium, +escaped from the city, so soon as it was night, and went all night +flying, and came on the morrow to the city of Rodosto. + + + + +NEW INVASION OF JOHANNIZZA; RUIN OF NAPOLI + + +This dolorous news came to Henry the Regent of the empire, while he was +going in procession to the shrine of our Lady of Blachernæ, on the day +of the feast of our Lady St. Mary Candlemas. And you must know that +many were then dismayed in Constantinople, and they thought of a truth +that the land was but lost. And Henry, the Regent of the empire, +decided that he would place a garrison in Selymbria, which was a two +days’ journey from Constantinople, and he sent thither Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, with fifty knights to garrison the city. + +Now when tidings came to Johannizza, King of Wallachia, as to how his +people had fared, he was very greatly rejoiced; for they had killed or +taken a very great part of the best men in the French host. So he sent +throughout all his lands to collect as many people as he could, and +raised a great host of Comans, and Greeks and Wallachians, and entered +into Roumania. And the greater part of the cities held for him, and all +the castles; and he had so large a host that it was a marvel. + +When the Venetians heard tell that he was coming with so great a force, +they abandoned Arcadiopolis. And Johannizza rode with all his hosts +till he came to Napoli, which was garrisoned by Greeks and Latins, and +belonged to Vemas, who had to wife the empress, the sister of the King +of France; and of the Latins was chief Bègue of Fransures, a knight of +the land of the Beauvaisais. And Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, +caused the city to be assaulted, and took it by force. + +There was so great a slaughter of people killed, that it was a marvel. +And Bègue of Fransures was taken before Johannizza, who had him killed +incontinently, together with all, whether Greek or Latin, who were of +any account; and all the meaner folk, and women and children, he caused +to, be led away captive to Wallachia. Then did he cause all the +city—which was very good and very rich, and in a good land, to be cast +down and utterly destroyed. Thus was the city of Napoli rased to the +ground as you have heard. + + + + +DESTRUCTION OF RODOSTO + + +Twelve leagues thence lay the city of Rodosto, on the sea. It was very +strong, and rich, and large, and very well garrisoned by Venetians, And +besides all this, there had come thither a body of sergeants, some two +thousand strong, and they had also come to guard the city. When they +heard that Napoli had been taken by force, and that Johannizza had +caused all the people that were therein to be put to death, they fell +in to such terror that they were utterly confounded and foredone. As +God suffers misadventures to fall upon men, so the Venetians rushed to +their ships, helter-skelter, pell-mell, and in such sort that they +almost drowned one another; and the mounted sergeants, who came from +France and Flanders, and other countries, went flying through the land. + +Now listen and hear how little this served them, and what a +misadventure was their flight; for the city was so strong, and so well +enclosed by good walls and good towers, that no one would ever have +ventured to assault it, and that Johannizza had no thought of going +thither. But when Johannizza, who was full half a day’s journey +distant, heard tell that they had fled, he rode thither. The Greeks who +had remained in the city, surrendered, and he incontinently caused them +to be taken, small and great-save those who escaped-and led captive +into Wallachia; and the city he ordered to be destroyed and rased to +the ground. Ah! the loss and damage! for the city was one of the best +in Roumania, and of the best situated. + + + + +JOHANNIZZA CONTINUES HIS CONQUESTS AND RAVAGES + + +Near there was another city called Panedor, which surrendered to him; +and he caused it to be utterly destroyed, and the people to be led +captive to Wallachia like the people of Rodosto. Afterwards he rode to +the city of Heraclea, that lay by a good seaport, and belonged to the +Venetians, who had left in it but a weak garrison; so he assaulted it, +and took it by force. There again was a mighty slaughter, and the +remnant that escaped the slaughter he caused to be led captive to +Wallachia, while the city itself he destroyed, as he had destroyed the +others. + +Thence he marched to the city of Daonium, which was very strong and +fine; and the people did not dare to defend it. So he caused it to be +destroyed and rased to the ground. Then he marched to the city of +Tzurulum, which had already surrendered to him, and caused it to be +destroyed and rased to the ground, and the people to be led away +captive. And thus he dealt with every castle and city that surrendered; +even though he had promised them safety, he caused the buildings to be +destroyed, and the men and women to be led away captive; and no +covenant that he made did he ever keep. + +Then the Comans and Wallachians scoured the land up to the gates of +Constantinople, where Henry the Regent then was, with as many men as he +could command; and very dolorous was he and very wroth, because he +could not get men enough to defend his land. So the Comans seized the +cattle off the land, and took captive men, women, and children, and +destroyed the cities and castles, and caused such ruin and desolation +that never has man heard tell of greater. + +So they came to a city called Athyra, which was twelve leagues from +Constantinople, and had been given to Payen of Orléans by Henry, the +emperor’s brother. This city held a very great number of people, for +the dwellers in the country round about had fled thither; and the +Comans assaulted it, and took it by force. There the slaughter was so +great, that there had been none such in any city where they had been. +And you must know that all the castles and all the cities that +surrendered to Johannizza under promise of safety were destroyed and +rased to the ground, and the people led away captive to Wallachia in +such manner as you have heard. + +And you must know that within five days’ journey from Constantinople +there remained nothing to destroy save only the city of Bizye, and the +city of Selymbria, which were garrisoned by the French. And in Bizye +abode Anseau of Cayeux, with six score knights, and in Salymbria abode +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould with fifty knights; and Henry the brother +of the Emperor Baldwin remained in Constantinople with the remainder of +the host. And you may know that their fortunes were at the lowest, +seeing that outside of Constantinople they had kept possession of no +more than these two cities. + + + + +THE GREEKS ARE RECONCILED TO THE CRUSADERS—JOHANNIZZA BESIEGES DEMOTICA + + +When the Greeks who were in the host with Johannizza—the same who had +yielded themselves up to him, and rebelled against the Franks—when they +saw how he destroyed their castles and cities, and kept no covenant +with them, they held themselves to be but dead men, and betrayed. They +spoke one to another, and said that as Johannizza had dealt with other +cities, so would he deal with Adrianople and Demotica, when he returned +thither, and that if these two cities were destroyed, then was Roumania +for ever lost. + +So they took messengers privily, and sent them to Vernas in +Constantinople. And they besought Vernas to cry for pity to Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, and to the Venetians, so that they +might make peace with them; and they themselves, in turn, would restore +Adrianople and Demotica to the Franks; and the Greeks would all turn to +Henry; and the Greeks and Franks dwell together in good accord. + +So a council was held, and many words were spoken this way and that, +but in the end it was settled that Adrianople and Demotica, with all +their appurtenances, should be bestowed on Vernas and the empress his +wife, who was sister to the King Philip of France, and that they should +do service therefor to the emperor and to the empire. Such was the +convention made and concluded, and so was peace established between the +Greeks and the Franks. + +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had sojourned long +in Roumania, and wasted the country during the whole of Lent, and for a +good while after Easter (2nd April 1206), now retired towards +Adrianople and Demotica, and had it in mind to deal with those cities +as he had dealt with the other cities of the land. And when the Greeks +who were with him saw that he turned towards Adrianople, they began to +steal away, both by day and by night, some twenty, thirty, forty, a +hundred, at a time. + +When he came to Adrianople, he required of those that were within that +they should let him enter, as he had entered elsewhere. But they said +they would not, and spoke thus: “Sire, when we surrendered to thee, and +rebelled against the Franks, thou didst swear to protect us in all good +faith, and to keep us in safety. Thou hast not done so, but hast +utterly ruined Roumania; and we know full well that thou wilt do unto +us as thou hast done unto others.” And when Johannizza heard this, he +laid siege to Demotica, and erected round it sixteen large petraries, +and began to construct engines of every kind for the siege, and to +waste all the country round. + +Then did those in Adrianople and Demotica take messengers, and send +them to Constantinople, to Henry, the Regent of the empire, and to +Vemas, and prayed them, for God’s sake, to rescue Demotica, which was +being besieged. And when those at Constantinople heard these tidings, +they decided to succour Demotica. But some there were who did not dare +to advise that our people should issue from Constantinople, and so +place in jeopardy the few Christian folk that remained. Nevertheless, +in the end, as you have heard, it was decided to issue forth, and move +on Selymbria. + +The cardinal, who was there as legate on the part of the Pope of Rome, +preached thereon to the people, and promised a full indulgence to all +such as should go forth, and lose their lives on the way. So Henry +issued from Constantinople with as many men as he could collect, and +marched to the city of Selyrnbria; and he encamped before the city for +full eight days. And from day to day came messengers from Adrianople +praying him to have mercy upon them, and come to their relief, for if +he did not come to their relief, they were but lost. + + + + +THE CRUSADERS MARCH TO THE RELIEF OF DEMOTICA + + +Then did Henry take council with his barons, and their decision was +that they would go to the city of Bizye, which was a fair city, and +strong. So they did as they had devised, and came to Bizye, and +encamped before the city on the eve of the feast of our Lord St. John +the Baptist, in June (23rd June 1206). And on the day that they so +encamped came messengers from Adrianople, and said to Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin: “Sire, be it known to thee that if thou +dost not relieve the city of Demotica, it cannot hold out more than +eight days, for Johannizza’s petraries have breached the walls in four +places, and his men have twice got on to the walls.” + +Then he asked for counsel as to what he should do. Many were the words +spoken, to and fro; but in the end they said: “Lord, we have come so +far that we shall be for ever shamed if we do not succour Demotica. Let +every man now confess and receive the communion; and then let us set +our forces in array.” And it was reckoned that they had with them about +four hundred knights, and of a certainty no more. So they summoned the +messengers who had come from Adrianople, and asked them how matters +stood, and what number of men Johannizza had with him. And the +messengers answered that he had with him at least forty thousand +men-at-arms, not reckoning those on foot, of whom they had no count. + +Ah God! what a perilous battle—so few against so many! In the morning, +on the day of the feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist, all confessed +and received the communion, and on the following day they marched +forward. The van was commanded by Geoffry, the Marshal of Roumania and +Champagne, and with him was Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. The second +division was under Conon of Béthune and Miles the Brabant; the third +under Payen of Orléans and Peter of Bracieux; the fourth was under +Anseau of Cayeux; the fifth under Baldwin of Beauvoir; the sixth under +Hugh of Beaumetz; the seventh under Henry, brother of the Emperor +Baldwin; the eighth, with the Flemings, under Walter of Escornai; +Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, commanded the rear-guard. + +So they rode for three days, all in order; nor did any host ever +advance seeking battle so perilously. For they were in peril on two +accounts; first because they were so few, and those they were about to +attack so many; and secondly, because they did not believe the Greeks, +with whom they had just made peace, would help them heartily. For they +stood in fear lest, when need arose, the Greeks would go over to +Johannizza, who, as you have already heard, had been so near to taking +Demotica. + + + + +JOHANNIZZA RETREATS, FOLLOWED BY THE CRUSADERS + + +When Johannizza heard that the Franks were coming, he did not dare to +abide, but burned his engines of war, and broke up his camp. So he +departed from Demotica; and you must know that this was accounted by +all the world as a great miracle. And Henry, the Regent of the empire, +came on the fourth day (28th June) before Adrianople, and pitched his +camp near the river of Adrianople, in the fairest meadows in the +world. When those who were within the city saw his host coming, they +issued forth, bearing all their crosses, and in procession, and showed +such joy as had never been seen. And well might they rejoice for they +had been in evil case. + +Then came tidings to the host that Johannizza was lodged at a castle +called Rodosto. So in the morning they set forth and marched to those +parts to seek battle; and Johannizza broke up his camp, and marched +back towards his own land. The host followed after him for five days, +and he as constantly retired before them. On the fifth day they +encamped at a very fair and pleasant place by a castle called Fraim; +and there they sojourned three days. + +And at this place there was a division in the host, and a company of +valiant men separated themselves therefrom because of a quarrel that +they had with Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin. Of this +company Baldwin of Beauvoir was chief; and Hugh of Beaumetz went with +him, and William of Gommegnies and Dreux of Beaurain. There were some +fifty knights who departed together in that company; and they never +thought the rest would dare to remain in the land in the midst of their +enemies. + + + + +RENIER OF TRIT RELIEVED AND DELIVERED + + +Then did Henry, the Regent of the empire, take council with the barons +that were with him; and they decided to ride forward. So they rode +forward for two days, and encamped in a very fair valley, near a castle +called Moniac. The castle yielded itself to them, and they remained +there five days; and then said they would go and relieve Renier of +Trit, who was besieged in Stanimac, and had been shut up therein for +thirteen months. So Henry the Regent of the empire, remained in the +camp, with a great part of the host, and the remainder went forward to +relieve Renier of Trit at Stanimac. + +And you must know that those who went forward went in very great peril, +and that any rescue so full of danger has but seldom been undertaken, +seeing that they rode for three days through the land of their enemies. +In this rescue took part Conon of Béthune, and Geoffry of +Villehardouin, Marshal of Roumania and Champagne, and Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, and Miles the Brabant, and Peter of Bracieux, and +Payen of Orléans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and Thierri of Loos, and +William of Perchoi, and a body of Venetians under command of Andrew +Valère. So they rode forward till they came to the castle of Stanimac, +and approached so near that they could now see it. + +Renier of Trit was on the walls, and he perceived the advanced guard, +which was under Geoffry the Marshal, and the other battalions, +approaching in very good order; and he knew not what people they might +be. And no wonder that he was in doubt, for of a long time he had heard +no tidings of us; and he thought we were Greeks coming to besiege him. + +Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and Champagne took certain Turcoples* +and mounted cross-bowmen and sent them forward to see if they could +learn the condition of the castle; for they knew not if those within it +were alive or dead, seeing that of a long time they had heard no +tidings of them. And when these came before the castle, Renier of Trit +and his men knew them; and you may well think what joy they had! They +issued forth and came to meet their friends, and all made great joy of +each other. + +[Note: soldiers born of a Turkish father and a Greek mother] + +The barons quartered themselves in a very good city that lay at the +foot of the castle, and had aforetime besieged the castle. Then said +the barons that they had often heard tell that the Emperor Baldwin had +died in Johannizza’s prison, but that they did not believe it. Renier +of Trit, however, told them of a truth that the emperor was dead, and +then they believed it. Greatly did many then grieve; alas I if only +their grief had not been beyond remedy I + +So they lay that night in the city; and on the morrow they departed, +and abandoned Stanimac. They rode for two days., and on the third they +came to the camp, below the castle of Moniac, that lies on the river +Arta, where Henry, the Emperor’s brother, was waiting for them. Greatly +did those of the host rejoice over Renier of Trit, who had thus been +rescued from durance, and great was the credit given to those who had +brought him back, for they had gone for him in great peril. + + + + +HENRY CROWNED EMPEROR—JOHANNIZZA RAVAGES THE COUNTRY AGAIN—THE EMPEROR +MARCHES AGAINST HIM + + +The barons now resolved that they would go to Constantinople, and crown +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin as emperor, and leave in the +country Vemas, and all the Greeks of the land, together with forty +knights, whom Henry, the Regent of the empire, would leave with him. So +Henry, the Regent of the empire, and the other barons, went towards +Constantinople, and they rode from day to day till they came thither, +and right well were they received. They crowned Henry as emperor with +great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, on the Sunday +(20th August) after the festival of our Lady St. Mary, in August. And +this was in the year of the Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ twelve +hundred and six. + +Now when Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, heard that the +emperor had been crowned in Constantinople, and that Vemas had remained +in the land of Adrianople and Demotica, he collected together as large +a force as he could. And Vemas had not rebuilt the walls of Demotica +where they had been breached by Johannizza with his petraries and +mangonels, and he had set but a weak garrison therein. So Johannizza +marched on Demotica, and took it, and destroyed it, and rased the walls +to the ground, and overran the whole country, and took men, women, and +children for a prey, and wrought devastation. Then did those in +Adrianople beseech the Emperor Henry to succour them, seeing that +Demotica had been lost in such cruel sort. + +Then did the Emperor Henry summon as many people as he could, and +issued from Constantinople, and rode day by day towards Adrianople, +with all his forces in order. And Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, +who was in the land, when he heard that the emperor was coming, drew +back into his own land. And the Emperor Henry rode forward till he came +to Adrianople, and he encamped outside the city in a meadow. + +Then came the Greeks of the land, and told him that Johannizza, the +King of Wallachia, was carrying off men and women and cattle, and that +he had destroyed Demotica, and wasted the country round; and that he +was still within a day’s march. The emperor settled that he would +follow after, and do battle-if so be that Johannizza would abide his +coming—and deliver the men and women who were being led away captive. +So he rode after Johannizza, and Johannizza retired as the emperor +advanced, and the emperor followed him for four days. Then they came to +a city called Veroi. + +When those who were in the city saw the host of the Emperor Henry +approaching, they fled into the mountains and abandoned the city. And +the emperor came with all his host, and encamped before the city, and +found it well furnished with corn and meat, and such other things as +were needful. So they sojourned there for two days, and the emperor +caused his men to overrun the surrounding country, and they obtained a +large booty in beeves and cows and buffaloes, and otl-ler beasts in +very great plenty. Then he departed from Veroi with all his booty, and +rode to another city, a day’s journey distant, called Blisnon. And as +the other Greeks had abandoned Veroi, so did the dwellers in Blisnon +abandon their city; and he found it furnished with all things +necessary, and quartered himself there. + + + + +THE EMPEROR MEETS JOHANNIZZA, AND RECAPTURES HIS PRISONERS + + +Then came tidings that in a certain valley, three leagues distant from +the host, were the men and women whom Johannizza was leading away +captive, together with all his plunder, and all his chariots. Then did +Henry appoint that the Greeks from Adrianople and Demotica should go +and recover the captives and the plunder, two battalions of knights +going with them; and as had been arranged, so was this done on the +morrow. The command of the one battalion was given to Eustace, the +brother of the Emperor Henry of Constantinople, and the command of the +other to Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. + +So they rode, they and the Greeks, till they came to the valley of +which they had been told; and there they found the captives. And +Johannizza’s men engaged the Emperor Henry’s men, and men and horses +were killed and wounded On either side; but by the goodness of God, the +Franks had the advantage, and rescued the captives, and caused them to +turn again, and brought them away. + +And you must know that this was a mighty deliverance; for the captives +numbered full twenty thousand men, women, and children; and there were +full three thousand chariots laden with their clothes and baggage, to +say nothing of other booty in good quantity. The line of the captives, +as they came to the camp, was two great leagues in length, and they +reached the camp that night. Then was the Emperor Henry greatly +rejoiced, and all the other barons; and they had the captives lodged +apart, and well guarded, with their goods, so that they lost not one +pennyworth of what they possessed. On the morrow the Emperor Henry +rested for the sake of the people he had delivered. And on the day +after he left that country, and rode day by day till he came to +Adrianople. + +There he set free the men and women he had rescued; and each one went +whithersoever he listed, to the land where he was born, or to any other +place. The booty, of which he had great plenty, was divided in due +shares among the host. So the Emperor Henry sojourned there five days, +and then rode to the city of Demotica, to see how far it had been +destroyed, and whether it could again be fortified. He encamped before +the city, and saw, both he and his barons, that in the state in which +it then was, it were not well to refortify it. + + + + +PROJECTED MARRIAGE BETWEEN THE EMPEROR AND THE DAUGHTER OF BONIFACE—THE +CRUSADERS RAVAGE THE LANDS OF JOHANNIZZA + + +Then came to the camp, as envoy, a baron, Otho of La Roche by name, +belonging to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. He came to speak of a +marriage that had been spoken of aforetime between the daughter of +Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, and the Emperor Henry; and brought +tidings that the lady had come from Lombardy, whence her father had +sent to summon her, and that she was now at Salonika. Then did the +emperor take council, and it was decided that the marriage should be +ratified on either side. So the envoy, Otho of La Roche, returned to +Salonika. + +The emperor had reassembled his men, who had gone to place in safe +holding the booty taken at Veroi. And he marched day by day from +Adrianople till he came to the land of Johannizza, the King of +Wallachia and Bulgaria. They came to a city called Ferme, and took it, +and entered in, and won much booty. They remained there for three days, +and overran all the land, got very much spoil, and destroyed a city +called Aquilo. + +On the fourth day they departed from Ferme, which was a city fair and +well situated, with hot water springs for bathing, the finest in the +world; and the emperor caused the city to be burned and destroyed, and +they carried away much spoil, in cattle and goods. Then they rode day +by day till they came back to the city of Adrianople; and they sojourned +in the land till the feast of All Saints (1st November 1206), when they +could no longer carry on the war because of the winter. So Henry and +all his barons, who were much aweary of campaigning, turned their faces +towards Constantinople; and he left at Adrianople, among the Greeks, a +man of his named Peter of Radinghem, with ten knights. + + + + +THE EMPEROR RESUMES THE WAR AGAINST THEODORE LASCARIS + + +At that time Theodore Lascaris, who held the land on the other side of +the straits towards Turkey, was at truce with the Emperor Henry; but +that truce he had not kept well, having broken and violated it. So the +emperor held council, and sent to the other side of the straits, to the +city of Piga, Peter of Bracieux, to whom land had been assigned in +those parts, and with him Payen of Orléans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and +Eustace, the emperor’s brother, and a great part of his best men to the +number of seven score knights. These began to make war in very grim and +earnest fashion against Theodore Lascaris, and greatly wasted his land. + +They marched to a land called Skiza, which was surrounded by the sea +except on one side. And in old days the way of entry had been defended +with walls and towers, and moats, but these were now decayed. So the +host of the French entered in, and Peter of Bracieux, to whom the land +had been devised, began to restore the defences, and built two castles, +and made two fortified ways of entry. From thence they overran the land +of Lascaris, and gained much booty and cattle, and brought such booty +and cattle into their island: Theodore Lascaris, on the other hand, +harked back upon Skiza, so that there were frequent battles and +skirmishes, and losses on the one side and on the other; and the war in +those parts was fierce and perilous. + +Now let us leave speaking of those who were at Skiza, and speak of +Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, and to whom Nicomedia should have +belonged; and Nicomedia lay a day’s journey from Nice the Great, the +capital of the land of Theodore Lascaris. Thierri then went thither, +with a great body of the emperor’s men, and found that the castle had +been destroyed. So he enclosed and fortified the church of St. Sophia, +which was very large and fair, and maintained the war in that place. + + + + +ADVANTAGES OBTAINED BY BONIFACE—MARRIAGE OF HIS DAUGHTER WITH THE +EMPEROR + + +At that time the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat departed from Salonika, +and went to Seres, which Johannizza had destroyed; and he rebuilt it; +and afterwards rebuilt a castle called Drama in the valley of Philippi. +All the country round about surrendered to him, and came under his +rule; and he wintered in the land. + +Meanwhile, so much time had gone by, that Christmas was now past. Then +came messengers from the marquis to the emperor at Constantinople to +say that the marquis had sent his daughter in a galley to the city of +Abydos. So the Emperor Henry sent Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and +Champagne, and Miles the Brabant, to bring the lady; and these rode day +by day till they came to Abydos. + +They found the lady, who was very good and fair, and saluted her on +behalf of their lord Henry, the emperor, and brought her to +Constantinople in great honour. So the Emperor Henry was wedded to her +in the Church of St. Sophia, on the Sunday after the feast of our Lady +St. Mary Candlemas (4th February 1207), with great joy and in great +pomp; and they both wore a crown; and high were the marriage-feastings +in the palace of Bucoleon. Thus, as you have just heard, was the +marriage celebrated between the emperor and the daughter of the Marquis +Boniface, Agnes the empress by name. + + + + +THEODORE LASCARIS FORMS AN ALLIANCE WITH JOHANNIZZA + + +Theodore Lascaris, who was warring against the Emperor Henry, took +messengers and sent them to Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria. And he advised Johannizza that all the forces of the Emperor +Henry were fighting against him (Lascaris) on the other side of the +straits towards Turkey; that the emperor was in Constantinople with but +very few people; and that now was the time for vengeance, inasmuch as +he himself would be attacking the emperor on the one side, and +Johannizza on the other, and the emperor had so few men that he would +not be able to defend himself against both. Now Johannizza had already +engaged a great host of Comans, who were on their way to join his host; +and had collected together as large a force of Wallachians and +Bulgarians as ever he could. And so much time had now gone by, that it +was the beginning of Lent (7th March 1207). + +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould had begun to build a castle at Charax, +which lies on a gulf of the sea, six leagues from Nicomedia, towards +Constantinople. And William of Sains began to build another castle at +Cibotos, that lies on the gulf of Nicomedia, on the other side, towards +Nice. And you must know that the Emperor Henry had as much as he could +do near Constantinople; as also the barons who were in the land. And +well does Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne and +Roumania, who is dictating this work, bear witness, that never at any +time were people so distracted and oppressed by war; this was by reason +that the host were scattered in so many places. + + + + +SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE BY JOHANNIZZA—SIEGE OF SKIZA AND CIBOTOS BY +LASCARIS + + +Then Johannizza left Wallachia with all his hosts, and with a great +host of Comans who joined themselves to him, and entered Roumania. And +the Comans overran the country up to the gates of Constantinople; and +he himself besieged Adrianople, and erected there thirty-three great +petraries, which hurled stones against the walls and the towers. And +inside Adrianople were only the Greeks and Peter of Radinghem, who had +been set there by the emperor, with ten knights. Then the Greeks and +the Latins together sent to tell the Emperor Henry how Johannizza had +besieged them, and prayed for succour. + +Much was the emperor distraught when he heard this; for his forces on +the other side of the straits were so scattered, and were everywhere so +hard pressed that they could do no more than they were doing, while he +himself had but few men in Constantinople. None the less he undertook +to take the field with as many men as he could collect, in the Easter +fortnight; and he sent word to Skiza, where most of his people were, +that they should come to him. So these began to come to him by sea; +Eustace, the brother of the Emperor Henry, and Anseau of Cayeux, and +the main part of their men, and thus only Peter of Bracieux, and Payen +of Orléans, with but few men, remained in Skiza. + +When Theodore Lascaris heard tidings that Adrianople was besieged, and +that the Emperor Henry, through utter need, was recalling his people, +and did not know which way to turn—whether to this side or to that—so +heavily was he oppressed by the war, then did Lascaris with the greater +zeal gather together all the people he could,, and pitched his tents +and pavilions before the gates of Skiza; and many were the battles +fought before Skiza, some lost and some won. And when Theodore Lascaris +saw that there were few people remaining in the city, he took a great +part of his host, and such ships as he could collect on the sea, and +sent them to the castle of Cibotos, which William of Sains was +fortifying; and they set siege to the castle by sea and land, on the +Saturday in mid-Lent (31st March 1207). + +Within were forty knights, very good men, and Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould was their chief; and their castle was as yet but +little fortified, so that their foes could come at them with swords and +lances. The enemy attacked them by land and by sea very fiercely; and +the assault lasted during the whole of Saturday, and our people +defended themselves very well. And this book bears witness that never +did fifty knights defend themselves at greater disadvantage against +such odds. And well may this appear, for of the knights that were +there, all were wounded save five only; and one was killed, who was +nephew to Miles the Brabant, and his name was Giles. + + + + +THE EMPEROR ATTACKS THE FLEET OF THEODORE LASCARIS, AND RESCUES CIBOTOS + + +Before this assault began, on the Saturday morning, there came a +messenger flying to Constantinople. He found the Emperor Henry in the +palace of Blachernæ, sitting at meat, and spoke to him thus: “Sire, be +it known to you that those at Cibotos are being attacked by land and +sea; and if you do not speedily deliver them, they will be taken, and +but dead men.” + +With the emperor were Conon of Béthune, and Geoffry the Marshal of +Champagne, and Miles the Brabant, and but very few people. And they +held a council, and the council was but short, and the emperor went +down to the shore, and entered into a galleon; and each one was to take +ship such as he could find. And it was proclaimed throughout the city +that all were to follow the emperor in the utter need wherein he stood, +to go and rescue his men, seeing that without help they were but lost. +Then might you have seen the whole city of Constantinople all a-swarrn +with Venetians and Pisans and other seafaring folk, running to their +ships, helterskelter and pell-mell; and with them entered into the +ships the knights, fully armed; and whosoever was first ready, he first +left port to go after the emperor. + +So they went rowing hard all the evening, as long as the light lasted, +and all through the night till the dawn of the following day. And the +emperor had used such diligence, that a little after sun-rising he came +in sight of Cibotos, and of the host surrounding it by sea and land. +And those who were within the castle had not slept that night, but had +kept guard through the whole night, however sick or wounded they might +be, as men who expected nothing but death. + +The emperor saw that the Greeks were close to the walls and about to +assault the city. Now he himself had but few of his people with +him-among them were Geoffry the Marshal in another ship, and Miles the +Brabant, and certain Pisans, and other knights, so that he had some +sixteen ships great and small, while on the other side there were full +sixty. Nevertheless they saw that if they waited for their people, and +suffered the Greeks to assault Cibotos, then those within must be all +killed or taken; and when they saw this they decided to sail against +the enemy’s ships. + +They sailed thitherward therefore in line; and all those on board the +ships were fully armed, and with their helms laced. And when the +Greeks, who were about to attack the castle, saw us coming, they +perceived that help was at hand for the besieged, and they avoided the +castle, and came to meet us; and all this great host, both horse and +foot, drew up on the shore. And the Greeks on ship-board* when they saw +that the emperor and his people meant to attack them in any case, drew +back towards those on shore, so that the latter might give them help +with bows and darts. + +[Note: The meaning here is a little obscure in the original ] + +So the emperor held them close with his seventeen ships, till the +shouts of those coming from Constantinople began to reach him; and when +the night fell so many had come up that the Franks were everywhere in +force upon the sea; and they lay all armed during the night, and cast +anchor. And they settled that as soon as they saw the day, they would +go and do battle with the enemy on the shore, and also seize their +ships. But when it came to about midnight, the Greeks dragged all their +ships to land, and set fire to them, and burned them all, and broke up +their camp, and went away flying. + +The Emperor Henry and his host were right glad of the victory that God +had given them,,and that they had thus been able to succour their +people. And when it came to be morning, the emperor and his barons went +to the castle of Cibotos, and found those who were therein very sick, +and for the most part sore wounded. And the emperor and his people +looked at the castle, and saw that it was so weak as not to be worth +the holding. So they gathered all their people into the ships, and left +the castle and abandoned it. Thus did the Emperor Henry return to +Constantinople. + + + + +JOHANNIZZA RAISES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + + +Johannizza, the king of Wallachia, who had besieged Adrianople, gave +himself no rest, for his petraries, of which he had many, cast stones +night and day against the walls and towers, and damaged the walls and +towers very greatly. And he set his sappers to mine the walls, and made +many assaults. And well did those who were within, both Greeks and +Latins, maintain themselves, and often did they beg the Emperor Henry +to succour them, and warn him that, if he did not succour them, they +were utterly undone. The emperor was much distraught; for when he +wished to go and succour his people at Adrianople on the one side, then +Theodore Lascaris pressed upon him so straitly on the other side, that +of necessity he was forced to draw back. + +So Johannizza remained during the whole month of April (1207) before +Adrianople; and he came so near to taking it that in two places he beat +down the walls and towers to the ground, and his men fought hand to +hand, with swords and lances, against those who were within. Also he +made assaults in force, and the besieged defended themselves well; and +there were many killed and wounded on one side and on the other. + +As it pleases God that adventures should be ordered, so it befell that +the Comans who had overrun the land, and gained much booty, and +returned to the camp before Adrianople, with all their spoils, now said +they would remain with Johannizza no longer, but go back to their own +land. Thus the Comans abandoned Johannizza. And without them he dared +not remain before Adrianople. So he departed from before the city, and +left it. + +And you must know that this was held to be a great miracle: that the +siege of a city so near to the taking should be abandoned, and by a man +possessed of such power. But as God wills, so do events befall. Those +in Adrianople made no delay in begging the emperor, for the love of +God, to come to them as soon as he could; for sooth it was that if +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia returned, they would all be killed or +taken. + + + + +SKIZA AGAIN BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS—THE EMPEROR DELIVERS THE CITY + + +The emperor, with as many men as he possessed, had prepared to go to +Adrianople, when tidings came, very grievous, that Escurion, who was +admiral of the galleys of Theodore Lascaris, had entered with seventeen +galleys into the straits of Abydos, in the channel of St. George, and +come before Skiza, where Peter of Bracieux then was, and Payen of +Orléans; and that the said Escurion was besieging the city by sea, +while Theodore Lascaris was besieging it by land. Moreover, the people +of the land of Skiza had rebelled against Peter of Bracieux, as also +those of Marmora, and had wrought him great harm, and killed many of +his people. + +When these tidings came to Constantinople, they were greatly dismayed. +Then did the Emperor Henry take council with his men, and his barons, +and the Venetians also; and they said that if they did not succour +Peter of Bracieux, and Payen of Orléans, they were but dead men, and +the land would be lost. So they armed fourteen galleys in all +diligence, and set in them the Venetians of most note, and all the +barons of the emperor. + +In one galley entered Conon of Béthune and his people; in another +Geoffry of Villehardouin and his people; in the third Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould and his people; in the fourth Miles the Brabant in the +fifth Anscau of Cayeux; in the sixth Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal +of Roumania; m the seventh William of Perchoi; and in the eighth +Eustace the Emperor’s brother. Thus did the Emperor Henry put into all +these galleys the best people that he had; and when they left the port +of Constantinople, well did all say that never had galleys been better +armed, nor manned with better men. And thus, for this time, the march +on Adrianople was again put off. + +Those who were in the galleys sailed down the straits, right towards +Skiza. How Escurion, the admiral of Theodore Lascaris’ galleys, heard +of it, I know not; but he abandoned Skiza, and went away, and fled down +the straits. And the others chased him two days and two nights, beyond +the straits of Abydos, forty miles. And when they saw they could not +come up with him, they turned back, and came to Skiza, and found there +Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orléans; and Theodore Lascaris had +dislodged from before the city and repaired to his own land. Thus was +Skiza relieved, as you have just heard; and those in the galleys turned +back to Constantinople, and prepared once more to march on Adrianople. + + + + +THE EMPEROR TWICE DELIVERS NICOMEDIA, BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS + + +Theodore Lascaris sent the most part of his force into the land of +Nicomedia. And the people of Thierri of Loos, who had fortified the +church of St. Sophia, and were therein, besought their lord and the +emperor to come to their relief; for if they received no help they +could not hold out, especially as they had no provisions. Through sheer +distress and sore need, the Emperor Henry and his people agreed that +they must once more abandon thought of going to Adrianople, and cross +the straits of St. George, to the Turkish side, with as many people as +they could collect, and succour Nicomedia. + +And when the people of Theodore Lascaris heard that the emperor was +coming, they avoided the land, and retreated towards Nice the Great. +And when the emperor knew of it, he took council, and it was decided +that Thierri of Loos, the seneschal of Roumania, should abide in +Nicomedia, with all his knights, and all his sergeants, to guard the +land; and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould should abide at Charax, and +William of Perchoi in Skiza; and each defend the land where he abode. + +Then did the Emperor Henry, and the remainder of his people return to +Constantinople, and prepare once again to go towards Adrianople. And +while he was so preparing, Thierri of Loos the seneschal, who was in +Nicomedia, and William of Perchoi, and all their people, went out +foraging on a certain day. And the people of Theodore Lascaris knew of +it, and surprised them, and fell upon them. Now the people of Theodore +Lascaris were very many, and our people very few. So the battle began, +and they fought hand to hand, and before very long the few were not +able to stand against the many. + +Thierri of Loos did right well, as also his people; he was twice struck +down, and by main strength his men remounted him. And William of +Perchoi was also struck down, and remounted and rescued. But numbers +hemmed them in too sore, and the Franks were discomfited. There was +taken Thierri of Loos, wounded in the face, and in peril of death. +There, too, were most of his people taken, for few escaped. William of +Perchoi fled on a hackney, wounded in the hand. Those that escaped from +the discomfiture rallied in the church of St. Sophia. + +He who dictates this history heard blame attached in this +affair—whether rightly or wrongly he knows not—to a certain knight +named Anseau of Remi, who was liegeman of Thierri of Loos the +seneschal, and chief of his men; and who abandoned him in the fray. + +Then did those who had returned to the church of St. Sophia in +Nicomedia, viz. William of Perchoi and Anseau of Remi, take a +messenger, and send him flying to Constantinople, to the Emperor Henry; +and they told the emperor what had befallen, how the seneschal had been +taken with his men; how they themselves were besieged in the church of +St. Sophia, in Nicomedia, and how they had food for no more than five +days; and they told him he must know of a certainty that if he did not +succour them they must be killed or taken. The emperor, as one hearing +a cry of distress, passed over the straits of St. George, he and his +people, each as best he could, and pell-mell, to go to the relief of +those in Nicomedia. And so the march to Adrianople was put off once +more. + +When the emperor had passed over the straits of St. George, he set his +troops in array, and rode day by day till he came to Nicomedia. When +the people of Theodore Lascaris, and his brothers, who formed the host, +heard thereof, they drew back, and passed over the mountain on the +other side, towards Nice. And the emperor encamped by Nicomedia in a +very fair field that lay beside the river on this side of the mountain. +He had his tents and pavilions pitched; and caused his men to overrun +and harry the land, because the people had rebelled when they heard +that Thierri of Loos, the seneschal, was taken; and the emperor’s men +captured much cattle and many prisoners. + + + + +TRUCE WITH THEODORE LASCARIS—THE EMPEROR INVADES THE LANDS OF +JOHANNIZZA + + +The Emperor Henry sojourned after this manner for five days in the +meadow by Nicomedia. And while he was thus sojourning, Theodore +Lascaris took messengers, and sent them to him, asking him to make a +truce for two years, on condition that the emperor would suffer him to +demolish Skiza and the fortress of the church of St. Sophia of +Nicomedia, while he, on his side, would yield up all the prisoners +taken in the last victory, or at other times of whom he had a great +many in his land. + +Now the emperor took council with his people; and they said that they +could not maintain two wars at the same time, and that it was better to +suffer loss as proposed than suffer the loss of Adrianople, and the +land on the other side of the straits; and moreover that they would (by +agreeing to this truce) cause division between their enemies, viz. +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria and Theodore Lascaris +who were now friends, and helped one another in the war. + +The matter was thus settled and agreed to. Then the Emperor Henry +summoned Peter of Bracieux from Skiza; and he came to him; and the +Emperor Henry so wrought with him that he gave up Skiza into his hands, +and the emperor delivered it to Theodore Lascaris to be demolished, as +also the church of St. Sophia of Nicomedia. So was the truce +established, and so were the fortresses demolished. Thierri of Loos was +given up, and all the other prisoners. + +Then the Emperor Henry repaired to Constantinople, and undertook once +more to go to Adrianople with as many men as he could collect. He +assembled his host at Selymbria; and so much time had already passed +that this did not take place till after the feast of St. John, in June +(1207). And he rode day by day till he came to Adrianople, and encamped +in the fields before the city. And those within the city, who had +greatly desired his coming, went out to meet him in procession, and +received him very gladly. And all the Greeks of the land came with +them. + +The emperor remained only one day before the city to see all the damage +that Johannizza had done to the walls and towers, with mines and +petraries; and these had worked great havoc to the city. And on the +morrow he departed, and marched towards the country of Johannizza, and +so marched for four days. On the fifth day he came to the foot of the +mountain of Wallachia, to a city called Euloi, which Johannizza had +newly repeopled with his folk. And when the people of the land saw the +host coming, they abandoned the city, and fled into the mountains. + + + + +THE EMPEROR’S FORAGERS SUFFER LOSS + + +The Emperor Henry and the host of the French encamped before the city; +and the foraging parties overran the land and captured oxen, and cows, +and beeves in great plenty and other beasts. And those from Adrianople, +who had brought their chariots with them, and were poor and +illfurnished with food, loaded their chariots with corn and other +grain; and they found also provisions in plenty and loaded with them, +in great quantities, the other chariots that they had captured. So the +host sojourned there for three days; and every day the foraging parties +went foraging throughout the land; but the land was full of mountains, +and strong defiles, and the host lost many foragers, who adventured +themselves madly. + +In the end, the Emperor Henry sent Anscau of Cayeux to guard the +foragers, and Eustace his brother, and Thierri of Flanders, his nephew, +and Walter of Escomai, and John Bliaud. Their four battalions went to +guard the foragers, and entered into a land rough and mountainous. And +when their people had overrun the land, and wished to return, they +found the defiles very well guarded. For the Wallachians of the country +had assembled, and fought against them, and did them great hurt, both +to men and horses. Hardly were our men put to it to escape +discomfiture; and the knights had, of necessity, to dismount and go on +foot. But by God’s help they returned to the camp, though not without +great loss and damage. + +On the morrow the Emperor Henry, and the host of the French departed +thence, and marched day by day till they came to Adrianople; and they +stored therein the corn and other provisions that they brought with +them. The emperor sojourned in the field before the city some fifteen +days. + + + + +HOMAGE RENDERED BY BONIFACE TO THE EMPEROR, AND BY GEOFFRY OF +VILLEHARDOUIN TO BONIFACE + + +At that time Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, who was at Seres, +which he had fortified, rode forth as far as Messinopolis, and all the +land surrendered to his will. Then he took messengers, and sent them to +the Emperor Henry, and told him that he would right willingly speak +with him by the river that runs below Cypsela. Now they two had never +been able to speak together face to face since the conquest of the +land, for so many enemies lay between them that the one had never been +able to come to the other. And when the emperor and those of his +council heard that the marquis Boniface was at Messinopolis, they +rejoiced greatly; and the emperor sent back word by the messengers that +he would speak with the marquis on the day appointed. + +So the emperor went thitherward, and he left Conon of Bethune to guard +the land near Adrianople, with one hundred knights. And they came on +the set day to the place of meeting in a very fair field, near the city +of Cypsela. The emperor came from one side, and the marquis from the +other, and they met with very great joy; nor is that to be wondered at, +seeing they had not, of a long time, beheld one another. And the +marquis asked the emperor for tidings of his daughter Agnes; and the +emperor told him she was with child, and the marquis was glad thereof +and rejoiced. Then did the marquis become liegeman to the emperor, and +held from him his land, as he had done from the Emperor Baldwin, his +brother. And the marquis gave to Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Roumania and Champagne, the city of Messinopolis, and all its +appurtenances, or else that of Seres, whichever he liked best; and the +Marshal became his liegeman, save in so far as he owed fealty to the +emperor of Constantinople. + +They sojourned thus in that field for two days, in great joy, and said +that, as God had granted that they should come together, so might they +yet again defeat their enemies. And they made agreement to meet at the +end of the summer, in the month of October, with all their forces, in +the meadow before the city of Adrianople, and make war against the King +of Wallachia. So they separated joyous and well content. The marquis +went to Messinopolis, and the Emperor Henry towards Constantinople. + + + + +BONIFACE IS KILLED IN A BATTLE AGAINST THE BULGARIANS + + +When the marquis had come to Messinopolis, he did not remain there more +than five days before he rode forth, by the advice of the Greeks of the +land, on an expedition to the mountain of Messinopolis, which was +distant a long day’s journey. And when he had been through the land, +and was about to depart, the Bulgarians of the land collected and saw +that the marquis had but a small force with him. So they came from all +parts and attacked the rear-guard. And when the marquis heard the +shouting, he leapt on a horse, all unarmed as he was, with a lance in +his hand. And when he came together, where the Bulgarians were fighting +with the rear-guard, hand to hand, he ran in upon them, and drove them +a great way back. + +Then was the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat wounded with an arrow, in +the thick of the arm, beneath the shoulder, mortally, and he began to +lose blood. And when his men saw it, they began to be dismayed, and to +lose heart, and to bear themselves badly. Those who were round the +marquis held him up, and he was losing much blood; and he began to +faint. And when his men perceived that he could give them no farther +help, they were the more dismayed, and began to desert him. So were +they discomfited by misadventure; and those who remained by him—and +they were but few—were killed. + +The head of the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was cut off, and the +people of the land sent it to Johannizza; and that was one of the +greatest joys that ever Johannizza had. Alas! what a dolorous mishap +for the Emperor Henry, and for all the Latins of the land of Roumania, +to lose such a man by such a misadventure—one of the best barons and +most liberal, and one of the best knights in the world! And this +misadventure befell in the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ, +twelve hundred and seven. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/6032-0.zip b/6032-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bd45d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/6032-0.zip diff --git a/6032-h.zip b/6032-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccca56f --- /dev/null +++ b/6032-h.zip diff --git a/6032-h/6032-h.htm b/6032-h/6032-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b752bc --- /dev/null +++ b/6032-h/6032-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6315 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople, by Geoffrey de Villehardouin</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +p.footnote {font-size: 90%; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople, by Geoffrey de Villehardouin</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Geoffrey de Villehardouin</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Translator: Frank T. Marzials</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 23, 2002 [eBook #6032]<br /> +[Most recently updated: September 9, 2021]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Norm Wolcott</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE ***</div> + +<h1>Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople</h1> + +<h2 class="no-break">by Geoffrey de Villehardouin</h2> + +<h3>Translated by Frank T. Marzials</h3> + +<h4>London:<br /> +J.M. Dent,<br /> +1908</h4> + +<hr /> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>THE FIRST PREACHING OF THE CRUSADE</h2> + +<p> +Be it known to you that eleven hundred and ninety-seven years after the +Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, in the time of Innocent Pope of Rome, and +Philip King of France, and Richard King of England, there was in France a holy +man named Fulk of Neuilly—which Neuilly is between Lagni-sur-Marne and +Paris—and he was a priest and held the cure of the village. And this said +Fulk began to speak of God throughout the Isle-de-France, and the other +countries round about; and you must know that by him the Lord wrought many +miracles. +</p> + +<p> +Be it known to you further, that the fame of this holy man so spread, that it +reached the Pope of Rome, Innocent*; and the Pope sent to France, and ordered +the right worthy man to preach the cross (the Crusade) by his authority. And +afterwards the Pope sent a cardinal of his, Master Peter of Capua, who himself +had taken the cross, to proclaim the Indulgence of which I now tell you, viz., +that all who should take the cross and serve in the host for one year, would be +delivered from all the sins they had committed, and acknowledged in confession. +And because this indulgence was so great, the hearts of men were much moved, +and many took the cross for the greatness of the pardon. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Innocent III, elected Pope on the 8th January 1198, at the early age of +thirty seven, Innocent III was one of the leading spirits of his time—in +every sense a strong man and great Pope. From the beginning of his pontificate +he turned his thoughts and policy to the recovery of Jerusalem.] +</p> + +<h2>OF THOSE WHO TOOK THE CROSS</h2> + +<p> +The other year after that right worthy man Fulk had so spoken of God, there was +held a tourney in Champagne, at a castle called Ecri, and by God’s grace +it so happened that Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, took the cross, and +the Count Louis of Blois and Chartres likewise; and this was at the beginning +of Advent (28th November 1199). Now you must know that this Count Thibaut was +but a young man, and not more than twenty-two years of age, and the Count Louis +not more than twenty-seven. These two counts were nephews and cousins-german to +the King of France, and, on the other part, nephews to the King of England. +</p> + +<p> +With these two counts there took the cross two very high and puissant barons of +France, Simon of Montfort*, and Renaud of Montmirail. Great was the fame +thereof throughout the land when these two high and puissant men took the +cross. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Simon de Montfort—the same one who later crushed the Albigensians +and the father of the “English” Simon de Montfort who defeated the +royal army at Lewes and was killed at Evesham in 1265]. +</p> + +<p> +In the land of Count Thibaut of Champagne took the cross Garnier, Bishop of +Troyes, Count Walter of Brienne, Geoffry of Joinville*, who was seneschal of +the land, Robert his brother, Walter of Vignory, Walter of Montbéliard, Eustace +of Conflans, Guy of Plessis his brother, Henry of Arzilliéres, Oger of +Saint-Chéron, Villain of Neuilly, Geoffry of Villhardouin, Marshal of +Champagne, Geoffry his nephew, William of Nully, Walter of Fuligny, Everard of +Montigny, Manasses of l’Isle, Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, Miles the +Brabant, Guy of Chappes, Clerembaud his nephew, Renaud of Dampierre, John +Foisnous, and many other right worthy men whom this book does not here mention +by name. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Geoffry de Joinville—the father of the chronicler Joinville.] +</p> + +<p> +With Count Louis took the cross Gervais of Châtel, Hervée his son, John of +Virsin, Oliver of Rochefort, Henry of Montreuil, Payen of Orléans, Peter of +Bracietix, Hugh his brother, William of Sains, John of Friaize, Walter of +Gaudonville, Hugh of Cormeray, Geoffry his brother, Hervée of Beauvoir, Robert +of Frouville, Peter his brother, Orri of l’Isle, Robert of Quartier, and +many more whom this book does not here mention by name. +</p> + +<p> +In the Isle-de-France took the cross Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, Matthew of +Montmorency, Guy the Castellan of Coucy, his nephew, Robert of Ronsoi, Ferri of +Yerres, John his brother, Walter of Saint-Denis, Henry his brother, William of +Aunoi, Robert Mauvoisin, Dreux of Cressonsacq, Bernard of Moreuil, Enguerrand +of Boves, Robert his brother, and many more right worthy men with regard to +whose names this book is here silent. +</p> + +<p> +At the beginning of the following Lent, on the day when folk are marked with +ashes (23rd February 1200), the cross was taken at Bruges by Count Baldwin of +Flanders and Hainault, and by the Countess Mary his wife, who was sister to the +Count Thibaut of Champagne. Afterwards took the cross, Henry his brother, +Thierri his nephew, who was the son of Count Philip of Flanders, William the +advocate of Béthune, Conon his brother, John of Nêle Castellan of Bruges, +Renier of Trit, Reginald his son, Matthew of Wallincourt, James of Avesnes, +Baldwin of Beauvoir, Hugh of Beaumetz, Gérard of Mancicourt, Odo of Ham, +William of Gommegnies, Dreux of Beaurain, Roger of Marck, Eustace of Saubruic, +Francis of Colemi, Walter of Bousies, Reginald of Mons, Walter of Tombes, +Bernard of Somergen, and many more right worthy men in great number, with +regard to whom this book does not speak further. +</p> + +<p> +Afterwards took the cross, Count Hugh of St. Paul. With him took the cross, +Peter of Amiens his nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Nicholas of Mailly, Anscau of +Cayeaux, Guy of Houdain, Walter of Nêle, Peter his brother, and many other men +who are unknown to us. +</p> + +<p> +Directly afterwards took the cross Geoffry of Perche, Stephen his brother, +Rotrou of Montfort, Ives of La Jaille, Aimery of Villeroi, Geoffry of Beaumont, +and many others whose names I do not know. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS SEND SIX ENVOYS TO VENICE</h2> + +<p> +Afterwards the barons held a parliament at Soissons, to settle when they should +start, and whither they should wend. But they could come to no agreement, +because it did not seem to them that enough people had taken the cross. So +during all that year (1200) no two months passed without assemblings in +parliament at Compiègne. There met all the counts and barons who had taken the +cross. Many were the opinions given and considered; but in the end it was +agreed that envoys should be sent, the best that could be found, with full +powers, as if they were the lords in person, to settle such matters as needed +settlement. +</p> + +<p> +Of these envoys, Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, sent two; Baldwin, Count +of Flanders and Hainault, two; and Louis, Count of Blois and Chartres, two. The +envoys of the Count Thibaut were Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Champagne, and Miles the Brabant; the envoys of Count Baldwin were Conon of +Béthune, and Alard Maquereau, and the envoys of Count Louis were John of +Friaise, and Walter of Gaudonville. +</p> + +<p> +To these six envoys the business in hand was fully committed, all the barons +delivering to them valid charters, with seals attached, to the effect that they +would undertake to maintain and carry out whatever conventions and agreements +the envoys might enter into, in all sea ports, and whithersoever else the +envoys might fare. +</p> + +<p> +Thus were the six envoys despatched, as you have been told; and they took +counsel among themselves, and this was their conclusion: that in Venice they +might expect to find a greater number of vessels than in any other port. So +they journeyed day by day, till they came thither in the first week of Lent +(February 1201). +</p> + +<h2>THE ENVOYS ARRIVE IN VENICE, AND PROFFER THEIR REQUEST</h2> + +<p> +The Doge of Venice, whose name was Henry Dandolo* and who was very wise and +very valiant, did them great honour, both he and the other folk, and +entertained them right willingly, marvelling, however, when the envoys had +delivered their letters, what might be the matter of import that had brought +them to that country. For the letters were letters of credence only, and +declared no more than that the bearers were to be accredited as if they were +the counts in person, and that the said counts would make good whatever the six +envoys should undertake. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: That Henry Dandolo was a very old man is certain, but there is doubt +as to his precise age, as also as to the cause of his blindness. According to +one account he had been blinded, or all but blinded, by the Greeks, and in a +treacherous manner, when sent, at an earlier date, on an embassy to +Constaritinople-whence his bitter hostility to the Greek Empire. I agree, +however, with Sir Rennell Rodd that, if this had been so, Villehardouin would +scarcely have refrained from mentioning such an act of perfidy on the part of +the wicked Greeks. (See p. 41 of Vol 1 of Sir Rennell Rodd’s <i>Princes +of Achaia</i>.) It is hardly to be imagined that he would keep the matter dark +because, if he mentioned it, people would think Dandolo acted throughout from +motives of personal vengeance. This would be to regard Villehardouin as a very +astute controversial historian indeed.] +</p> + +<p> +So the Doge replied: “Signors, I have seen your letters; well do we know +that of men uncrowned your lords are the greatest, and they advise us to put +faith in what you tell us, and that they will maintain whatsoever you +undertake. Now, therefore, speak, and let us know what is your pleasure.” +</p> + +<p> +And the envoys answered: “Sire, we would that you should assemble your +council; and before your council we will declare the wishes of our lords; and +let this be tomorrow, if it so pleases you.” And the Doge replied asking +for respite till the fourth day, when he would assemble his council, so that +the envoys might state their requirements. +</p> + +<p> +The envoys waited then till the fourth day, as had been appointed them, and +entered the palace, which was passing rich and beautiful; and found the Doge +and his council in a chamber. There they delivered their message after this +manner: “Sire, we come to thee on the part of the high barons of France, +who have taken the sign of the cross to avenge the shame done to Jesus Christ, +and to reconquer Jerusalem, if so be that God will suffer it. And because they +know that no people have such great power to help them as you and your people, +therefore we pray you by God that you take pity on the land overseas and the +shame of Christ, and use diligence that our lords have ships for transport and +battle.” +</p> + +<p> +“And after what manner should we use diligence?” said the Doge. +“After all manners that you may advise and propose,” rejoined the +envoys, “in so far as what you propose may be within our means.” +“Certes,” said the Doge, “it is a great thing that your lords +require of us, and well it seems that they have in view a high enterprise. We +will give you our answer eight days from to-day. And marvel not if the term be +long, for it is meet that so great a matter be fully pondered.” +</p> + +<h2>CONDITIONS PROPOSED BY THE DOGE</h2> + +<p> +When the term appointed by the Doge was ended, the envoys returned to the +palace. Many were the words then spoken which I cannot now rehearse. But this +was the conclusion of that parliament: “Signors,” said the Doge, +“we will tell you the conclusions at which we have arrived, if so be that +we can induce our great council and the commons of the land to allow of them; +and you, on your part, must consult and see if you can accept them and carry +them through. +</p> + +<p> +“We will build transports* to carry four thousand five hundred horses, +and nine thousand squires, and ships for four thousand five hundred knights, +and twenty thousand sergeants of foot. And we will agree also to purvey food +for these horses and people during nine months. This is what we undertake to do +at the least, on condition that you pay us for each horse four marks, and for +each man two marks. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: The old French term is <i>Vuissiers</i>, and denotes a kind of +vessel, flat-bottomed, with large ports, specially constructed for the +transport of horses. T. Smith translates “palanders,” but I +don’t know that “palander” conveys any very clear idea to the +English reader.] +</p> + +<p> +“And the covenants we are now explaining to you, we undertake to keep, +wheresoever we may be, for a year, reckoning from the day on which we sail from +the port of Venice in the service of God and of Christendom. Now the sum total +of the expenses above named amounts to 85,000 marks. +</p> + +<p> +“And this will we do moreover. For the love of God, we will add to the +fleet fifty armed galleys on condition that, so long as we act in company, of +all conquests in land or money, whether at sea or on dry ground, we shall have +the half, and you the other half. Now consult together to see if you, on your +parts, can accept and fulfil these covenants.” +</p> + +<p> +The envoys then departed, and said that they would consult together and give +their answer on the morrow. They consulted, and talked together that night, and +agreed to accept the terms offered. So the next day they appeared before the +Doge, and said: “Sire, we are ready to ratify this covenant.” The +Doge thereon said he would speak of the matter to his people, and, as he found +them affected, so would he let the envoys know the issue. +</p> + +<p> +On the morning of the third day, the Doge, who was very wise and valiant, +assembled his great council, and the council was of forty men of the wisest +that were in the land. And the Doge, by his wisdom and wit, that were very +clear and very good, brought them to agreement and approval. Thus he wrought +with them; and then with a hundred others, then two hundred, then a thousand, +so that at last all consented and approved. Then he assembled well ten thousand +of the people in the church of St. Mark, the most beautiful church that there +is, and bade them hear a mass of the Holy Ghost, and pray to God for counsel on +the request and messages that had been addressed to them. And the people did so +right willingly. +</p> + +<h2>CONCLUSION OF THE TREATY, AND RETURN OF THE ENVOYS</h2> + +<p> +When mass had been said, the Doge desired the envoys to humbly ask the people +to assent to the proposed covenant. The envoys came into the church. Curiously +were they looked upon by many who had not before had sight of them. +</p> + +<p> +Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, by will and consent of the +other envoys, acted as spokesman and said unto them: “Lords, the barons +of France, most high and puissant, have sent us to you; and they cry to you for +mercy, that you take pity on Jerusalem, which is in bondage to the Turks, and +that, for God’s sake, you help to avenge the shame of Christ Jesus. And +for this end they have elected to come to you, because they know full well that +there is none other people having so great power on the seas, as you and your +people. And they commanded us to fall at your feet, and not to rise till you +consent to take pity on the Holy Land which is beyond the seas.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the six envoys knelt at the feet of the people, weeping many tears. And +the Doge and all the others burst into tears of pity and compassion, and cried +with one voice, and lifted up their hands, saying: “We consent, we +consent!” Then was there so great a noise and tumult that it seemed as +if the earth itself were falling to pieces. +</p> + +<p> +And when this great tumult and passion of pity—greater did never any man +see—were appeased, the good Doge of Venice, who was very wise and +valiant, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the people, and said to +them: “Signors, behold the honour that God has done you; for the best +people in the world have set aside all other people, and chosen you to join +them in so high an enterprise as the deliverance of our Lord!” +</p> + +<p> +All the good and beautiful words that the Doge then spoke, I cannot repeat to +you. But the end of the matter was, that the covenants were to be made on the +following day; and made they were, and devised accordingly. When they were +concluded, it was notified to the council that we should go to Babylon (Cairo), +because the Turks could better be destroyed in Babylon than in any other land; +but to the folk at large it was only told that we were bound to go overseass. +We were then in Lent (March 1201), and by St. John’s Day, in the +following year-which would be twelve hundred and two years after the +Incarnation of Jesus Christ-the barons and pilgrims were to be in Venice, and +the ships ready against their coming. +</p> + +<p> +When the treaties were duly indited and sealed, they were brought to the Doge +in the grand palace, where had been assembled the great and the little council. +And when the Doge delivered the treaties to the envoys, he knelt greatly +weeping, and swore on holy relics faithfully to observe the conditions thereof, +and so did all his council, which numbered fifty-six persons. And the envoys, +on their side, swore to observe the treaties, and in all good faith to maintain +their oaths and the oaths of their lords; and be it known to you that for great +pity many a tear was there shed. And forthwith were messengers sent to Rome, to +the Pope Innocent, that he might confirm this covenant-the which he did right +willingly. +</p> + +<p> +Then did the envoys borrow five thousand marks of silver, and gave them to the +Doge so that the building of the ships might be begun. And taking leave to +return to their own land, they journeyed day by day till they came to Placentia +in Lombardy. There they parted. Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne and Alard +Maquereau went straight to France, and the others went to Genoa and Pisa to +learn what help might there be had for the land oversea. +</p> + +<p> +When Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, passed over Mont Cenis, he came in +with Walter of Brienne, going into Apulia, to conquer the land of his wife, +whom he had married since he took the cross, and who was the daughter of King +Tancred. With him went Walter of Montbéliard, and Eustace of Conflans, Robert +of Joinville, and a great part of the people of worth in Champagne who had +taken the cross. +</p> + +<p> +And when he told them the news how the envoys had fared, great was their joy, +and much did they prize the arrangements made. And they said, “We are +already on our way; and when you come, you will find us ready.” But +events fall out as God wills, and never had they power to join the host. This +was much to our loss; for they were of great prowess and valiant. And thus they +parted, and each went on his way. +</p> + +<p> +So rode Geoffry the Marshal, day by day, that he came to Troyes in Champagne, +and found his lord the Count Thibaut sick and languishing, and right glad was +the count of his coming. And when he had told the count how he had fared, the +count was so rejoiced that he said he would mount horse, a thing he had not +done of a long time. So he rose from his bed and rode forth. But alas, how +great the pity! For never again did he bestride horse but that once. +</p> + +<p> +His sickness waxed and grew worse, so that at the last he made his will and +testament, and divided the money which he would have taken with him on +pilgrimage among his followers and companions, of whom he had many that were +very good men and true-no one at that time had more. And he ordered that each +one, on receiving his money, should swear on holy relics, to join the host at +Venice, according as he had promised. Many there were who kept that oath badly, +and so incurred great blame. The count ordered that another portion of his +treasure should be retained, and taken to the host, and there expended as might +seem best. +</p> + +<p> +Thus died the count; and no man in this world made a better end. And there were +present at that time a very great assemblage of men of his lineage and of his +vassals. But of the mourning and funeral pomp it is unmeet that I should here +speak. Never was more honour paid to any man. And right well that it was so, +for never was man of his age more beloved by his own men, nor by other folk. +Buried he was beside his father in the church of our lord St. Stephen at +Troyes. He left behind him the Countess, Ws wife, whose name was Blanche, very +fair, very good, the daughter of the King of Navarre. She had borne him a +little daughter, and was then about to bear a son. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS LOOK FOR ANOTHER CHIEF</h2> + +<p> +When the Count was buried, Matthew of Montmorency, Simon of Montfort, Geoffry +of Joinville who was seneschal, and Geoffry the Marshal, went to Odo, Duke of +Burgundy, and said to him, “Sire, your cousin is dead. You see what evil +has befallen the land overseass We pray you by God that you take the cross, and +succour the land overseas in his stead. And we will cause you to have all his +treasure, and will swear on holy relics, and make the others swear also, to +serve you in all good faith, even as we should have served him.” +</p> + +<p> +Such was his pleasure that he refused. And be it known to you that he might +have done much better. The envoys charged Geoffry of Joinville to make the +self-same offer to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, Thibaut, who was cousin to the dead +count, and he refused also. +</p> + +<p> +Very great was the discomfort of the pilgrims, and of all who were about to go +on God’s service, at the death of Count Thibaut of Champagne; and they +held a parliament, at the beginning, of the month, at Soissons, to determine +what they should do. There were present Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, +the Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, the Count Geoffry of Perche, the Count +Hugh of Saint-Paul, and many other men of worth. +</p> + +<p> +Geoffry the Marshal spake to them and told them of the offer made to the Duke +of Burgundy, and to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, and how they had refused it. +“My lords,” said he, “listen, I will advise you of somewhat +if you will consent thereto. The Marquis of Montferrat* is very worthy and +valiant, and one of the most highly prized of living men. If you asked him to +come here, and take the sign of the cross and put himself in place of the Count +of Champagne, and you gave him the lordship of the host, full soon would he +accept thereof.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, was one of the most accomplished men +of the time, and an approved soldier. His little court at Montferrat was the +resort of artist and troubadour. His family was a family of Crusaders. The +father, William of Montferrat, had gone overseass and fought valiantly against +the infidel. Boniface’s eldest brother, William of the Long Sword, +married a daughter of the titular King of Jerusalem, and their son became +titular king in turn. Another brother, Conrad, starting for the Holy Land, +stopped at Constantinople, and did there such good service that the Greek +emperor gave his sister to him in marriage; but afterwards fearing the perfidy +of his brother-in-law, Conrad fled to Syria, and there battled against Saladin. +Yet another brother, Renier, also served in the Greek Empire, married an +Emperor’s daughter, and received for guerdon of his deeds the kingdom of +Salonika. Boniface himself had fought valiantly against Saladin, been made +prisoner, and afterwards liberated on exchange. It was no mean and nameless +knight that Villehardouin was proposing as chief to the assembled Crusaders, +but a princely noble, the patron of poets, versed in state affairs, and +possessing personal experience of Eastern warfare. I extract these details from +M. Bouchet’s <i>Notice</i>]. +</p> + +<p> +Many were the words spoken for and against; but in the end all agreed, both +small and great. So were letters written, and envoys chosen, and the marquis +was sent for. And he came, on the day appointed, through Champagne and the +Isle-de-France, where he received much honour, and specially from the King of +France, who was his cousin. +</p> + +<h2>BONIFACE, MARQUIS OF MONTFERRAT, BECOMES CHIEF OF THE CRUSADE—NEW +CRUSADERS—DEATH OF GEOFFRY COUNT OF PERCHE</h2> + +<p> +So he came to a parliament assembled at Soissons; and the main part of the +counts and barons and of the other Crusaders were there assembled. When they +heard that the marquis was coming, they went out to meet him, and did him much +honour. In the morning the parliament was held in an orchard belonging to the +abbey of our Lady of Soissons. There they besought the marquis to do as they +had desired of him, and prayed him, for the love of God, to take the cross, and +accept the leadership of the host, and stand in the place of Thibaut Count of +Champagne, and accept of his money and of his men. And they fell at his feet, +with many tears; and he, on his part, fell at their feet, and said he would do +it right willingly. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the marquis consent to their prayers, and receive the lordship of the +host. Whereupon the Bishop of Soissons, and Master Fulk, the holy man, and two +white monks whom the marquis had brought with him from Ws own land, led him +into the Church of Notre Dame, and attached the cross to his shoulder. Thus +ended this parliament, and the next day he took leave to return to his own land +and settle his own affairs-telling them all to settle their own affairs +likewise, for that he would meet them at Venice. +</p> + +<p> +Thence did the marquis go to attend the Chapter at Citeaux, which is held on +Holy Cross Day in September (14th September 1241). There he found a great +number of abbots, barons and other people of Burgundy; and Master Fulk went +thither to preach the Crusade. And at that place took the cross Odo the +Champenois of Champlitte, and William his brother, Richard of Dampierre, Odo +his brother, Guy of Pesmes, Edmund his brother, Guy of Conflans, and many other +good men of Burgundy, whose names are not recorded. Afterwards took the cross +the Bishop of Autun, Guignes Count of Forez, Hugh of Bergi (father and son), +Hugh of Colemi. Further on in Provence took the cross Peter Bromont, and many +others whose names are unknown to us. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the pilgrims make ready in all lands. Alas! a great mischance befell +them in the following Lent (March 1202) before they had started, for the Count +Geoffry of Perche fell sick, and made his will in such fashion that he directed +that Stephen, his brother, should have his goods, and lead his men in the host. +Of this exchange the pilgrims would willingly have been quit, had God so +ordered. Thus did the count make an end and die; and much evil ensued, for he +was a baron high and honoured, and a good knight. Greatly was he mourned +throughout all his lands. +</p> + +<h2>FIRST STARTING OF THE PILGRIMS FOR VENICE, AND OF SOME WHO WENT NOT +THITHER</h2> + +<p> +After Easter and towards Whitsuntide (June 1202) began the pilgrims to leave +their own country. And you must know that at their departure many were the +tears shed for pity and sorrow, by their own people and by their friends. So +they journeyed through Burgundy, and by the mountains of Mont-joux (? Jura) by +Mont Cenis, and through Lombardy, and began to assemble at Venice, where they +were lodged on an island which is called St. Nicholas in the port. +</p> + +<p> +At that time started from Flanders a fleet that carried a great number of good +men-at-arms. Of this fleet were captains John of Nêle, Castellan of Bruges, +Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly. +And these promised Count Baldwin, and swore on holy relics, that they would go +through the straits of Morocco, and join themselves to him, and to the host of +Venice, at whatsoever place they might hear that the count was faring. And for +this reason the Count of Flanders and Henry his brother had confided to them +certain ships loaded with cloth and food and other wares. +</p> + +<p> +Very fair was this fleet, and rich, and great was the reliance that the Count +of Flanders and the pilgrims placed upon it, because very many of their good +sergeants were journeying therein. But ill did these keep the faith they had +sworn to the count, they and others like them, because they and such others of +the same sort became fearful of the great perils that the host of Venice had +undertaken. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the Bishop of Autun fail us, and Guignes the Count of Forez, and Peter +Bromont, and many people besides, who were greatly blamed therein; and of +little worth were the exploits they performed there where they did go. And of +the French failed us Bernard of Moreuil, Hugh of Chaumont, Henry of Araines, +John of Villers, Walter of Saint-Denis, Hugh his brother, and many others, who +avoided the passage to Venice because of the danger, and went instead to +Marseilles-whereof they received shame, and much were they blamed-and great +were the mishaps that afterwards befell them. +</p> + +<h2>OF THE PILGRIMS WHO CAME TO VENICE, AND OF THOSE WHO WENT TO APULIA</h2> + +<p> +Now let us for this present speak of them no further, but speak of the +pilgrims, of whom a great part had already come to Venice. Count Baldwin of +Flanders had already arrived there, and many others, and thither were tidings +brought to them that many of the pilgrims were travelling by other ways, and +from other ports. This troubled them greatly, because they would thus be unable +to fulfil the promise made to the Venetians, and find the moneys that were due. +</p> + +<p> +So they took counsel together, and agreed to send good envoys to meet the +pilgrims, and to meet Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, who had not yet +arrived, and to put them in good heart, and beseech them to have pity of the +Holy Land beyond the sea, and show them that no other passage, save that from +Venice, could be of profit. +</p> + +<p> +For this embassy they made choice of Count Hugh of Saint-Paul and Geoffry the +Marshal of Champagne, and these rode till they came to Pavia in Lombardy. There +they found Count Louis with a great many knights and men of note and worth; and +by encouragements and prayers prevailed on many to proceed to Venice who would +otherwise have fared from other ports, and by other ways. +</p> + +<p> +Nevertheless from Placentia many men of note proceeded by other ways to Apulia. +Among them were Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best knights in the +world, Henry of Arzilliéres, Renaud of Dampierre, Henry of Longchamp, and Giles +of Trasegnies, liegeman to Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, who had +given him, out of his own purse, five hundred <i>livres</i> to accompany him on +this journey. With these went a great company of knights and sergeants, whose +names are not recorded. +</p> + +<p> +Thus was the host of those who went by Venice greatly weakened; and much evil +befell them therefrom, as you shall shortly hear. +</p> + +<h2>THE PILGRIMS LACK MONEY WHEREWITH TO PAY THE VENETIANS</h2> + +<p> +Thus did Count Louis and the other barons wend their way to Venice; and they +were there received with feasting and joyfully, and took lodging in the Island +of St. Nicholas with those who had come before. Goodly was the host, and right +worthy were the men. Never did man see goodlier or worthier. And the Venetians +held a market, rich and abundant, of all things needful for horses and men. And +the fleet they had got ready was so goodly and fine that never did Christian +man see one goodlier or finer; as well galleys as transports, and sufficient +for at least three times as many men as were in the host. +</p> + +<p> +Ah! the grievous harm and loss when those who should have come thither sailed +instead from other ports! Right well if they had kept their tryst, would +Christendom have been exalted, and the land of the Turks abased! The Venetians +had fulfilled all their undertakings, and above measure, and they now summoned +the barons and counts to fulfil theirs and make payment, since they were ready +to start. +</p> + +<p> +The cost of each man’s passage was now levied throughout the host; and +there were people enough who said they could not pay for their passage, and the +barons took from them such moneys as they had. So each man paid what he could. +When the barons had thus claimed the cost of the passages, and when the +payments had been collected, the moneys came to less than the sum due-yea, by +more than one half. +</p> + +<p> +Then the barons met together and said: “Lords, the Venetians have well +fulfilled all their undertakings, and above measure. But we cannot fulfil ours +in paying for our passages, seeing we are too few in number; and this is the +fault of those who have journeyed by other ports. For God’s sake +therefore let each contribute all that he has, so that we may fulfil our +covenant; for better is it that we should give all that we have, than lose what +we have already paid, and prove false to our covenants; for if this host +remains here, the rescue of the land overseas comes to naught.” +</p> + +<p> +Great was then the dissension among the main part of the barons and the other +folk, and they said: “We have paid for our passages, and if they will +take us, we shall go willingly; but if not, we shall inquire and look for other +means of passage.” And they spoke thus because they wished that the host +should fall to pieces and each return to his own land. But the other party +said, “Much rather would we give all that we have and go penniless with +the host, than that the host should fall to pieces and fail; for God will +doubtless repay us when it so pleases Him.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the Count of Flanders began to give all that he had and all that he could +borrow, and so did Count Louis, and the Marquis, and the Count of Saint-Paul, +and those who were of their party. Then might you have seen many a fine vessel +of gold and silver borne in payment to the palace of the Doge. And when all had +been brought together, there was still wanting, of the sum required, 34,000 +marks of silver. Then those who had kept back their possessions and not brought +them into the common stock, were right glad, for they thought now surely the +host must fail and go to pieces. But God, who advises those who have been +ill-advised, would not so suffer it. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN A RESPITE BY PROMISING TO HELP THE VENETIANS AGAINST +ZARA</h2> + +<p> +Then the Doge spoke to his people, and said unto them: +</p> + +<p> +Signors, these people cannot pay more; and in so far as they have paid at all, +we have benefited by an agreement which they cannot now fulfil. But our right +to keep this money would not everywhere be acknowledged; and if we so kept it +we should be greatly blamed, both us and our land. Let us therefore offer them +terms. +</p> + +<p> +“The King of Hungary has taken from us Zara in Sclavonia, which is one of +the strongest places in the world; and never shall we recover it with all the +power that we possess, save with the help of these people. Let us therefore ask +them to help us to reconquer it, and we will remit the payment of the debt of +34,000 marks of silver, until such time as it shall please God to allow us to +gain the moneys by conquest, we and they together.” Thus was agreement +made. Much was it contested by those who wished that the host should be broken +up. Nevertheless the agreement was accepted and ratified. +</p> + +<h2>THE DOGE AND A NUMBER OF VENETIANS TAKE THE CROSS</h2> + +<p> +Then, on a Sunday, was assemblage held in the church of St. Mark. It was a very +high festival, and the people of the land were there, and the most part of the +barons and pilgrims. +</p> + +<p> +Before the beginning of High Mass, the Doge of Venice, who bore the name of +Henry Dandolo, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the people, and said +to them: “Signors, you are associated with the most worthy people in the +world, and for the highest enterprise ever undertaken; and I am a man old and +feeble, who should have need of rest, and I am sick in body; but I see that no +one could command and lead you like myself, who am your lord. If you will +consent that I take the sign of the cross to guard and direct you, and that my +son remain in my place to guard the land, then shall I go to live or die with +you and with the pilgrims.” +</p> + +<p> +And when they had heard him, they cried with one voice: “We pray you by +God that you consent, and do it, and that you come with us!” +</p> + +<p> +Very great was then the pity and compassion on the part of the people of the +land and of the pilgrims; and many were the tears shed, because that worthy +and good man would have had so much reason to remain behind, for he was an old +man, and albeit his eyes were unclouded, yet he saw naught, having lost his +sight through a wound in the head. He was of a great heart. Ah! how little like +him were those who had gone to other ports to escape the danger. +</p> + +<p> +Thus he came down from the reading-desk, and went before the altar, and knelt +upon his knees greatly weeping. And they sewed the cross on to a great cotton +hat, which he wore, in front, because he wished that all men should see it. And +the Venetians began to take the cross in great numbers, a great multitude, for +up to that day very few had taken the cross. Our pilgrims had much joy in the +cross that the Doge took, and were greatly moved, because of the wisdom and the +valour that were in him. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the Doge take the cross, as you have heard. Then the Venetians began +to deliver the ships, the galleys, and the transports to the barons, for +departure; but so much time had already been spent since the appointed term, +that September drew near (1202). +</p> + +<h2>MESSAGE OF ALEXIUS, THE SON OF ISAAC, THE DETHRONED EMPEROR OF +CONSTANTINOPLE—DEATH OF FULK OF NEUILLY—ARRIVAL OF THE GERMANS</h2> + +<p> +Now give ear to one of the greatest marvels, and most wonderful adventures that +you have ever heard tell of. At that time there was an emperor in +Constantinople, whose name was Isaac, and he had a brother, Alexius by name, +whom he had ransomed from captivity among the Turks. This Alexius took his +brother the emperor, tore the eyes out of his head, and made himself emperor by +the aforesaid treachery. He kept Isaac a long time in prison, together with a +son whose name was Alexius. This son escaped from prison, and fled in a ship to +a city on the sea, which is called Ancona. Thence he departed to go to King +Philip of Germany, who had his sister for wife; and he came to Verona in +Lombardy, and lodged in the town, and found there a number of pilgrims and +other people who were on their way to join the host. +</p> + +<p> +And those who had helped him to escape, and were with him, said: “Sire, +here is an army in Venice, quite near to us, the best and most valiant people +and knights that are in the world, and they are going overseass Cry to them +therefore for mercy, that they have pity on thee and on thy father, who have +been so wrongfully dispossessed. And if they be willing to help thee, thou +shalt be guided by them. Perchance they will take pity on thy estate.” +And Alexius said he would do this right willingly, and that the advice was +good. +</p> + +<p> +Thus he appointed envoys, and sent them to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, +who was chief of the host, and to the other barons. And when the barons saw +them, they marvelled greatly, and said to the envoys: “We understand +right well what you tell us. We will send an envoy with the prince to King +Philip, whither he is going. If the prince will help to recover the land +overseass we will help him to recover his own land, for we know that it has +been wrested from him and from his father wrongfully.” So were envoys +sent into Germany, both to the heir of Constantinople and to King Philip of +Germany. +</p> + +<p> +Before this happened, of which I have just told you, there came news to the +host which greatly saddened the barons and the other folk, viz., that Fulk, the +good man, the holy man, who first preached the Crusade, had made an end and was +dead. +</p> + +<p> +And after this adventure, there came to the host a company of very good and +worthy people from the empire of Germany, of whose arrival they of the host +were full fain. There came the Bishop of Halberstadt, Count Berthold of +Katzenelenbogen, Gamier of Borland, Thierri of Loos, Henry of Orme, Thierri of +Diest, Roger of Suitre, Alexander of Villers, Ulric of Tone, and many other +good folk, whose names are not recorded in this book. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS LEAVE VENICE TO BESIEGE ZARA</h2> + +<p> +Then were the ships and transports apportioned by the barons. Ah, God I what +fine war-horses were put therein. And when the ships were fulfilled with arms +and provisions, and knights and sergeants, the shields were ranged round the +bulwarks and castles of the ships, and the banners displayed, many and fair. +</p> + +<p> +And be it known to you that the vessels carried more than three hundred +petraries and mangonels, and all such engines as are needed for the taking of +cities, in great plenty. Never did finer fleet sail from any port. And this was +in the octave of the Feast of St. Remigius (October) in the year of the +Incarnation of Jesus Christ twelve hundred and two. Thus did they sail from the +port of Venice, as you have been told. +</p> + +<p> +On the Eve of St. Martin (10th November) they came before Zara in Sclavonia, +and beheld the city enclosed by high walls and high towers; and vainly would +you have sought for a fairer city, or one of greater strength, or richer. And +when the pilgrims saw it, they marvelled greatly, and said one to another, +“How could such a city be taken by force, save by the help of God +himself?” +</p> + +<p> +The first ships that came before the city cast anchor, and waited for the +others; and in the morning the day was very fine and very clear, and all the +galleys came up with the transports, and the other ships which were behind; and +they took the port by force, and broke the chain that defended it and was very +strong and well-wrought; and they landed in such sort that the port was between +them and the town. Then might you have seen many a knight and many a sergeant +swarming out of the ships, and taking from the transports many a good +war-horse, and many a rich tent and many a pavilion. Thus did the host encamp. +And Zara was besieged on St. Martin’s Day (11th November 1202). +</p> + +<p> +At this time all the barons had not yet arrived. Thus the Marquis of Montferrat +had remained behind for some business that detained him. And Stephen of Perche +had remained at Venice sick, and Matthew of Montmorency. When they were healed +of their sickness Matthew of Montmorency came to rejoin the host at Zara; but +Stephen of Perche dealt less worthily, for he abandoned the host, and went to +sojourn in Apulia. With him went Rotrou of Montfort and Ives of la Jaille, and +many others, who were much blamed therein; and they journeyed to Syria in the +following spring.* +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Literally, “in the passage of March,” <i>i.e.</i> among the +pilgrims who periodically started for the Holy Land in March.] +</p> + +<h2>THE INHABITANTS OF ZARA OFFER TO CAPITULATE, AND THEN DRAW BACK—ZARA +IS TAKEN</h2> + +<p> +On the day following the feast of St. Martin, certain of the people of Zara +came forth, and spoke to the Doge of Venice, who was in his pavilion, and said +to him that they would yield up the city and all their goods-their lives being +spared-to his mercy. And the Doge replied that he would not accept these +conditions, nor any conditions, save by consent of the counts and barons, with +whom he would go and confer. +</p> + +<p> +While he went to confer with the counts and barons, that party, of whom you +have already heard, who wished to disperse the host, spoke to the envoys and +said, “Why should you surrender your city? The pilgrims will not attack +you—have no care of them. If you can defend yourselves against the +Venetians, you will be safe enough.” And they chose one of themselves, +whose name was Robert of Boves, who went to the walls of the city, and spoke +the same words. Therefore the envoys returned to the city, and the negotiations +were broken off. +</p> + +<p> +The Doge of Venice, when he came to the counts and barons, said to them: +“Signors, the people who are therein desire to yield the city to my +mercy, on condition only that their lives are spared. But I will enter into no +agreement with them-neither this nor any other-save with your consent.” +And the barons answered: “Sire, we advise you to accept these conditions, +and we even beg of you so to do.” He said he would do so; and they all +returned together to the pavilion of the Doge to make the agreement, and found +that the envoys had gone away by the advice of those who wished to disperse the +host. +</p> + +<p> +Then rose the abbot of Vaux, of the order of the Cistercians, and said to them: +“Lords, I forbid you, on the part of the Pope of Rome, to attack this +city; for those within it are Christians, and you are pilgrims.” When the +Doge heard this, he was very wroth, and much disturbed, and he said to the +counts and barons: “Signors, I had this city, by their own agreement, at +my mercy, and your people have broken that agreement; you have covenanted to +help me to conquer it, and I summon you to do so.” +</p> + +<p> +Whereon the counts and barons all spoke at once, together with those who were +of their party, and said: “Great is the outrage of those who have caused +this agreement to be broken, and never a day has passed that they have not +tried to break up the host. Now are we shamed if we do not help to take the +city.” And they came to the Doge, and said: “Sire, we will help you +to take the city in despite of those who would let and hinder us.” +</p> + +<p> +Thus was the decision taken. The next morning the host encamped before the +gates of the city, and set up their petraries and mangonels, and other engines +of war, which they had in plenty, and on the side of the sea they raised +ladders from the ships. Then they began to throw stones at the walls of the +city and at the towers. So did the assault last for about five days. Then were +the sappers set to mine one of the towers, and began to sap the wall. When +those within the city saw this, they proposed an agreement, such as they had +before refused by the advice of those who wished to break up the host. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS ESTABLISH THEMSELVES IN THE CITYAFFRAY BETWEEN THE VENETIANS +AND THE FRANKS</h2> + +<p> +Thus did the city surrender to the mercy of the Doge, on condition only that +all lives should be spared. Then came the Doge to the counts and barons, and +said to them: “Signors, we have taken this city by the grace of God, and +your own. It is now winter, and we cannot stir hence till Eastertide; for we +should find no market in any other place; and this city is very rich, and well +furnished with all supplies. Let us therefore divide it in the midst, and we +will take one half, and you the other.” +</p> + +<p> +As he had spoken, so was it done. The Venetians took the part of the city +towards the port, where were the ships, and the Franks took the other part. +There were quarters assigned to each, according as was right and convenient. +And the host raised the camp, and went to lodge in the city. +</p> + +<p> +On the third day after they were all lodged, there befell a great misadventure +in the host, at about the hour of vespers; for there began a fray, exceeding +fell and fierce, between the Venetians and the Franks, and they ran to arms +from all sides. And the fray was so fierce that there were but few streets in +which battle did not rage with swords and lances and cross-bows and darts; and +many people were killed and wounded. +</p> + +<p> +But the Venetians could not abide the combat, and they began to suffer great +losses. Then the men of mark, who did not want this evil to befall, came fully +armed into the strife, and began to separate the combatants; and when they had +separated them in one place, they began again in another. This lasted the +better part of the night. Nevertheless with great labour and endurance at last +they were separated. And be it known to you that this was the greatest +misfortune that ever befell a host, and little did it lack that the host was +not lost utterly. But God would not suffer it. +</p> + +<p> +Great was the loss on either side. There was slain a high lord of Flanders, +whose name was Giles of Landas: he was struck in the eye, and with that stroke +he died in the fray; and many another of whom less was spoken. The Doge of +Venice and the barons laboured much, during the whole of that week, to appease +the fray, and they laboured so effectually that peace was made. God be thanked +therefor. +</p> + +<h2>ON WHAT CONDITIONS ALEXIUS PROPOSES TO OBTAIN THE HELP OF THE CRUSADERS FOR +THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE</h2> + +<p> +A fortnight after came to Zara the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who had not +yet joined, and Matthew of Montmorency, and Peter of Bracieux, and many another +man of note. And after another fortnight came also the envoys from Germany, +sent by King Philip and the heir of Constantinople. Then the barons, and the +Doge of Venice assembled in a palace where the Doge was lodged. And the envoys +addressed them and said: “Lords, King Philip sends us to you, as does +also the brother of the king’s wife, the son of the emperor of +Constantinople. +</p> + +<p> +“‘Lords,’ says the king, ‘I will send you the brother +of my wife; and I commit him into the hands of God—may He keep him from +death!—and into your hands. And because you have fared forth for God, and +for right, and for justice, therefore you are bound, in so far as you are able, +to restore to their own inheritance those who have been unrighteously +despoiled. And my wife’s brother will make with you the best terms ever +offered to any people, and give you the most puissant help for the recovery of +the land oversea. +</p> + +<p> +“‘And first, if God grant that you restore him to his inheritance, +he will place the whole empire of Roumania in obedience to Rome, from which it +has long been separated. Further, he knows that you have spent of your +substance, and that you are poor, and he will give you 200,000 marks of silver, +and food for all those of the host, both small and great. And he, of his own +person, will go with you into the land of Babylon, or, if you hold that that +will be better, send thither 10,000 men, at his own charges. And this service +he will perform for one year. And all the days of his life he will maintain, at +his own charges, five hundred knights in the land overseass to guard that +land.’” +</p> + +<p> +“Lords, we have full power,” said the envoys, “to conclude +this agreement, if you are willing to conclude it on your parts. And be it +known to you, that so favourable an agreement has never before been offered to +any one; and that he that would refuse it can have but small desire of glory +and conquest.” +</p> + +<p> +The barons and the Doge said they would talk this over; and a parliament was +called for the morrow. When all were assembled, the matter was laid before +them. +</p> + +<h2>DISCORD AMONG THE CRUSADERS—OF THOSE WHO ACCEPT THE PROPOSALS OF THE +YOUNG ALEXIUS</h2> + +<p> +Then arose much debate. The abbot of Vaux, of the order of the Cistercians, +spoke, and that party that wished for the dispersal of the host; and they said +they would never consent: that it was not to fall on Christians that they had +left their homes, and that they would go to Syria. +</p> + +<p> +And the other party replied: “Fair lords, in Syria you will be able to do +nothing; and that you may right well perceive by considering how those have +fared who abandoned us, and sailed from other ports. And be it known to you +that it is only by way of Babylon, or of Greece, that the land overseas can be +recovered, if so be that it ever is recovered. And if we reject this covenant +we shall be shamed to all time.” +</p> + +<p> +There was discord in the host, as you hear. Nor need you be surprised if there +was discord among the laymen, for the white monks of the order of Citeaux were +also at issue among themselves in the host. The abbot of Loos, who was a holy +man and a man of note, and other abbots who held with him, prayed and besought +the people, for pity’s sake and the sake of God, to keep the host +together, and agree to the proposed convention, in that “it afforded the +best means by which the land overseas might be recovered;” while the +abbot of Vaux, on the other hand, and those who held with him, preached full +oft, and declared that all this was naught, and that the host ought to go to +the land of Syria, and there do what they could. +</p> + +<p> +Then came the Marquis of Montferrat, and Baldwin Count of Flanders and +Hainault, and Count Louis, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and those who held with +them, and they declared that they would enter into the proposed covenant, for +that they should be shamed if they refused. So they went to the Doge’s +hostel, and the envoys were summoned, and the covenant, in such terms as you +have already heard, was confirmed by oath, and by charters with seals appended. +</p> + +<p> +And the book tells you that only twelve persons took the oaths on the side of +the Franks, for more (of sufficient note) could not be found. Among the twelve +were first the Marquis of Montferrat, the Count Baldwin of Flanders, the Count +Louis of Blois and of Chartres, and the Count of St. Paul, and eight others who +held with them. Thus was the agreement made, and the charters prepared, and a +term fixed for the arrival of the heir of Constantinople; and the term so Fixed +was the fifteenth day after the following Easter. +</p> + +<h2>OF THOSE WHO SEPARATED THEMSELVES FROM THE HOST TO GO TO SYRIA, AND OF THE +FLEET OF THE COUNT OF FLANDERS</h2> + +<p> +Thus did the host sojourn at Zara all that winter (1202–1203) in the face of +the King of Hungary. And be it known to you that the hearts of the people were +not at peace, for the one party used all efforts to break up the host, and the +other to make it hold together. +</p> + +<p> +Many of the lesser folk escaped in the vessels of the merchants. In one ship +escaped well nigh five hundred, and they were all drowned, and so lost. Another +company escaped by land, and thought to pass through Sclavonia; and the +peasants of that land fell upon them, and killed many, so that the remainder +came back flying to the host. Thus did the host go greatly dwindling day by +day. At that time a great lord of the host, who was from Germany, Garnier of +Borland by name, so wrought that he escaped in a merchant vessel, and abandoned +the host, whereby he incurred great blame. +</p> + +<p> +Not long afterwards, a great baron of France, Renaud of Montmirail by name, +besought so earnestly, with the countenance of Count Louis, that he was sent to +Syria on an embassy in one of the vessels of the fleet; and he swore with his +right hand on holy relics, he and all the knights who went with him, that +within fifteen days after they had arrived in Syria, and delivered their +message, they would return to the host. On this condition he left the host, and +with him Hervée of the Chastel, his nephew, William the <i>vidame</i> of +Chartres, Geoffry of Beaumont, John of Frouville, Peter his brother, and many +others. And the oaths that they swore were not kept; for they did not rejoin +the host. +</p> + +<p> +Then came to the host news that was heard right willingly, viz., that the fleet +from Flanders, of which mention has been made above, had arrived at Marseilles. +And John of Nêle, Castellan of Bruges, who was captain of that host, and +Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly, +advised the Count of Flanders, their lord, that they would winter at +Marseilles, and asked him to let them know what was his will, and said that +whatever was his will, that they would do. And he told them, by the advice of +the Doge of Venice and the other barons, that they should sail at the end of +the following March, and come to meet him at the port of Modon in Roumania. +Alas! they acted very evilly, for never did they keep their word, but went to +Syria, Where, as they well knew, they would achieve nothing. +</p> + +<p> +Now be it known to you, lords, that if God had not loved the host, it could +never have held together, seeing how many people wished evil to it! +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN THE POPE’S ABSOLUTION FOR THE CAPTURE OF +ZARA</h2> + +<p> +Then the barons spoke together and said that they would send to Rome, to the +Pope, because he had taken the capture of Zara in evil part. And they chose as +envoys such as they knew were fitted for this office, two knights, and two +clerks. Of the two clerks one was Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, and the other +Master John of Noyon, who was chancellor to Count Baldwin of Flanders; and of +the knights one was John of Friaize, the other Robert of Boves. These swore on +holy relics that they would perform their embassy loyally and in good faith, +and that they would come back to the host. +</p> + +<p> +Three kept their oath right well, and the fourth evilly, and this one was +Robert of Boves. For he executed his office as badly as he could, and perjured +himself, and went away to Syria as others had done. But the remaining three +executed their office right well, and delivered their message as the barons had +directed, and said to the Pope: “The barons cry mercy to you for the +capture of Zara, for they acted as people who could do no better, owing to the +default of those who had gone to other ports, and because, had they not acted +as they did, they could not have held the host together. And as to this they +refer themselves to you, as to their good Father, that you should tell them +what are your commands, which they are ready to perform.” +</p> + +<p> +And the Pope said to the envoys that he knew full well that it was through the +default of others that the host had been impelled to do this great mischief, +and that he had them in great pity. And then he notified to the barons and +pilgrims that he sent them his blessing, and absolved them as his sons, and +commanded and besought them to hold the host together, inasmuch as he well knew +that without that host God’s service could not be done. And he gave full +powers to Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, and Master John of Noyon, to bind and to +unloose the pilgrims until the cardinal joined the host. +</p> + +<h2>DEPARTURE OF THE CRUSADERS FOR CORFU—ARRIVAL OF THE YOUNG +ALEXIUS—CAPTURE OF DURAS</h2> + +<p> +So much time had passed that it was now Lent, and the host prepared their fleet +to sail at Easter. When the ships were laden on the day after Easter (7th April +1203), the pilgrims encamped by the port, and the Venetians destroyed the city, +and the walls and the towers. +</p> + +<p> +Then there befell an adventure which weighed heavily upon the host; for one of +the great barons of the host, by name Simon of Montfort, had made private +covenant with the King of Hungary, who was at enmity with those of the host, +and went to him, abandoning the host. With him went Guy of Montfort his +brother, Simon of Nauphle and Robert Mauvoisin, and Dreux of Cressonsacq, and +the abbot of Vaux, who was a monk of the order of the Cistercians, and many +others. And not long after another great lord of the host, called Enguerrand of +Boves, joined the King of Hungary, together with Hugh, Enguerrand’s +brother, and such of the other people of their country as they could lead away. +</p> + +<p> +These left the host, as you have just heard; and this was a great misfortune to +the host, and to such as left it a great disgrace. +</p> + +<p> +Then the ships and transports began to depart; and it was settled that they +should take port at Corfu, an island of Roumania, and that the first to arrive +should wait for the last; and so it was done. +</p> + +<p> +Before the Doge, the Marquis, and the galleys left Zara, Alexius, the son of +the Emperor Isaac of Constantinople, had arrived together. He was sent by the +King Philip of Germany, and received with great joy and great honour; and the +Doge gave Mm as many galleys and ships as he required. So they left the port of +Zara, and had a fair wind, and sailed onwards till they took port at Duras. And +those of the land, when they saw their lord, yielded up the city right +willingly and sware fealty to him. +</p> + +<p> +And they departed thence and came to Corfu, and found there the host encamped +before the city; and those of the host had spread their tents and pavilions, +and taken the horses out of the transports for ease and refreshment. When they +heard that the son of the Emperor of Constantinople had arrived in the port, +then might you have seen many a good knight and many a good sergeant leading +many a good war-horse and going to meet him. Thus they received him with very +great joy, and much high honour. And he had his tent pitched in the midst of +the host; and quite near was pitched the tent of the Marquis of Montferrat, to +whose ward he had been commended by King Philip, who had his sister to wife. +</p> + +<h2>HOW THE CHIEFS OF THE CRUSADERS HELD BACK THOSE WHO WANTED TO ABANDON THE +HOST</h2> + +<p> +The host sojourned thus for three weeks in that island, which was very rich and +plenteous. And while they sojourned, there happened a misadventure fell and +grievous. For a great part of those who wished to break up the host, and had +aforetime been hostile to it, spoke together and said that the adventure to be +undertaken seemed very long and very perilous, and that they, for their part, +would remain in the island, suffering the host to depart, and that—when +the host had so departed—they would, through the people of Corfu, send to +Count Walter of Brienne, who then held Brandis, so that he might send ships to +take them thither. +</p> + +<p> +I cannot tell you the names of all those who wrought in this matter, but I will +name some among the most notable of the chiefs, viz., Odo of Champlitte, of +Champagne, James of Avesnes, Peter of Amiens, Guy the Castellan of Coucy, Oger +of Saint-Chéron, Guy of Chappes and Clerembaud his nephew, William of Aunoi, +Peter Coiseau, Guy of Pesmes and Edmund his brother, Guy of Conflans, Richard +of Dampierre, Odo his brother, and many more who had promised privily to be of +their party, but who dared not for shame openly so to avow themselves; in such +sort that the book testifies that more than half the host were in this mind. +</p> + +<p> +And when the Marquis of Montferrat heard thereof, and Count Baldwin of +Flanders, and Count Louis, and the Count of St. Paul, and the barons who held +with them, they were greatly troubled, and said: “Lords, we are in evil +case. If these people depart from us, after so many who have departed from us +aforetime, our host is doomed, and we shall make no conquests. Let us then go +to them, and fall at their feet, and cry to them for mercy, and for God’s +sake to have compassion upon themselves and upon us, and not to dishonour +themselves, and ravish from us the deliverance of the land oversea.” +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the council decide; and they went, all together, to a valley where +those of the other part were holding their parliament; and they took with them +the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, and all the bishops and all the +abbots of the host. And when they had come to the place they dismounted and +went forward, and the barons fell at the feet of those of the other part, +greatly weeping, and said they would not stir till those of the other part had +promised not to depart from them. +</p> + +<p> +And when those of the other part saw this, they were filled with very great +compassion; and they wept very bitterly at seeing their lords, and their +kinsmen, and their friends, thus lying at their feet. So they said they would +consult together, and drew somewhat apart, and there communed. And the sum of +their communing was this: that they would remain with the host till Michaelmas, +on condition that the other part would swear, loyally, on holy relics, that +from that day and thenceforward, at whatever hour they might be summoned to do +so, they would in all good faith, and without guile, within fifteen days, +furnish ships wherein the non-contents might betake themselves to Syria. +</p> + +<p> +Thus was covenant made and sworn to; and then was there great joy throughout +all the host. And all gat themselves to the ships, and the horses were put into +the transports. +</p> + +<h2>DEPARTURE FROM CORFU—CAPTURE OF ANDROS AND ABYDOS</h2> + +<p> +Then did they sail from the port of Corfu on the eve of Pentecost (24th May), +which was twelve hundred and three years after the Incarnation of our Lord +Jesus Christ. And there were all the ships assembled, and all the transports, +and all the galleys of the host, and many other ships of merchants that fared +with them. And the day was fine and clear, and the wind soft and favourable, +and they unfurled all their sails to the breeze. +</p> + +<p> +And Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, who dictates this work, and has never +lied therein by one word to his knowledge, and who was moreover present at all +the councils held—he bears witness that never was yet seen so fair a +sight. And well might it appear that such a fleet would conquer and gain lands, +for, far as the eye could reach, there was no space without sails, and ships, +and vessels, so that the hearts of men rejoiced greatly. +</p> + +<p> +Thus they sailed over the sea till they came to Malea, to straits that are by +the sea. And there they met two ships with pilgrims, and knights and sergeants +returning from Syria, and they were of the parties that had gone to Syria by +Marseilles. And when these saw our fleet so rich and well appointed, they +conceived such shame that they dared not show themselves. And Count Baldwin of +Flanders sent a boat from Ws ship to ask what people they were; and they said +who they were. +</p> + +<p> +And a sergeant let himself down from his ship into the boat, and said to those +in the ship, “I cry quits to you for any goods of mine that may remain in +the ship, for I am going with these people, for well I deem that they will +conquer lands.” Much did we make of the sergeant, and gladly was he +received in the host. For well may it be said, that even after following a +thousand crooked ways a man may find his way right in the end. +</p> + +<p> +The host fared forward till it came to Nigra (Negropont). Nigra is a very fair +island, and there is on it a very good city called Negropont. Here the barons +took council. Then went forward the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, and Count +Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, with a great part of the transports and +galleys, taking with them the son of the Emperor Isaac of Constantinople; and +they came to an island called Andros, and there landed. The knights took their +arms, and over-rode the country; and the people of the land came to crave mercy +of the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, and gave so much of their goods +that they made peace with him. +</p> + +<p> +Then they returned to the ships, and sailed over the sea; when a great mishap +befell, for a great lord of the host, whose name was Guy, Castellan of Coucy, +died, and was cast into the sea. +</p> + +<p> +The other ships, which had not sailed thitherward, had entered the passage of +Abydos, and it is there that the straits of St. George (the Dardanelles) open +into the great sea. And they sailed up the straits to a city called Abydos, +which lies on the straits of St. George, towards Turkey, and is very fair, and +well situate. There they took port and landed, and those of the city came to +meet them, and surrendered the city, as men without stomach to defend +themselves. And such guard was established that those of the city lost not one +stiver current. +</p> + +<p> +They sojourned there eight days to wait for the ships transports and galleys +that had not yet come up. And while they thus sojourned, they took corn from +the land, for it was the season of harvest, and great was their need thereof, +for before they had but little. And within those eight days all the ships and +barons had come up. God gave them fair weather. +</p> + +<h2>ARRIVAL AT ST. STEPHEN—DELIBERATION AS TO PLAN OF ATTACK</h2> + +<p> +All started from the port of Abydos together. Then might you have seen the +Straits of St. George (as it were) in flower with ships and galleys sailing +upwards, and the beauty thereof was a great marvel to behold. Thus they sailed +up the Straits of St. George till they came, on St. John the Baptist’s +Eve, in June (23rd June 1203) to St. Stephen, an abbey that lay three leagues +from Constantinople. There had those on board the ships and galleys and +transports full sight of Constantinople; and they took port and anchored their +vessels. +</p> + +<p> +Now you may know that those who had never before seen Constantinople looked +upon it very earnestly, for they never thought there could be in all the world +so rich a city; and they marked the high walls and strong towers that enclosed +it round about, and the rich palaces, and mighty churches—of which there +were so many that no one would have believed it who had not seen it with his +eyes—and the height and the length of that city which above all others +was sovereign. And be it known to you, that no man there was of such hardihood +but his flesh trembled: and it was no wonder, for never was so great an +enterprise undertaken by any people since the creation of the world. +</p> + +<p> +Then landed the counts and barons and the Doge of Venice, and a parliament was +held in the church of St. Stephen. There were many opinions set forth, this way +and that. All the words then spoken shall not be recorded in this book; but in +the end the Doge rose on his feet and said: “Signors, I know the state of +this land better than you do, for I have been here erewhile. We have undertaken +the greatest enterprise, and the most perilous, that ever people have +undertaken. Therefore it behoves us to go to work warily. Be it known to you +that if we go on dry ground, the land is great and large, and our people are +poor and ill-provided. Thus they will disperse to look for food; and the people +of the land are in great multitude, and we cannot keep such good watch but that +some of ours will be lost. Nor are we in case to lose any, for our people are +but few indeed for the work in hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Now there are islands close by which you can see from here, and these +are inhabited, and produce corn, and food, and other things. Let us take port +there, and gather the corn and provisions of the land. And when we have +collected our supplies, let us go before the city, and do as our Lord shall +provide. For he that has supplies, wages war with more certainty than he that +has none.” To this counsel the lords and barons agreed, and all went back +to their ships and vessels. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS LAND AT CHALCEDON AND SCUTARI</h2> + +<p> +They rested thus that night. And in the morning, on the day of the feast of our +Lord St. John the Baptist in June (24th June 1203), the banners and pennants +were flown on the castles of the ships, and the coverings taken from the +shields, and the bulwarks of the ships garnished. Every one looked to his +antis, such as he should use, for well each man knew that full soon he would +have need of them. +</p> + +<p> +The sailors weighed the anchors, and spread the sails to the wind, and God gave +them a good wind, such as was convenient to them. Thus they passed before +Constantinople, and so near to the walls and towers that we shot at many of +their vessels. There were so many people on the walls and towers that it seemed +as if there could be no more people (in the world). +</p> + +<p> +Then did God our Lord set to naught the counsel of the day before, and keep us +from sailing to the islands: that counsel fell to naught as if none had ever +heard thereof. For lo, our ships made for the mainland as straight as ever they +could, and took port before a palace of the Emperor Alexius, at a place called +Chalcedon. This was in face of Constantinople, on the other side of the +straits, towards Turkey. The palace was one of the most beautiful and +delectable that ever eyes could see, with every delight therein that the heart +of man could desire, and convenient for the house of a prince. +</p> + +<p> +The counts and barons landed and lodged themselves in the palace; and in the +city round about, the main part pitched their tents. Then were the horses taken +out of the transports, and the knights and sergeants got to land with all their +arms, so that none remained in the ships save the mariners only. The country +was fair, and rich) and well supplied with all good things, and the sheaves of +corn (which had been reaped) were in the fields, so that all—and they +stood in no small need—might take thereof. +</p> + +<p> +They sojourned thus in that palace the following day; and on the third day God +gave them a good wind, and the mariners raised their anchors, and spread their +sails to the wind. They went thus up the straits, a good league above +Constantinople, to a palace that belonged to the Emperor Alexius, and was +called Scutari. There the ships anchored, and the transports, and all the +galleys. The horsemen who had lodged in the palace of Chalcedon went along the +shore by land. +</p> + +<p> +The host of the French encamped thus on the straits of St. George, at Scutari, +and above it. And when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he caused his host to +issue from Constantinople, and encamp over against us on the other side of the +straits, and there pitched his tents, so that we might not take land against +him by force. The host of the French sojourned thus for nine days, and those +obtained supplies who needed them, and that was every one in the host. +</p> + +<h2>THE FORAGERS DEFEAT THE GREEKS</h2> + +<p> +During this time, a company of good and trustworthy men issued (from the camp) +to guard the host, for fear it should be attacked, and the foragers searched +the country. In the said company were Odo of Champlitte, of Champagne, and +William his brother, and Oger of Saint-Chéron, and Manasses of l’Isle, +and Count Girard, a count of Lombardy, a retainer of the Marquis of Montferrat; +and they had with them at least eighty knights who were good men and true. +</p> + +<p> +And they espied, at the foot of a mountain, some three leagues distant from the +host, certain tents belonging to the Grand Duke of the Emperor of +Constantinople, who had with him at least five hundred Greek knights. When our +people saw them, they formed their men into four battalions, and decided to +attack. And when the Greeks saw this, they formed their battalions, and arrayed +themselves in rank before their tents, and waited. And our people went forward +and fell upon them right vigorously. +</p> + +<p> +By the help of God our Lord, this fight lasted but a little while, and the +Greeks turned their backs. They were discomfited at the first onset, and our +people pursued them for a full great league. There they won plenty of horses +and stallions, and palfreys, and mules, and tents and pavilions, and such spoil +as is usual in such case. So they returned to the host, where they were right +well received, and their spoils were divided, as was fit. +</p> + +<h2>MESSAGE OF THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS—REPLY OF THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +The next day after, the Emperor Alexius sent an envoy with letters to the +counts and to the barons. This envoy was called Nicholas Roux, and he was a +native of Lombardy. He found the barons in the rich palace of Scutari, where +they were holding council and he saluted them on the part of the Emperor +Alexius of Constantinople, and tendered his letters to the Marquis of +Montferrat-who received them. And the letters were read before all the barons; +and there were in them words, written after various manners, which the book +does not (here) relate, and at the end of the other words so written, came +words of credit, accrediting the bearer of the letters, whose name was Nicholas +Roux. +</p> + +<p> +“Fair Sir,” said the barons, “we have seen your letters, and +they tell us that we are to give credit to what you say, and we credit you +right well. Now speak as it pleases you.” +</p> + +<p> +And the envoy was standing before the barons, and spoke thus: +“Lords,” said he, “the Emperor Alexius would have you know +that he is well aware that you are the best people uncrowned, and come from the +best land on earth. And he marvels much why, and for what purpose, you have +come into his land and kingdom. For you are Christians, and he is a Christian, +and well he knows that you are on your way to deliver the Holy Land overseass +and the Holy Cross, and the Sepulchre. If you are poor and in want, he will +right willingly give you of his food and substance, provided you depart out of +his land. Neither would he otherwise wish to do you any hurt, though he has +full power therein, seeing that if you were twenty times as numerous as you +are, you would not be able to get away without utter discomfiture if so be that +he wished to harm you.” +</p> + +<p> +By agreement and desire of the other barons, and of the Doge of Venice, then +rose to his feet Conon of Béthune, who was a good knight, and wise, and very +eloquent, and he replied to the envoy: “Fair Sir, you have told us that +your lord marvels much why our signors and barons should have entered into his +kingdom and land. Into his land they have not entered, for he holds this land +wrongfully and wickedly, and against God and against reason. It belongs to Ws +nephew, who sits upon a throne among us, and is the son of his brother, the +Emperor Isaac. But if he is willing to throw himself on the mercy of his +nephew, and to give him back his crown and empire, then we will pray his nephew +to forgive him, and bestow upon him as much as will enable him to live +wealthily. And if you come not as the bearer of such a message, then be not so +bold as to come here again.” So the envoy departed and went back to +Constantinople, to the Emperor Alexius. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS SHOW THE YOUNG ALEXIUS TO THE PEOPLE OF CONSTANTINOPLE, AND +PREPARE FOR THE BATTLE</h2> + +<p> +The barons consulted together on the morrow, and said that they would show the +young Alexius, the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, to the people of the +city. So they assembled all the galleys. The Doge of Venice and the Marquis of +Montferrat entered into one, and took with them Alexius, the son of the Emperor +Isaac; and into the other galleys entered the knights and barons, as many as +would. +</p> + +<p> +They went thus quite close to the walls of Constantinople and showed the youth +to the people of the Greeks, and said, “Behold your natural lord; and be +it known to you that we have not come to do you harm, but have come to guard +and defend you, if so be that you return to your duty. For he whom you now obey +as your lord holds rule by wrong and wickedness, against God and reason. And +you know full well that he has dealt treasonably with him who is your lord and +his brother, that he has blinded his eyes and reft from him his empire by wrong +and wickedness. Now behold the rightful heir. If you hold with him, you will be +doing as you ought; and if not we will do to you the very worst that we +can.” But for fear and terror of the Emperor Alexius, not one person on +the land or in the city made show as if he held for the prince. So all went +back to the host, and each sought his quarters. +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow, when they had heard mass, they assembled in parliament, and the +parliament was held on horseback in the midst of the fields. There might you +have seen many a fine war-horse, and many a good knight thereon. And the +council was held to discuss the order of the battalions, how many they should +have, and of what strength. Many were the words said on one side and the other. +But in the end it was settled that the advanced guard should be given to +Baldwin of Flanders, because he had a very great number of good men, and +archers and crossbowmen, more than any other chief that was in the host. +</p> + +<p> +And after, it was settled that Henry his brother, and Matthew of Wallincourt, +and Baldwin of Beauvoir, and many other good knights of their land and country, +should form the second division. +</p> + +<p> +The third division was formed by Count Hugh of St. Paul, Peter of Amiens his +nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Anseau of Cayeux, and many good knights of their +land and country. +</p> + +<p> +The fourth division was formed by Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and was +very numerous and rich and redoubtable; for he had placed therein a great +number of good knights and men of worth. +</p> + +<p> +The fifth division was formed by Matthew of Montmorency and the men of +Champagne. Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne formed part of it, and Oger of +Saint-Chéron, Manasses of l’Isle, Miles the Brabant, Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, John Foisnous, Guy of Chappes, Clerembaud his nephew, Robert +of Ronsoi; all these people formed part of the fifth division. Be it known to +you that there was many a good knight therein. +</p> + +<p> +The sixth division was formed by the people of Burgundy. In this division were +Odo the Champenois of Champlitte, William his brother, Guy of Pesmes, Edmund +his brother, Otho of la Roche, Richard of Dampierre, Odo his brother, Guy of +Conflans, and the people of their land and country. +</p> + +<p> +The seventh division, which was very large, was under the command of the +Marquis of Montferrat. In it were the Lombards and Tuscans and the Germans, and +all the people who were from beyond Mont Cenis to Lyons on the Rhone. All these +formed part of the division under the marquis, and it was settled that they +should form the rearguard. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS SEIZE THE PORT</h2> + +<p> +The day was fixed on which the host should embark on the ships and transports +to take the land by force, and either live or die. And be it known to you that +the enterprise to be achieved was one of the most redoubtable ever attempted. +Then did the bishops and clergy speak to the people, and tell them how they +must confess, and make each one his testament, seeing that no one knew what +might be the will of God concerning him. And this was done right willingly +throughout the host, and very piously. +</p> + +<p> +The term fixed was now come; and the knights went on board the transports with +their war-horses; and they were fully armed, with their helmets laced, and the +horses covered with their housings, and saddled. All the other folk, who were +of less consequence in battle, were on the great ships; and the galleys were +fully armed and made ready. +</p> + +<p> +The morning was fair a little after the rising of the sun; and the Emperor +Alexius stood waiting for them on the other side, with great forces, and +everything in order. And the trumpets sound, and every galley takes a transport +in tow, so as to reach the other side more readily. None ask who shall go +first, but each makes the land as soon as he can. The knights issue from the +transports, and leap into the sea up to their waists, fully armed, with helmets +laced, and lances in hand; and the good archers, and the good sergeants, and +the good crossbowmen, each in his company, land so soon as they touch ground. +</p> + +<p> +The Greeks made a goodly show of resistance; but when it came to the lowering +of the lances, they turned their backs, and went away flying, and abandoned the +shore. And be it known to you that never was port more proudly taken. Then +began the mariners to open the ports of the transports, and let down the +bridges, and take out the horses; and the knights began to mount, and they +began to marshal the divisions of the host in due order. +</p> + +<h2>CAPTURE OF THE TOWER OF GALATA</h2> + +<p> +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, with the advanced guard, rode forward, +and the other divisions of the host after him, each in due order of march; and +they came to where the Emperor Alexius had been encamped. But he had turned +back towards Constantinople, and left his tents and pavilions standing. And +there our people had much spoil. +</p> + +<p> +Our barons were minded to encamp by the port before the tower of Galata, where +the chain was fixed that closed the port of Constantinople. And be it known to +you, that any one must perforce pass that chain before he could enter into the +port. Well did our barons then perceive that if they did not take the tower, +and break the chain, they were but as dead men, and in very evil case. So they +lodged that night before the tower, and in the Jewry that is called Stenon, +where there was a good city, and very rich. +</p> + +<p> +Well did they keep guard during the night; and on the morrow, at the hour of +tierce, those who were in the tower of Galata made a sortie, and those who were +in Constantinople came to their help in barges; and our people ran to arms. +There came first to the onset James of Avesnes and his men on foot; and be it +known to you that he was fiercely charged, and wounded by a lance in the face, +and in peril of death. And one of his knights, whose name was Nicholas of +Jenlain, gat to horse, and came to his lord’s rescue, and succoured him +right well, and so won great honour. +</p> + +<p> +Then a cry was raised in the host, and our people ran together from all sides, +and drove back the foe with great fury, so that many were slain and taken. And +some of them did not go back to the tower, but ran to the barges by which they +had come, and there many were drowned, and some escaped. As to those who went +back to the tower, the men of our host pressed them so hard that they could not +shut the gate. Then a terrible fight began again at the gate, and our people +took it by force, and made prisoners of all those in the tower. Many were there +killed and taken. +</p> + +<h2>ATTACK ON THE CITY BY LAND AND SEA</h2> + +<p> +So was the tower of Galata taken, and the port of Constantinople won by force. +Much were those of the host comforted thereby, and much did they praise the +Lord God; and greatly were those of the city discomforted. And on the next day, +the ships, the vessels, the galleys and the transports were drawn into the +port. +</p> + +<p> +Then did those of the host take council together to settle what thing they +should do, and whether they should attack the city by sea or by land. The +Venetians were firmly minded that the scaling ladders ought to be planted on +the ships, and all the attack made from the side by the sea. The French, on the +other hand, said that they did not know so well how to help themselves on sea +as on land, but that when they had their horses and their arms they could help +themselves on land right well. So in the end it was devised that the Venetians +should attack by sea, and the barons and those of the host by land. +</p> + +<p> +They sojourned thus for four days. On the fifth day, the whole host were armed, +and the divisions advanced on horseback, each in the order appointed, along the +harbour, till they came to the palace of Blachernæ; and the ships drew inside +the harbour till they came over against the self-same place, and this was near +to the end of the harbour. And there is at that place a river that flows into +the sea, and can only be passed by a bridge of stone. The Greeks had broken +down the bridge, and the barons caused the host to labour all that day and all +that night in repairing the bridge. Thus was the bridge repaired, and in the +morning the divisions were armed, and rode one after the other in the order +appointed, and came before the city. And no one came out from the city against +them; and this was a great marvel, seeing that for every man that was in the +host there were over two hundred men in the city. +</p> + +<p> +Then did the barons decide that they should quarter themselves between the +palace of Blachernæ and the castle of Boemond, which was an abbey enclosed +with walls. So the tents and pavilions were pitched-which was a right proud +thing to look upon; for of Constantinople, which had three leagues of front +towards the land, the whole host could attack no more than one of the gates. +And the Venetians lay on the sea, in ships and vessels, and raised their +ladders, and mangonels, and petraries, and made order for their assault right +well. And the barons for their part made ready their petraries and mangonels on +land. +</p> + +<p> +And be it known to you that they did not have their time in peace and quiet; +for there passed no hour of the night or day but one of the divisions had to +stand armed before the gate, to guard the engines, and provide against attack. +And, notwithstanding all this, the Greeks ceased not to attack them, by this +gate and by others, and held them so short that six or seven times a day the +whole host was forced to run to arms. Nor could they forage for provisions more +than four bow-shots’ distance from the camp. And their stores were but +scanty, save of flour and bacon, and of those they had a little; and of fresh +meat none at all, save what they got from the horses that were killed. And be +it known to you that there was only food generally in the host for three weeks. +Thus were they in very perilous case, for never did so few people besiege so +many people in any city. +</p> + +<h2>FIRST INCIDENTS OF THE ASSAULT</h2> + +<p> +Then did they bethink themselves of a very good device; for they enclosed the +whole camp with good lists, and good palisades, and good barriers, and were +thus far stronger and much more secure. The Greeks meanwhile came on to the +attack so frequently that they gave them no rest, and those of the host drove +them back with great force; and every time that the Greeks issued forth they +lost heavily. +</p> + +<p> +One day the Burgundians were on guard, and the Greeks made an attack upon them, +with part of the best forces that they had. And the Burgundians ran upon the +Greeks and drove them in very fiercely, and followed so close to the gate that +stones of great weight were hurled upon them. There was taken one of the best +Greeks of the city, whose name was Constantine Lascaris; William of Neuilly +took him all mounted upon his horse. And there did William of Champlitte have +his arm broken with a stone, and great pity it was, for he was very brave and +very valiant. +</p> + +<p> +I cannot tell you of all the good strokes that were there stricken, nor of all +the wounded, nor all the dead. But before the fight was over, there came into +it a knight of the following of Henry, the brother, of Count Baldwin of +Flanders and Hainault, and his name was Eustace of Marchais; and he was armed +only in padded vest and steel cap, with his shield at his neck; and he did so +well in the fray that he won to himself great honour. Few were the days on +which no sorties were made; but I cannot tell you of them all. So hardly did +they hold us, that we could not sleep, nor rest, nor eat, save in arms. +</p> + +<p> +Yet another sortie was made from a gate further up; and there again did the +Greeks lose heavily. And there a knight was slain, whose name was William of +Gi; and there Matthew of Wallincourt did right well, and lost his horse, which +was killed at the drawbridge of the gate; and many others who were in that +fight did right well. From this gate, which was beyond the palace of +Blachernæ, the Greeks issued most frequently, and there Peter of Bracieux gat +himself more honour than any, because he was quartered the nearest, and so came +most often into the fray. +</p> + +<h2>ASSAULT OF THE CITY</h2> + +<p> +Thus their peril and toil lasted for nearly ten days, until, on a Thursday +morning (17th July 1203) all things were ready for the assault, and the ladders +in trim; the Venetians also had made them ready by sea. The order of the +assault was so devised, that of the seven divisions, three were to guard the +camp outside the city, and other four to give the assault. The Marquis Boniface +of Montferrat guarded the camp towards the fields, with the division of the +Burgundians, the division of the men of Champagne, and Matthew of Montmorency. +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault went to the assault with his people, and +Henry his brother; and . Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and Count Hugh of +St. Paul, and those who held with them, went also to the assault. +</p> + +<p> +They planted two ladders at a barbican near the sea; and the wall was well +defended by Englishmen and Danes; and the attack was stiff and good and fierce. +By main strength certain knights and two sergeants got up the ladders and made +themselves masters of the wall; and at least fifteen got upon the wall, and +fought there, hand to hand, with axes and swords, and those within redoubled +their efforts and cast them out in very ugly sort, keeping two as prisoners. +And those of our people who had been taken were led before the Emperor Alexius; +much was he pleased thereat. Thus did the assault leave matters on the side of +the French. Many were wounded and many had their bones broken, so that the +barons were very wroth. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile the Doge of Venice had not forgotten to do his part, but had ranged +his ships and transports and vessels in line, and that line was well three +crossbow-shots in length; and the Venetians began to draw near to the part of +the shore that lay under the walls and the towers. Then might you have seen the +mangonels shooting from the ships and transports, and the crossbow bolts +flying, and the bows letting fly their arrows deftly and well; and those within +defending the walls and towers very fiercely; and the ladders on the ships +coming so near that in many places swords and lances crossed; and the tumult +and noise were so great that it seemed as if the very earth and sea were +melting together. And be it known to you that the galleys did not dare to come +to the shore. +</p> + +<h2>CAPTURE OF TWENTY-FIVE TOWERS</h2> + +<p> +Now may you hear of a strange deed of prowess; for the Doge of Venice, who was +an old man, and saw naught (seeing he was blind), stood, fully armed, on the +prow of his galley, and had the standard of St. Mark before him; and he cried +to his people to put him on land, or else that he would do justice upon their +bodies with his hands. And so they did, for the galley was run aground, and +they leapt therefrom, and bore the standard of St. Mark before him on to the +land. +</p> + +<p> +And when the Venetians saw the standard of St. Mark on land, and the galley of +their lord touching ground before them, each held himself for shamed, and they +all gat to the land; and those in the transports leapt forth, and landed; and +those in the big ships got into barges, and made for the shore, each and all as +best they could. Then might you have seen an assault, great and marvellous; and +to this bears witness Geoffry of Villehardouin, who makes this book, that more +than forty people told him for sooth that they saw the standard of St. Mark of +Venice at the top of one of the towers, and that no man knew who bore it +thither. +</p> + +<p> +Now hear of a strange miracle: those who are within the city fly and abandon +the walls, and the Venetians enter in, each as fast and as best he can, and +seize twenty-five of the towers, and man them with their people. And the Doge +takes a boat, and sends messengers to the barons of the host to tell them that +he has taken twenty-five towers, and that they may know for sooth that such +towers cannot be retaken. The barons are so overjoyed that they cannot believe +their ears; and the Venetians begin to send to the host in boats the horses and +palfreys they have taken. +</p> + +<p> +When the Emperor Alexius saw that our people had thus entered into the city, he +sent his people against them in such numbers that our people saw they would be +unable to endure the onset. So they set fire to the buildings between them and +the Greeks; and the wind blew from our side, and the fire began to wax so great +that the Greeks could not see our people who retired to the towers they had +seized and conquered. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS COMES OUT FOR BATTLE, BUT RETIRES WITHOUT +ATTACKING</h2> + +<p> +Then the Emperor Alexius issued from the city, with all his forces, by other +gates which were at least a league from the camp; and so many began to issue +forth that it seemed as if the whole world were there assembled. The emperor +marshalled his troops in the plain, and they rode towards the camp; and when +our Frenchmen saw them coming, they ran to arms from all sides. On that day +Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of Flanders, was mounting guard over the +engines of war before the gate of Blachernæ, together with Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Baldwin of Beauvoir, and their followers. Against their +encampment the Emperor Alexius had made ready a great number of his people, who +were to issue by three gates, while he himself should fall upon the host from +another side. +</p> + +<p> +Then the six divisions issued from our camp as had been devised, and were +marshalled in ranks before the palisades: the sergeants and squires on foot +behind the horses, and the archers and crossbowmen in front. And there was a +division of the knights on foot, for we had at least two hundred who, were +without horses. Thus they stood still before the palisades. And this showed +great good sense, for if they had moved to the attack, the numbers of the enemy +were such that they must have been overwhelmed and (as it were) drowned among +them. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed as if the whole plain was covered with troops, and they advanced +slowly and in order. Well might we appear in perilous case, for we had but six +divisions, while the Greeks had full forty, and there was not one of their +divisions but was larger than any of ours. But ours were ordered in such sort +that none could attack them save in front. And the Emperor Alexius rode so far +forward that either side could shoot at the other. And when the Doge of Venice +heard this, he made his people come forth, and leave the towers they had taken, +and said he would live or die with the pilgrims. So he came to the camp, and +was himself the first to land, and brought with him such of his people as he +could. +</p> + +<p> +Thus, for a long space, the armies of the pilgrims and of the Greeks stood one +against the other; for the Greeks did not dare to throw themselves upon our +ranks, and our people would not move from their palisades. And when the Emperor +Alexius saw this, he began to withdraw his people, and when he had rallied +them, he turned back. And seeing this, the host of the pilgrims began to march +towards him with slow steps, and the Greek troops began to move backwards, and +retreated to a palace called Philopas. +</p> + +<p> +And be it known to you, that never did God save any people from such peril as +He saved the host that day; and be it known to you further that there was none +in the host so hardy but he had great joy thereof. Thus did the battle remain +for that day. As it pleased God nothing further was done. The Emperor Alexius +returned to the city, and those of the host to their quarters-the latter taking +off their armour, for they were weary and overwrought; and they ate and drank +little, seeing that their store of food was but scanty. +</p> + +<h2>ALEXIUS ABANDONS CONSTANTINOPLE—HIS BROTHER ISAAC IS REPLACED ON THE +THRONE—THE CRUSADERS SEND HIM A MESSAGE</h2> + +<p> +Now listen to the miracles of our Lord-how gracious are they whithersoever it +pleases Him to perform them! That very might the Emperor Alexius of +Constantinople took of his treasure as much as he could carry, and took with +him as many of his people as would go, and so fled and abandoned the city. And +those of the city remained astonied, and they drew to the prison in which lay +the Emperor Isaac, whose eyes had been put out. Him they clothed imperially, +and bore to the great palace of Blachernæ, and seated on a high throne; and +there they did to him obeisance as their lord. Then they took messengers, by +the advice of the Emperor Isaac, and sent them to the host, to apprise the son +of the Emperor Isaac, and the barons, that the Emperor Alexius had fled, and +that they had again raised up the Emperor Isaac as emperor. +</p> + +<p> +When the young man knew of this he summoned the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, +and the marquis summoned the barons throughout the host. And when they were met +in the pavilion of the Emperor Isaac’s son, he told them the news. And +when they heard it, their joy was such as cannot be uttered, for never was +greater joy in all this world. And greatly and most devoutly was our Lord +praised by all, in that He had succoured them within so short a term, and +exalted them so high from such a low estate. And therefore well may one say: +“Him whom God will help can no man injure.” +</p> + +<p> +Then the day began to dawn, and the host to put on their armour; and all gat +them to their arms throughout the host, because they did not greatly trust the +Greeks. And messengers began to come out from the city, two or three together, +and told the same tale. The barons and counts, and the Doge of Venice had +agreed to send envoys into the city, to know how matters really stood; and, if +that was true which had been reported, to demand of the father that he should +ratify the covenants made by the son; and, if he would not, to, declare that +they on their part should not suffer the son to enter into the city. So envoys +were chosen: one was Matthew of Montmorency, and Geoffry the Marshal of +Champagne was the other, and two Venetians on the part of the Doge of Venice. +</p> + +<p> +The envoys were conducted to the gate, and the gate was opened to them, and +they dismounted from their horses. The Greeks had set Englishmen and Danes, +with their axes, at the gate and right up to the palace of Blachernæ. Thus were +the envoys conducted to the great palace. There they found the Emperor Isaac, +so richly clad that you would seek in vain throughout the world for a man more +richly apparelled than he, and by his side the empress, his wife, a most fair +lady, the sister of the King of Hungary; and of great men and great ladies +there were so many, that you could not stir foot for the press, and the ladies +were so richly adorned that richer adornment might not be. And all those who, +the day before, had been against the emperor were, on that day, subject in +everything to his good pleasure. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR ISAAC RATIFIES THE COVENANTS ENTERED INTO BY HIS SON</h2> + +<p> +The envoys came before the Emperor Isaac, and the emperor and all those about +him did them great honour. And the envoys said that they desired to speak to +him privily, on the part of his son, and of the barons of the host. And he +rose and entered into a chamber, and took with him only the empress, and his +chancellor, and his dragoman (interpreter) and the four envoys. By consent of +the other envoys, Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, acted as +spokesman, and he said to the Emperor Isaac: “Sire, thou seest the +service we have rendered to thy son, and how we have kept our covenants with +him. But he cannot come hither till he has given us surety for the covenants he +has made with us. And he asks of thee, as thy son, to confirm those covenants +in the same form, and the same manner, that he has done.” “What +covenants are they?” said the emperor. “They are such as we shall +tell you,” replied the envoys: “In the first place to put the whole +empire of Roumania in obedience to Rome, from which it has been separated this +long while; further to give 200,000 marks of silver to those of the host, with +food for one year for small and great; to send 10,000 men, horse and +foot—many on foot as we shall devise and as many mounted—in his own +ships, and at his own charges, to the land of Babylon, and keep them there for +a year; and during his lifetime to keep, at his own charges, five hundred +knights in the land overseass so that they may guard that land. Such is the +covenant that your son made with us, and it was confirmed by oath, and charters +with seals appended, and by King Philip of Germany who has your daughter to +wife. This covenant we desire you to confirm.” +</p> + +<p> +Certes said the emperor, “this covenant is very onerous, and I do not see +how effect can be given to it; nevertheless, you have done us such service, +both to my son and to myself, that if we bestowed upon you the whole empire, +you would have deserved it well.” Many words were then spoken in this +sense and that, but, in the end, the father confirmed the covenants, as his son +had confirmed them, by oath and by charters with gold seals appended. These +charters were delivered to the envoys. Then they took their leave of the +Emperor Isaac, and went back to the host, and told the barons that they had +fulfilled their mission. +</p> + +<h2>ENTRY OF THE CRUSADERS INTO CONSTANTINOPLE—CORONATION OF THE YOUNG +ALEXIUS</h2> + +<p> +Then did the barons mount their horses, and led the young man, with great +rejoicings, into the city, to his father; and the Greeks opened the gate to +him, and received him with very much rejoicing and great feasting. The joy of +the father and of the son was very great, because of a long time they had not +seen one another, and because, by God’s help and that of the pilgrims, +they had passed from so great poverty and ruin to such high estate. Therefore +the joy was great inside Constantinople; and also without, among the host of +the pilgrims, because of the honour and victory that God had given them. +</p> + +<p> +And on the morrow the emperor and his son also besought the counts and the +barons, for God’s sake, to go and quarter themselves on the other side of +the straits, toward Estanor and Galata; for, if they quartered themselves in +the city, it was to be feared that quarrels would ensue between them and the +Greeks, and it might well chance that the city would be destroyed. And the +counts and barons said that they had already served him in so many ways that +they would not now refuse any request of his. So they went and quartered +themselves on the other side, and sojourned there in peace and quiet, and with +great store of good provisions. +</p> + +<p> +Now you must know that many of those in the host went to see Constantinople, +and the rich palaces and great churches, of which there were many, and all the +great wealth of the city-for never was there city that possessed so much. Of +relics it does not behove me to speak, for at that day there were as many there +as in all the rest of the world. Thus did the Greeks and French live in good +fellowship in all things, both as regards trafficking and other matters. +</p> + +<p> +By common consent of Franks and Greeks it was settled that the new emperor +should be crowned on the feast of our Lord St. Peter (1st August 1203). So was +it settled, and so it was done. He was crowned full worthily and with honour +according to the use for Greek emperors at that time. Afterwards he began to +pay the moneys due to the host; and such moneys were divided among the host, +and each repaid what had been advanced in Venice for his passage. +</p> + +<h2>ALEXIUS BEGS THE CRUSADERS TO PROLONG THEIR STAY</h2> + +<p> +The new emperor went oft to see the barons in the camp, and did them great +honour, as much as he could; and this was but fitting, seeing that they had +served him right well. And one day he came to the camp, to see the barons +privily in the quarters of Count Baldwin of Hainault and Flanders. Thither were +summoned the Doge of Venice, and the great barons, and he spoke to them and +said: “Lords, I am emperor by God’s grace and yours, and you have +done me the highest service that ever yet was done by any people to Christian +man. Now be it known to you that there are folk enough who show me a fair +seeming, and yet love me not; and the Greeks are full of despite because it is +by your help that I have entered into my inheritance. +</p> + +<p> +“Now the term of your departure is nigh, and your fellowship with the +Venetians is timed only to last till the feast of St. Michael. And within so +short a term I cannot fulfil our covenant. Be it known to you therefore, that, +if you abandon me, the Greeks hate me because of you: I shall lose my land, and +they will kill me. But now do this thing that I ask of you: remain here till +March, and I will entertain your ships for one year from the feast of St. +Michael, and bear the cost of the Venetians, and will give you such things as +you may stand in need of till Easter. And within that term I shall have placed +my land in such case that I cannot lose it again; and your covenant will be +fulfilled, for I shall have paid such moneys as are due to you, obtaining them +from all mi lands; and I shall be ready also with ships either to go with you +myself, or to send others, as I have covenanted; and you will have the summer +from end to end in which to carry on the war against the Saracens.” +</p> + +<p> +The barons thereupon said they would consult together apart; knowing full well +that what the young man said was sooth, and that it would be better, both for +the emperor and for themselves, to consent unto him. But they replied that they +could not so consent save with the common agreement of the host, and that they +would therefore lay the matter before the host, and then give such answer as +might be devised. So the Emperor Alexius departed from them, and went back to +Constantinople. And they remained in the camp and assembled a parliament the +next day. To this parliament were summoned all the barons and the chieftains of +the host, and of the knights the greater part; and in their hearing were +repeated all the words that the emperor had spoken. +</p> + +<h2>DEBATE AMONG THE CRUSADERS—DEATH OF MATTHEW OF MONTMORENCY</h2> + +<p> +Then was there much discord in the host, as had been oft times before on the +part of those who wished that the host should break up; for to them it seemed +to be holding together too long. And the party that had raised the discord at +Corfu reminded the others of their oaths, and said: “Give us ships as you +swore to us, for we purpose to go to Syria.” +</p> + +<p> +And the others cried to them for pity and said: “Lords, for God’s +sake, let us not bring to naught the great honour that God has given us. If we +go to Syria at this present, we shall come thither at the beginning of winter +and so not be able to make war, and the Lord’s work will thus remain +undone. But if we wait till March, we shall leave this emperor in good estate, +and go hence rich in goods and in food. Thus shall we go to Syria, and over-run +the land of Babylon. And the fleet will remain with us till Michaelmas, yes, +and onwards from Michaelmas to Easter, seeing it will be unable to leave us +because of the winter. So shall the land overseas fall into our hands.” +</p> + +<p> +Those who wished the host to be broken up, cared not for reasons good or bad so +long as the host fell to pieces. But those who wished to keep the host +together, wrought so effectually, with the help of God, that in the end the +Venetians made a new covenant to maintain the fleet for a year, reckoning from +Michaelmas, the Emperor Alexius paying them for so doing; and the pilgrims, on +their side, made a new covenant to remain in the same fellowship as +theretofore, and for the same term. Thus were peace and concord established in +the host. +</p> + +<p> +Then there befell a very great mischance in the host; for Matthew of +Montmorency, who was one of the best knights in the kingdom of France, and of +the most prized and most honoured, took to his bed for sickness, and his +sickness so increased upon him that he died. And much dole was made for him, +for great was the loss-one of the greatest that had befallen the host by any +man’s death. He was buried in a church of my Lord St. John, of the +Hospital of Jerusalem. +</p> + +<h2>PROGRESS OF THE YOUNG ALEXIUS THROUGH THE EMPIRE</h2> + +<p> +Afterwards, by the advice of the Greeks and the French the Emperor Alexius +issued from Constantinople, with a very great company, purposing to quiet the +empire and subject it to his will. With him went a great part of the barons; +and the others remained to guard the camp. The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat +went with him, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and Henry, brother to Count Baldwin +of Flanders and Hainault, and James of Avesnes, and William of Champlitte, and +Hugh of Colerni, and many others whom the book does not here mention by name. +In the camp remained Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and Count Louis of +Blois and Chartres, and the greater part of the pilgrims of lesser note. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that during this progress all the Greeks, on either side of +the straits, came to the Emperor Alexius, to do his will and commandment, and +did him fealty and homage as to their lord—all except John, who was King +of Wallachia and Bulgaria. This John was a Wallachian, who had rebelled +against his father and uncle, and had warred against them for twenty years, +and had won from them so much land that he had become a very wealthy king. And +be it known to you, that of the land lying on the west side of the Straits of +St. George, he had conquered very nearly the half. This John did not come to do +the will of the emperor, nor to submit himself to him. +</p> + +<h2>CONFLICT BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND LATINS IN CONSTANTINOPLE-BURNING OF THE +CITY</h2> + +<p> +While the Emperor Alexius was away on this progress, there befell a very +grievous misadventure; for a conflict arose between the Greeks and the Latins +who inhabited Constantinople, and of these last there were many. And certain +people—who they were I know not—out of malice, set fire to the +city; and the fire waxed so great and horrible that no man could put it out or +abate it. And when the barons of the host, who were quartered on the other side +of the port, saw this, they were sore grieved and filled with pity-seeing the +great churches and the rich palaces melting and falling in, and the great +streets filled with merchandise burning in the flames; but they could do +nothing. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the fire prevail, and win across the port, even to the densest part of +the city, and to the sea on the other side, quite near to the church of St. +Sophia. It lasted two days and two nights, nor could it be put out by the hand +of man. And the front of the fire, as it went flaming, was well over half a +league broad. What was the damage then done, what the possessions and riches +swallowed up, could no man tell-nor what the number of men and women and +children who perished-for many were burned. +</p> + +<p> +All the Latins, to whatever land they might belong, who were lodged in +Constantinople, dared no longer to remain therein; but they took their wives +and their children, and such of their possessions as they could save from the +fire, and entered into boats and vessels, and passed over the port and came to +the camp of the pilgrims. Nor were they few in number, for there were of them +some fifteen thousand, small and great; and afterwards it proved to be of +advantage to the pilgrims that these should have crossed over to them. Thus was +there division between the Greeks and the Franks; nor were they ever again as +much at one as they had been before, for neither side knew on whom to cast the +blame for the fire; and this rankled in men’s hearts upon either side. +</p> + +<p> +At that time did a thing befall whereby the barons and those of the host were +greatly saddened; for the Abbot of Loos died, who was a holy man and a worthy, +and had wished well to the host. He was a monk of the order of the Cistercians. +</p> + +<h2>THE YOUNG ALEXIUS RETURNS TO CONSTANTINOPLIZHE FAILS IN HIS PROMISES TO THE +CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Alexius remained for a long time on progress, till St. +Martin’s Day, and then he returned to Constantinople. Great was the joy +at his home-coming, and the Greeks and ladies of Constantinople went out to +meet their friends in great cavalcades, and the pilgrims went out to meet their +friends, and had great joy of them. So did the emperor re-enter Constantinople +and the palace of Blachernæ; and the Marquis of Montferrat and the other +barons returned to the camp. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor, who had managed his affairs right well and thought he had now the +upper hand, was filled with arrogance towards the barons and those who had done +so much for him, and never came to see them in the camp, as he had done +aforetime. And they sent to him and begged him to pay them the moneys due, as +he had covenanted. But he led them on from delay to delay, making them, at one +time and another, payments small and poor; and in the end the payments ceased +and came to naught. +</p> + +<p> +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who had done more for him than any other, +and stood better in his regard, went to him oftentimes, and showed him what +great services the Crusaders had rendered him, and that greater services had +never been rendered to any one. And the emperor still entertained them with +delays, and never carried out such things as he had promised, so that at last +they saw and knew clearly that his intent was wholly evil. +</p> + +<p> +Then the barons of the host held a parliament with the Doge of Venice, and they +said that they now knew that the emperor would fulfil no covenant, nor ever +speak sooth to them; and they decided to send good envoys to demand the +fulfilment of their covenant, and to show what services they had done him; and +if he would now do what was required, they were to be satisfied; but, if not, +they were to defy him, and right well might he rest assured that the barons +would by all means recover their due. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS DEFY THE EMPERORS</h2> + +<p> +For this embassy were chosen Conon of Béthune and Geoffry of Villehardouin, the +Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of Provins; and the Doge also sent +three chief men of his council. So these envoys mounted their horses, and, with +swords girt, rode together till they came to the palace of Blachernæ. And be +it known to you that, by reason of the treachery of the Greeks, they went in +great peril, and on a hard adventure. +</p> + +<p> +They dismounted at the gate and entered the palace, and found the Emperor +Alexius and the Emperor Isaac seated on two thrones, side by side. And near +them was seated the empress, who was the wife of the father, and stepmother of +the son, and sister to the King of Hungary-a lady both fair and good. And there +were with them a great company of people of note and rank, so that well did the +court seem the court of a rich and mighty prince. +</p> + +<p> +By desire of the other envoys Conon of Béthune, who was very wise and eloquent +of speech, acted as spokesman: “Sire, we have come to thee on the part of +the barons of the host and of the Doge of Venice. They would put thee in mind +of the great service they have done to thee-a service known to the people and +manifest to all men. Thou hast swom, thou and thy father, to fulfil the +promised covenants, and they have your charters in hand. But you have not +fulfilled those covenants well, as you should have done. Many times have they +called upon you to do so, and now again we call upon you, in the presence of +all your barons, to fulfil the covenants that are between you and them. Should +you do so, it shall be well. If not, be it known to you that from this day +forth they will not hold you as lord or friend, but will endeavour to obtain +their due by all the means in their power. And of this they now give you +warning, seeing that they would not injure you, nor any one, without first +defiance given; for never have they acted treacherously, nor in their land is +it customary to do so. You have heard what we have said. It is for you to take +counsel thereon according to your pleasure.” +</p> + +<p> +Much were the Greeks amazed and greatly outraged by this open defiance; and +they said that never had any one been so hardy as to dare defy the Emperor of +Constantinople in his own hall. Very evil were the looks now cast on the envoys +by the Emperor Alexius and by all the Greeks, who aforetime were wont to regard +them very favourably. +</p> + +<p> +Great was the tumult there within, and the envoys turned about and came to the +gate and mounted their horses. When they got outside the gate, there was not +one of them but felt glad at heart; nor is that to be marvelled at, for they +had escaped from very great peril, and it held to very little that they were +not all killed or taken. So they returned to the camp, and told the barons how +they had fared. +</p> + +<h2>THE WAR BEGINS—THE GREEKS ENDEAVOUR TO SET FIRE TO THE FLEET OF THE +CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +Thus did the war begin; and each side did to the other as much harm as they +could, by sea and by land. The Franks and the Greeks fought often; but never +did they fight, let God be praised therefor I that the Greeks did not lose more +than the Franks. So the war lasted a long space, till the heart of the winter. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Greeks bethought themselves of a very great device, for they took +seven large ships, and filled them full of big logs, and shavings, and tow, and +resin, and barrels, and then waited until such time as the wind should blow +strongly from their side of the straits. And one night, at midnight, they set +fire to the ships, and unfurled their sails to the wind. And the flames blazed +up high, so that it seemed as if the whole world were a-fire. Thus did the +burning ships come towards the fleet of the pilgrims; and a great cry arose in +the host, and all sprang to arms on every side. The Venetians ran to their +ships, and so did all those who had ships in possession, and they began to draw +them away out of the flames very vigorously. +</p> + +<p> +And to this bears witness Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who dictates this +work, that never did people help themselves better at sea than the Venetians +did that night; for they sprang into the galleys and boats belonging to the +ships, and seized upon the fire ships, all burning as they were, with hooks, +and dragged them by main force before their enemies, outside the port, and set +them into the current of the straits, and left them to go burning down the +straits. So many of the Greeks had come down to the shore that they were +without end and innumerable, and their cries were so great that it seemed as if +the earth and sea would melt together. They got into barges and boats, and shot +at those on our side who were battling with the flames, so that some were +wounded. +</p> + +<p> +All the knights of the host, as soon as they heard the clamour, armed +themselves; and the battalions marched out into the plain, each according to +the order in which they had been quartered, for they feared lest the Greeks +should also attack them on land. +</p> + +<p> +They endured thus in labour and anguish till daylight; but by God’s help +those on our side lost nothing, save a Pisan ship, which was full of +merchandise, and was burned with fire. Deadly was the peril in which we stood +that night, for if the fleet had been consumed, all would have been lost, and +we should never have been able to get away by land or sea. Such was the guerdon +which the Emperor Alexius would have bestowed upon us in return for our +services. +</p> + +<h2>MOURZUPHLES USURPS THE EMPIRE—ISAAC DIES, AND THE YOUNG ALEXIUS IS +STRANGLED</h2> + +<p> +Then the Greeks, being thus embroiled with the Franks, saw that there was no +hope of peace; so they privily took counsel together to betray their lord. Now +there was a Greek who stood higher in his favour than all others, and had done +more to make him embroil himself with the Franks than any other. This Greek was +named Mourzuphles. +</p> + +<p> +With the advice and consent of the others, one night towards midnight, when the +Emperor Alexius was asleep in his chamber, those who ought to have been +guarding him and specially Mourzuphles-took him in his bed and threw him into a +dungeon in prison. Then Mourzuphles assumed the scarlet buskins with the help +and by the counsel of the other Greeks (January 1204). So he made himself +emperor. Afterwards they crowned him at St. Sophia. Now see if ever people +were guilty of such horrible treachery! +</p> + +<p> +When the Emperor Isaac heard that his son was taken and Mourzuphles crowned, +great fear came upon him, and he fell into a sickness that lasted no long time. +So he died. And the Emperor Mourzuphles caused the son, whom he had in prison, +to be poisoned two or three times; but it did not please God that he should +thus die. Afterwards the emperor went and strangled him, and when he had +strangled him, he caused it to be reported everywhere that he had died a +natural death, and had him mourned for, and buried honourably and as an +emperor, and made great show of grief. +</p> + +<p> +But murder cannot be hid. Soon was it clearly known, both to the Greeks and to +the French, that this murder had been committed, as has just been told to you. +Then did the barons of the host and the Doge of Venice assemble in parliament, +and with them met the bishops and the clergy. And all the clergy, including +those who had powers from the Pope, showed to the barons and to the pilgrims +that any one guilty of such a murder had no right to hold lands, and that those +who consented thereto were abettors of the murder; and beyond all this, that +the Greeks had withdrawn themselves from obedience to Rome. “Wherefore we +tell you,” said the clergy, “that this war is lawful and just, and +that if you have a right intention in conquering this land, to bring it into +the Roman obedience, all those who die after confession shall have part in the +indulgence granted by the Pope.” And you must know that by this the +barons and pilgrims were greatly comforted. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS CONTINUE THE WAR—DEFEAT OF MOURZUPHLES</h2> + +<p> +Dire was the war between the Franks and the Greeks, for it abated not, but +rather increased and waxed fiercer, so that few were the days on which there +was not fighting by sea or land. Then Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of +Flanders rode forth, and took with him a great part of the good men in the +host. With him went James of Avesnes, and Baldwin of Beauvoir, Odo of Champagne +of Champlitte, William his brother, and the people of their country. They +started at vesper time and rode all night, and on the morrow, when it was full +day, they came to a good city, called Phile, and took it; and they had great +gain, beasts, and prisoners, and clothing, and food, which they sent in boats +down the straits to the camp, for the city lies on the sea of Russia. +</p> + +<p> +So they sojourned two days in that city, with food in great plenty, enough and +to spare. The third day they departed with the beasts and the booty, and rode +back towards the camp. Now the Emperor Mourzuphles heard tell how they had +issued from the camp, and he left Constantinople by night, with a great part of +his people, and set himself in ambush at a place by which they must needs pass. +And he watched them pass with their beasts and their booty, each division, the +one after the other, till it came to the rearguard. The rear-guard was under +the command of Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of Flanders, and formed of +his people, and the Emperor Mourzuphles fell upon them at the entrance to a +wood; whereupon they turned against him. Very fiercely did the battle rage +there. +</p> + +<p> +By God’s help the Emperor Mourzuphles was discomfited, and came near to +being taken captive; and he lost his imperial banner and an Eikon that was home +before him, in which he and the other Greeks had great confidence—it was +an Eikon that figured our Lady—and he lost at least twenty knights of the +best people that he had. Thus was discomfited the Emperor Mourzuphles, as you +have just heard and fiercely did the war rage between him and the Franks; and +by this time a great part of the winter had already passed, and it was near +Candlemas (2nd February 1204), and Lent was approaching. +</p> + +<h2>OF THE PILGRIMS WHO HAD GONE TO SYRIA</h2> + +<p> +Now we will leave off speaking of the host before Constantinople, and speak of +those who sailed from other ports than Venice, and of the ships of Flanders +that had sojourned during the winter at Marseilles, and had all gone over in the +summer to the land of Syria; and these were far more in number than the host +before Constantinople. Listen now, and you shall hear what a great mischance it +was that they had not joined themselves to the host, for in that case would +Christendom have been for ever exalted. But because of their sins, God would +not so have it, for some died of the sickness of the land, and some turned back +to their own homes. Nor did they perform any great deeds, or achieve aught of +good, in the land oversea. +</p> + +<p> +And there started also a company of very good men to go to Antioch, to join +Boemond, prince of Antioch and Count of Tripoli, who was at war with King Leon, +the lord of the Armenians. This company was going to the prince to be in his +pay; and the Turks of the land knew of it, and made an ambuscade there where +the men of the company needs must pass. And they came thither, and fought, and +the Franks were discomfited, so that not one escaped that was not killed or +taken. +</p> + +<p> +There were slain Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best knights in the +world, and Giles of Trasegnies, and many others; and were taken Bernard of +Moreuil, and Renaud of Dampierre, and John of Villers, and William of Neuilly. +And you must know that eighty knights were in this company, and every one was +either killed or taken. And well does this book bear witness, that of those who +avoided the host of Venice, there was not one but suffered harm or shame. He +therefore must be accounted wise who holds to the better course. +</p> + +<h2>AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE FRANKS AND VENETIANS BEFORE ATTACKING +CONSTANTINOPLE</h2> + +<p> +Now let us leave speaking of those who avoided the host, and speak of those +before Constantinople. Well had these prepared all their engines, and mounted +their petraries, and mangonels on the ships and on the transports, and got +ready all such engines of war as are needful for the taking of a city, and +raised ladders from the yards and masts of the vessels, so high that they were +a marvel to behold.* +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: This passage is obscure in the original.] +</p> + +<p> +And when the Greeks saw this, they began, on their side, to strengthen the +defences of the city which was enclosed with high walls and high towers. Nor +was any tower so high that they did not raise thereon two or three stages of +wood to heighten it still more. Never was city so well fortified. Thus did the +Greeks and the Franks bestir themselves on the one side and the other during +the greater part of Lent. +</p> + +<p> +Then those of the host spoke together, and took counsel what they should do. +Much was advanced this way and that, but in the end, they devised that if God +granted them entry into the city by force, all the booty taken was to be +brought together, and fittingly distributed; and further, if the city fell into +their power, six men should be taken from among the Franks, and six from among +the Venetians, and these twelve should swear, on holy relics, to elect as +emperor the man who, as they deemed, would rule with most profit to the land. +And whosoever was thus elected emperor, would have one quarter of whatever was +captured, whether within the city or without, and moreover would possess the +palace of Bucoleon and that of Blachernæ; and the remaining three parts would +be divided into two, and one of the halves awarded to the Venetians and the +other to those of the host. +</p> + +<p> +And there should be taken twelve of the wisest and most experienced men among +the host of the pilgrims, and twelve among the Venetians, and those twenty-four +would divide fiefs and honours, and appoint the service to be done therefor to +the emperor. +</p> + +<p> +This covenant was made sure and sworn to on the one side and the other by the +Franks and the Venetians; with provision that at the end of March, a year +thence, any who so desired might depart hence and go their way, but that those +who remained in the land would be held to the service of the emperor in such +mariner as might be ordained. Thus was the covenant devised and made sure; and +such as should not observe it were excommunicated by the clergy. +</p> + +<h2>ATTACK OF THE CRUSADERS REPULSED—THEY MAKE READY FOR ANOTHER +ASSAULT</h2> + +<p> +The fleet was very well prepared and armed, and provisions were got together +for the pilgrims. On the Thursday after mid-Lent (8th April 1204), all entered +into the vessels, and put their horses into the transports. Each division had +its own ships, and all were ranged side by side; and the ships were separated +from the galleys and transports. A marvellous sight it was to see; and well +does this book bear witness that the attack, as it had been devised, extended +over full half a French league. +</p> + +<p> +On the Friday morning the ships and the galleys and the other vessels drew near +to the city in due order, and then began an assault most fell and fierce. In +many places the pilgrims landed and went up to the walls, and in many places +the scaling ladders on the ships approached so close, that those on the towers +and on the walls and those on the ladders crossed lances, hand to hand. Thus +lasted the assault, in more than a hundred places, very fierce, and very dour, +and very proud, till near upon the hour of nones. +</p> + +<p> +But, for our sins, the pilgrims were repulsed in that assault, and those who +had landed from the galleys and transports were driven back into them by main +force. And you must know that on that day those of the host lost more than the +Greeks, and much were the Greeks rejoiced thereat. And some there were who drew +back from the assault, with the ships in which they were. And some remained +with their ships at anchor so near to the city that from either side they shot +at one another with petraries and mangonels. +</p> + +<p> +Then, at vesper time, those of the host and the Doge of Venice called together +a parliament, and assembled in a church on the other side of the +straits—on the side where they had been quartered. There were many +opinions given and discussed; and much were those of the host moved for the +mischief that had that day befallen them. And many advised that they should +attack the city on another side—the side where it was not so well +fortified. But the Venetians, who had fuller knowledge of the sea, said that if +they went to that other side, the current would carry them down the straits, +and that they would be unable to stop their ships. And you must know that there +were those who would have been well pleased if the current had home them down +the straits, or the wind, they cared not whither, so long as they left that +land behind, and went on their way. Nor is this to be wondered at, for they +were in sore peril. +</p> + +<p> +Enough was there spoken, this way and in that; but the conclusion of their +deliberation was this: that they would repair and refit on the following day, +which was Saturday, and during the whole of Sunday, and that on the Monday they +would return to the assault; and they devised further that the ships that +carried the scaling ladders should be bound together, two and two, so that two +ships should be in case to attack one tower; for they had perceived that day +how only one ship had attacked each tower, and that this had been too heavy a +task for the ship, seeing that those in the tower were more in number than +those on the ladder. For this reason was it well seen that two ships would +attack each tower with greater effect than one. As had been settled, so was it +done, and they waited thus during the Saturday and Sunday. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS TAKE A PART OF THE CITY</h2> + +<p> +Before the assault the Emperor Mourzuphles had come to encamp, with all his +power, in an open space, and had there pitched his scarlet tents. Thus matters +remained till the Monday morning, when those on the ships, transports, and +galleys were all armed. And those of the city stood in much less fear of them +than they did at the beginning, and were in such good spirits that on the walls +and towers you could see nothing but people. Then began an assault proud and +marvellous, and every ship went straight before it to the attack. The noise of +the battle was so great that it seemed to read the earth. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the assault last for a long while, till our Lord raised a wind called +Boreas which drove the ships and vessels further up on to the shore. And two +ships that were bound together, of which the one was called the Pilgrim and the +other the <i>Paradise</i>, approached so near to a tower, the one on the one +side and the other on the other—so as God and the wind drove +them—that the ladder of the Pilgrim joined on to the tower. Immediately a +Venetian, and a knight of France, whose name was Andrew of Urboise, entered +into the tower, and other people began to enter after them, and those in the +tower were discomfited and fled.* +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: [pp. 61–63]: I should like to quote here another feat of arms related by +Robert of Clari, one of those feats that serve to explain how the Crusaders +obtained mastery—the mastery of perfect fearlessness—over the +Greeks. Robert of Clari, then, relates how a small body of the besiegers, ten +knights and nine sergeants, had come before a postem which had been newly +bricked up. “Now there was there a clerk, Aleaume of Clari by name, who +had shown his courage whenever there was need, and was always first in any +assault at which he might be present; and when the tower of Galata was taken, +this same clerk had performed more deeds of prowess with his body, man for man, +than any one in the host, save only the Lord Peter of Bracuel; for the Lord +Peter it was who surpassed all others, whether of high or low degree, so that +there was none other that performed such feats of arms, or acts of prowess with +his body, as the Lord Peter of Bracuel. So when they came to the postern they +began to hew and pick at it very hardily; but the bolts flew at them so thick, +and so many stones were hurled at them from the wall, that it seemed as if they +would be buried beneath the stones—such was the mass of quarries and +stones thrown from above. And those who were below held up targes and shields +to cover those who were picking and hewing underneath; and those above threw +down pots of boiling pitch, and Greek fire, and large rocks, so that it was one +of God’s miracles that the assailants were not utterly confounded; for my +Lord Peter and his men suffered more than enough of blows and grievous danger. +However, so did they hack at the postern, both above and below, with their axes +and good swords, that they made a great bole therein; and when the postern was +broken through, they all swarmed to the aperture, but saw so many people above +and below, that it seemed as if half the world were there, and they dared not +be so bold as to enter.<br /> + “Now when Aleaume, the clerk, saw that no one dared to go in, be +sprang forward, and said that go in he would. And there was there present a +knight, a brother to the clerk (the knight’s name was Robert +of Clari), who forbade him, and said he should not go in. And the clerk said he +would, and scrambled in on his hands and feet. And when the knight saw this, he +took hold upon him, by the foot, and began to drag him back. But in his +brother’s despite, and whether his brother would or not, the clerk went +in. And when he was within, many were the Greeks who ran upon him, and those on +the walls cast big stones upon him. And the clerk drew his knife, and ran at +them; and he drave them before him as if they had been cattle, and cried to +those who were without, to the Lord Peter of Amiens and his folk, ‘Sire, +come in boldly, I see that they are falling back discomfited and flying.’ +When my Lord Peter heard this, he and his people who were without, they entered +in; and there were no more than ten knights with him, but there were some sixty +sergeants, and they were all on foot. And when those who were on the wall at +that place saw them, they had such fear that they did not dare to remain there, +but avoided a great space on the wall, and fled helter-skelter.<br /> + “Now the Emperor Mourzuphles, the traitor, was near by, at less than a +stone’s throw of distance, and he caused the silver horns to be sounded, +and the cymbals, and a great noise to be made. And when he saw my Lord Peter, +and his people, who had entered in on foot, he made a great show of falling +upon them, and spurring forward, came about half-way to where they stood. But +my Lord Peter, when he saw him coming, began to encourage his people, and to +say: ‘Now, Lord God, grant that we may do well, and the battle is ours. +Here comes the emperor! Let no one dare to think of retreat, but each bethink +himself to do well’ Then Mourzuphles, seeing that they would in no wise +give way, stayed where he was, and then turned back to his tents.”<br /> + After this, according to Robert of Clari, Lord Peter’s men break open +a gate, and the Crusaders enter into the city. See <i>Li Estoires de chiaus +qus conquisent Constantinoble, de Robert de Clari en aminois, chevalier</i>, pp. +60–62. The volume in the British Museum is undated, and there is this note in +the catalogue, “No more printed.” The volume itself is noteless, +though there are printed marks here and there which would suggest that notes +were intended. The Chronicle of Robert of Clari win also be found in +Hopf’s <i>Chroniques Gréco-romanes inédites ou peu connues</i>, etc., pp. +1–85, Berlin, 1873.] +</p> + +<p> +When the knights see this, who are in the transports, they land, and raise +their ladders against the wall, and scale the top of the wall by main force, +and so take four of the towers. And all begin to leap out of the ships and +transports and galleys, helter-skelter, each as best he can; and they break in +some three of the gates and enter in; and they draw the horses out of the +transports; and the knights mount and ride straight to the quarters of the +Emperor Mourzuphles. He had his battalions arrayed before his tents, and when +his men see the mounted knights coming, they lose heart and fly; and so goes +the emperor flying through the streets to the castle of Bucoleon. +</p> + +<p> +Then might you have seen the Greeks beaten down; and horses and palfreys +captured, and mules, and other booty. Of killed and wounded there was neither +end nor measure. A great part of the Greek lords had fled towards the gate of +Blachernæ. And vesper-time was already past, and those of the host were wear of +the battle and of the slaying,. And they began to assemble in a great open +space that was in Constantinople, and decided that they would take up their +quarters near the walls and towers they had captured. Never had they thought +that in a whole month they should be able to take the city, with its great +churches, and great palaces, and the people that were in it. +</p> + +<h2>FLIGHT OF MOURZUPHLES—SECOND FIRE IN CONSTANTINOPLE</h2> + +<p> +As they had settled, so was it done, and they encamped before the walls and +before the towers by their ships. Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault +quartered himself in the scarlet tents that the Emperor Mourzuphles had left +standing, and Henry his brother before the palace of Blachernæ; and Boniface, +Marquis of Montferrat, he and his men, towards the thickest part of the city. +So were the host encamped as you have heard, and Constantinople taken on the +Monday after Palm Sunday (12th April 1204). +</p> + +<p> +Now Count Louis of Blois and Chartres had languished all the winter with a +quartan fever, and could not bear his armour. And you must know that this was a +great misfortune to the host, seeing he was a good knight of his body; and he +lay in one of the transports. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did those of the host, who were very weary, rest that night. But the +Emperor Mourzuphles rested not, for he assembled all his people, and said he +would go and attack the Franks. Nevertheless he did not do as he had said, for +he rode along other streets, as far as he could from those held by the host, +and came to a gate which is called the Golden Gate, whereby he escaped, and +avoided the city; and afterwards all who could fled also. And of all this those +of the host knew nothing. +</p> + +<p> +During that night, towards the quarters of Boniface Marquis of Montferrat, +certain people, whose names are unknown to me, being in fear lest the Greeks +should attack them, set fire to the buildings between themselves and the +Greeks. And the city began to take fire, and to burn very direfully; and it +burned all that night and all the next day, till vesper-time. And this was the +third fire there had been in Constantinople since the Franks arrived in the +land; and more houses had been burned in the city than there are houses in any +three of the greatest cities in the kingdom of France. +</p> + +<p> +That night passed and the next day came, which was a Tuesday morning (13th +April 1204); and all armed themselves throughout the host, both knights and +sergeants, and each repaired to his post. Then they issued from their quarters, +and thought to find a sorer battle than the day before, for no word had come to +them that the emperor had fled during the night. But they found none to oppose +them. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS OCCUPY THE CITY</h2> + +<p> +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat rode all along the shore to the palace of +Bucoleon, and when he arrived there it surrendered, on condition that the lives +of all therein should be spared. At Bucoleon were found the larger number of +the great ladies who had fled to the castle, for there were found the sister* +of the King of France, who had been empress, and the sister** of the King of +Hungary, who had also been empress, and other ladies very many. Of the treasure +that was found in that palace I cannot well speak, for there was so much that +it was beyond end or counting. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[* Agnes, sister of Philip Augustus, married successively to Alexius II., to +Andronicus, and to Theodore Branas] +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[** Margaret, sister of Emeric, King of Hungary, married to the Emperor Isaac, +and afterwards to the Marquis of Montferrat.] +</p> + +<p> +At the same time that this palace was surrendered to the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, did the palace of Blachernæ surrender to Henry, the brother of +Count Baldwin of Flanders, on condition that no hurt should be done to the +bodies of those who were therein. There too was found much treasure, not less +than in the palace of Bucoleon. Each garrisoned with his own people the castle +that had been surrendered to him, and set a guard over the treasure. And the +other people, spread abroad throughout the city, also gained much booty. The +booty gained was so great that none could tell you the end of it: gold and +silver, and vessels and precious stones, and samite, and cloth of silk, and +robes vair and grey, and ermine, and every choicest thing found upon the earth. +And well does Geoffry of Villehardouin the Marshal of Champagne, bear witness, +that never, since the world was created, had so much booty been won in any +city. +</p> + +<p> +Every one took quarters where he pleased and of lodgings there was no stint. So +the host of the pilgrims and of the Venetians found quarters, and greatly did +they rejoice and give thanks because of the victory God had vouchsafed to +them—for those who before had been poor were now in wealth and luxury. +Thus they celebrated Palm Sunday and the Easter Day following (25th April 1204) +in the joy and honour that God had bestowed upon them. And well might they +praise our Lord, since in all the host there were no more than twenty thousand +armed men, one with another, and with the help of God they had conquered four +hundred thousand men, or more, and in the strongest city in all the +world—yea, a great city—and very well fortified. +</p> + +<h2>DIVISION OF THE SPOIL</h2> + +<p> +Then was it proclaimed throughout the host by the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was lord of the host, and by the barons, and by the Doge of +Venice, that all the booty should be collected and brought together, as had +been covenanted under oath and pain of excommunication. Three churches were +appointed for the receiving of the spoils, and guards were set to have them in +charge, both Franks and Venetians, the most upright that could be found. +</p> + +<p> +Then each began to bring in such booty as he had taken, and to collect it +together. And some brought in loyally, and some in evil sort, because +covetousness, which is the root of all evil, let and hindered them. So from +that time forth the covetous began to keep things back, and our Lord began to +love them less. Ah God! how loyally they had borne themselves up to now! And +well had the Lord God shown them that in all things He was ready to honour and +exalt them above all people. But full oft do the good suffer for the sins of +the wicked. +</p> + +<p> +The spoils and booty were collected together, and you must know that all was +not brought into the common stock, for not a few kept thin-s back, maugre the +excommunication of the Pope. That which was brought to the churches was +collected together and divided, in equal parts, between the Franks and the +Venetians, according to the sworn covenant. And you must know further that the +pilgrims, after the division had been made, paid out of their share fifty +thousand marks of silver to the Venetians, and then divided at least one +hundred thousand marks between themselves, among their own people. And shall I +tell you in what wise? Two sergeants on foot counted as one mounted, and two +sergeants mounted as one knight. And you must know that no man received more, +either on account of his rank or because of his deeds, than that which had been +so settled and ordered—save in so far as he may have stolen it. +</p> + +<p> +And as to theft, and those who were convicted thereof, you must know that stem +justice was meted out to such as were found guilty, and not a few were hung. +The Count of St. Paul hung one of his knights, who had kept back certain +spoils, with his shield to his neck; but many there were, both great and small, +who kept back part of the spoils, and it was never known. Well may you be +assured that the spoil was very great, for if it had not been for what was +stolen, and for the part given to the Venetians, there would if have been at +least four hundred thousand marks of silver and at least ten thousand +horses—one with another. Thus were divided the spoils of Constantinople, +as you have heard. +</p> + +<h2>BALDWIN, COUNT OF FLANDERS, ELECTED EMPEROR</h2> + +<p> +Then a parliament assembled, and the commons of the host declared that an +emperor must be elected, as had been settled aforetime. And they parliamented +so long that the matter was adjourned to another day, and on that day would +they choose the twelve electors who were to make the election. Nor was it +possible that there should be lack of candidates, or of men covetous, seeing +that so great an honour was in question as the imperial throne of +Constantinople. But the greatest discord that arose was the discord concerning +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat; +for all the people said that either of those two should be elected. +</p> + +<p> +And when the chief men of the host saw that all held either for Count Baldwin +or for the Marquis of Montferrat, they conferred together and said: +“Lords, if we elect one of these two great men, the other will be so +filled with envy that he will take away with him all his people. And then the +land that we have won may be lost, just as the land of Jerusalem came nigh to +be lost when, after it had been conquered, Godfrey of Bouillon was elected +king, and the Count of St. Giles became so fulfilled with envy that he enticed +the other barons, and whomsoever he could, to abandon the host. Then did many +people depart, and there remained so few that, if God had not sustained them, +the land of Jerusalem would have been lost. Let us therefore beware lest the +same mischance befall us also, and rather bethink ourselves how we may keep +both these lords in the host. Let the one on whom God shall bestow the empire +so devise that the other is well content; let him grant to that other all the +land on the further side of the straits, towards Turkey, and the Isle of +Greece, and that other shall be his liegeman. Thus shall we keep both lords in +the host.” +</p> + +<p> +As had been proposed, so was it settled, and both consented right willingly. +Then came the day for the parliament, and the parliament assembled. And the +twelve electors were chosen, six on one side and six on the other; and they +swore on holy relics to elect, duly, and in good faith, whomsoever would best +meet the needs of the host, and bear rule over the empire most worthily. +</p> + +<p> +Thus were the twelve chosen, and a day appointed for the election of the +emperor; and on the appointed day the twelve electors met at a rich palace, one +of the fairest in the world, where the Doge of Venice had his quarters. Great +and marvellous was the concourse, for every one wished to see who should be +elected. Then were the twelve electors called, and set in a very rich chapel +within the palace, and the door was shut, so that no one remained with them. +The barons and knights stayed without in a great palace. +</p> + +<p> +The council lasted till they were agreed; and by consent of all they appointed +Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, who was one of the twelve, to act as spokesman. +Then they came out to the place where all the barons were assembled, and the +Doge of Venice. Now you must know that many set eyes upon them, to know how the +election had turned. And the bishop, lifting up his voice—while all +listened intently—spoke as he had been charged, and said: “Lords, +we are agreed, let God be thanked! upon the choice of an emperor; and you have +all sworn that he whom we shall elect as emperor shall be held by you to be +emperor indeed, and that it any one gainsay him, you will be his helpers. And +we name him now at the self-same hour when God was born, THE COUNT BALDWIN OF +FLANDERS AND HAINAULT!” +</p> + +<p> +A cry of joy was raised in the palace, and they bore the count out of the +palace, and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat bore him on one side to the +church, and showed him all the honour he could. So was the Count Baldwin of +Flanders and Hainault elected emperor, and a day appointed for his coronation, +three weeks after Easter (16th May 1204). And you must know that many a rich +robe was made for the coronation; nor did they want for the wherewithal. +</p> + +<h2>BONIFACE WEDS ISAAC’S WIDOW, AND AFTER BALDWIN’S CORONATION +OBTAINS THE KINGDOM OF SALONIKA</h2> + +<p> +Before the time appointed for the coronation, the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat espoused the empress who had been the wife of the Emperor Isaac, and +was sister to the King of Hungary. And within that time also did one of the +most noble barons of the host, who bore the name of Odo of Champlitte of +Champagne, make an end and die. Much was he mourned and bewept by William his +brother, and by his other friends; and he was buried in the church of the +Apostles with great honour. +</p> + +<p> +The time for the coronation drew near, and the Emperor Baldwin was crowned with +great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, in the year of the +Incarnation of Jesus Christ one thousand twelve hundred and four. Of the +rejoicings and feasting there is no need to speak further, for the barons and +knights did all they could; and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat and Count +Louis of Blois and Chartres did homage to the emperor as their lord. After the +great rejoicings and ceremonies of the coronation, he was taken in great pomp, +and with a great procession, to the rich palace of Bucoleon. And when the +feastings were over he began to discuss his affairs. +</p> + +<p> +Boniface the Marquis of Montferrat called upon him to carry out the covenant +made, and give him, as he was bound to do, the land on the other side of the +straits towards Turkey and the Isle of Greece. And the emperor acknowledged +that he was bound so to do, and said he would do it right willingly. And when +the Marquis of Montferrat saw that the emperor was willing to carry out this +covenant so debonairly, he besought him, in exchange for this land, to bestow +upon him the kingdom of Salonika, because it lay near the land of the King of +Hungary, whose sister he had taken to wife. +</p> + +<p> +Much was this matter debated in various ways; but in the end the emperor +granted the land of Salonika to the marquis, and the marquis did homage +therefor. And at this there was much joy throughout the host, because the +marquis was one of the knights most highly prized in all the world, and one +whom the knights most loved, inasmuch as no one dealt with them more liberally +than he. Thus the marquis remained in the land, as you have heard. +</p> + +<h2>BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST MOURZUPHLES</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Mourzuphles had not yet removed more than four days’ journey +from Constantinople; and he had taken with him the empress who had been the +wife of the Emperor Alexius, who aforetime had fled, and his daughter. This +Emperor Alexius was in a city called Messinopolis, with all his people, and +still held a great part of the land. And at that time the men of note in Greece +departed, and a large number passed over the straits towards Turkey; and each +one, for his own advantage, made himself master of such lands as he could lay +hands upon; and the same thing happened also throughout the other parts of the +empire. +</p> + +<p> +The Emperor Mourzuphles made no long tarrying before he took a city which had +surrendered to my lord the Emperor Baldwin, a city called Tchorlu. So he took +it and sacked it, and seized whatever he found there. When the news thereof +came to the Emperor Baldwin, he took counsel with the barons, and with the Doge +of Venice, and they agreed to this, that he should issue forth, with all his +host, to make conquest of the land, and leave a garrison in Constantinople to +keep it sure, seeing that the city had been newly taken and was peopled with +the Greeks. +</p> + +<p> +So did they decide, and the host was called together, and decision made as to +who should remain in Constantinople, and who should go in the host with the +Emperor Baldwin. In Constantinople remained Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, +who had been sick, and was not yet recovered, and the Doge of Venice. And Conon +of Béthune remained in the palaces of Blachernæ and Bucoleon to keep the city; +and with him Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of +Provins, and Manasses of l’Isle, and all their people. All the rest made +ready to go in the host with the emperor. +</p> + +<p> +Before the Emperor Baldwin left Constantinople, his brother Henry departed +thence, by his command, with a hundred very good knights; and he rode from city +to city, and in every city to which he came the people swore fealty to the +emperor. So he fared forward till he came to Adrianople, which was a good city, +and wealthy; and those of the city received him right willingly and swore +fealty to the emperor. Then he lodged in the city, he and his people, and +sojourned there till the Emperor Baldwin came thither. +</p> + +<h2>MOURZUPHLES TAKES REFUGE WITH ALEXIUS, THE BROTHER OF ISAAC, WHO PUTS OUT +HIS EYES</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Mourzuphles, when he heard that they thus advanced against him, did +not dare to abide their coming, but remained always two or three days’ +march in advance. So he fared forward till he came near Messinopolis, where the +Emperor Alexius was sojourning, and he sent on messengers, telling Alexius that +he would give him help, and do all his behests. And the Emperor Alexius +answered that he should be as welcome as if he were his own son, and that he +would give him his daughter to wife, and make of him his son. So the Emperor +Mourzuphles encamped before Messinopolis, and pitched his tents and pavilions, +and Alexius was quartered within the city. So they conferred together, and +Alexius gave him his daughter to wife, and they entered into alliance, and said +they should be as one. +</p> + +<p> +They sojourned thus for I know not how many days, the one in the camp and the +other in the city, and then did the Emperor Alexius invite the Emperor +Mourzuphles to come and eat with him, and to go with him to the baths. So were +matters settled. The Emperor Mourzuphles came privately, and with few people, +and when he was within the house, the Emperor Alexius called him into a privy +chamber, and had him thrown on to the ground, and the eyes drawn out of his +head. And this was done in such treacherous wise as you have heard. Now say +whether this people, who wrought such cruelty one to another, were fit to have +lands in possession I And when the host of the Emperor Mourzuphles heard what +had been done, they scattered, and fled this way and that; and some joined +themselves to the Emperor Alexius, and obeyed him as their lord, and remained +with him. +</p> + +<h2>BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST ALEXIUS—HE IS JOINED BY BONIFACE</h2> + +<p> +Then the Emperor Baldwin moved from Constantinople, with all his host, and rode +forward till he came to Adrianople. There he found Henry his brother, and the +men with him. All the people whithersoever the emperor passed, came to him, and +put themselves at his mercy and under his rule. And while they were at +Adrianople, they heard the news that the Emperor Alexius had pulled out the +eyes of the Emperor Mourzuphles. Of this there was much talk among them; and +well did all say that those who betrayed one another so disloyally and +treacherously had no right to hold land in possession. +</p> + +<p> +Then was the Emperor Baldwin minded to ride straight to Messinopolis, where the +Emperor Alexius was. And the Greeks of Adrianople besought him, as their lord, +to leave a garrison in their city because of Johannizza, King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, who ofttimes made war upon them. And the Emperor Baldwin left there +Eustace of Saubruic, who was a knight of Flanders, very worthy and very +valiant, together with forty right good knights, and a hundred mounted +sergeants. +</p> + +<p> +So departed the Emperor Baldwin from Adrianople, and rode towards Messinopolis, +where he thought to find the Emperor Alexius. All the people of the lands +through which he passed put themselves under his rule and at his mercy; and +when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he avoided Messinopolis and fled. And the +Emperor Baldwin rode on till he came before Messinopolis; and those of the city +went out to meet him and surrendered the city to his commandment. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Emperor Baldwin said he would sojourn there, wafting for the arrival +of Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, who had not yet joined the host, seeing he +could not move as fast as the emperor, because he was bringing with him the +empress, his wife. However, he also rode forward till he came to Messinopolis, +by the river, and there encamped, and pitched his tents and pavilions. And on +the morrow he went to speak to the Emperor Baldwin, and to see him, and +reminded him of his promise. +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” said he, “tidings have come to me from Salonika that +the people of the land would have me know that they are ready to receive me +willingly as their lord. And I am your liegeman, and hold the land from you. +Therefore, I pray you, let me go thither; and when I am in possession of my +land and of my city, I will bring you out such supplies as you may need, and +come ready prepared to do your behests. But do not go and ruin my land. Let us +rather, if it so pleases you, march against Johannizza, the King of Wallachia +and Bulgaria, who holds a great part of the land wrongfully.” +</p> + +<h2>RUPTURE BETWEEN BALDWIN AND BONIFACE—THE ONE MARCHES ON SALONIKA, THE +OTHER ON DEMOTICA</h2> + +<p> +I know not by whose counsel it was that the emperor replied that he was +determined to march towards Salonika, and would afterwards attend to his other +affairs. “Sire,” said Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, “I +pray thee, since I am able without thee to get possession of my land, that thou +wilt not enter therein; but if thou dost enter therein, I shall deem that thou +art not acting for my good. And be it known to thee that I shall not go with +thee, but depart from among you.” And the Emperor Baldwin replied that, +notwithstanding all this, he should most certainly go. +</p> + +<p> +Alas! how ill-advised were they, both the one and the other, and how great was +the sin of those who caused this quarrel! For if God had not taken pity upon +them, now would they have lost all the conquests they had made, and Christendom +been in danger of ruin. So by ill fortune was there division between the +Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople and Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat,—and by +illadvice. +</p> + +<p> +The Emperor Baldwin rode towards Salonika, as he devised, with all his people, +and with all his power. And Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, went back, and +he took with him a great number of right worthy people. With him went James of +Avesnes, William of Champlitte, Hugh of Colemi, Count Berthold of +Katzenellenbogen, and the greater part of those who came from the Empire of +Germany and held with the marquis. Thus did the marquis ride back till he came +to a castle, very goodly, very strong, and very rich, which is called Demotica; +and it was surrendered by a Greek of the city, and when the marquis had entered +therein he garrisoned it. Then because of their knowledge of the empress (his +wife), the Greeks began to turn towards him, and to surrender to his rule from +all the country round about, within a day or two’s journey. +</p> + +<p> +The Emperor Baldwin rode straight on to Salonika, and came to a castle called +Christopolis, one of the strongest in the world. And it surrendered, and those +of the city did homage to him. Afterwards he came to another place called +Blache, which was very strong and very rich, and this too surrendered, and the +people did homage. Next he came to Cetros, a city strong and rich, and it also +came to his rule and order, and did homage. Then he rode to Salonika, and +encamped before the city, and was there for three days. And those within +surrendered the city, which was one of the best and wealthiest in Christendom +at that day, on condition that he would maintain the uses and customs +theretofore observed by the Greek emperor. +</p> + +<h2>MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BONIFACE—HE SUSPENDS THE SIEGE OF +ADRIANOPLE</h2> + +<p> +While the Emperor Baldwin was thus at Salonika, and the land surrendering to +his good pleasure and commandment, the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, with all +his people and a great quantity of Greeks who held to his side, marched to +Adrianople and besieged it, and pitched his tents and pavilions round about. +Now Eustace of Saubruic was therein, with the people whom the emperor had left +there, and they mounted the walls and towers and made ready to defend +themselves. +</p> + +<p> +Then took Eustace of Saubruic two messengers and sent them, riding night and +day, to Constantinople. And they came to the Doge of Venice, and to Count +Louis, and to those who had been left in the city by the Emperor Baldwin, and +told them that Eustace of Saubruic would have them know that the emperor and +the marquis were embroiled together, and that the marquis had seized Demotica, +which was one of the strongest castles in Roumania, and one of the richest, and +that he was besieging them in Adrianople. And when those in Constantinople +heard this they were moved with anger, for they thought most surely that all +their conquests would be lost. +</p> + +<p> +Then assembled in the palace of Blachernæ the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis +of Blois and Chartres, and the other barons that were in Constantinople; and +much were they distraught, and greatly were they angered, and fiercely did they +complain of those who had put enmity between the emperor and the marquis. At +the prayer of the Doge of Venice and of Count Louis, Geoffry of Villehardouin, +the Marshal of Champagne, was enjoined to go to the siege of Adrianople, and +appease the war, if he could, because he was well in favour with the marquis, +and therefore they thought he would have more influence than any other. And he, +because of their prayers, and of their great need, said he would go willingly; +and he took with him Manasses of l’Isle, who was one of the good knights +of the host, and one of the most honoured. +</p> + +<p> +So they departed from Constantinople, and rode day by day till they came to +Adrianople, where the siege was going on. And when the marquis heard thereof, +he came out of the camp and went to meet them. With him came James of Avesnes, +and William of Champlitte, and Hugh of Colemi, and Otho of la Roche, who were +the chief counsellors of the marquis. And when he saw the envoys, he did them +much honour and showed them much fair seeming. +</p> + +<p> +Geoffry the Marshal, with whom he was on very good terms, spoke to him very +sharply, reproaching him with the fashion in which he had taken the land of the +emperor and besieged the emperor’s people in Adrianople, and that without +apprising those in Constantinople, who surely would have obtained such redress +as was due if the emperor had done him any wrong. And the marquis disculpated +himself much, and said it was because of the wrong the emperor had done him +that he had acted in such sort. +</p> + +<p> +So wrought Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, with the help of God, and of the +barons who were in the confidence of the marquis, and who loved the said +Geoffry well, that the marquis assured him he would leave the matter in the +hands of the Doge of Venice, and of Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and of +Conon of Béthune, and of Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal-all of whom well +knew what was the covenant made between himself and the emperor. So was a truce +established between those in the camp and those in the city. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l’Isle, were +right joyously looked upon, both by those in the camp and those in the city, +for very strongly did either side wish for peace. And in such measure as the +Franks rejoiced, so were the Greeks dolent, because right willingly would they +have seen the Franks quarrelling and at war. Thus was the siege of Adrianople +raised, and the marquis returned with all his people to Demotica, where was the +empress his wife. +</p> + +<h2>MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BALDWIN—DEATH OF SEVERAL KNIGHTS</h2> + +<p> +The envoys returned to Constantinople, and told what they had done. Greatly did +the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis of Blois, and all besides, then rejoice +that to these envoys had been committed the negotiations for a peace; and they +chose good messengers, and wrote a letter, and sent it to the Emperor Baldwin, +telling him that the marquis had referred himself to them, with assurances that +he would accept their arbitration, and that he (the emperor) was even more +strongly bound to do the same, and that they besought him to do so—for +they would in no wise countenance war—and promise to accept their +arbitration, as the marquis had done. +</p> + +<p> +While this was in progress the Emperor Baldwin had settled matters at Salonika +and departed thence, garrisoning it with his people, and had left there as +chief Renier of Mons, who was a good knight and a valiant. And tidings had come +to him that the marquis had taken Demotica, and established himself therein, +an(f conquered a great part of the land lying round about, and besieged the +emperor’s people in Adrianople. Greatly enraged was the Emperor Baldwin +when these tidings came to him, and much did he hasten so as to raise the siege +of Adrianople, and do to the marquis all the harm that he could. Ah God! what +mischief their discord might have caused! If God had not seen to it, +Christendom would have been undone. +</p> + +<p> +So did the Emperor Baldwin journey day by day. And a very great mischance had +befallen those who were before Salonika, for many people of the host were +stricken down with sickness. Many who could not be moved had to remain in the +castles by which the emperor passed, and many were brought along in litters, +journeying in sore pain; and many there were who died at Cetros (La Serre). +Among those who so died at Cetros was Master John of Noyon, chancellor to the +Emperor Baldwin. He was a good clerk, and very wise, and much had he comforted +the host by the word of God, which he well knew how to preach. And you must +know that by his death the good men of the host were much discomforted. +</p> + +<p> +Nor was it long ere another great misfortune befell the host, for Peter of +Amiens died, who was a man rich and noble, and a good and brave knight, and +great dole was made for him by Hugh of St. Paul, who was his cousin-german; and +heavily did his death weigh upon the host. Shortly after died Gerard of +Mancicourt, who was a knight much prized, and Giles of Annoy, and many other +good people. Forty knights died during this expedition, and by their death was +the host greatly enfeebled. +</p> + +<h2>BALDWIN’S REPLY TO THE MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Baldwin journeyed so day by day that he met the messengers sent by +those of Constantinople. One of the messengers was a knight belonging to the +land of Count Louis of Blois, and the count’s liegeman; his name was +Bègue of Fransures, and he was wise and eloquent. He spoke the message of his +lord and the other barons right manfully, and said: “Sire, the Doge of +Venice, and Count Louis, my lord, and the other barons who are in +Constantinople send you health and greeting as to their lord, and they complain +to God and to you of those who have raised discord between you and the Marquis +of Montferrat, whereby it failed but little that Christendom was not undone; +and they tell you that you did very ill when you listened to such counsellors. +Now they apprise you that the marquis has referred to them the quarrel that +there is between him and you, and they pray you, as their lord, to refer that +quarrel to them likewise, and to promise to abide by their ruling. And be it +known to you that they will in no wise, nor on any ground, suffer that you +should go to war.” +</p> + +<p> +The Emperor Baldwin went to confer with his council, and said he would reply +anon. Many there were in the emperor’s council who had helped to cause +the quarrel, and they were greatly outraged by the declaration sent by those at +Constantinople, and they said: “Sire, you hear what they declare to you, +that they will not suffer you to take vengeance of your enemy. Truly it seems +that if you will not do as they order, they will set themselves against +you.” +</p> + +<p> +Very many big words were then spoken; but, in the end, the council agreed that +the emperor had no wish to lose the friendship of the Doge of Venice, and Count +Louis, and the others who were in Constantinople; and the emperor replied to +the envoys: “I will not promise to refer the quarrel to those who sent +you, but I will go to Constantinople without doing aught to injure the +marquis.” So the Emperor Baldwin journeyed day by day till he came to +Constantinople, and the barons, and the other people, went to meet him, and +received him as their lord with great honour. +</p> + +<h2>RECONCILIATION OF BALDWIN AND BONIFACE</h2> + +<p> +On the fourth day the emperor knew clearly that he had been ill-advised to +quarrel with the marquis, and then the Doge of Venice and Count Louis came to +speak to him and said: “Sire, we would pray you to refer this matter to +us, as the marquis has done.” And the emperor said he would do so right +willingly. Then were envoys chosen to fetch the marquis, and bring him thither. +Of them envoys one was Gervais of Châtel, and the second Renier of Trit, and +Geoffry, Marshal of Champagne the third, and the Doge of Venice sent two of his +people. +</p> + +<p> +The envoys rode day by day till they came to Demotica, and they found the +marquis with the empress his wife, and a great number of right worthy people, +and they told him how they had come to fetch him. Then did Geoffry the Marshal +desire him to come to Constantinople, as he had promised, and make peace in +such wise as might be settled by those in whose hands he had remitted his +cause; and they promised him safe conduct, as also to those who might go with +him. +</p> + +<p> +The marquis took counsel with his men. Some there were who agreed that he +should go, and some who advised that he should not go. But the end of the +debate was such that he went with the envoys to Constantinople, and took full a +hundred knights with him; and they rode day by day till they came to +Constantinople. Very gladly were they received in the city; and Count Louis of +Blois and Chartres, and the Doge of Venice went out to meet the marquis, +together with many other right worthy people, for he was much loved in the +host. +</p> + +<p> +Then was a parliament assembled, and the covenants were rehearsed between the +Emperor Baldwin and the Marquis Boniface; and Salonika was restored to +Boniface, with the land, he placing Demotica, which he had seized, in the hands +of Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who undertook to keep it till he heard, by +accredited messenger, or letters duly sealed, that the marquis was seized of +Salonika, when he would give back Demotica to the emperor, or to whomsoever the +emperor might appoint. Thus was peace made between the emperor and the marquis, +as you have heard. And great was the joy thereof throughout the host, for out +of this quarrel might very great evil have arisen. +</p> + +<h2>THE KINGDOM OF SALONIKA IS RESTORED TO BONIFACE—DIVISION OF THE LAND +BETWEEN THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +The marquis then took leave, and went towards Salonika with his people, and +with his wife; and with him rode the envoys of the emperor; and as they went +from castle to castle, each, with all its lordship, was restored to the marquis +on the part of the emperor. So they came to Salonika, and those who held the +place for the emperor surrendered it. Now the governor, whom the emperor had +left there, and whose name was Renier of Mons, had died; he was a man most +worthy, and his death a great mischance. +</p> + +<p> +Then the land and country began to surrender to the marquis, and a great part +thereof to come under his rule. But a Greek, a man of great rank, whose name +was Leon Sgure, would in no wise come under the rule of the marquis, for he had +seized Corinth and Napoli, two cities that lie upon the sea, and are among the +strongest cities under heaven. He then refused to surrender, but began to make +war against the marquis, and a very great many of the Greeks held with him. And +another Greek, whose name was Michael, and who had come with the marquis from +Constantinople, and was thought by the marquis to be his friend, he departed, +without any word said, and went to a city called Arthe (? Durazzo) and took to +wife the daughter of a rich Greek, who held the land from the emperor, and +seized the land, and began to make war on the marquis. +</p> + +<p> +Now the land from Constantinople to Salonika was quiet and at peace, for the +ways were so safe that all could come and go at their pleasure, and from the +one city to the other there were full twelve long days’ journey. And so +much time had now passed that we were at the beginning of September (1204). And +the Emperor Baldwin was in Constantinople, and the land at peace, and under his +rule. Then died two right good knights in Constantinople, Eustace of Canteleu, +and Aimery of Villeroi, whereof their friends had great sorrow. +</p> + +<p> +Then did they begin to divide the land. The Venetians had their part, and the +pilgrims the other. And when each one was able to go to his own land, the +covetousness of this world, which has worked so great evil, suffered them not +to be at peace, for each began to deal wickedly in his land, some more, and +some less, and the Greeks began to hate them and to nourish a bitter heart. +</p> + +<p> +Then did the Emperor Baldwin bestow on Count Louis the duchy of Nice, which was +one of the greatest lordships in the land of Roumania, and situate on the other +side of the straits, towards Turkey. Now all the land on the other side of the +straits had not surrendered to the emperor, but was against him. Then +afterwards he gave the duchy of Philippopolis to Renier of Trit. +</p> + +<p> +So Count Louis sent his men to conquer his land-some hundred and twenty +knights. And over them were set Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orleans. They +left Constantinople on All Saints Day (1st November 1204), and passed over the +Straits of St. George on ship-board, and came to Piga, a city that lies on the +sea, and is inhabited by Latins. And they began to war against the Greeks. +</p> + +<h2>EXECUTION OF MOURZUPHLES AND IMPRISONMENT OF ALEXIUS</h2> + +<p> +In those days it happened that the Emperor Mourzuphles, whose eyes had been put +out—the same who had murdered his lord, the Emperor Isaac’s son, +the Emperor Alexius, whom the pilgrims had brought with them to that +land—it happened, I say, that the Emperor Mourzuphles fled privily, and +with but few people, and took refuge beyond the straits. But Thierri of Loos +heard of it, for Mourzuphles’ flight was revealed to him, and he took +Mourzuphles and brought him to the Emperor Baldwin at Constantinople,. And the +Emperor Baldwin rejoiced thereat, and took counsel with his men what he should +do with a man who had been guilty of such a murder upon his lord. +</p> + +<p> +And the council agreed to this: There was in Constantinople, towards the middle +of the city, a column, one of the highest and the most finely wrought in marble +that eye had ever seen; and Mourzuphles should be taken to the top of that +column and made to leap down, in the sight of all the people, because it was +fit that an act of justice so notable should be seen of the whole world. So +they led the Emperor Mourzuphles to the column, and took him to the top, and +all the people in the city ran together to behold the event. Then they cast him +down, and he fell from such a height that when he came to the earth he was all +shattered and broken. +</p> + +<p> +Now hear of a great marvel! On that column from which he fell were images of +divers kinds, wrought in the marble. And among these images was one, worked in +the shape of an emperor, falling headlong; for of a long time it had been +prophesied that from that column an emperor of Constantinople should be cast +down. So did the semblance and the prophecy come true. +</p> + +<p> +It came to pass, at this time also, that the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, +who was near Salonika, took prisoner the Emperor Alexius—the same who had +put out the eyes of the Emperor Isaac—and the empress his wife with him. +And he sent the scarlet buskins, and the imperial vestments, to the Emperor +Baldwin, his lord, at Constantinople, and the emperor took the act in very good +part. Shortly after the marquis sent the Emperor Alexius and the empress his +wife, to Montferrat, there to be imprisoned. +</p> + +<h2>CAPTURE OF ABYDOS, OF PHILIPPOPOLIS, AND OF NICOMEDIA—THEODORE +LASCARIS PRETENDS TO THE EMPIRE</h2> + +<p> +At the feast of St. Martin after this (11th November 1204), Henry, the brother +of the Emperor Baldwin, went forth from Constantinople, and marched down by the +straits to the mouth of Abydos; and he took with him some hundred and twenty +good knights. He crossed the straits near a city which is called Abydos, and +found it well furnished with good things, with corn and meats, and with all +things of which man has need. So he seized the city, and lodged therein, and +then began to war with the Greeks who were before him. And the Armenians of the +land, of whom there were many, began to turn towards him, for they greatly +hated the Greeks. +</p> + +<p> +At that time Renier of Trit left Constantinople, and went towards +Philippopolis, which the emperor had given him; and he took with him some +hundred and twenty very good knights, and rode day by day till he passed beyond +Adrianople, and came to Philippopolis. And the people of the land received him, +and obeyed him as their lord, for they beheld his coming very willingly. And +they stood in great need of succour, for Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, had +mightily oppressed them with war. So Renier helped them right well, and held a +great part of the land, and most of those who had sided with Johannizza, now +turned to him. In those parts the war with Johannizza raged fiercely. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor had sent some hundred knights over the straits of Saint George +opposite Constantinople. Macaire of Sainte-Marehould was in command, and with +him went Matthew of Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi. They rode to a city +called Nicomedia, which lies on a gulf of the sea, and is well two days’ +journey from Constantinople. When the Greeks saw them coming, they avoided the +city, and went away; so the pilgrims lodged therein, and garrisoned it, and +enclosed it with walls, and began to wage war before them, on that side also. +</p> + +<p> +The land on the other side of the straits had for lord a Greek named Theodore +Lascaris. He had for wife the daughter of the Emperor Alexius, through whom he +laid claim to the land—this was the Alexius whom the Franks had driven +from Constantinople, and who had put out his brother’s eyes. The same +Lascaris maintained the war against the Franks on the other side of the +straits, in whatsoever part they might be. +</p> + +<p> +In Constantinople remained the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis, with but few +people, and the Count of St. Paul, who was grievously sick with gout, that held +him by the knees and feet; and the Doge of Venice, who saw naught. +</p> + +<h2>REINFORCEMENTS FROM SYRIA—DEATH OF MARY, THE WIFE OF BALDWIN</h2> + +<p> +After this time came from the land of Syria a great company of those who had +abandoned the host, and gone thither from other ports than Venice. With this +company came Stephen of Perche, and Renaud of Montmirail, who was cousin to +Count Louis, and they were by him much honoured, for he was very glad of their +coming. And the Emperor Baldwin, and the rest of the people also received them +very gladly, for they were of high rank, and very rich, and brought very many +good people with them. +</p> + +<p> +From the land of Syria came Hugh of Tabarie, and Raoul his brother, and Thierri +of Tenremonde, and very many people of the land, knights and light horsemen, +and sergeants. And the Emperor Baldwin gave to Stephen of Perche the duchy of +Philadelphia. +</p> + +<p> +Among other tidings came news at this time to the Emperor Baldwin whereby he +was made very sorrowful; for the Countess Mary* his wife, whom he had left in +Flanders, seeing she could not go with him because she was with child—he +was then but count—had brought forth a daughter—and afterwards, on +her recovery, she started to go to her lord overseass and passed to the port of +Marseilles, and coming to Acre, she had but just landed, when the tidings came +to her from Constantinople—told by the messengers whom her lord had +sent—that Constantinople was taken, and her lord made emperor, to the +great joy of all Christendom. On hearing this the lady was minded to come to +him forthwith. Then a sickness took her, and she made an end and died, whereof +there was great dole throughout all Christendom, for she was a gracious and +virtuous lady and greatly honoured. And those who came in this company brought +the tidings of her death, whereof the Emperor Baldwin had sore affliction, as +also the barons of the land, for much did they desire to have her for their +lady. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: She was the daughter of Henry Count of Champagne and of Mary, daughter +of Philip Augustus, King of France] +</p> + +<h2>DEFEAT OF THEODORE AND CONSTANTINE LASCARIS</h2> + +<p> +At that time those who had gone to the city of Piga—Peter of Bracieux and +Payen of Orléans being the chiefs—fortified a castle called Palormo; and +they left therein a garrison of their people, and rode forward to conquer the +land. Theodore Lascaris had collected all the people he could, and on the day +of the feast of our Lord St. Nicholas (6th December 1204), which is before the +Nativity, he joined battle in the plain before a castle called Poemaninon. The +battle was engaged with great disadvantage to our people, for those of the +other part were in such numbers as was marvellous; and on our side there were +but one hundred and forty knights, without counting the mounted sergeants. +</p> + +<p> +But our Lord orders battles as it pleases Him. By His grace and by His will, +the Franks vanquished the Greeks and discomfited them, so that they suffered +very great loss. And within the week, they surrendered a very large part of the +land. They surrendered Poemaninon, which was a very strong castle, and +Lopadium, which was one of the best cities of the land, and Polychna, which is +seated on a lake of fresh water, and is one of the strongest and best castles +that can be found. And you must know that our people fared very excellently, +and by God’s help had their will of that land. +</p> + +<p> +Shortly after, by the advice of the Armenians, Henry, the brother of the +Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, started from the city of Abydos, leaving +therein a garrison of his people, and rode to a city called Adramittium, which +lies on the sea, a two days’ journey from Abydos. This city yielded to +him, and he lodged therein, and a great part of the land surrendered; for the +city was well supplied with corn and meats, and other goods. Then he maintained +the war in those parts against the Greeks. +</p> + +<p> +Theodore Lascaris, who had been discomfited at Poemaninon, collected as many +people as he could, and assembled a very great army, and gave the command +thereof to Constantine, his brother, who was one of the best Greeks in +Roumania, and then rode straight towards Adramittium. And Henry, the brother of +the Emperor Baldwin, had knowledge, through the Armenians, that a great host +was marching against him, so he made ready to meet them, and set his battalions +in order; and he had with him some very good men, as Baldwin of Beauvoir, and +Nicholas of Mailly, and Anseau of Cayeux, and Thierri of Loos, and Thierri of +Tenremonde. +</p> + +<p> +So it happened that on the Saturday which is before mid-Lent (19th March 1205), +came Constantine Lascaris with his great host, before Adramittium. And Henry, +when he knew of his coming, took counsel, and said he would not suffer himself +to be shut up in the city, but would issue forth. And those of the other part +came on with all their host, in great companies of horse and foot, and those on +our part went out to meet them, and began the onslaught. Then was there a dour +battle and fighting hand to hand; but by God’s help the Franks prevailed, +and discomfited their foes, so that many were killed and taken captive, and +there was much booty. Then were the Franks at ease, and very rich, so that the +people of the land turned to them, and began to bring in their rents. +</p> + +<h2>BONIFACE ATTACKS LEON SGURE; HE IS JOINED BY GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, THE +NEPHEW</h2> + +<p> +Now let us leave speaking further (for the nonce), of those at Constantinople, +and return to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. The marquis had gone, as you +have heard, towards Salonika, and then ridden forth against Leon Sgure, who +held Napoli and Corinth, two of the strongest cities in the world. Boniface +besieged both cities at once. James of Avesnes, with many other good men, +remained before Corinth, and the rest encamped before Napoli, and laid siege to +it. +</p> + +<p> +Then befell a certain adventure in the land. For Geoffry of Villehardouin, who +was nephew to Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of Roumania and Champagne, +being his brother’s son, was moved to leave Syria with the company that +came to Constantinople. But wind and chance carried him to the port of Modon, +and there his ship was injured, so that, of necessity, it behoved him to winter +in that country. And a Greek, who was a great lord of the land, knew of it, and +came to him, and did him much honour, and said: “Fair Sir, the Franks +have conquered Constantinople, and elected an emperor. If thou wilt make +alliance with me, I will deal with thee in all good faith, and we together Will +conquer much land.” So they made alliance on oath, the Greek and Geoffry +of Villehardouin, and conquered together a great part of the country, and +Geoffry of Villehardouin found much good faith in the Greek. +</p> + +<p> +But adventures happen as God wills, and sickness laid hold of the Greek, and he +made an end and died. And the Greek’s son rebelled against Geoffry of +Villehardouin, and betrayed him, and the castles in which Geoffry had set a +garrison turned against him. Now he heard tell that the marquis was besieging +Napoli, so he went towards him with as many men as he could collect, and rode +through the land for some six days in very great peril, and thus came to the +camp, where he was received right willingly, and much honoured by the marquis +and all who were there. And this was but right, seeing he was very honourable +and valiant, and a good knight. +</p> + +<h2>EXPLOITS OF WILLIAM OF CHAMPLITTE AND GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, THE NEPHEW, +IN MOREA</h2> + +<p> +The marquis would have given him land and possessions so that he might remain +with him, but he would not, and spoke to William of Champlitte, who was his +friend, and said: “Sir, I come from a land that is very rich, and is +called Morea. Take as many men as you can collect, and leave this host, and let +us go and conquer that land by the help of God. And that which you will give me +out of our conquests, I will hold from you, and I will be your liegeman.” +And William of Champlitte, who greatly trusted and loved him, went to the +marquis, and told him of the matter, and the marquis allowed of their going. +</p> + +<p> +So William of Champlitte and Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) departed +from the host, and took with them about a hundred knights, and a great number +of mounted sergeants, and entered into the land of Morea, and rode onwards till +they came to the city of Modon. Michael heard that they were in the land with +so few people, and he collected together a great number of people, a number +that was marvellous, and he rode after them as one thinking they were all no +better than prisoners, and in his hand. +</p> + +<p> +And when they heard tell that he was coming, they refortified Modon, where the +defences had long since been pulled down, and there left their baggage, and the +lesser folk. Then they rode out a day’s march, and ordered their array +with as many people as they had. But the odds seemed too great, for they had no +more than five hundred men mounted, whereas on the other part there were well +over five thousand. But events happen as God pleases; for our people fought +with the Greeks and discomfited and conquered them. And the Greeks lost very +heavily, while those on our side gained horses and arms enough, and other goods +in very great plenty, and so returned very happy, and very joyously, to the +city of Modon. +</p> + +<p> +Afterwards they rode to a city called Coron, on the sea, and besieged it. And +they had not besieged it long before it surrendered, and William gave it to +Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) and he became his liegeman, and set +therein a garrison of his men. Next they went to a castle called Chalemate +which was very strong and fair, and besieged it. This castle troubled them for +a very long space, but they remained before it till it was taken. Then did more +of the Greeks of that land surrender than had done aforetime. +</p> + +<h2>SIEGE OF NAPOLI AND CORINTH; ALLIANCE BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND +JOHANNIZZA</h2> + +<p> +The Marquis of Montferrat besieged Napoli, but he could there do nothing, for +the place was too strong, and his men suffered greatly. James of Avesnes, +meanwhile, continued to besiege Corinth, where he had been left by the marquis. +Leon Sgure, who was in Corinth, and very wise and wily, saw that James had not +many people with him, and did not keep good watch. So one morning, at the break +of day, he issued from the city in force, and got as far as the tents, and +killed many before they could get to their armour. +</p> + +<p> +There was killed Dreux of Estruen, who was very honourable and valiant, and +greatly was he lamented. And James of Avesnes, who was in command, waxed very +wroth at the death of his knight, and did not leave the fray till he was +wounded in the leg right grievously. And well did those who were present bear +witness that it was to his doughtiness that they owed their safety; for you +must know that they came very near to being all lost. But by God’s help +they drove the Greeks back into the castle by force. +</p> + +<p> +Now the Greeks, who were very disloyal, still nourished treachery in their +hearts. They perceived at that time that the Franks were so scattered over the +land that each had his own matters to attend to. So they thought they could the +more easily betray them. They took envoys therefore privily, from all the +cities in the land, and sent them to Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, who was still at war with them as he had been aforetime. And they +told Johannizza they would make him emperor, and give themselves wholly to him, +and slay all the Franks. So they swore that they would obey him as their lord, +and he swore that he would defend them as though they were his own people. Such +was the oath sworn. +</p> + +<h2>UPRISING OF THE GREEKS AT DEMOTICA AND ADRIANOPLE; THEIR DEFEAT AT +ARCADIOPOLIS</h2> + +<p> +At that time there happened a great misfortune at Constantinople, for Count +Hugh of St. Paul, who had long been in bed, sick of the gout, made an end and +died; and this caused great sorrow, and was a great mishap, and much was he +bewept by his men and by his friends. He was buried with great honour in the +church of our Lord St. George of Mangana. +</p> + +<p> +Now Count Hugh in his lifetime had held a castle called Demotica, which was +very strong and rich, and he had therein some of his knights and sergeants. The +Greeks, who had made oath to the King of Wallachia that they would kill and +betray the Franks, betrayed them in that castle, and slaughtered many and took +many captive. Few escaped, and those who escaped went flying to a city called +Adrianople, which the Venetians held at that time. +</p> + +<p> +Not long after the Greeks in Adrianople rose in arms; and such of our men as +were therein, and had been set to guard it, came out in great peril, and left +the city. Tidings thereof came to the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, who +had but few men with him, he and Count Louis of Blois. Much were they then +troubled and dismayed. And thenceforth, from day to day, did evil tidings begin +to come to them, that everywhere the Greeks were rising, and that wherever the +Greeks found Franks occupying the land, they killed them. +</p> + +<p> +And those who had left Adrianople, the Venetians and the others who were there, +came to a city called Tzurulum, that belonged to the Emperor Baldwin. There +they found William of Blanvel, who kept the place for the emperor. By the help +and comfort that he gave them, and because he accompanied them with as many men +as he could, they turned back to a city, some twelve leagues distant, called +Arcadiopolis, which belonged to the Venetians, and they found it empty. So they +entered in, and put a garrison there. +</p> + +<p> +On the third day the Greeks of the land gathered together, and came at the +break of dawn before Arcadiopolis; and then began, from all sides, an assault, +great and marvellous. The Franks defended themselves right well, and opened +their gates, and issued forth, attacking vigorously. As was God’s will, +the Greeks were discomfited, and those on our side began to cut them down and +to slay them, and then chased them for a league, and killed many, and captured +many horses and much other spoil. +</p> + +<p> +So the Franks returned with great joy to Arcadiopolis, and sent tidings of +their victory to the Emperor Baldwin, in Constantinople, who was much rejoiced +thereat. Nevertheless they dared not hold the city of Arcadiopolis, but left +it on the morrow, and abandoned it, and returned to the city of Tzurulum. Here +they remained in very great doubt, for they misdoubted the Greeks who were in +the city as much as those who were without, because the Greeks in the city had +also taken part in the oath sworn to the King of Wallachia, and were bound to +betray the Franks. And many there were who did not dare to abide in Tzurulum, +but made their way back to Constantinople. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE STRAITS ARE RECALLED TO MARCH ON +ADRIANOPLE—EXPEDITION OF GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN</h2> + +<p> +Then the Emperor Baldwin and the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis took counsel +together, for they saw they were losing the whole land. And they settled that +the emperor should tell his brother Henry, who was at Adramittium, to abandon +whatsoever conquests he had made, and come to their succour. +</p> + +<p> +Count Louis, on his side, sent to Payen of Orléans and Peter of Bracieux, who +were at Lopadium, and to all the people that were with them, telling them to +leave whatsoever conquests they had made, save Pioa only, that lay on the sea, +where they were to set a garrison—the smallest they could—and that +the remainder were to come to their succour. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor directed Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Matthew of Wallincourt, +and Robert of Ronsoi, who had some hundred knights with them in Nicomedia, to +leave Nicomedia and come to their succour. +</p> + +<p> +By command of the Emperor Baldwin, Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Champagne and of Roumania, issued from Constantinople, with Manasses of +l’Isle, and with as many men as they could collect, and these were few +enough, seeing that all the land was being lost. And they rode to the city of +Tzurulum, which is distant a three days’ journey. There they found +William of Blanvel, and those that were with him, in very great fear, and much +were these reassured at their coming. At that place they remained four days. +The Emperor Baldwin sent after Geoffry the Marshal as many as he could, of such +people as were coming into Constantinople, so that on the fourth day there were +at Tzurulum eighty knights. +</p> + +<p> +Then did Geoffry the Marshal move forward, and Manasses of l’Isle, and +their people, and they rode on, and came to the city of Arcadiopolis, and +quartered themselves therein. There they remained a day, and then moved to a +city called Bulgaropolis. The Greeks had avoided this city and the Franks +quartered themselves therein. The following day they rode to a city called +Neguise, which was very fair and strong, and well furnished with all good +things. And they found that the Greeks had abandoned it, and were all gone to +Adrianople. Now Adrianople was distant nine French leagues, and therein were +gathered all the great multitude of the Greeks. And the Franks decided that +they should wait where they were till the coming of the Emperor Baldwin. +</p> + +<h2>RENIER OF TRIT ABANDONED AT PHILIPPOPOLIS BY HIS SON AND THE GREATER PART +OF HIS PEOPLE</h2> + +<p> +Now does this book relate a great marvel: for Renier of Trit, who was at +Philippopolis, a good nine days’ journey from Constantinople, with at +least one hundred and twenty knights, was deserted by Reginald his son, and +Giles his brother, and James of Bondies, who was his nephew, and Achard of +Verdun, who had his daughter to wife. And they had taken some thirty of his +knights, and thought to come to Constantinople; and they had left him, you must +know, in great peril. But they found the country raised against them, and were +discomfited; and the Greeks took them, and afterwards handed them over to the +King of Wallachia, who had their heads cut off. And you must know that they +were but little pitied by the people, because they had behaved in such evil +sort to one whom they were bound to treat quite otherwise. +</p> + +<p> +And when the other knights of Renier de Trit saw that he was thus abandoned by +those who were much more bound to him than themselves, they felt the less +shame, and some eighty together left him, and departed by another way. So +Renier of Trit remained among the Greeks with very few men, for he had not more +than fifteen knights at Philippopolis and Stanimac-which is a very strong +castle which he held, and where he was for a long time besieged. +</p> + +<h2>BALDWIN UNDERTAKES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE</h2> + +<p> +We will speak no further now of Renier of Trit but return to the Emperor +Baldwin, who is in Constantinople, with but very few people, and greatly +angered and much distracted. He was waiting for Henry his brother, and all the +people on the other side of the straits, and the first who came to him from the +other side of the straits came from Nicomedia, viz.: Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, and Matthew of Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, and with +them full a hundred knights. +</p> + +<p> +When the emperor saw them, he was right glad, and he consulted with Count +Louis, who was Count of Blois and Chartres. And they settled to go forth, with +as many men as they had, to follow Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who had +gone before. Alas! what a pity it was they did not wait till all had joined +them who were on the other side of the straits, seeing how few people they had, +and how perilous the adventure on which they were bound. +</p> + +<p> +So they started from Constantinople, some one hundred and forty knights, and +rode from day to day till they came to the castle of Neguise, where Geoffry the +Marshal was quartered. That night they took counsel together, and the decision +to which they came was, that on the morrow they should go before Adrianople, +and lay siege to it. So they ordered their battalions, and did for the best +with such people as they had. +</p> + +<p> +When the morning came, and full daylight, they rode as had been arranged, and +came before Adrianople. And they found it very well defended, and saw the flags +of Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, on the walls and towers; and the +city was very strong and very rich, and very full of people. Then they made an +assault, with very few people, before two of the gates, and this was on the +Tuesday of Palmtide (29th March 1205). So did they remain before the city for +three days, in great discomfort, and but few in number. +</p> + +<h2>THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE CONTINUED WITHOUT RESULT</h2> + +<p> +Then came Henry Dandolo, the Doge of Venice, who was an old man and saw naught. +And he brought with him as many people as he had, and these were quite as many +as the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis had brought, and he encamped before one +of the gates. On the morrow they were joined by a troop of mounted sergeants, +but these might well have been better men than they proved themselves to be. +And the host* had small store of provisions, because the merchants could not +come with them; nor could they go foraging, because of the many Greeks that +were spread throughout the land. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: meaning here a little obscure. I think, however, the intention of the +original is to state that the host, and not only the sergeants, lacked +supplies] +</p> + +<p> +Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming to succour Adrianople with a very +great host; for he brought with him Wallachians and Bulgarians, and full +fourteen thousand Comans who had never been baptised. +</p> + +<p> +Now because of the dearth of provisions, Count Louis of Blois and Chartres went +foraging on Palm Sunday. With him went Stephen of Perche, brother of Count +Geoffry of Perche, and Renaud of Montmirail, who was brother of Count Hervée of +Nevers, and Gervais of Châtel, and more than half of the host. They went to a +castle called Peutace, and found it well garrisoned with Greeks, and assailed +it with great force and fury; but they were able to achieve nothing, and so +retreated without taking any spoils. Thus they remained during the week of the +two Easters (Palm Sunday to Easter Day), and fashioned engines of divers sorts, +and set such miners as they had to work underground and so undermine the wall. +And thus did they celebrate Easter (10th April) before Adrianople, being but +few in number and scant of provisions. +</p> + +<h2>JOHANNIZZA, KING OF WALLACHIA, COMES TO RELIEVE ADRIANOPLE</h2> + +<p> +Then came tidings that Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming upon them to +relieve the city. So they set their affairs in order, and it was arranged that +Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l’Isle should guard the camp, and +that the Emperor Baldwin and all the remainder of the host should issue from +the camp if so be that Johannizza came and offered battle. +</p> + +<p> +Thus they remained till the Wednesday of Easter week, and Johannizza had by +that time approached so near that he encamped at about five leagues from us. +And he sent his Comans running before our camp, and a cry was raised throughout +the camp, and our men issued therefrom helterskelter, and pursued the Comans +for a full league very foolishly; for when they wished to return, the Comans +began to shoot at them in grievous wise, and wounded a good many of their +horses. +</p> + +<p> +So our men returned to the camp, and the barons were summoned to the quarters +of the Emperor Baldwin. And they took counsel, and all said that they had dealt +foolishly in thus pursuing people who were so lightly armed. And in the end +they settled that if Johannizza came on again, they would issue forth, and set +themselves in array of battle before the camp, and there wait for him, and not +move from thence. And they had it proclaimed throughout the host that none +should be so rash as to disregard this order, and move from his post for any +cry or tumult that might come to his ears. And it was settled that Geoffry the +Marshal should keep guard on the side of the city, with Manasses of +l’Isle. +</p> + +<p> +So they passed that night till the Thursday morning in Easter week, when they +heard mass and ate their dinner. And the Comans ran up to their tents, and a +cry arose, and they ran to arms, and issued from the camp with all their +battalions in array, as had afore been devised. +</p> + +<h2>DEFEAT OF THE CRUSADERS—BALDWIN TAKEN PRISONER</h2> + +<p> +Count Louis went out first with his battalion, and began to follow after the +Comans, and sent to urge the emperor to come after him. Alas! how ill did they +keep to what had been settled the night before! For they ran in pursuit of the +Comans for at least two leagues, and joined issue with them, and chased them a +long space. And then the Comans turned back upon them, and began to cry out and +to shoot. +</p> + +<p> +On our side there were battalions made up of other people than knights, people +having too little knowledge of arms, and they began to wax afraid and be +discomfited. And Count Louis, who had been the first to attack, was wounded in +two places full sorely; and the Comans and Wallachians began to invade our +ranks; and the count had fallen, and one of his knights, whose name was John of +Friaise, dismounted, and set him on his horse. Many were Count Louis’ +people who said: “Sir, get you hence, for you are too sorely wounded, and +in two places.” And he said: “The Lord God forbid that ever I +should be reproached with flying from the field, and abandoning the +emperor.” +</p> + +<p> +The emperor, who was in great straits on his side, recalled his people, and he +told them that he would not fly, and that they were to remain with him: and +well do those who were there present bear witness that never did knight defend +himself better with his hands than did the emperor. This combat lasted a long +time. Some were there who did well, and some were there who fled. In the end, +for so God suffers misadventures to occur, they were discomfited. There on the +field remained the Emperor Baldwin, who never would fly, and Count Louis; the +Emperor Baldwin was taken alive and Count Louis was slain. +</p> + +<p> +Alas! how woful was our loss! There was lost the Bishop Peter of Bethlehem, and +Stephen of Perche, brother to Count Geoffry, and Renaud of Montmirail, brother +of the Count of Nevers, and Matthew of Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, John +of Friaise, Walter of Neuilli, Ferri of Yerres, John his brother, Eustace of +Heumont, John his brother, Baldwin of Neuville, and many more of whom the book +does not here make mention. Those who were able to escape, they came back +flying to the camp. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS RAISE THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE</h2> + +<p> +When Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who was keeping guard at one of the +gates of the city, saw this he issued from the camp as soon as he could, with +all the men that were with him, and gave command to Manasses of lisle, who was +on guard at another gate, that he should follow after him. And he rode forth +with all his force at full speed, and in full array, to meet the fugitives, and +the fugitives all rallied round him. And Manasses of l’Isle followed as +soon as he was able, with his men, and joined himself to him, so that together +they formed a very strong body; and all those who came out of the rout, and +whom they could stop, were taken into their ranks. +</p> + +<p> +The rout was thus stayed between Nones and Vespers. But the most part of the +fugitives were so afeared that they fled right before them till they came to +the tents and quarters. Thus was the rout stayed, as you have heard; and the +Comans, with the Wallachians and Greeks, who were in full chace, ceased their +pursuit. But these still galled our force with their bows and arrows, and the +men of our force kept still with their faces turned towards them. Thus did both +sides remain till nightfall, when the Comans and Wallachians began to retire. +</p> + +<p> +Then did Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne and Roumania, +summon to the camp the Doge of Venice, who was an old man and saw naught, but +very wise and brave and vigorous; and he asked the Doge to come to him there +where he stood with his men, holding the field; and the Doge did so. And when +the Marshal saw him, he called him into council, aside, all alone, and said to +him: “Lord, you see the misadventure that has befallen us. We have lost +the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis, and the larger part of our people, and of +the best. Now let us bethink ourselves how to save what is left. For if God +does not take pity of them, we are but lost.” +</p> + +<p> +And in the end they settled it thus: that the Doge would return to the camp, +and put heart into the people, and order that every one should arm and remain +quiet in his tent or pavilion; and that Geoffry the Marshal would remain in +full order of battle before the camp till it was night, so that their enemies +might not see the host move; and that when it was night all would move from +before the city; the Doge of Venice would go before, and Geoffry the Marshal +would form the rear-guard, with those who were with him. +</p> + +<h2>RETREAT OF THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +Thus they waited till it was night; and when it was night the Doge of Venice +left the camp, as had been arranged, and Geoffry the Marshal formed the +rear-guard. And they departed at foot pace, and took with them all their people +mounted and dismounted, the wounded as well those who were whole-they left not +one behind. And they journeyed towards a city that lies upon the sea, called +Rodosto, and that was full three days’ journey distant. So they departed +from Adrianople, as you have heard; and this adventure befell in the year of +the Incarnation of Jesus Christ twelve hundred and five. +</p> + +<p> +And in the night that the host left Adrianople, it happened that a company +started to get to Constantinople earlier, and by a more direct way; and they +were greatly blamed therefor. In this company was a certain count from Lombardy +named Gerard, who came from the land of the marquis, and Odo of Ham, who was +lord of a castle called Ham in Vermandois, and John of Maseroles, and many +others to the number of twenty-five knights, whom the book does not name. And +they went away so fast after the discomfiture, which had taken place on the +Thursday evening, that they came to Constantinople on the Saturday night, +though it was ordinarily a good five days’ journey. And they told the +news to the Cardinal Peter of Capua, who was there by the authority of Innocent +Pope of Rome, and to Conon of Béthune, who guarded the city, and to Miles the +Brabant, and to the other good men in the city. And you must know that these +were greatly affeared, and thought of a certainty that all the rest, who had +been left before Adrianople, were lost, for they had no news of them. +</p> + +<h2>PETER OF BRACIEUX AND PAYEN OF ORLEANS MEET THE RETREATING HOST</h2> + +<p> +Now will we say no more about those at Constantinople, who were in sore +trouble, but go back to the Doge of Venice and Geoffry the Marshal, who marched +all the night that they left Adrianople, till the dawn of the following day; +and then they came to a city called Pamphyle. Now listen and you shall hear how +adventures befall as God wills: for in that city had lain during the night, +Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orleans, and all the men belonging to the land +of Count Louis, at least a hundred very good knights and one hundred and forty +mounted sergeants, and they were coming from the other side of the straits to +join the host at Adrianople. +</p> + +<p> +When they saw the host coming, they ran to their arms right nimbly, for they +thought we were the Greeks. So they armed themselves, and sent to know what +people we were, when their messengers discovered that we were the host +retreating after our discomfiture. So the messengers went back, and told them +that the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and their lord Count Louis, of whose land +and country they were, and of whose following. +</p> + +<p> +Sadder news could they not have heard. There might you have seen many tears +wept, and many hands wrung for sorrow and pity. And they went on, all an-ned as +they were, till they came to where Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, was +keeping guard in the rear, in very great anxiety and misease. For Johannizza, +the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had come at the point of day before +Adrianople with all his host, and found that we had departed, and so ridden +after us till it was full day; and when he found us not, he was full of grief; +and well was it that he found us not, for if he had found us we must all have +been lost beyond recovery. +</p> + +<p> +“Sir,” said Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orléans to Geoffry the +Marshal, “what would you have us do? We will do whatever you wish.” +And he answered them: “You see how matters stand with us. You are fresh +and unwearied, and your horses also; therefore do you keep guard in the rear, +and I will go forward and hold in hand our people, who are greatly dismayed and +in sore need of comfort.” To this they consented right willingly. So they +established the rearguard duly and efficiently, and as men who well knew how, +for they were good knights and honourable. +</p> + +<h2>THE HOST REACHES RODOSTO</h2> + +<p> +Geoffry the Marshal rode before and led the host, and rode till he came to a +city called Cariopolis. Then he saw that the horses were weary with marching +all night, and entered into the city, and put them up till noon. And they gave +food to their horses, and ate themselves of what they could find, and that was +but little. +</p> + +<p> +So they remained all the day in that city until night. And Johannizza, the King +of Wallachia, had followed them all the day with all his powers, and encamped +about two leagues from them. And when it was night, those in the city all armed +themselves and departed. Geoffry the Marshal led the van, and those formed the +rear-guard who had formed it during the day. So they rode through that night, +and the following day (16th April) in great fear and much hardship, till they +came to the city of Rodosto, a city very rich and very strong, and inhabited by +Greeks. These Greeks did not dare to defend themselves, so our people entered +in and took quarters; so at last were they in safety. +</p> + +<p> +Thus did the host escape from Adrianople, as you have heard. Then was a council +held in the city of Rodosto; and it seemed to the council that Constantinople +was in greater jeopardy than they were. So they took messengers, and sent them +by sea, telling them to travel night and day, and to advise those in the city +not to be anxious about them—for they had escaped—and that they +would repair back to Constantinople as soon as they could. +</p> + +<h2>SEVEN THOUSAND PILGRIMS LEAVE THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +At the time when the messengers arrived, there were in Constantinople five +ships of Venice, very large and very good, laden with pilgrims, and knights and +sergeants, who were leaving the land and returning to their own countries. +There were at least seven thousand men at arms in the ships, and one was +William the advocate of Béthune, and there were besides Baldwin of Aubigny, and +John of Virsin, who belonged to the land of Count Louis, and was his liegeman, +and at least one hundred other knights, whom the book does not here name. +Master Peter of Capua, who was cardinal from the Pope of Rome, Innocent, and +Conon of Béthune, who commanded in Constantinople, and Miles the Brabant, and a +great number of other men of mark, went to the five ships, and prayed those who +were in them, with sighs and tears, to have mercy and pity upon Christendom, +and upon their liege lords who had been lost in battle, and to remain for the +love of God. But they would not listen to a single word, and left the port. +They spread their sails, and went their way, as God ordained, in such sort that +the wind took them to the port of Rodosto; and this was on the day following +that on which those who had escaped from the discomfiture came thither. +</p> + +<p> +The same prayers, with tears and weeping, that had been addressed to them at +Constantinople-those same prayers were now addressed to them at Rodosto; and +Geoffry the Marshal, and those who were with him, besought them to have mercy +and pity on the land, and remain, for never would they be able to succour any +land in such dire need. They replied that they would consult together, and give +an answer on the morrow. +</p> + +<p> +And now listen to the adventure which befell that night in the city. There was +a knight from the land of Count Louis, called Peter of Frouville, who was held +in honour, and of great name. The same fled by night, and left all his baggage +and his people, and gat himself to the ship of John of Virsin, who was from the +land of Count Louis of Blois and Chartres. And those on board the five ships, +who in the morning were to give their answer to Geoffry the Marshal and to the +Doge of Venice, so soon as they saw the day, they spread their sails, and went +their way without word said to any one. Much and great blame did they receive, +both in the land whither they went, and in the land they had left; and he who +received most blame of all was Peter of Frouville. For well has it been said +that he is but ill-advised who, through fear of death, does what will be a +reproach to him for ever. +</p> + +<h2>MEETING OF MANY OF THE CRUSADERS—HENRY, THE BROTHER OF BALDWIN, IS +MADE REGENT</h2> + +<p> +Now let us speak of these last no farther, but speak of Henry, brother to the +Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, who had left Adramittium, which he had +conquered, and passed the straits at the city of Abydos, and was coming towards +Adrianople to succour the Emperor Baldwin, his brother. And with him had come +the Armenians of the land, who had helped him against the Greeks—some +twenty thousand with all their wives and children—for they dared not +remain behind. +</p> + +<p> +Then came to him the news, by certain Greeks, who had escaped from the +discomfiture, that his brother the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and Count Louis, +and the other barons. Afterwards came the news of those who had escaped and +were at Rodosto; and these asked him to make all the haste he could, and come +to them. And because he wanted to hasten as much as he could, and reach them +earlier, he left behind the Armenians, who travelled on foot, and had with them +chariots, and their wives and children; and inasmuch as these could not come on +so fast, and he thought they would travel safely and without hurt, he went +forward and encamped in a village called Cartopolis. +</p> + +<p> +On that very day came thither the nephew of Geoffry the Marshal, Anseau of +Courcelles, whom Geoffry had summoned from the parts of Macre, Trajanopolis, +and the Baie, lands that had been bestowed upon him; and with Anseau came the +people from Philippopolis, who had left Renier of Trit. This company held full +a hundred good knights, and full five hundred mounted sergeants, who all were +on their way to Adrianople to succour the Emperor Baldwin. But tidings had come +to them, as to the others, that the emperor had been defeated, so they turned +to go to Rodosto, and came to encamp at Cartopolis, the village where Henry, +the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was then encamped. And when Baldwin’s +men saw them coming, they ran to arms, for they thought they were Greeks, and +the others thought the same of Baldwin’s men. And so they advanced till +they became known to one another, and each was right glad of the other’s +coming, and felt all the safer; and they quartered themselves in the village +that night until the morrow. +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow they left, and rode straight towards Rodosto, and came that night +to the city; and there they found the Doge of Venice and Geoffry the Marshal, +and all who had escaped from the late discomfiture; and right glad were these +to see them. Then were many tears shed for sorrow by those who had lost their +friends. Ah, God! what pity it was that those men now assembled had not been at +Adrianople with the Emperor Baldwin, for in that case would nothing have been +lost. But such was not God’s pleasure. +</p> + +<p> +So they sojourned there on the following day, and the day after, and arranged +matters; and Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was received into +lordship, as regent of the empire, in lieu of his brother. +</p> + +<p> +And then misfortune came upon the Armenians, who were coming after Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, for the people of the land gathered together +and discomfited the Armenians, so that they were all taken, killed or lost. +</p> + +<h2>RETURN TO CONSTANTINOPLE—APPEALS FOR HELP SENT TO THE POPE, AND TO +FRANCE AND TO OTHER LANDS—DEATH OF THE DOGE</h2> + +<p> +Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had with him all his power, and he +occupied the whole land; and the country, and the cities, and the castles held +for him; and his Comans over-ran the land as far as Constantinople. Henry the +regent of the empire, and the Doge of Venice, and Geoffry the Marshal, were +still at Rodosto, which is a three days’ journey from Constantinople. And +they took council, and the Doge of Venice set a garrison of Venetians in +Rodosto—for it was theirs. And on the morrow they put their forces in +array, and rode, day by day, towards Constantinople. +</p> + +<p> +When they reached Selymbria, a city which is two days’ journey from +Constantinople, and belonged to the Emperor Baldwin, Henry his brother set +there a garrison of his people, and they rode with the rest to Constantinople, +where they were received right willingly, for the people were in great terror. +Nor is that to be wondered at, for they had lost so much of the country, that +outside Constantinople they only held Rodosto and Selymbria; the whole of the +rest of the country being held by Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. +And on the other side of the straits of St. George, they held no more than the +castle of Piga, while the rest of the land was in the hands of Theodore +Lascaris. +</p> + +<p> +Then the barons decided to send to the Apostle of Rome, Innocent, and to France +and Flanders, and to other lands, to ask for succour. And for this purpose were +chosen as envoys Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, and Nicholas of Mailly, and John +Bliaud. The rest remained in Constantinople, in great distress, as men who +stood in fear of losing the land. So they remained till Pentecost (29th May +1205). And within this time a very great misfortune happened to the host, for +Henry Dandolo was taken sick; so he made an end and died, and was buried with +great honour in the church of St. Sophia. +</p> + +<p> +When Pentecost had come, Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had +pretty well had his will of the land; and he could no longer hold his Comans +to-ether, because they were unable to keep the field during the summer; so the +Comans departed to their own country. And he, with all his host of Bulgarians +and Greeks, marched against the marquis towards Salonika. And the marquis, who +had heard the news of the discomfiture of the Emperor Baldwin, raised the siege +of Napoli, and went to Salonika with as many men as he could collect, and +garrisoned it. +</p> + +<h2>THE REGENT OBTAINS CERTAIN ADVANTAGES OVER THE GREEKS</h2> + +<p> +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, with as many +people as he could gather, marched against the Greeks to a city called +Tzurulum, which is a three days’ journey from Constantinople. This city +surrendered, and the Greeks swore fealty to him-an oath which at that time men +observed badly. From thence he marched to Arcadiopolis, and found it void, for +the Greeks did not dare to await his coming. And from thence again he rode to +the city of Bizye, which was very strong, and well garrisoned with Greeks; and +this city too surrendered. Afterwards he rode to the city of Napoli (Apros) +which also remained well garrisoned with Greeks. +</p> + +<p> +As our people were preparing for an assault, the Greeks within the city asked +to negotiate for capitulation. But while they thus negotiated, the men of the +host effected an entrance into the city on another side, and Henry the Regent +of the empire and those who were negotiating knew nothing of it. And this +proved very disastrous to the Greeks. For the Franks, who had effected an +entrance, began to slaughter them, and to seize their goods, and to take all +that they had. So were many killed and taken captive. In this wise was Napoli +(Apros) captured; and the host remained there three days. And the Greeks were +so terrified by this slaughter, that they abandoned all the cities and castles +of the land, and fled for refuge to Adrianople and Demotica, which were very +strong and good cities. +</p> + +<h2>SERES SURRENDERS TO JOHANNIZZA—HE FORFEITS HIS WORD</h2> + +<p> +At that time it happened that Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, +with all his host, marched against the marquis, towards a city called Seres. +And the marquis had set a strong garrison of his people in the city, for he had +set there Hugh of Colemi, who was a very good knight, and high in rank, and +William of Arles, who was his marshal, and great part of his best men. And +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia besieged them; nor had he been there long +before he took the burgh by force. And at the taking of the burgh a great +misfortune befell, for Hugh of Colemi was killed; he was struck through the +eye. +</p> + +<p> +When he was killed, who was the best of them all, the rest of the garrison were +greatly afeared. They drew back into the castle, which was very strong; and +Johannizza besieged them, and erected his petraries and mangonels. Nor had he +besieged them long before they began to talk about surrendering, for which they +were afterwards blamed, and incurred great reproach. And they agreed to yield +up the castle to Johannizza, and Johannizza on his side caused twenty-five of +the men of highest rank that he had to swear to them that they should be taken, +safe and sound, with all their horses, and all their arms, and all their +baggage, to Salonika, or Constantinople, or Hungary—whichever of the +three it liked them best. +</p> + +<p> +In this manner was Seres surrendered, and Johannizza caused the besieged to +come forth from the castle and encamp near him in the fields; and he treated +them with much fair seeming, and sent them presents. So he kept them for three +days, and then he lied and foreswore his promises; for he had them taken, and +spoiled of their goods, and led away to Wallachia, naked, and unshod, and on +foot. The poor and the mean people, who were of little worth, he sent into +Hungary; and as for the others, he caused their heads to be cut off. Of such +mortal treachery was the King of Wallachia guilty, as you have heard. Here did +the host suffer grievous loss, one of the most dolorous that ever it suffered. +And Johannizza had the castle and city razed, and went on after the marquis. +</p> + +<h2>THE REGENT BESIEGES ADRIANOPLE IN VAIN</h2> + +<p> +Henry, the Regent of the empire, with all his power, rode towards Adrianople, +and laid siege to it; and he was in great peril, for there were many, both +within and without the city who so hemmed him in, he and his people, that they +could scantly buy provisions, or go foraging. Therefore they enclosed their camp +with palisades and barriers, and told off part of their men to keep guard +within the palisades and barriers, while the others attacked the city. +</p> + +<p> +And they devised machines of divers kinds, and scaling ladders, and many other +engines, and wrought diligently to take the city. But they could not take it, +for the city was very strong and well furnished for defence. So matters went +ill with them, and many of their people were wounded; and one of their good +knights, Peter of Bracieux, was struck on the forehead from a mangonel, and +brought near to death; but he recovered, by the will of God, and was taken away +in a litter. +</p> + +<p> +When they saw that they could in no wise prevail against the city, Henry the +Regent of the empire, and the French host departed. And greatly were they +harassed by the people of the land and by the Greeks; and they rode from day +to day till they came to a city called Pamphyle, and lodged there, and +sojourned in it for two months. And they made thence many forays towards +Demotica and the country round about, where they captured much cattle, and +other booty. So the host remained in those parts till the beginning of winter; +and supplies came to them from Rodosto, and from the sea. +</p> + +<h2>DESTRUCTION OF PHILIPPOPOLIS BY JOHANNIZZA</h2> + +<p> +Now let us leave speaking of Henry, the Regent of the empire, and speak of +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had taken Seres, as you +have already heard, and killed by treachery those who had surrendered to him. +Afterwards he had ridden towards Salonika, and sojourned thereby a long while, +and wasted a great part of the land. The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was at +Salonika, very wroth, and sorrowing greatly for the loss of his lord the +Emperor Baldwin, and for the other barons, and for his castle of Seres that he +had lost, and for his men. +</p> + +<p> +And when Johannizza saw that he could do nothing more, he retired towards his +own land, with all his force. And the people in Philippopolis—which +belonged to Renier of Trit, for the Emperor Baldwin had bestowed it upon +him-heard tell how the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and many of his barons, and +that the marquis had lost Seres; and they saw that the relatives of Renier of +Trit, and his own son and his nephew, had abandoned him, and that he had with +him but very few people; and they deemed that the Franks would never be in +power again. So a great part of the people, who were Paulicians,* betook +themselves to Johannizza, and surrendered themselves to him, and said: +“Sire, ride to Philippopolis, or send thither thy host, and we will +deliver the whole city into thy hands.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: An Eastern sect. They believed, among other things, that all matter is +evil, and that Christ suffered in appearance only.] +</p> + +<p> +When Renier of Trit, who was in the city, knew of this, he doubted not that +they would yield up the city to Johannizza. So he issued forth with as many +people as he could collect, and left at the point of day, and came to one of +the outlying quarters of the city where dwelt the Paulicians who had repaired +to Johannizza, and he set fire to that quarter of the city, and burned a great +part of it. Then he went to the castle of Stanimac, which was at three +leagues’ distance, and garrisoned by his people, and entered therein. And +in this castle he lay besieged for a long while, some thirteen months, in great +distress and great poverty, so that for famine they ate their horses. He was +distant a nine days’ journey from Constantinople, and could neither +obtain tidings therefrom, nor send tidings thither. +</p> + +<p> +Then did Johannizza send his host before Philippopolis; nor had he been there +long before those who were in the city surrendered it to him, and he promised +to spare their lives. And after he had promised to spare their lives, he first +caused the archbishop of the city to be slain, and the men of rank to be flayed +alive, and certain others to be burned, and certain others to have their heads +cut off, and the rest he caused to be driven away in chains. And the city he +caused to be pulled down, with its towers and walls; and the high palaces and +rich houses to be burned and utterly destroyed. Thus was destroyed the noble +city of Philippopolis, one of the three finest cities in the empire of +Constantinople. +</p> + +<h2>THE REGENT SETS GARRISONS IN SUCH PLACES AS HE STILL HELD</h2> + +<p> +Now let us leave off speaking of those who were at Philippopolis, and of Renier +of Trit, who is shut up in Stanimac, and return to Henry, the brother of the +Emperor Baldwin, who had sojourned at Pamphyle till the beginning of winter. +Then he took council with his men and with his barons; and they decided to set +a garrison in a city called Rusium, which was situate at a place rich and +fertile in the middle of the land; and the chiefs placed over this garrison +were Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, and Thierri of Tenremonde, who was +constable. And Henry,,the Regent of the empire, gave to them at least seven +score knights, and a great many mounted sergeants, and ordered them to maintain +the war against the Greeks, and to guard the marches. +</p> + +<p> +And he himself went with the rest of his people to the city of Bizye, and +placed a garrison there; and left in command Anseau of Cayeux, and confided to +him at least six score knights, and a great many mounted sergeants. Another +city, called Arcadiopolis was garrisoned by the Venetians. And the city of +Napoli was restored by the brother of the Emperor Baldwin to Vemas, who had to +wife the sister* of the King of France, and was a Greek who sided with us; and +except he, no other Greek was on our part. And those who were in these cities +maintained the war against the Greeks, and made many forays. Henry himself +returned to Constantinople with the rest of his men. +</p> + + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: Agnes, sister to Philip Augustus, King of France] +</p> + +<p> +Now Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, though rich and of great +possessions, never forgat his own interests, but raised a great force of Comans +and Wallachians. And when it came to three weeks after Christmas, he sent these +men into the land of Roumania to help those at Adrianople and Demotica; and the +latter, being now in force, grew bolder and rode abroad with the greater +assurance. +</p> + +<h2>DEFEAT OF THE FRANKS NEAR RUSIUM</h2> + +<p> +Thierri of Tenremonde, who was chief and constable, made a foray on the fourth +day before the feast of St. Mary Candlemas (30th January 1206); and he rode all +night, having six score knights with him, and left Rusium with but a small +garrison. When it was dawn, he came to a village where the Comans and +Wallachians were encamped, and surprised them in such sort that those who were +in the village were unaware of their coming. They killed a good many of the +Comans and Wallachians, and captured some forty of their horses; and when they +had done this execution, they turned back towards Rusium. +</p> + +<p> +And on that very night the Comans and Wallachians had ridden forth to do us +hurt; and there were some seven thousand of them. They came in the morning +before Rusium, and were there a long space; and the garrison, which was but +small, closed the gates, and mounted the walls; and the Comans and Wallachians +turned back. They had not gone more than a league and a half from the city, +when they met the company of the French under the command of Thierri of +Tenremonde. So soon as the French saw them advancing, they formed into their +four battalions, with intent to draw into Rusium in slow time; for they knew +that if, by God’s grace, they could come thither, they would then be in +safety. +</p> + +<p> +The Comans, and the Wallachians, and the Greeks of the land rode towards them, +for they were in very great force. And they came upon the rear-guard, and began +to harass it full sorely. Now the rear-guard was formed of the men of Thierri +of Loos, who was seneschal, and had returned to Constantinople, and his brother +Villain was now in command. And the Comans and Wallachians and Greeks pressed +them very hard, and wounded many of their horses. Loud were the cries and +fierce the onslaught, so that by main force and pure distress they drove the +rear-guard back on the battalion of Andrew of Urboise and John of Choisy; and +in this manner the Franks retreated, suffering greatly. +</p> + +<p> +The enemy renewed their onslaught so fiercely that they drove the Franks who +were nearest to them back on the battalion of Thierri of Tenremonde, the +constable. Nor was it long before they drove them back still further on to the +battalions led by Charles of the Frêne. And now the Franks had retreated, sore +harassed, till they were within half a mile of Rusium. And the others ever +pressed upon them more hardily; and the battle went sore against them, and many +were wounded, and of their horses. So, as God will suffer misadventures, they +could endure no further, but were discomfited; for they were heavily armed, and +their enemies lightly; and the latter began to slaughter them. +</p> + +<p> +Alas! well might Christendom rue that day! For of all those six score knights +did not more than ten escape who were not killed or taken; and those who +escaped came flying into Rusium, and rejoined their own people. There was +slain Thierri of Tenremonde, the constable, Orri of l’Isle, who was a +good knight and highly esteemed, and John of Pompone, Andrew of Urboise, John +of Choisy, Guy of Conflans, Charles of the Frêne, Villain the brother of +Thierri the seneschal. Nor can this book tell the names of all who were then +killed or taken. On that day happened one of the greatest mishaps, and the most +grievous that ever befell to the Christendom of the land of Roumania, and one +of the most pitiful. +</p> + +<p> +The Comans and Greeks and Wallachians retired, having done according to their +will in the land, and won many good horses and good hawberks. And this +misadventure happened on the day before the eve of our Lady St. Mary Candlemas +(31st January 1206). And the remnant who had escaped from the discomfiture, +together with those who had been in Rusium, escaped from the city, so soon as +it was night, and went all night flying, and came on the morrow to the city of +Rodosto. +</p> + +<h2>NEW INVASION OF JOHANNIZZA; RUIN OF NAPOLI</h2> + +<p> +This dolorous news came to Henry the Regent of the empire, while he was going +in procession to the shrine of our Lady of Blachernæ, on the day of the feast +of our Lady St. Mary Candlemas. And you must know that many were then dismayed +in Constantinople, and they thought of a truth that the land was but lost. And +Henry, the Regent of the empire, decided that he would place a garrison in +Selymbria, which was a two days’ journey from Constantinople, and he sent +thither Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, with fifty knights to garrison the city. +</p> + +<p> +Now when tidings came to Johannizza, King of Wallachia, as to how his people +had fared, he was very greatly rejoiced; for they had killed or taken a very +great part of the best men in the French host. So he sent throughout all his +lands to collect as many people as he could, and raised a great host of Comans, +and Greeks and Wallachians, and entered into Roumania. And the greater part of +the cities held for him, and all the castles; and he had so large a host that +it was a marvel. +</p> + +<p> +When the Venetians heard tell that he was coming with so great a force, they +abandoned Arcadiopolis. And Johannizza rode with all his hosts till he came to +Napoli, which was garrisoned by Greeks and Latins, and belonged to Vemas, who +had to wife the empress, the sister of the King of France; and of the Latins +was chief Bègue of Fransures, a knight of the land of the Beauvaisais. And +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, caused the city to be assaulted, and took it +by force. +</p> + +<p> +There was so great a slaughter of people killed, that it was a marvel. And +Bègue of Fransures was taken before Johannizza, who had him killed +incontinently, together with all, whether Greek or Latin, who were of any +account; and all the meaner folk, and women and children, he caused to, be led +away captive to Wallachia. Then did he cause all the city—which was very +good and very rich, and in a good land, to be cast down and utterly destroyed. +Thus was the city of Napoli rased to the ground as you have heard. +</p> + +<h2>DESTRUCTION OF RODOSTO</h2> + +<p> +Twelve leagues thence lay the city of Rodosto, on the sea. It was very strong, +and rich, and large, and very well garrisoned by Venetians, And besides all +this, there had come thither a body of sergeants, some two thousand strong, and +they had also come to guard the city. When they heard that Napoli had been +taken by force, and that Johannizza had caused all the people that were therein +to be put to death, they fell in to such terror that they were utterly +confounded and foredone. As God suffers misadventures to fall upon men, so the +Venetians rushed to their ships, helter-skelter, pell-mell, and in such sort +that they almost drowned one another; and the mounted sergeants, who came from +France and Flanders, and other countries, went flying through the land. +</p> + +<p> +Now listen and hear how little this served them, and what a misadventure was +their flight; for the city was so strong, and so well enclosed by good walls +and good towers, that no one would ever have ventured to assault it, and that +Johannizza had no thought of going thither. But when Johannizza, who was full +half a day’s journey distant, heard tell that they had fled, he rode +thither. The Greeks who had remained in the city, surrendered, and he +incontinently caused them to be taken, small and great-save those who +escaped-and led captive into Wallachia; and the city he ordered to be destroyed +and rased to the ground. Ah! the loss and damage! for the city was one of the +best in Roumania, and of the best situated. +</p> + +<h2>JOHANNIZZA CONTINUES HIS CONQUESTS AND RAVAGES</h2> + +<p> +Near there was another city called Panedor, which surrendered to him; and he +caused it to be utterly destroyed, and the people to be led captive to +Wallachia like the people of Rodosto. Afterwards he rode to the city of +Heraclea, that lay by a good seaport, and belonged to the Venetians, who had +left in it but a weak garrison; so he assaulted it, and took it by force. There +again was a mighty slaughter, and the remnant that escaped the slaughter he +caused to be led captive to Wallachia, while the city itself he destroyed, as +he had destroyed the others. +</p> + +<p> +Thence he marched to the city of Daonium, which was very strong and fine; and +the people did not dare to defend it. So he caused it to be destroyed and rased +to the ground. Then he marched to the city of Tzurulum, which had already +surrendered to him, and caused it to be destroyed and rased to the ground, and +the people to be led away captive. And thus he dealt with every castle and city +that surrendered; even though he had promised them safety, he caused the +buildings to be destroyed, and the men and women to be led away captive; and no +covenant that he made did he ever keep. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Comans and Wallachians scoured the land up to the gates of +Constantinople, where Henry the Regent then was, with as many men as he could +command; and very dolorous was he and very wroth, because he could not get men +enough to defend his land. So the Comans seized the cattle off the land, and +took captive men, women, and children, and destroyed the cities and castles, +and caused such ruin and desolation that never has man heard tell of greater. +</p> + +<p> +So they came to a city called Athyra, which was twelve leagues from +Constantinople, and had been given to Payen of Orléans by Henry, the +emperor’s brother. This city held a very great number of people, for the +dwellers in the country round about had fled thither; and the Comans assaulted +it, and took it by force. There the slaughter was so great, that there had been +none such in any city where they had been. And you must know that all the +castles and all the cities that surrendered to Johannizza under promise of +safety were destroyed and rased to the ground, and the people led away captive +to Wallachia in such manner as you have heard. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that within five days’ journey from Constantinople +there remained nothing to destroy save only the city of Bizye, and the city of +Selymbria, which were garrisoned by the French. And in Bizye abode Anseau of +Cayeux, with six score knights, and in Salymbria abode Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould with fifty knights; and Henry the brother of the Emperor +Baldwin remained in Constantinople with the remainder of the host. And you may +know that their fortunes were at the lowest, seeing that outside of +Constantinople they had kept possession of no more than these two cities. +</p> + +<h2>THE GREEKS ARE RECONCILED TO THE CRUSADERS—JOHANNIZZA BESIEGES +DEMOTICA</h2> + +<p> +When the Greeks who were in the host with Johannizza—the same who had +yielded themselves up to him, and rebelled against the Franks—when they +saw how he destroyed their castles and cities, and kept no covenant with them, +they held themselves to be but dead men, and betrayed. They spoke one to +another, and said that as Johannizza had dealt with other cities, so would he +deal with Adrianople and Demotica, when he returned thither, and that if these +two cities were destroyed, then was Roumania for ever lost. +</p> + +<p> +So they took messengers privily, and sent them to Vernas in Constantinople. And +they besought Vernas to cry for pity to Henry, the brother of the Emperor +Baldwin, and to the Venetians, so that they might make peace with them; and +they themselves, in turn, would restore Adrianople and Demotica to the Franks; +and the Greeks would all turn to Henry; and the Greeks and Franks dwell +together in good accord. +</p> + +<p> +So a council was held, and many words were spoken this way and that, but in the +end it was settled that Adrianople and Demotica, with all their appurtenances, +should be bestowed on Vernas and the empress his wife, who was sister to the +King Philip of France, and that they should do service therefor to the emperor +and to the empire. Such was the convention made and concluded, and so was peace +established between the Greeks and the Franks. +</p> + +<p> +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had sojourned long in +Roumania, and wasted the country during the whole of Lent, and for a good while +after Easter (2nd April 1206), now retired towards Adrianople and Demotica, and +had it in mind to deal with those cities as he had dealt with the other cities +of the land. And when the Greeks who were with him saw that he turned towards +Adrianople, they began to steal away, both by day and by night, some twenty, +thirty, forty, a hundred, at a time. +</p> + +<p> +When he came to Adrianople, he required of those that were within that they +should let him enter, as he had entered elsewhere. But they said they would +not, and spoke thus: “Sire, when we surrendered to thee, and rebelled +against the Franks, thou didst swear to protect us in all good faith, and to +keep us in safety. Thou hast not done so, but hast utterly ruined Roumania; and +we know full well that thou wilt do unto us as thou hast done unto +others.” And when Johannizza heard this, he laid siege to Demotica, and +erected round it sixteen large petraries, and began to construct engines of +every kind for the siege, and to waste all the country round. +</p> + +<p> +Then did those in Adrianople and Demotica take messengers, and send them to +Constantinople, to Henry, the Regent of the empire, and to Vemas, and prayed +them, for God’s sake, to rescue Demotica, which was being besieged. And +when those at Constantinople heard these tidings, they decided to succour +Demotica. But some there were who did not dare to advise that our people should +issue from Constantinople, and so place in jeopardy the few Christian folk that +remained. Nevertheless, in the end, as you have heard, it was decided to issue +forth, and move on Selymbria. +</p> + +<p> +The cardinal, who was there as legate on the part of the Pope of Rome, preached +thereon to the people, and promised a full indulgence to all such as should go +forth, and lose their lives on the way. So Henry issued from Constantinople +with as many men as he could collect, and marched to the city of Selyrnbria; +and he encamped before the city for full eight days. And from day to day came +messengers from Adrianople praying him to have mercy upon them, and come to +their relief, for if he did not come to their relief, they were but lost. +</p> + +<h2>THE CRUSADERS MARCH TO THE RELIEF OF DEMOTICA</h2> + +<p> +Then did Henry take council with his barons, and their decision was that they +would go to the city of Bizye, which was a fair city, and strong. So they did +as they had devised, and came to Bizye, and encamped before the city on the eve +of the feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist, in June (23rd June 1206). And on +the day that they so encamped came messengers from Adrianople, and said to +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin: “Sire, be it known to thee +that if thou dost not relieve the city of Demotica, it cannot hold out more +than eight days, for Johannizza’s petraries have breached the walls in +four places, and his men have twice got on to the walls.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he asked for counsel as to what he should do. Many were the words spoken, +to and fro; but in the end they said: “Lord, we have come so far that we +shall be for ever shamed if we do not succour Demotica. Let every man now +confess and receive the communion; and then let us set our forces in +array.” And it was reckoned that they had with them about four hundred +knights, and of a certainty no more. So they summoned the messengers who had +come from Adrianople, and asked them how matters stood, and what number of men +Johannizza had with him. And the messengers answered that he had with him at +least forty thousand men-at-arms, not reckoning those on foot, of whom they had +no count. +</p> + +<p> +Ah God! what a perilous battle—so few against so many! In the morning, on +the day of the feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist, all confessed and +received the communion, and on the following day they marched forward. The van +was commanded by Geoffry, the Marshal of Roumania and Champagne, and with him +was Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. The second division was under Conon of Béthune +and Miles the Brabant; the third under Payen of Orléans and Peter of Bracieux; +the fourth was under Anseau of Cayeux; the fifth under Baldwin of Beauvoir; the +sixth under Hugh of Beaumetz; the seventh under Henry, brother of the Emperor +Baldwin; the eighth, with the Flemings, under Walter of Escornai; Thierri of +Loos, who was seneschal, commanded the rear-guard. +</p> + +<p> +So they rode for three days, all in order; nor did any host ever advance +seeking battle so perilously. For they were in peril on two accounts; first +because they were so few, and those they were about to attack so many; and +secondly, because they did not believe the Greeks, with whom they had just made +peace, would help them heartily. For they stood in fear lest, when need arose, +the Greeks would go over to Johannizza, who, as you have already heard, had +been so near to taking Demotica. +</p> + +<h2>JOHANNIZZA RETREATS, FOLLOWED BY THE CRUSADERS</h2> + +<p> +When Johannizza heard that the Franks were coming, he did not dare to abide, +but burned his engines of war, and broke up his camp. So he departed from +Demotica; and you must know that this was accounted by all the world as a great +miracle. And Henry, the Regent of the empire, came on the fourth day (28th +June) before Adrianople, and pitched his camp near the river of Adrianople, in +the fairest meadows in the world. When those who were within the city saw his +host coming, they issued forth, bearing all their crosses, and in procession, +and showed such joy as had never been seen. And well might they rejoice for +they had been in evil case. +</p> + +<p> +Then came tidings to the host that Johannizza was lodged at a castle called +Rodosto. So in the morning they set forth and marched to those parts to seek +battle; and Johannizza broke up his camp, and marched back towards his own +land. The host followed after him for five days, and he as constantly retired +before them. On the fifth day they encamped at a very fair and pleasant place +by a castle called Fraim; and there they sojourned three days. +</p> + +<p> +And at this place there was a division in the host, and a company of valiant +men separated themselves therefrom because of a quarrel that they had with +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin. Of this company Baldwin of Beauvoir +was chief; and Hugh of Beaumetz went with him, and William of Gommegnies and +Dreux of Beaurain. There were some fifty knights who departed together in that +company; and they never thought the rest would dare to remain in the land in +the midst of their enemies. +</p> + +<h2>RENIER OF TRIT RELIEVED AND DELIVERED</h2> + +<p> +Then did Henry, the Regent of the empire, take council with the barons that +were with him; and they decided to ride forward. So they rode forward for two +days, and encamped in a very fair valley, near a castle called Moniac. The +castle yielded itself to them, and they remained there five days; and then said +they would go and relieve Renier of Trit, who was besieged in Stanimac, and had +been shut up therein for thirteen months. So Henry the Regent of the empire, +remained in the camp, with a great part of the host, and the remainder went +forward to relieve Renier of Trit at Stanimac. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that those who went forward went in very great peril, and +that any rescue so full of danger has but seldom been undertaken, seeing that +they rode for three days through the land of their enemies. In this rescue took +part Conon of Béthune, and Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of Roumania and +Champagne, and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Miles the Brabant, and Peter of +Bracieux, and Payen of Orléans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and Thierri of Loos, and +William of Perchoi, and a body of Venetians under command of Andrew Valère. So +they rode forward till they came to the castle of Stanimac, and approached so +near that they could now see it. +</p> + +<p> +Renier of Trit was on the walls, and he perceived the advanced guard, which was +under Geoffry the Marshal, and the other battalions, approaching in very good +order; and he knew not what people they might be. And no wonder that he was in +doubt, for of a long time he had heard no tidings of us; and he thought we +were Greeks coming to besiege him. +</p> + +<p> +Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and Champagne took certain Turcoples* and +mounted cross-bowmen and sent them forward to see if they could learn the +condition of the castle; for they knew not if those within it were alive or +dead, seeing that of a long time they had heard no tidings of them. And when +these came before the castle, Renier of Trit and his men knew them; and you may +well think what joy they had! They issued forth and came to meet their friends, +and all made great joy of each other. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: soldiers born of a Turkish father and a Greek mother] +</p> + +<p> +The barons quartered themselves in a very good city that lay at the foot of the +castle, and had aforetime besieged the castle. Then said the barons that they +had often heard tell that the Emperor Baldwin had died in Johannizza’s +prison, but that they did not believe it. Renier of Trit, however, told them of +a truth that the emperor was dead, and then they believed it. Greatly did many +then grieve; alas I if only their grief had not been beyond remedy I +</p> + +<p> +So they lay that night in the city; and on the morrow they departed, and +abandoned Stanimac. They rode for two days., and on the third they came to the +camp, below the castle of Moniac, that lies on the river Arta, where Henry, the +Emperor’s brother, was waiting for them. Greatly did those of the host +rejoice over Renier of Trit, who had thus been rescued from durance, and great +was the credit given to those who had brought him back, for they had gone for +him in great peril. +</p> + +<h2>HENRY CROWNED EMPEROR—JOHANNIZZA RAVAGES THE COUNTRY AGAIN—THE +EMPEROR MARCHES AGAINST HIM</h2> + +<p> +The barons now resolved that they would go to Constantinople, and crown Henry, +the brother of the Emperor Baldwin as emperor, and leave in the country Vemas, +and all the Greeks of the land, together with forty knights, whom Henry, the +Regent of the empire, would leave with him. So Henry, the Regent of the empire, +and the other barons, went towards Constantinople, and they rode from day to +day till they came thither, and right well were they received. They crowned +Henry as emperor with great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, +on the Sunday (20th August) after the festival of our Lady St. Mary, in August. +And this was in the year of the Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ twelve +hundred and six. +</p> + +<p> +Now when Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, heard that the emperor +had been crowned in Constantinople, and that Vemas had remained in the land of +Adrianople and Demotica, he collected together as large a force as he could. +And Vemas had not rebuilt the walls of Demotica where they had been breached by +Johannizza with his petraries and mangonels, and he had set but a weak garrison +therein. So Johannizza marched on Demotica, and took it, and destroyed it, and +rased the walls to the ground, and overran the whole country, and took men, +women, and children for a prey, and wrought devastation. Then did those in +Adrianople beseech the Emperor Henry to succour them, seeing that Demotica had +been lost in such cruel sort. +</p> + +<p> +Then did the Emperor Henry summon as many people as he could, and issued from +Constantinople, and rode day by day towards Adrianople, with all his forces in +order. And Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, who was in the land, when he +heard that the emperor was coming, drew back into his own land. And the Emperor +Henry rode forward till he came to Adrianople, and he encamped outside the city +in a meadow. +</p> + +<p> +Then came the Greeks of the land, and told him that Johannizza, the King of +Wallachia, was carrying off men and women and cattle, and that he had destroyed +Demotica, and wasted the country round; and that he was still within a +day’s march. The emperor settled that he would follow after, and do +battle-if so be that Johannizza would abide his coming—and deliver the +men and women who were being led away captive. So he rode after Johannizza, and +Johannizza retired as the emperor advanced, and the emperor followed him for +four days. Then they came to a city called Veroi. +</p> + +<p> +When those who were in the city saw the host of the Emperor Henry approaching, +they fled into the mountains and abandoned the city. And the emperor came with +all his host, and encamped before the city, and found it well furnished with +corn and meat, and such other things as were needful. So they sojourned there +for two days, and the emperor caused his men to overrun the surrounding +country, and they obtained a large booty in beeves and cows and buffaloes, and +otl-ler beasts in very great plenty. Then he departed from Veroi with all his +booty, and rode to another city, a day’s journey distant, called Blisnon. +And as the other Greeks had abandoned Veroi, so did the dwellers in Blisnon +abandon their city; and he found it furnished with all things necessary, and +quartered himself there. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR MEETS JOHANNIZZA, AND RECAPTURES HIS PRISONERS</h2> + +<p> +Then came tidings that in a certain valley, three leagues distant from the +host, were the men and women whom Johannizza was leading away captive, together +with all his plunder, and all his chariots. Then did Henry appoint that the +Greeks from Adrianople and Demotica should go and recover the captives and the +plunder, two battalions of knights going with them; and as had been arranged, +so was this done on the morrow. The command of the one battalion was given to +Eustace, the brother of the Emperor Henry of Constantinople, and the command of +the other to Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. +</p> + +<p> +So they rode, they and the Greeks, till they came to the valley of which they +had been told; and there they found the captives. And Johannizza’s men +engaged the Emperor Henry’s men, and men and horses were killed and +wounded On either side; but by the goodness of God, the Franks had the +advantage, and rescued the captives, and caused them to turn again, and brought +them away. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that this was a mighty deliverance; for the captives numbered +full twenty thousand men, women, and children; and there were full three +thousand chariots laden with their clothes and baggage, to say nothing of other +booty in good quantity. The line of the captives, as they came to the camp, was +two great leagues in length, and they reached the camp that night. Then was the +Emperor Henry greatly rejoiced, and all the other barons; and they had the +captives lodged apart, and well guarded, with their goods, so that they lost +not one pennyworth of what they possessed. On the morrow the Emperor Henry +rested for the sake of the people he had delivered. And on the day after he +left that country, and rode day by day till he came to Adrianople. +</p> + +<p> +There he set free the men and women he had rescued; and each one went +whithersoever he listed, to the land where he was born, or to any other place. +The booty, of which he had great plenty, was divided in due shares among the +host. So the Emperor Henry sojourned there five days, and then rode to the city +of Demotica, to see how far it had been destroyed, and whether it could again +be fortified. He encamped before the city, and saw, both he and his barons, +that in the state in which it then was, it were not well to refortify it. +</p> + +<h2>PROJECTED MARRIAGE BETWEEN THE EMPEROR AND THE DAUGHTER OF +BONIFACE—THE CRUSADERS RAVAGE THE LANDS OF JOHANNIZZA</h2> + +<p> +Then came to the camp, as envoy, a baron, Otho of La Roche by name, belonging +to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. He came to speak of a marriage that had +been spoken of aforetime between the daughter of Boniface, the Marquis of +Montferrat, and the Emperor Henry; and brought tidings that the lady had come +from Lombardy, whence her father had sent to summon her, and that she was now +at Salonika. Then did the emperor take council, and it was decided that the +marriage should be ratified on either side. So the envoy, Otho of La Roche, +returned to Salonika. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor had reassembled his men, who had gone to place in safe holding the +booty taken at Veroi. And he marched day by day from Adrianople till he came to +the land of Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. They came to a city +called Ferme, and took it, and entered in, and won much booty. They remained +there for three days, and overran all the land, got very much spoil, and +destroyed a city called Aquilo. +</p> + +<p> +On the fourth day they departed from Ferme, which was a city fair and well +situated, with hot water springs for bathing, the finest in the world; and the +emperor caused the city to be burned and destroyed, and they carried away much +spoil, in cattle and goods. Then they rode day by day till they came back to +the city of Adrianople; and they sojourned in the land till the feast of All +Saints (1st November 1206), when they could no longer carry on the war because +of the winter. So Henry and all his barons, who were much aweary of +campaigning, turned their faces towards Constantinople; and he left at +Adrianople, among the Greeks, a man of his named Peter of Radinghem, with ten +knights. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR RESUMES THE WAR AGAINST THEODORE LASCARIS</h2> + +<p> +At that time Theodore Lascaris, who held the land on the other side of the +straits towards Turkey, was at truce with the Emperor Henry; but that truce he +had not kept well, having broken and violated it. So the emperor held council, +and sent to the other side of the straits, to the city of Piga, Peter of +Bracieux, to whom land had been assigned in those parts, and with him Payen of +Orléans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and Eustace, the emperor’s brother, and a +great part of his best men to the number of seven score knights. These began to +make war in very grim and earnest fashion against Theodore Lascaris, and +greatly wasted his land. +</p> + +<p> +They marched to a land called Skiza, which was surrounded by the sea except on +one side. And in old days the way of entry had been defended with walls and +towers, and moats, but these were now decayed. So the host of the French +entered in, and Peter of Bracieux, to whom the land had been devised, began to +restore the defences, and built two castles, and made two fortified ways of +entry. From thence they overran the land of Lascaris, and gained much booty and +cattle, and brought such booty and cattle into their island: Theodore Lascaris, +on the other hand, harked back upon Skiza, so that there were frequent battles +and skirmishes, and losses on the one side and on the other; and the war in +those parts was fierce and perilous. +</p> + +<p> +Now let us leave speaking of those who were at Skiza, and speak of Thierri of +Loos, who was seneschal, and to whom Nicomedia should have belonged; and +Nicomedia lay a day’s journey from Nice the Great, the capital of the +land of Theodore Lascaris. Thierri then went thither, with a great body of the +emperor’s men, and found that the castle had been destroyed. So he +enclosed and fortified the church of St. Sophia, which was very large and fair, +and maintained the war in that place. +</p> + +<h2>ADVANTAGES OBTAINED BY BONIFACE—MARRIAGE OF HIS DAUGHTER WITH THE +EMPEROR</h2> + +<p> +At that time the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat departed from Salonika, and +went to Seres, which Johannizza had destroyed; and he rebuilt it; and +afterwards rebuilt a castle called Drama in the valley of Philippi. All the +country round about surrendered to him, and came under his rule; and he +wintered in the land. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile, so much time had gone by, that Christmas was now past. Then came +messengers from the marquis to the emperor at Constantinople to say that the +marquis had sent his daughter in a galley to the city of Abydos. So the Emperor +Henry sent Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and Champagne, and Miles the +Brabant, to bring the lady; and these rode day by day till they came to Abydos. +</p> + +<p> +They found the lady, who was very good and fair, and saluted her on behalf of +their lord Henry, the emperor, and brought her to Constantinople in great +honour. So the Emperor Henry was wedded to her in the Church of St. Sophia, on +the Sunday after the feast of our Lady St. Mary Candlemas (4th February 1207), +with great joy and in great pomp; and they both wore a crown; and high were the +marriage-feastings in the palace of Bucoleon. Thus, as you have just heard, was +the marriage celebrated between the emperor and the daughter of the Marquis +Boniface, Agnes the empress by name. +</p> + +<h2>THEODORE LASCARIS FORMS AN ALLIANCE WITH JOHANNIZZA</h2> + +<p> +Theodore Lascaris, who was warring against the Emperor Henry, took messengers +and sent them to Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. And he advised +Johannizza that all the forces of the Emperor Henry were fighting against him +(Lascaris) on the other side of the straits towards Turkey; that the emperor +was in Constantinople with but very few people; and that now was the time for +vengeance, inasmuch as he himself would be attacking the emperor on the one +side, and Johannizza on the other, and the emperor had so few men that he would +not be able to defend himself against both. Now Johannizza had already engaged +a great host of Comans, who were on their way to join his host; and had +collected together as large a force of Wallachians and Bulgarians as ever he +could. And so much time had now gone by, that it was the beginning of Lent (7th +March 1207). +</p> + +<p> +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould had begun to build a castle at Charax, which lies +on a gulf of the sea, six leagues from Nicomedia, towards Constantinople. And +William of Sains began to build another castle at Cibotos, that lies on the +gulf of Nicomedia, on the other side, towards Nice. And you must know that the +Emperor Henry had as much as he could do near Constantinople; as also the +barons who were in the land. And well does Geoffry of Villehardouin, the +Marshal of Champagne and Roumania, who is dictating this work, bear witness, +that never at any time were people so distracted and oppressed by war; this was +by reason that the host were scattered in so many places. +</p> + +<h2>SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE BY JOHANNIZZA—SIEGE OF SKIZA AND CIBOTOS BY +LASCARIS</h2> + +<p> +Then Johannizza left Wallachia with all his hosts, and with a great host of +Comans who joined themselves to him, and entered Roumania. And the Comans +overran the country up to the gates of Constantinople; and he himself besieged +Adrianople, and erected there thirty-three great petraries, which hurled stones +against the walls and the towers. And inside Adrianople were only the Greeks +and Peter of Radinghem, who had been set there by the emperor, with ten +knights. Then the Greeks and the Latins together sent to tell the Emperor Henry +how Johannizza had besieged them, and prayed for succour. +</p> + +<p> +Much was the emperor distraught when he heard this; for his forces on the other +side of the straits were so scattered, and were everywhere so hard pressed that +they could do no more than they were doing, while he himself had but few men in +Constantinople. None the less he undertook to take the field with as many men +as he could collect, in the Easter fortnight; and he sent word to Skiza, where +most of his people were, that they should come to him. So these began to come +to him by sea; Eustace, the brother of the Emperor Henry, and Anseau of Cayeux, +and the main part of their men, and thus only Peter of Bracieux, and Payen of +Orléans, with but few men, remained in Skiza. +</p> + +<p> +When Theodore Lascaris heard tidings that Adrianople was besieged, and that the +Emperor Henry, through utter need, was recalling his people, and did not know +which way to turn—whether to this side or to that—so heavily was he +oppressed by the war, then did Lascaris with the greater zeal gather together +all the people he could,, and pitched his tents and pavilions before the gates +of Skiza; and many were the battles fought before Skiza, some lost and some +won. And when Theodore Lascaris saw that there were few people remaining in the +city, he took a great part of his host, and such ships as he could collect on +the sea, and sent them to the castle of Cibotos, which William of Sains was +fortifying; and they set siege to the castle by sea and land, on the Saturday +in mid-Lent (31st March 1207). +</p> + +<p> +Within were forty knights, very good men, and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould was +their chief; and their castle was as yet but little fortified, so that their +foes could come at them with swords and lances. The enemy attacked them by land +and by sea very fiercely; and the assault lasted during the whole of Saturday, +and our people defended themselves very well. And this book bears witness that +never did fifty knights defend themselves at greater disadvantage against such +odds. And well may this appear, for of the knights that were there, all were +wounded save five only; and one was killed, who was nephew to Miles the +Brabant, and his name was Giles. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR ATTACKS THE FLEET OF THEODORE LASCARIS, AND RESCUES +CIBOTOS</h2> + +<p> +Before this assault began, on the Saturday morning, there came a messenger +flying to Constantinople. He found the Emperor Henry in the palace of +Blachernæ, sitting at meat, and spoke to him thus: “Sire, be it known to +you that those at Cibotos are being attacked by land and sea; and if you do not +speedily deliver them, they will be taken, and but dead men.” +</p> + +<p> +With the emperor were Conon of Béthune, and Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, +and Miles the Brabant, and but very few people. And they held a council, and +the council was but short, and the emperor went down to the shore, and entered +into a galleon; and each one was to take ship such as he could find. And it was +proclaimed throughout the city that all were to follow the emperor in the utter +need wherein he stood, to go and rescue his men, seeing that without help they +were but lost. Then might you have seen the whole city of Constantinople all +a-swarrn with Venetians and Pisans and other seafaring folk, running to their +ships, helterskelter and pell-mell; and with them entered into the ships the +knights, fully armed; and whosoever was first ready, he first left port to go +after the emperor. +</p> + +<p> +So they went rowing hard all the evening, as long as the light lasted, and all +through the night till the dawn of the following day. And the emperor had used +such diligence, that a little after sun-rising he came in sight of Cibotos, and +of the host surrounding it by sea and land. And those who were within the +castle had not slept that night, but had kept guard through the whole night, +however sick or wounded they might be, as men who expected nothing but death. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor saw that the Greeks were close to the walls and about to assault +the city. Now he himself had but few of his people with him-among them were +Geoffry the Marshal in another ship, and Miles the Brabant, and certain Pisans, +and other knights, so that he had some sixteen ships great and small, while on +the other side there were full sixty. Nevertheless they saw that if they waited +for their people, and suffered the Greeks to assault Cibotos, then those within +must be all killed or taken; and when they saw this they decided to sail +against the enemy’s ships. +</p> + +<p> +They sailed thitherward therefore in line; and all those on board the ships +were fully armed, and with their helms laced. And when the Greeks, who were +about to attack the castle, saw us coming, they perceived that help was at hand +for the besieged, and they avoided the castle, and came to meet us; and all +this great host, both horse and foot, drew up on the shore. And the Greeks on +ship-board* when they saw that the emperor and his people meant to attack them +in any case, drew back towards those on shore, so that the latter might give +them help with bows and darts. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Note: The meaning here is a little obscure in the original ] +</p> + +<p> +So the emperor held them close with his seventeen ships, till the shouts of +those coming from Constantinople began to reach him; and when the night fell so +many had come up that the Franks were everywhere in force upon the sea; and +they lay all armed during the night, and cast anchor. And they settled that as +soon as they saw the day, they would go and do battle with the enemy on the +shore, and also seize their ships. But when it came to about midnight, the +Greeks dragged all their ships to land, and set fire to them, and burned them +all, and broke up their camp, and went away flying. +</p> + +<p> +The Emperor Henry and his host were right glad of the victory that God had +given them,,and that they had thus been able to succour their people. And when +it came to be morning, the emperor and his barons went to the castle of +Cibotos, and found those who were therein very sick, and for the most part sore +wounded. And the emperor and his people looked at the castle, and saw that it +was so weak as not to be worth the holding. So they gathered all their people +into the ships, and left the castle and abandoned it. Thus did the Emperor +Henry return to Constantinople. +</p> + +<h2>JOHANNIZZA RAISES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE</h2> + +<p> +Johannizza, the king of Wallachia, who had besieged Adrianople, gave himself no +rest, for his petraries, of which he had many, cast stones night and day +against the walls and towers, and damaged the walls and towers very greatly. +And he set his sappers to mine the walls, and made many assaults. And well did +those who were within, both Greeks and Latins, maintain themselves, and often +did they beg the Emperor Henry to succour them, and warn him that, if he did +not succour them, they were utterly undone. The emperor was much distraught; +for when he wished to go and succour his people at Adrianople on the one side, +then Theodore Lascaris pressed upon him so straitly on the other side, that of +necessity he was forced to draw back. +</p> + +<p> +So Johannizza remained during the whole month of April (1207) before +Adrianople; and he came so near to taking it that in two places he beat down +the walls and towers to the ground, and his men fought hand to hand, with +swords and lances, against those who were within. Also he made assaults in +force, and the besieged defended themselves well; and there were many killed +and wounded on one side and on the other. +</p> + +<p> +As it pleases God that adventures should be ordered, so it befell that the +Comans who had overrun the land, and gained much booty, and returned to the +camp before Adrianople, with all their spoils, now said they would remain with +Johannizza no longer, but go back to their own land. Thus the Comans abandoned +Johannizza. And without them he dared not remain before Adrianople. So he +departed from before the city, and left it. +</p> + +<p> +And you must know that this was held to be a great miracle: that the siege of a +city so near to the taking should be abandoned, and by a man possessed of such +power. But as God wills, so do events befall. Those in Adrianople made no delay +in begging the emperor, for the love of God, to come to them as soon as he +could; for sooth it was that if Johannizza, the King of Wallachia returned, +they would all be killed or taken. +</p> + +<h2>SKIZA AGAIN BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS—THE EMPEROR DELIVERS THE +CITY</h2> + +<p> +The emperor, with as many men as he possessed, had prepared to go to +Adrianople, when tidings came, very grievous, that Escurion, who was admiral of +the galleys of Theodore Lascaris, had entered with seventeen galleys into the +straits of Abydos, in the channel of St. George, and come before Skiza, where +Peter of Bracieux then was, and Payen of Orléans; and that the said Escurion +was besieging the city by sea, while Theodore Lascaris was besieging it by +land. Moreover, the people of the land of Skiza had rebelled against Peter of +Bracieux, as also those of Marmora, and had wrought him great harm, and killed +many of his people. +</p> + +<p> +When these tidings came to Constantinople, they were greatly dismayed. Then +did the Emperor Henry take council with his men, and his barons, and the +Venetians also; and they said that if they did not succour Peter of Bracieux, +and Payen of Orléans, they were but dead men, and the land would be lost. So +they armed fourteen galleys in all diligence, and set in them the Venetians of +most note, and all the barons of the emperor. +</p> + +<p> +In one galley entered Conon of Béthune and his people; in another Geoffry of +Villehardouin and his people; in the third Macaire of Sainte-Menehould and his +people; in the fourth Miles the Brabant in the fifth Anscau of Cayeux; in the +sixth Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal of Roumania; m the seventh William of +Perchoi; and in the eighth Eustace the Emperor’s brother. Thus did the +Emperor Henry put into all these galleys the best people that he had; and when +they left the port of Constantinople, well did all say that never had galleys +been better armed, nor manned with better men. And thus, for this time, the +march on Adrianople was again put off. +</p> + +<p> +Those who were in the galleys sailed down the straits, right towards Skiza. How +Escurion, the admiral of Theodore Lascaris’ galleys, heard of it, I know +not; but he abandoned Skiza, and went away, and fled down the straits. And the +others chased him two days and two nights, beyond the straits of Abydos, forty +miles. And when they saw they could not come up with him, they turned back, and +came to Skiza, and found there Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orléans; and +Theodore Lascaris had dislodged from before the city and repaired to his own +land. Thus was Skiza relieved, as you have just heard; and those in the galleys +turned back to Constantinople, and prepared once more to march on Adrianople. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR TWICE DELIVERS NICOMEDIA, BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS</h2> + +<p> +Theodore Lascaris sent the most part of his force into the land of Nicomedia. +And the people of Thierri of Loos, who had fortified the church of St. Sophia, +and were therein, besought their lord and the emperor to come to their relief; +for if they received no help they could not hold out, especially as they had no +provisions. Through sheer distress and sore need, the Emperor Henry and his +people agreed that they must once more abandon thought of going to Adrianople, +and cross the straits of St. George, to the Turkish side, with as many people +as they could collect, and succour Nicomedia. +</p> + +<p> +And when the people of Theodore Lascaris heard that the emperor was coming, +they avoided the land, and retreated towards Nice the Great. And when the +emperor knew of it, he took council, and it was decided that Thierri of Loos, +the seneschal of Roumania, should abide in Nicomedia, with all his knights, and +all his sergeants, to guard the land; and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould should +abide at Charax, and William of Perchoi in Skiza; and each defend the land +where he abode. +</p> + +<p> +Then did the Emperor Henry, and the remainder of his people return to +Constantinople, and prepare once again to go towards Adrianople. And while he +was so preparing, Thierri of Loos the seneschal, who was in Nicomedia, and +William of Perchoi, and all their people, went out foraging on a certain day. +And the people of Theodore Lascaris knew of it, and surprised them, and fell +upon them. Now the people of Theodore Lascaris were very many, and our people +very few. So the battle began, and they fought hand to hand, and before very +long the few were not able to stand against the many. +</p> + +<p> +Thierri of Loos did right well, as also his people; he was twice struck down, +and by main strength his men remounted him. And William of Perchoi was also +struck down, and remounted and rescued. But numbers hemmed them in too sore, +and the Franks were discomfited. There was taken Thierri of Loos, wounded in +the face, and in peril of death. There, too, were most of his people taken, for +few escaped. William of Perchoi fled on a hackney, wounded in the hand. Those +that escaped from the discomfiture rallied in the church of St. Sophia. +</p> + +<p> +He who dictates this history heard blame attached in this affair—whether +rightly or wrongly he knows not—to a certain knight named Anseau of Remi, +who was liegeman of Thierri of Loos the seneschal, and chief of his men; and +who abandoned him in the fray. +</p> + +<p> +Then did those who had returned to the church of St. Sophia in Nicomedia, viz. +William of Perchoi and Anseau of Remi, take a messenger, and send him flying to +Constantinople, to the Emperor Henry; and they told the emperor what had +befallen, how the seneschal had been taken with his men; how they themselves +were besieged in the church of St. Sophia, in Nicomedia, and how they had food +for no more than five days; and they told him he must know of a certainty that +if he did not succour them they must be killed or taken. The emperor, as one +hearing a cry of distress, passed over the straits of St. George, he and his +people, each as best he could, and pell-mell, to go to the relief of those in +Nicomedia. And so the march to Adrianople was put off once more. +</p> + +<p> +When the emperor had passed over the straits of St. George, he set his troops +in array, and rode day by day till he came to Nicomedia. When the people of +Theodore Lascaris, and his brothers, who formed the host, heard thereof, they +drew back, and passed over the mountain on the other side, towards Nice. And +the emperor encamped by Nicomedia in a very fair field that lay beside the +river on this side of the mountain. He had his tents and pavilions pitched; and +caused his men to overrun and harry the land, because the people had rebelled +when they heard that Thierri of Loos, the seneschal, was taken; and the +emperor’s men captured much cattle and many prisoners. +</p> + +<h2>TRUCE WITH THEODORE LASCARIS—THE EMPEROR INVADES THE LANDS OF +JOHANNIZZA</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Henry sojourned after this manner for five days in the meadow by +Nicomedia. And while he was thus sojourning, Theodore Lascaris took messengers, +and sent them to him, asking him to make a truce for two years, on condition +that the emperor would suffer him to demolish Skiza and the fortress of the +church of St. Sophia of Nicomedia, while he, on his side, would yield up all +the prisoners taken in the last victory, or at other times of whom he had a +great many in his land. +</p> + +<p> +Now the emperor took council with his people; and they said that they could not +maintain two wars at the same time, and that it was better to suffer loss as +proposed than suffer the loss of Adrianople, and the land on the other side of +the straits; and moreover that they would (by agreeing to this truce) cause +division between their enemies, viz. Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria and Theodore Lascaris who were now friends, and helped one another in +the war. +</p> + +<p> +The matter was thus settled and agreed to. Then the Emperor Henry summoned +Peter of Bracieux from Skiza; and he came to him; and the Emperor Henry so +wrought with him that he gave up Skiza into his hands, and the emperor +delivered it to Theodore Lascaris to be demolished, as also the church of St. +Sophia of Nicomedia. So was the truce established, and so were the fortresses +demolished. Thierri of Loos was given up, and all the other prisoners. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Emperor Henry repaired to Constantinople, and undertook once more to +go to Adrianople with as many men as he could collect. He assembled his host at +Selymbria; and so much time had already passed that this did not take place +till after the feast of St. John, in June (1207). And he rode day by day till +he came to Adrianople, and encamped in the fields before the city. And those +within the city, who had greatly desired his coming, went out to meet him in +procession, and received him very gladly. And all the Greeks of the land came +with them. +</p> + +<p> +The emperor remained only one day before the city to see all the damage that +Johannizza had done to the walls and towers, with mines and petraries; and +these had worked great havoc to the city. And on the morrow he departed, and +marched towards the country of Johannizza, and so marched for four days. On the +fifth day he came to the foot of the mountain of Wallachia, to a city called +Euloi, which Johannizza had newly repeopled with his folk. And when the people +of the land saw the host coming, they abandoned the city, and fled into the +mountains. +</p> + +<h2>THE EMPEROR’S FORAGERS SUFFER LOSS</h2> + +<p> +The Emperor Henry and the host of the French encamped before the city; and the +foraging parties overran the land and captured oxen, and cows, and beeves in +great plenty and other beasts. And those from Adrianople, who had brought their +chariots with them, and were poor and illfurnished with food, loaded their +chariots with corn and other grain; and they found also provisions in plenty +and loaded with them, in great quantities, the other chariots that they had +captured. So the host sojourned there for three days; and every day the foraging +parties went foraging throughout the land; but the land was full of mountains, +and strong defiles, and the host lost many foragers, who adventured themselves +madly. +</p> + +<p> +In the end, the Emperor Henry sent Anscau of Cayeux to guard the foragers, and +Eustace his brother, and Thierri of Flanders, his nephew, and Walter of +Escomai, and John Bliaud. Their four battalions went to guard the foragers, and +entered into a land rough and mountainous. And when their people had overrun +the land, and wished to return, they found the defiles very well guarded. For +the Wallachians of the country had assembled, and fought against them, and did +them great hurt, both to men and horses. Hardly were our men put to it to +escape discomfiture; and the knights had, of necessity, to dismount and go on +foot. But by God’s help they returned to the camp, though not without +great loss and damage. +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow the Emperor Henry, and the host of the French departed thence, +and marched day by day till they came to Adrianople; and they stored therein +the corn and other provisions that they brought with them. The emperor +sojourned in the field before the city some fifteen days. +</p> + +<h2>HOMAGE RENDERED BY BONIFACE TO THE EMPEROR, AND BY GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN +TO BONIFACE</h2> + +<p> +At that time Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, who was at Seres, which he +had fortified, rode forth as far as Messinopolis, and all the land surrendered +to his will. Then he took messengers, and sent them to the Emperor Henry, and +told him that he would right willingly speak with him by the river that runs +below Cypsela. Now they two had never been able to speak together face to face +since the conquest of the land, for so many enemies lay between them that the +one had never been able to come to the other. And when the emperor and those of +his council heard that the marquis Boniface was at Messinopolis, they rejoiced +greatly; and the emperor sent back word by the messengers that he would speak +with the marquis on the day appointed. +</p> + +<p> +So the emperor went thitherward, and he left Conon of Bethune to guard the land +near Adrianople, with one hundred knights. And they came on the set day to the +place of meeting in a very fair field, near the city of Cypsela. The emperor +came from one side, and the marquis from the other, and they met with very +great joy; nor is that to be wondered at, seeing they had not, of a long time, +beheld one another. And the marquis asked the emperor for tidings of his +daughter Agnes; and the emperor told him she was with child, and the marquis +was glad thereof and rejoiced. Then did the marquis become liegeman to the +emperor, and held from him his land, as he had done from the Emperor Baldwin, +his brother. And the marquis gave to Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Roumania and Champagne, the city of Messinopolis, and all its appurtenances, or +else that of Seres, whichever he liked best; and the Marshal became his +liegeman, save in so far as he owed fealty to the emperor of Constantinople. +</p> + +<p> +They sojourned thus in that field for two days, in great joy, and said that, as +God had granted that they should come together, so might they yet again defeat +their enemies. And they made agreement to meet at the end of the summer, in the +month of October, with all their forces, in the meadow before the city of +Adrianople, and make war against the King of Wallachia. So they separated +joyous and well content. The marquis went to Messinopolis, and the Emperor +Henry towards Constantinople. +</p> + +<h2>BONIFACE IS KILLED IN A BATTLE AGAINST THE BULGARIANS</h2> + +<p> +When the marquis had come to Messinopolis, he did not remain there more than +five days before he rode forth, by the advice of the Greeks of the land, on an +expedition to the mountain of Messinopolis, which was distant a long +day’s journey. And when he had been through the land, and was about to +depart, the Bulgarians of the land collected and saw that the marquis had but a +small force with him. So they came from all parts and attacked the rear-guard. +And when the marquis heard the shouting, he leapt on a horse, all unarmed as he +was, with a lance in his hand. And when he came together, where the Bulgarians +were fighting with the rear-guard, hand to hand, he ran in upon them, and drove +them a great way back. +</p> + +<p> +Then was the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat wounded with an arrow, in the thick +of the arm, beneath the shoulder, mortally, and he began to lose blood. And +when his men saw it, they began to be dismayed, and to lose heart, and to bear +themselves badly. Those who were round the marquis held him up, and he was +losing much blood; and he began to faint. And when his men perceived that he +could give them no farther help, they were the more dismayed, and began to +desert him. So were they discomfited by misadventure; and those who remained by +him—and they were but few—were killed. +</p> + +<p> +The head of the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was cut off, and the people of +the land sent it to Johannizza; and that was one of the greatest joys that ever +Johannizza had. Alas! what a dolorous mishap for the Emperor Henry, and for all +the Latins of the land of Roumania, to lose such a man by such a +misadventure—one of the best barons and most liberal, and one of the best +knights in the world! And this misadventure befell in the year of the +Incarnation of Jesus Christ, twelve hundred and seven. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15dbfc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #6032 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6032) diff --git a/old/6032.txt b/old/6032.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da2c37c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/6032.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5946 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Memoirs or Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople +by Geoffrey de Villehardouin + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Memoirs or Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople + +Author: Geoffrey de Villehardouin + +Release Date: July, 2004 [EBook #6032] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on October 23, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, MEMOIRS OR CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE *** + + + + +This eBook was produced by Norm Wolcott. + + + + + Geoffrey de Villehardouin [b.c.1160-d.c.1213]: + +Memoirs or Chronicle of The Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople + + Geoffrey de Villehardouin [b.c.1160-d.c.1213]: Memoirs or Chronicle of The + Fourth Crusade and The Conquest of Constantinople, trans. Frank T. Marzials, + (London: J.M. Dent, 1908) + + THE FIRST PREACHING OF THE CRUSADE + +1 + +Be it known to you that eleven hundred and ninety-seven years after +the Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, in the time of Innocent Pope +of Rome, and Philip King of France, and Richard King of England, there +was in France a holy man named Fulk of Neuilly - which Neuilly is +between Lagni-sur-Marne and Paris - and he was a priest and held the +cure of the village. And this said Fulk began to speak of God +throughout the Isle-de-France, and the other countries round about; +and you must know that by him the Lord wrought many miracles. + +Be it known to you further, that the fame of this holy man so spread, +that it reached the Pope of Rome, Innocent*; and the Pope sent to +France, and ordered the right worthy man to preach the cross (the +Crusade) by his authority. And afterwards the Pope sent a cardinal of +his, Master Peter of Capua, who himself had taken the cross, to +proclaim the Indulgence of which I now tell you, viz., that all who +should take the cross and serve in the host for one year, would be de- + +[note: Innocent III, elected Pope on the 8th January 1198, at the +early age of thirty seven, Innocent III was one of the leading spirits +of his time-in every sense a strong man and great Pope. From the +beginning of his pontificate he turned his thoughts and policy to the +recovery of Jerusalem. ] + +2 + +livered from all the sins they had committed, and acknowledged in +confession. And because this indulgence was so great, the hearts of +men were much moved, and many took the cross for the greatness of the +pardon. + + OF THOSE WHO TOOK THE CROSS + +The other year after that right worthy man Fulk had so spoken of God, +there was held a tourney in Champagne, at a castle called Ecri, and by +God's grace it so happened that Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, +took the cross, and the Count Louis of Blois and Chartres likewise; +and this was at the beginning of Advent (28th November 1199). Now you +must know that this Count Thibaut was but a young man, and not more +than twenty-two years of age, and the Count Louis not more than +twenty-seven. These two counts were nephews and cousins-german to the +King of France, and, on the other part, nephews to the King of +England. + +With these two counts there took the cross two very high and puissant +barons of France, Simon of Montfort*, and Renaud of Montmirail. Great +was the fame thereof throughout the land when these two high and +puissant men took the cross. + +[note: Simon de Monfort - the same one who later crushed the +Albigensians and the father of the "English" Simon de Montfort who +defeated the royal army at Lewes and was killed at Evesham in 1265]. + +In the land of Count Thibaut of Champagne took the cross Garnier, +Bishop of Troyes, Count Walter of Brienne, Geoffry of Joinville*, who +was seneschal of the land, Robert his brother, Walter of Vignory, +Walter of Montbliard, Eustace of Conflans, Guy of Plessis his +brother, Henry of Arzillires, Oger of Saint-Chron, Villain of +Neuilly, Geoffry of Villhardouin, Marshal of Champagne, Geoffry his +nephew, William of Nully, Walter of Fuligny, Everard of Montigny, +Manasses of l'Isle, Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, Miles the Brabant, +Guy of Chappes, Clerembaud his nephew, Renaud of Dampierre, John +Foisnous, and many other right worthy men whom this book does not here +mention by name. + +[note: Geoffry de Joinville - the father of the chronicler Joinville.] + +With Count Louis took the cross Gervais of Chtel Herve his son John +of Virsin, Oliver of Rochefort, Henry of Mont- + +3 + +reuil, Payen of Orlans, Peter of Bracietix, Hugh his brother, William +of Sains, John of Frialze, Walter of Gaudonville, Hugh of Cormeray, +Geoffry his brother, Herve of Beauvoir, Robert of Frouville, Peter +his brother, Orri of l'Isle, Robert of Quartier, and many more whom +this book does not here mention by name. + +In the Isle-de-France took the cross Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, +Matthew of Montmorency, Guy the Castellan of Coucy, his nephew, Robert +of Ronsoi, Ferri of Yerres, John his brother, Walter of Saint-Denis, +Henry his brother, William of Aunoi, Robert Mauvoisin, Dreux of +Crcssonsacq, Bernard of Moreuil, Enguerrand of Boves, Robert his +brother, and many more right worthy men with regard to whose names +this book is here silent. + +At the beginning of the following Lent, on the day when folk are +marked with ashes (23rd February 1200), the cross was taken at Bruges +by Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and by the Countess Mary +his wife, who was sister to the Count Thibaut of Champagne. Afterwards +took the cross, Henry his brother, Thierri his nephew, who was the son +of Count Philip of Flanders, William the advocate of Bthune, Conon +his brother, John of N1e Castellan of Bruges, Renier of Trit, +Reginald his son, Matthew of Wallincourt, James of Avesnes, Baldwin of +Beauvoir, Hugh of Beaumetz, Grard of Mancicourt, Odo of Ham, William +of Gommegnies, Dreux of Beaurain, Roger of Marck, Eustace of Saubruic, +Francis of Colemi, Walter of Bousies, Reginald of Mons, Walter of +Tombes, Bernard of Somergen, and many more right worthy men in great +number, with regard to whom this book does not speak further. + +Afterwards took the cross, Count Hugh of St. Paul. With him took the +cross, Peter of Amiens his nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Nicholas of +Mailly, Anscau of Cayeaux, Guy of Houdain, Walter of N1e, Peter his +brother, and many other men who are unknown to us. + +Directly afterwards took the cross Geoffry of Perche, Stephen his +brother, Rotrou of Montfort, Ives of La Jaille, Aimery of Villeroi, +Geoffry of Beaumont, and many others whose names I do not know. + +4 + + THE CRUSADERS SEND SIX ENVOYS TO VENICE + +Afterwards the barons held a parliament at Soissons, to settle when +they should start, and whither they should wend. But they could come +to no agreement, because it did not seem to them that enough people +had taken the cross. So during all that year (1200) no two months +passed without assemblings in parliament at Compigne. There met all +the counts and barons who had taken the cross. Many were the opinions +given and considered; but in the end it was agreed that envoys should +be sent, the best that could be found, with full powers, as if they +were the lords in person, to settle such matters as needed settlement. + +Of these envoys, Thibaut, Count of Champagne and Brie, sent two; +Baldwin, Count of Flanders and Hainault, two; and Louis, Count of +Blois and Chartres, two. The envoys of the Count Thibaut were Geoffry +of Villehardouin, Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant; the +envoys of Count Baldwin were Conon of Bthune' and Alard Maquereau, +and the envoys of Count Louis were John of Friaise, and Walter of +Gaudonville. + +To these six envoys the business in hand was fully committed, all the +barons delivering to them valid charters, with seals attached, to the +effect that they would undertake to maintain and carry out whatever +conventions and agreements the envoys might enter into, in all sea +ports, and whithersoever else the envoys might fare. + +Thus were the six envoys despatched, as you have been told; and they +took counsel among themselves, and this was their conclusion: that in +Venice they might expect to find a greater number of vessels than in +any other port. So they journeyed day by day, till they came thither +in the first week of Lent (February 1201). + + THE ENVOYS ARRIVE IN VENICE, AND PROFFER THEIR REQUEST + +The Doge of Venice, whose name was Henry Dandolo* and + +[note: That Henry Dandolo was a very old man is certain, but there is +doubt as to his precise age, as also as to the cause of his blindness. +According to one account he had been blinded, or all but blinded, by +the Greeks, and in a treacherous manner, when sent, at an earlier +date, on an embassy to Constaritinople-whence his bitter hostility to +the Greek Empire. I agree, however, with Sir Rennell Rodd that, if +this had been so, Villehardouin would scarcely have refrained from +mentioning such an act of perfidy on the part of the wicked Greeks. +(See p. 41 of Vol 1of Sir Rennell Rodd's +Princes of Achaia.) It is hardly to be imagined that he would keep the +matter dark because, if he mentioned it, people would think Dandolo +acted throughout from motives of personal vengeance. This would be to +regard Villehardouin a- a very astute controversial historian indeed.] + +5 + +who was very wise and very valiant, did them great honour, both he and +the other folk, and entertained them right willingly, marvelling, +however, when the envoys had delivered their letters, what might be +the matter of import that had brought them to that country. For the +letters were letters of credence only, and declared no more than that +the bearers were to be accredited as if they were the counts in +person, and that the said counts would make good whatever the six +envoys should undertake. + +So the Doge replied: " Signors, I have seen your letters; well do we +know that of men uncrowned your lords are the greatest, and they +advise us to put faith in what you tell us, and that they will +maintain whatsoever you undertake. Now, therefore, speak, and let us +know what is your pleasure." + +And the envoys answered: " Sire, we would that you should assemble +your council; and before your council we will declare the wishes of +our lords; and let this be tomorrow, if it so pleases you." And the +Doge replied asking for respite till the fourth day, when he would +assemble his council, so that the envoys might state their +requirements. + +The envoys waited then till the fourth day, as had been appointed +them, and entered the palace, which was passing rich and beautiful; +and found the Doge and his council in a chamber. There they delivered +their message after this manner: " Sire, we come to thee on the part +of the high barons of France, who have taken the sign of the cross to +avenge the shame done to Jesus Christ, and to reconquer Jerusalem, if +so be that God -will suffer it. And because they know that no people +have such great power to help them as you and your people, therefore +we pray you by God that you take pity on the land overseas and the +shame of Christ, and use diligence that our lords 'have ships for +transport and battle." + +" And after what manner should we use diligence? + +6 + +said the Doge. " After all manners that you may advise and propose," +rejoined the envoys, " in so far as what you propose may be within our +means." " Certes," said the Doge, " it is a great thing that your +lords require of us, and well it seems that they have in view a high +enterprise. We will give you our answer eight days from to-day. And +marvel not if the term be long, for it is meet that so great a matter +be fully pondered." + + CONDITIONS PROPOSED BY THE DOGE + +When the term appointed by the Doge was ended, the envoys returned to +the palace. Many were the words then spoken which I cannot now +rehearse. But this was the conclusion of that parliament: " Signors," +said the Doge, " we will tell you the conclusions at which we have +arrived, if so be that we can induce our great council and the commons +of the land to allow of them; and you, on your part, must consult and +see if you can accept them and carry them through. + +" We will build transports* to carry four thousand five hundred +horses, and nine thousand squires, and ships for four thousand five +hundred knights, and twenty thousand sergeants of foot. And we will +agree also to purvey food for these horses and people during nine +months. This is what we undertake to do at the least, on condition +that you pay us for each horse four marks, and for each man two marks. + +[note: The old French term is +vuissiers, and denotes a kind of vessel, flat-bottomed, with large +ports, specially constructed for the transport of horses. T. Smith +translates "palanders," but I don't know that " palander" conveys any +very clear idea to the English reader.] + +"And the covenants we are now explaining to you, we undertake to keep, +wheresoever we may be, for a year, reckoning from the day on which we +sail from the port of Venice in the service of God and of Christendom. +Now the sum total of the expenses above named amounts to 85,000 marks. + +"And this will we do moreover. For the love of God, we will add to the +fleet fifty armed galleys on condition that, so long as we act in +company, of all conquests in land or money, whether at sea or on dry +ground, we shall have the half, and you the other half. Now consult +together to see if you, on your parts, can accept and fulfil these +covenants." + +7 + +The envoys then departed, and said that they would consult together +and give their answer on the morrow. They consulted, and talked +together that night, and agreed to accept the terms offered. So the +next day they appeared before the Doge, and said: " Sire, we are ready +to ratify this covenant." The Doge thereon said he would speak of the +matter to his people, and, as he found them affected, so would he let +the envoys know the issue. + +On the morning of the third day, the Doge, who was very wise and +valiant, assembled his great council, and the council was of forty men +of the wisest that were in the land. And the Doge, by his wisdom and +wit, that were very clear and very good, brought them to agreement and +approval. Thus he wrought with them; and then with a hundred others, +then two hundred, then a thousand, so that at last all consented and +approved. Then he assembled well ten thousand of the people in the +church of St. Mark, the most beautiful church that there is, and bade +them hear a mass of the Holy Ghost, and pray to God for counsel on the +request and messages that had been addressed to them. And the people +did so right willingly. + + CONCLUSION OF THE TREATY, AND RETURN OF THE ENVOYS + +When mass had been said, the Doge desired the envoys to humbly ask the +people to assent to the proposed covenant. The envoys came into the +church. Curiously were they looked upon by many who had not before had +sight of them. + +Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, by will and +consent of the other envoys, acted as spokesman and said unto them: " +Lords, the barons of France, most high and puissant, have sent us to +you; and they cry to you for mercy, that you take pity on Jerusalem, +which is in bondage to the Turks, and that, for God's sake, you help +to avenge the shame of Christ Jesus. And for this end they have +elected to come to you, because they know full well that there is none +other people having so great power on the seas, as you and your +people. And they commanded us to fall at your feet, and not to rise +till you consent to take pity on the Holy Land which is beyond the +seas." + +8 + +Then the six envoys knelt at the feet of the people, weeping many +tears. And the Doge and all the others burst into tears of pity and +compassion, and cried with one voice, and lifted up their hands, +saying: " We consent, we consent I " Then was there so great a noise +and tumult that it seemed as if the earth itself were falling to +pieces. + +And when this great tumult and passion of pity - greater did never any +man see-were appeased, the good Doge of Venice, who was very wise and +valiant, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the people, and +said to them: "Signors, behold the honour that God has done you; for +the best people in the world have set aside all other people, and +chosen you to join them in so high an enterprise as the deliverance of +our Lord! + +All the good and beautiful words that the Doge then spoke, I cannot +repeat to you. But the end of the matter was, that the covenants were +to be made on the following day; and made they were, and devised +accordingly. When they were concluded, it was notified to the council +that we should go to Babylon (Cairo), because the Turks could better +be destroyed in Babylon than in any other land; but to the folk at +large it was only told that we were bound to go overseass. We were +then in Lent (March 1201), and by St. john's Day, in the following +year-which would be twelve hundred and two years after the Incarnation +of Jesus Christ-the barons and pilgrims were to be in Venice, and the +ships ready against their coming. + +When the treaties were duly indited and sealed, they were brought to +the Doge in the grand palace, where had been assembled the great and +the little council. And when the Doge delivered the treaties to the +envoys, he knelt greatly weeping, and swore on holy relics faithfully +to observe the conditions thereof, and so did all his council, which +numbered fifty-six persons. And the envoys, on their side, swore to +observe the treaties, and in all good faith to maintain their oaths +and the oaths of their lords; and be it known to you that for great +pity many a tear was there shed. And forthwith were messengers sent to +Rome, to the Pope Innocent, that he might confirm this covenant-the +which he did right willingly. + +Then did the envoys borrow five thousand marks of silver, and gave +them to the Doge so that the building of the ships + +9 + +might be begun. And taking leave to return to their own land, they +journeyed day by day till they came to Placentia in Lombardy. There +they parted. Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne and Alard Maquereau +went straight to France, and the others went to Genoa and Pisa to +learn what help might there be had for the land overseass + +When Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne., passed over Mont Cenis, he +came in with Walter of Brienne, going into Apulia, to conquer the land +of his wife, whom he had married since he took the cross, and who was +the daughter of King Tancred. With him went Walter of Montbliard, and +Eustace of Conflans, Robert of Joinville, and a great part of the +people of worth in Champagne who had taken the cross. + +And when he told them the news how the envoys had fared, great was +their joy, and much did they prize the arrangements made. And they +said, " We are already on our way; and when you come, you will find us +ready." But events fall out as God wills, and never had they power to +join the host. This was much to our loss; for they were of great +prowess and valiant. And thus they parted, and each went on his way. + +So rode Geoffry the Marshal, day by day, that he came to Troyes in +Champagne, and found his lord the Count Thibaut sick and languishing, +and right glad was the count of his coming. And when he had told the +count how he had fared, the count was so rejoiced that he said he +would mount horse, a thing he had not done of a long time. So he rose +from his bed and rode forth. But alas, how great the pity! For never +again did he bestride horse but that once. + +His sickness waxed and grew worse, so that at the last he made his +will and testament, and divided the money which he would have taken +with him on pilgrimage among his followers and companions, of whom he +had many that were very good men and true-no one at that time had +more. And he ordered that each one, on receiving his money, should +swear on holy relics, to join the host at Venice, according as he had +promised. Many there were who kept that oath badly, and so incurred +great blame. The count ordered that another portion of his treasure +should be retained, and taken to the host, and there expended as might +seem best. + +Thus died the count; and no man in this world made a better end. And +there were present at that time a very + +10 + +great assemblage of men of his lineage and of his vassals. But of the +mourning and funeral pomp it is unmeet that I should here speak. Never +was more honour paid to any man. And right well that it was so, for +never was man of his age more beloved by his own men, nor by other +folk. Buried he was beside his father in the church of our lord St. +Stephen at Troyes. He left behind him the Countess, Ws wife, whose +name was Blanche, very fair, very good, the daughter of the King of +Navarre. She had borne him a little daughter, and was then about to +bear a son. + + THE CRUSADERS LOOK FOR ANOTHER CHIEF + +When the Count was buried, Matthew of Montmorency, Simon of Montfort, +Geoffry of Joinville who was seneschal, and Geoffry the Marshal, went +to Odo, Duke of Burgundy, and said to him, " Sire, your cousin is +dead. You see what evil has befallen the land overseass We pray you by +God that you take the cross, and succour the land overseas in his +stead. And we will cause you to have all his treasure, and will swear +on holy relics, and make the others swear also, to serve you in all +good faith, even as we should have served him." + +Such was his pleasure that he refused. And be it known to you that he +might have done much better. The envoys charged Geoffry of Joinville +to make the self-same offer to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, Thibaut, who +was cousin to the dead count, and he refused also. + +Very great was the discomfort of the pilgrims, and of all who were +about to go on God's service, at the death of Count Thibaut of +Champagne; and they held a parliament, at the + +beginning, of the month, at Soissons, to determine what they should +do. There were present Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, the +Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, the Count Geoffry of Perche, the +Count Hugh of Saint- Paul, and many other men of worth. + +Geoffry the Marshal spake to them and told them of the offer made to +the Duke of Burgundy, and to the Count of Bar-le-Duc, and how they had +refused it. " My lords," said he, " listen, I will advise you of +somewhat if you will + +11 + +consent thereto. The Marquis of Montferrat* is very worthy and +valiant, and one of the most highly prized of living men. If you asked +him to come here, and take the sign of the cross and put himself in +place of the Count of Champagne, and you gave him the lordship of the +host, full soon would he accept thereof." + +[note: Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, was one of the most +accomplished men of the time, and an approved soldier. His little +court at Montferrat was the resort of artist and troubadour. His +family was a family of Crusaders. The father, William of Montferrat, +had gone overseass and fought valiantly against the infidel. +Boniface's eldest brother, William of the Long Sword, married a +daughter of the titular King of Jerusalem, and their son became +titular king in turn. Another brother, Conrad, starting for the Holy +Land, stopped at Constantinople, and did there such good service that +the Greek emperor gave his sister to him in marriage; but afterwards +fearing the perfidy of his brother-in-law, Conrad fled to Syria, and +there battled against Saladin. Yet another brother, Renier, also +served in the Greek Empire, married an Emperor's daughter, and +received for guerdon of his deeds the kingdom of Salonika. Boniface +himself had fought valiantly against Saladin, been made prisoner, and +afterwards liberated on exchange. It was no mean and nameless knight +that Villehardouin was proposing as chief to the assembled Crusaders, +but a princely noble, the patron of poets, verrsed in state affairs, +and possessing personal experience of Eastern warfare. I extract these +details from M. Bouchet's +Notice]. + +Many were the words spoken for and against; but in the end all agreed, +both small and great. So were letters written, and envoys chosen, and +the marquis was sent for. And he came, on the day appointed, through +Champagne and the Isle-de-France, where he received much honour, and +specially from the King of France, who was his cousin. + + BONIFACE, MARQUIS OF MONTFERRAT, BECOMES CHIEF OF THE CRUSADE - NEW + CRUSADERS - DEATH OF GEOFFRY COUNT OF PERCHE + +So he came to a parliament assembled at Soissons; and the main part of +the counts and barons and of the other Crusaders were there assembled. +When they heard that the marquis was coming, they went out to meet +him, and did him much honour. In the morning the parliament was held +in an orchard belonging to the abbey of our Lady of Soissons. There +they besought the marquis to do as they had desired of him, and prayed +him, for the love of God, to take the cross, and accept the leadership +of the host, and stand in the place of Thibaut Count of Champagne, and +accept of his money + +12 + +and of his men. And they fell at his feet, with many tears; and he, on +his part, fell at their feet, and said he would do it right willingly. + +Thus did the marquis consent to their prayers, and receive the +lordship of the host. Whereupon the Bishop of Soissons, and Master +Fulk, the holy man, and two white monks whom the marquis had brought +with him from Ws own land, led him into the Church of Notre Dame, and +attached the cross to his shoulder. Thus ended this parliament, and +the next day he took leave to return to his own land and settle his +own affairs-telling them all to settle their own affairs likewise, for +that he would meet them at Venice. + +Thence did the marquis go to attend the Chapter at Citeaux, which is +held on Holy Cross Day in September (14th September 1241). There he +found a great number of abbots, barons and other people of Burgundy; +and Master Fulk went thither to preach the Crusade. And at that place +took the cross Odo the Champenois of Champlitte, and William his +brother, Richard of Dampierre, Odo his brother, Guy of Pesmes, Edmund +his brother, Guy of Conflans, and many other good men of Burgundy, +whose names are not recorded. Afterwards took the cross the Bishop of +Autun, Guignes Count of Forez, Hugh of Bergi (father and son), Hugh of +Colemi. Further on in Provence took the cross Peter Bromont, and many +others whose names are unknown to us. + +Thus did the pilgrims make ready in all lands. Alas! a great mischance +befell them in the following Lent (March 1202) before they had +started, for the Count Geoffry of Perche fell sick, and made his will +in such fashion that he directed that Stephen, his brother, should +have his goods, and lead his men in the host. Of this exchange the +pilgrims would willingly have been quit, had God so ordered. Thus did +the count make an end and die; and much evil ensued, for he was a +baron high and honoured, and a good knight. Greatly was he mourned +throughout all his lands. + +FIRST STARTING OF THE PILGRIMS FOR VENICE, AND OF SOME WHO WENT NOT THITHER + +After Easter and towards Whitsuntide (June 1202) began the pilgrims to +leave their own country. And you must + +know that at their departure many were the tears shed for + +13 + +pity and sorrow, by their own people and by their friends. So they +journeyed through Burgundy, and by the mountains of Mont-joux (? Jura) +by Mont Cenis, and through Lombardy, and began to assemble at Venice, +where they were lodged on an island which is called St. Nicholas in +the port. + +At that time started from Flanders a fleet that carried a great number +of good men-at-arms. Of this fleet were captains John of Nle, +Castellan of Bruges, Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of +Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly. And these promised Count Baldwin, +and swore on holy relics, that they would go through the straits of +Morocco, and join themselves to him, and to the host of Venice, at +whatsoever place they might hear that the count was faring. And for +this reason the Count of Flanders and Henry his brother had confided +to them certain ships loaded with cloth and food and other wares. + +Very fair was this fleet, and rich, and great was the reliance that +the Count of Flanders and the pilgrims placed upon it, because very +many of their good sergeants were journeying therein. But ill did +these keep the faith they had sworn to the count, they and others like +them, because they and such others of the same sort became fearful of +the great perils that the host of Venice had undertaken. + +Thus did the Bishop of Autun fail us, and Guignes the Count of Forez, +and Peter Bromont, and many people besides, who were greatly blamed +therein; and of little worth were the exploits they performed there +where they did go. And of the French failed us Bernard of Moreuil, +Hugh of Chaumont, Henry of Araines, John of Villers, Walter of +Saint-Denis, Hugh his brother, and many others, who avoided the +passage to Venice because of the danger, and went instead to +Marseilles-whereof they received shame, and much were they blamed-and +great were the mishaps that afterwards befell them. + + OF THE PILGRIMS WHO CAME TO VENICE, AND OF THOSE WHO WENT TO APULIA + +Now let us for this present speak of them no further, but speak of the +pilgrims, of whom a great part had already come to Venice. Count +Baldwin of Flanders had already arrived there, and many others, and +thither were tidings brought to + +14 + +them that many of the pilgrims were travelling by other ways, and from +other ports. This troubled them greatly, because they would thus be +unable to fulfil the promise made to the Venetians, and find the +moneys that were due. + +So they took counsel together, and agreed to send good envoys to meet +the pilgrims, and to meet Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, who had +not yet arrived, and to put them in good heart, and beseech them to +have pity of the Holy Land beyond the sea, and show them that no other +passage, save that from Venice, could be of profit. + +For this embassy they made choice of Count Hugh of Saint-Paul and +Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, and these rode till they came to +Pavia in Lombardy. There they found Count Louis with a great many +knights and men of note and worth; and by encouragements and prayers +prevailed on many to proceed to Venice who would otherwise have fared +from other ports, and by other ways. + +Nevertheless from Placentia many men of note proceeded by other ways +to Apulia. Among them were Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best +knights in the world, Henry of Arzillires, Renaud of Dampierre, Henry +of Longchamp, and Giles of Trasegnies, liegeman to Count Baldwin of +Flanders and Hainault, who had given him, out of his own purse, five +hundred livres to accompany him on this journey. With these went a +great company of knights and sergeants, whose names are not recorded. + +Thus was the host of those who went by Venice greatly weakened; and +much evil befell them therefrom, as you shall shortly hear. + + THE PILGRIMS LACK MONEY WHEREWITH TO PAY THE VENETIANS + +Thus did Count Louis and the other barons wend their way to Venice; +and they were there received with feasting and joyfully, and took +lodging in the Island of St. Nicholas with those who had come before. +Goodly was the host, and right worthy were the men. Never did man see +goodlier or worthier. And the Venetians held a market, rich and +abundant, of all things needful for horses and men. And the fleet they +had got ready was so goodly and fine that never did Christian man see +one goodlier or finer; as well galleys + +15 + +as transports, and sufficient for at least three times as many men as +were in the host. + +Ah ! the grievous harm and loss when those who should have come +thither sailed instead from other ports! Right well if they had kept +their tryst, would Christendom have been exalted, and the land of the +Turks abased! The Venetians had fulfilled all their undertakings, and +above measure, and they now summoned the barons and counts to fulfil +theirs and make payment, since they were ready to start. + +The cost of each man's passage was now levied throughout the host; and +there were people enough who said they could not pay for their +passage, and the barons took from them such moneys as they had. So +each man paid what he could. When the barons had thus claimed the cost +of the passages, and when the payments had been collected, the moneys +came to less than the sum due-yea, by more than one half. + +Then the barons met together and said: "Lords, the Venetians have well +fulfilled all their undertakings, and above measure. But we cannot +fulfil ours in paying for our passages, seeing we are too few in +number; and this is the fault of those who have journeyed by other +ports. For God's sake therefore let each contribute all that he has, +so that we may fulfil our covenant; for better is it that we should +give all that we have, than lose what we have already paid, and prove +false to our covenants; for if this host remains here, the rescue of +the land overseas comes to naught." + +Great was then the dissension among the main part of the barons and +the other folk, and they said: " We have paid for our passages, and if +they will take us, we shall go willingly; but if not, we shall inquire +and look for other means of passage." And they spoke thus because they +wished that the host should fall to pieces and each return to his own +land. But the other party said, " Much rather would we give all that +we have and go penniless with the host, than that the host should fall +to pieces and fail; for God will doubtless repay us when it so pleases +Him." + +Then the Count of Flanders began to give all that he had and all that +he could borrow, and so did Count Louis, and the Marquis, and the +Count of Saint-Paul, and those who were of their party. Then might you +have seen many a fine vessel of gold and silver borne in payment to +the palace of the Doge. And when all had been brought together, there + +16 + +was still wanting, of the sum required, 34,000 marks of silver. Then +those who had kept back their possessions and not brought them into +the common stock, were right glad, for they thought now surely the +host must fail and go to pieces. But God, who advises those who have +been ill-advised, would not so suffer it. + + THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN A RESPITE BY PROMISING TO HELP THE VENETIANS AGAINST + ZARA + +Then the Doge spoke to his people, and said unto them: + +Signors, these people cannot pay more; and in so far as they have paid +at all, we have benefited by an agreement which they cannot now +fulfil. But our right to keep this money would not everywhere be +acknowledged; and if we so kept it we should be greatly blamed, both +us and our land. Let us therefore offer them terms. + +"The King of Hungary has taken from us Zara in Sclavonia, which is one +of the strongest places in the world; and never shall we recover it +with all the power that we possess, save with the help of these +people. Let us therefore ask them to help us to reconquer it, and we +will remit the payment of the debt of 34,000 marks of silver, until +such time as it shall please God to allow us to gain the moneys by +conquest, we and they together." Thus was agreement made. Much was it +contested by those who wished that the host should be broken up. +Nevertheless the agreement was accepted and ratified. + + THE DOGE AND A NUMBER OF VENETIANS TAKE THE CROSS + +Then, on a Sunday, was assemblage held in the church of St. Mark. It +was a very high festival, and the people of the land were there, and +the most part of the barons and pilgrims. + +Before the beginning of High Mass, the Doge of Venice, who bore the +name of Henry Dandolo, went up into the reading-desk, and spoke to the +people, and said to them:" Signors, you are associated with the most +worthy people in the world, and for the highest enterprise ever +undertaken; and I am a man old and feeble, who should have need of +rest, and I am sick in body; but I see that no one could command + +17 + +and lead,you like myself, who am your lord. If you will consent that I +take the sign of the cross to guard and direct you, and that my son +remain in my place to guard the land, then shall I go to five or die +with you and with the pilgrims." + +And when they had heard him, they cried with one voice: "We pray you +by God that you consent, and do it, and that you come with us! " + +Very great was then the pity and compassion on the part of the people +of the land and of the pil-rims; and many were the tears shed, because +that worthy 0and good man would have had so much reason to remain +behind, for he was an old man, and albeit his eyes were unclouded, yet +he saw naught, having lost his sight through a wound in the head. He +was of a great heart. Ah! how little like him were those who had gone +to other ports to escape the danger. + +Thus he came down from the reading-desk, and went before the altar, +and knelt upon his knees greatly weeping. And they sewed the cross on +to a great cotton hat, which he wore, in front, because he wished that +all men should see it. And the Venetians began to take the cross in +great numbers, a great multitude, for up to that day very few had +taken the cross. Our pilgrims had much joy in the cross that the Doge +took, and were greatly moved, because of the wisdom and the valour +that were in him. + +Thus did the Doge take the cross, as you have heard. Then the +Venetians began to deliver the ships, the galleys, and the transports +to the barons, for departure; but so much time had already been spent +since the appointed term, that September drew near (1202). + + MESSAGE OF ALEXIUS, THE SON OF ISAAC, THE DETHRONED EMPEROR OF + CONSTANTINOPLE -DEATH OF FULK OF NEUILLY - ARRIVAL OF THE GERMANS + +Now give ear to one of the greatest marvels, and most wonderful +adventures that you have ever heard tell of. At that time there was an +emperor in Constantinople, whose name was Isaac, and he had a brothor, +Alexius by name, whom he had ransomed from captivity among the Turks. +This Alexius took his brother the emperor, tore the eyes out of his +head, and made himself emperor by the aforesaid + +18 + +treachery. He kept Isaac a long time in prison, together with a son +whose name was Alexius. This son escaped from prison, and fled in a +ship to a city on the sea, which is called Ancona. Thence he departed +to go to King Philip of Germany, who had his sister for wife; and he +came to Verona in Lombardy, and lodged in the town, and found there a +number of pilgrims and other people who were on their way to join the +host. + +And those who had helped him to escape, and were with him, said: " +Sire, here is an army in Venice, quite near to us, the best and most +valiant people and knights that are in the world, and they are going +overseass Cry to them therefore for mercy, that they have pity on thee +and on thy father, who have been so wrongfully dispossessed. And if +they be willing to help thee, thou shalt be guided by them. Perchance +they will take pity on thy estate." And Alexius said he would do this +right willingly, and that the advice was good. + +Thus he appointed envoys, and sent them to the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was chief of the host, and to the other barons. And +when the barons saw them, they marvelled greatly, and said to the +envoys: " We understand right well what you tell us. We will send an +envoy with the prince to King Philip, whither he is going. If the +prince will help to recover the land overseass we will help him to +recover his own land, for we know that it has been wrested from him +and from his father wrongfully." So were envoys sent into Germany, +both to the heir of Constantinople and to King Philip of Germany. + +Before this happened, of which I have just told you, there came news +to the host which greatly saddened the barons and the other folk, +viz., that Fulk, the good man, the holy man, who first preached the +Crusade, had made an end and was dead. + +And after this adventure, there came to the host a company of very +good and worthy people from the empire of Germany, of whose arrival +they of the host were full fain. There came the Bishop of Halberstadt, +Count Berthold of Katzenelenbogen, Gamier of Borland, Thierri of Loos, +Henry of Orme, Thierri of Diest, Roger of Suitre, Alexander of +Villers, Ulric of Tone, and many other good folk, whose names are not +recorded in this book. + +19 + + THE CRUSADERS LEAVE VENICE TO BESIEGE ZARA + +Then were the ships and transports apportioned by the barons. Ah, God +I what fine war-horses were put therein. And when the ships were +fulfilled with arms and provisions, and knights and sergeants, the +shields were ranged round the bulwarks and castles of the ships, and +the banners displayed, many and fair. + +And be it known to you that the vessels carried more than three +hundred petraries and mangonels, and all such engines as are needed +for the taking of cities, in great plenty. Never did finer fleet sail +from any0port. And this was in the octave of the Feast of St. Remigius +(October) in the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ twelve +hundred and two. Thus did they sail from the port of Venice, as you +have been told. + +On the Eve of St. Martin (10th November) they came before Zara in +Sclavonia, and beheld the city enclosed by high walls and high towers; +and vainly would you have sought for a fairer city, or one of greater +strength, or richer. And when the pilgrims saw it, they marvelled +greatly, and said one to another, " How could such a city be taken by +force, save by the help of God himself? " + +The first ships that came before the city cast anchor, and waited for +the others; and in the morning the day was very fine and very clear, +and all the galleys came up with the transports, and the other ships +which were behind; and they took the port by force, and broke the +chain that defended it and was very strong and well-wrought; and they +landed in such sort that the port was between them and the town. Then +might you have seen many a knight and many a sergeant swarming out of +the ships, and taking from the transports many a good war-horse, and +many a rich tent and many a pavilion. Thus did the host encamp. And +Zara was besieged on St. Martin's Day (11th November 1202). + +At this time all the barons had not yet arrived. Thus the Marquis of +Montferrat had remained behind for some business that detained him. +And Stephen of Perche had remained at Venice sick, and Matthew of +Montmorency. When they were healed of their sickness Matthew of +Montmorency came to rejoin the host at Zara; but Stephen of Perche +dealt less worthily, for he abandoned the host, and + +20 + +went to sojourn in Apulia. With him went Rotrou of Montfort and Ives +of la jaille, and many others, who were much blamed therein; and they +journeyed to Syria in the following spring.* + +[note: Literally, "in the passaae of March," i.e. among the pilgrims +who periodically started for the (,,y Land in March.] + + THE INHABITANTS OF ZARA OFFER TO CAPITULATE, AND THEN DRAW BACK - ZARA IS + TAKEN + +On the day following the feast of St. Martin, certain of the people of +Zara came forth, and spoke to the Doge of Venice, who was in his +pavilion, and said to him that they would yield up the city and all +their goods-their lives being spared-to his mercy. And the Doge +replied that he would not accept these conditions, nor any conditions, +save by consent of the counts and barons, with whom he would go and +confer. + +While he went to confer with the counts and barons, that party, of +whom you have already heard, who wished to disperse the host, spoke to +the envoys and said, " Why should you surrender your city? The +pilgrims will not attack you -have no care of them. If you can defend +yourselves against the Venetians, you will be safe enough." And they +chose one of themselves, whose name was Robert of Boves, who went to +the walls of the city, and spoke the same words. Therefore the envoys +returned to the city, and the negotiations were broken off. + +The Doge of Venice, when he came to the counts and barons, said to +them: "Signors, the people who are therein desire to yield the city to +my mercy, on condition only that their lives are spared. But I will +enter into no agreement with them-neither this nor any other-save with +your consent." And the barons answered: " Sire, we advise you to +accept these conditions, and we even beg of you so to do." He said he +would do so; and they all returned together to the pavilion of the +Doge to make the agreement, and found that the envoys had gone away by +the advice of those who wished to disperse the host. + +Then rose the abbot of Vaux, of the order of the Cistercians, and said +to them: " Lords, I forbid you, on the part of the Pope of Rome, to +attack this city; for those within it + +21 + +are Christians, and you are pilgrims." When the Doge heard this, he +was very wroth, and much disturbed, and he said to the counts and +barons: "Signors, I had this city, by their own agreement, at my +mercy, and your people have broken that agreement; you have covenanted +to help me to conquer it, and I summon you to do so." + +Whereon the counts and barons all spoke at once, together with those +who were of their party, and said: " Great is the outrage of those who +have caused this agreement to be broken, and never a day has passed +that they have not tried to break up the host. Now are we shamed if we +do not help to take the city." And they came to the Doge, and said: " +Sire, we will help you to take the city in despite of those who would +let and hinder us." + +Thus was the decision taken. The next morning the host encamped before +the gates of the city, and set up their petraries and manoonels, and +other engines of war, which they had in plenty, and on the side of the +sea they raised ladders from the ships. Then they began to throw +stones at the walls of the city and at the towers. So did the assault +last for about five days. Then were the sappers set to mine one of the +towers, and began to sap the wall. When those within the city saw +this, they proposed an agreement, such as they had before refused by +the advice of those who wished to break up the host. + + THE CRUSADERS ESTABLISH THEMSELVES IN THE CITYAFFRAY BETWEEN THE VENETIANS + AND THE FRANKS + +Thus did the city surrender to the mercy of the Doge, on condition +only that all lives should be spared. Then came the Doge to the counts +and barons, and said to them: " Signors, we have taken this city by +the grace of God, and your own. It is now winter, and we cannot stir +hence till Eastertide; for we should find no market in any other +place; and this city is very rich, and well furnished with all +supplies. Let us therefore divide it in the midst, and we will take +one half, and you the other." + +As he had spoken, so was it done. The Venetians took the part of the +city towards the port, where were the ships, and the Franks took the +other part. There were quarters + +22 + +assigned to each, according as was right and convenient. And the host +raised the camp, and went to lodge in the city. + +On the third day after they were all lodged, there befell a great +misadventure in the host, at about the hour of vespers; for there +began a fray, exceeding fell and fierce, between the Venetians and the +Franks, and they ran to arms from all sides. And the fray was so +fierce that there were but few streets in which battle did not rage +with swords and lances and cross-bows and darts; and many people were +killed and wounded. + +But the Venetians could not abide the combat, and they began to suffer +great losses. Then the men of mark, who did not want this evil to +befall, came fully armed into the strife, and began to separate the +combatants; and when they had separated them in one place, they began +again in another. This lasted the better part of the night. +Nevertheless with great labour and endurance at last they were +separated. And be it known to you that this was the greatest +misfortune that ever befell a host, and little did it lack that the +host was not lost utterly. But God would not suffer it. + +Great was the loss on either side. There was slain a high lord of +Flanders, whose name was Giles of Landas: he was struck in the eye, +and with that stroke he died in the fray; and many another of whom +less was spoken. The Doge of Venice and the barons laboured much, +during the whole of that week, to appease the fray, and they laboured +so effectually that peace was made. God be thanked therefor. + +ON WHAT CONDITIONS ALEXIUS PROPOSES TO OBTAIN THE HELP OF THE CRUSADERS FOR + THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE + +A fortnight after came to Zara the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who +had not yet joined, and Matthew of Montmorency, and Peter of Bracieux, +and many another man of note. And after another fortnight came also +the envoys from Germany, sent by King Philip and the heir of +Constantinople. Then the barons, and the Doge of Venice assembled in a +palace where the Doge was lodged. And the envoys addressed them and +said: " Lords, King Philip sends us to you, as does also the brother +of the king's wife, the son of the emperor of Constantinople. + +23 + +"`Lords,' says the king, ' I will send you the brother of my wife; and +I commit him into the hands of God-may He keep him from death! - and +into your hands. And because you have fared forth for God, and for +right, and for justice, therefore you are bound, in so far as you are +able, to restore to their own inheritance those who have been +unrighteously despoiled. And my wife's brother will make with you the +best terms ever offered to any people, and give you the most puissant +help for the recovery of the land overseass + +" ' And first, if God grant that you restore him to his inheritance, +he will place the whole empire of Roumania in obedience to Rome, from +which it has long been separated. Further, he knows that you have +spent of your substance, and that you are poor, and he will give you +200,000 marks of silver, and food for all those of the host, both +small and great. And he, of his own person, will go with you into the +land of Babylon, or, if you hold that that will be better, send +thither 10,000 men, at his own charges. And this service he will +perform for one year. And all the days of his life he will maintain, +at his own charges, five hundred knights in the land overseass to +guard that land.' " + +" Lords, we have full power," said the envoys, " to conclude this +agreement, if you are willing to conclude it on your parts. And be it +known to you, that so favourable an agreement has never before been +offered to any one; and that he that would refuse it can have but +small desire of glory and conquest." + +The barons and the Doge said they would talk this over; and a +parliament was called for the morrow. When all were assembled, the +matter was laid before them. + +DISCORD AMONG THE CRUSADERS - OF THOSE WHO ACCEPT THE PROPOSALS OF THE YOUNG + ALEXIUS + +Then arose much debate. The abbot of Vaux, of the order of the +Cistercians, spoke, and that party that wished for the dispersal of +the host; and they said they would never consent: that it was not to +fall on Christians that they had left their homes, and that they would +go to Syria. + +And the other party replied: "Fair lords, in Syria you will be able to +do nothing; and that you may right well perceive by considering how +those have fared who abandoned us, and + +24 + +sailed from other ports. And be it known to you that it is only by way +of Babylon, or of Greece, that the land overseas can be recovered, if +so be that it ever is recovered. And if we reject this covenant we +shall be shamed to all time." + +There was discord in the host, as you hear. Nor need you be surprised +if there was discord among the laymen, for the white monks of the +order of Citeaux were also at issue among themselves in the host. The +abbot of Loos, who was a holy man and a man of note, and other abbots +who held with him, prayed and besought the people, for pity's sake and +the sake of God, to keep the host together, and agree to the proposed +convention, in that " it afforded the best means by which the land +overseas might be recovered; " while the abbot of Vaux, on the other +hand, and those who held with him, preached full oft, and declared +that all this was naught, and that the host ought to go to the land of +Syria, and there do what they could. + +Then came the Marquis of Montferrat, and Baldwin Count of Flanders and +Hainault, and Count Louis, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and those who +held with them, and they declared that they would enter into the +proposed covenant, for that they should be shamed if they refused. So +they went to the Doge's hostel, and the envoys were summoned, and the +covenant, in such terms as you have already heard, was confirmed by +oath, and by charters with seals appended. + +And the book tells you that only twelve persons took the oaths on the +side of the Franks, for more (of sufficient note) could not be found. +Among the twelve were first the Marquis of Montferrat, the Count +Baldwin of Flanders, the Count Louis of Blois and of Chartres, and the +Count of St. Paul, and eight others who held with them. Thus was the +agreement made, and the charters prepared, and a term fixed for the +arrival of the heir of Constantinople; and the term so Fixed was the +fifteenth day after the following Easter. + + OF THOSE WHO SEPARATED THEMSELVES FROM THE HOST TO GO TO SYRIA, AND OF THE + FLEET OF THE COUNT OF FLANDERS + +Thus did the host sojourn at Zara all that winter (1202-1203) in the +face of the King of Hungary. And be it known to you that the hearts of +the people were not at peace, for + +25 + +the one party used all efforts to break up the host, and the other to +make it hold together. + +Many of the lesser folk escaped in the vessels of the merchants. In +one ship escaped well nigh five hundred, and they were all drowned, +and so lost. Another company escaped by land, and thought to pass +through Sclavonia; and the peasants of that land fell upon them, and +killed many, so that the remainder came back flying to the host. Thus +did the host go greatly dwindling day by day. At that time a great +lord of the host, who was from Germany, Garnier of Borland by name, so +wrought that he escaped in a merchant vessel, and abandoned the host, +whereby he incurred great blame. + +Not long afterwards, a great baron of France, Renaud of Monmirail by +name, besought so earnestly, with the countenance of Count Louis, that +he was sent to Syria on an embassy in one of the vessels of the fleet; +and he swore with his right hand on holy relics, he and all the +knights who went with him, that within fifteen days after they had +arrived in Syria, and delivered their message, they would return to +the host. On this condition he left the host, and with him Herve of +Chitel, his nephew, William the vidame of Chartres, Geoffry of +Beaumont, John of Frouville, Peter his brother, and many others. And +the oaths that they swore were not kept; for they did not rejoin the +host. + +Then came to the host news that was heard right willingly, viz., that +the fleet from Flanders, of which mention has been made above, had +arrived at Marseilles. And John of Nle, Castellan of Bruges, who was +captain of that host, and Thierri, who was the son of Count Philip of +Flanders, and Nicholas of Mailly, advised the Count of Flanders, their +lord, that they would winter at Marseilles, and asked him to let them +know what was his will, and said that whatever was his will, that they +would do. And he told them, by the advice of the Doge of Venice and +the other barons, that they should sail at the end of the following +March, and come to meet him at the port of Modon in Roumania. Alas! +they acted very evilly, for never did they keep their word, but went +to Syria, Where, as they well knew, they would achieve nothing. + +Now be it known to you, lords, that if God had not loved the host, it +could never have held together, seeing how many people wished evil to +it! + +26 + + THE CRUSADERS OBTAIN THE POPE'S ABSOLUTION FOR THE CAPTURE OF ZARA + +Then the barons spoke together and said that they would send to Rome, +to the Pope, because he had taken the capture of Zara in evil part. +And they chose as envoys such as they knew were fitted for this +office, two knights, and two clerks. Of the two clerks one was +Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, and the other Master John of Noyon, who +was chancellor to Count Baldwin of Flanders; and of the knights one +was John of Friaize, the other Robert of Boves. These swore on holy +relics that they would perform their embassy loyally and in good +faith, and that they would come back to the host. + +Three kept their oath right well, and the fourth evilly, and this one +was Robert of Boves. For he executed his office as badly as he could, +and perjured himself, and went away to Syria as others had done. But +the remaining three executed their office right well, and delivered +their message as the barons had directed, and said to the Pope: " The +barons cry mercy to you for the capture of Zara, for they acted as +people who could do no better, owing to the default of those who had +gone to other ports, and because, had they not acted as they did, they +could not have held the host together. And as to this they refer +themselves to you, as to their good Father, that you should tell them +what are your commands, which they are ready to perform." + +And the Pope said to the envoys that he knew full well that it was +through the default of others that the host had been impelled to do +this great mischief, and that he had them in great pity. And then he +notified to the barons and pilgrims that he sent them his blessing, +and absolved them as his sons, and commanded and besought them to hold +the host together, inasmuch as he well knew that without that host +God's service could not be done. And he gave full powers to Nevelon, +Bishop of Soissons, and Master John of Noyon, to bind and to unloose +the pilgrims until the cardinal joined the host. + +27 + +DEPARTURE OF THE CRUSADERS FOR CORFU - ARRIVAL OF THE YOUNG ALEXIUS - + CAPTURE OF DURAS + +So much time had passed that it was now Lent, and the host prepared +their fleet to sail at Easter. When the ships were laden on the day +after Easter (7th April 1203), the pilgrims encamped by the port, and +the Venetians destroyed the city, and the walls and the towers. + +Then there befell an adventure which weighed heavily upon the host; +for one of the great barons of the host, by name Simon of Montfort, +had made private covenant with the King of Hungary, who was at enmity +with those of the host, and went to him, abandoning the host. With him +went Guy of Montfort his brother, Simon of Nauphle and Robert +Mauvoisin, and Dreux of Cressonsacq, and the abbot of Vaux, who was a +monk of the order of the Cistercians, and many others. And not long +after another great lord of the host, called Enguerrand of Boves, +joined the King of Hungary, together with Hugh, Enguerrand's brother, +and such of the other people of their country as they could lead away. + +These left the host, as you have just heard; and this was a great +misfortune to the host, and to such as left it a great disgrace. + +Then the ships and transports began to depart; and it was settled that +they should take port at Corfu, an island of Roumania, and that the +first to arrive should wait for the last; and so it was done. + +Before the Doge, the Marquis, and the galleys left Zara, Alexius, the +son of the Emperor Isaac of Constantinople, had arrived together. He +was sent by the King Philip of Germany, and received with great joy +and great honour; and the Doge gave Mm as many galleys and ships as he +required. So they left the port of Zara, and had a fair wind, and +sailed onwards till they took port at Duras. And those of the land, +when they saw their lord, yielded up the city right willingly and +sware fealty to Mm. + +And. they departed thence and came to Corfu, and found there the host +encamped before the city; and those of the host had spread their tents +and pavilions, and taken the horses out of the transports for ease and +refreshment. When they heard that the son of the Emperor of +Constantinople + +28 + +had arrived in the port, then might you have seen many a good knight +and many a good sergeant leading many a good war-horse and going to +meet him. Thus they received him with very great joy, and much high +honour. And he had his tent pitched in the midst of the host; and +quite near was pitched the tent of the Marquis of Montferrat, to whose +ward he had been commended by King Philip, who had his sister to wife. + + HOW THE CHIEFS OF THE CRUSADERS HELD BACK THOSE WHO WANTED TO ABANDON THE + HOST + +The host sojourned thus for three weeks in that island, which was very +rich and plenteous. And while they sojoumed, there happened a +misadventure fell and grievous. For a great part of those who wished +to break up the host, and had aforetime been hostile to it, spoke +together and said that the adventure to be undertaken seemed very long +and very perilous, and that they, for their part, would remain in the +island, suffering the host to depart, and that-when the host had so +departed-they would, through the people of Corfu, send to Count Walter +of Brienne, who then held Brandis, so that he might send ships to take +them thither. + +I cannot tell you the names of all those who wrought in this matter, +but I will name some among the most notable of the chiefs, viz., Odo +of Champlitte, of Champagne, James of Avesnes, Peter of Amiens, Guy +the Castellan of Coucy, Oger of Saint-Chron, Guy of Chappes and +Clerembaud his nephew, William of Aunoi, Peter Coiseau, Guy of Pesmes +and Edmund his brother, Guy of Conflans, Richard of Dampierre, Odo his +brother, and many more who had promised privily to be of their party, +but who dared not for shame openly so to avow themselves; in such sort +that the book testifies that more than half the host were in this +mind. + +And when the Marquis of Montferrat heard thereof, and Count Baldwin of +Flanders, and Count Louis, and the Count of St. Paul, and the barons +who held with them, they were greatly troubled, and said: " Lords, we +are in evil case. If these people depart from us, after so many who +have departed from us aforetime, our host is doomed, and we shall make +no conquests. Let us then go to them, and fall at their feet, and cry +to them for mercy, and for God's sake to have compas- + +29 + +sion upon themselves and upon us, and not to dishonour themselves, and +ravish from us the deliverance of the land overseass + +Thus did the council decide; and they went, all together, to a valley +where those of the other part were holding their parliament; and they +took with them the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, and all the +bishops and all the abbots of the host. And when they had come to the +place they dismounted and went forward, and the barons fell at the +feet of those of the other part, greatly weeping, and said they would +not stir till those of the other part had promised not to depart from +them. + +And when those of the other part saw this, they were filled with very +great compassion; and they wept very bitterly at seeing their lords, +and their kinsmen, and their friends, thus lying at their feet. So +they said they would consult together, and drew somewhat apart, and +there communed. And the sum of their communing was this: that they +would remain with the host till Michaelmas, on condition that the +other part would swear, loyally, on holy relics, that from that day +and thenceforward, at whatever hour they might be summoned to do so, +they would in all good faith, and without guile, within fifteen days, +furnish ships wherein the non-contents might betake themselves to +Syria. + +Thus was covenant made and sworn to; and then was there great joy +throughout all the host. And all gat themselves to the ships, and the +horses were put into the transports. + + DEPARTURE FROM CORFU-CAPTURE OF ANDROS AND ABYDOS + +Then did they sail from the port of Corfu on the eve of Pentecost +(24th May), which was twelve hundred and three years after the +Incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ. And there were all the ships +assembled, and all the transports, and all the galleys of the host, +and many other ships of merchants that fared with them. And the day +was fine and clear, and the wind soft and favourable, and they +unfurled all their sails to the breeze. + +And Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, who dictates this work, and has +never lied therein by one word to his know- + +30 + +ledge, and who was moreover present at all the councils held -he bears +witness that never was yet seen so fair a sight. And well might it +appear that such a fleet would conquer and gain lands, for, far as the +eye could reach, there was no space without sails, and ships, and +vessels, so that the hearts of men rejoiced greatly. + +Thus they sailed over the sea till they came to Malea, to straits that +are by the sea. And there they met two ships with pilgrims, and +knights and sergeants returning from Syria, and they were of the +parties that had gone to Syria by Marseilles. And when these saw our +fleet so rich and well appointed, they conceived such shame that they +dared not show themselves. And Count Baldwin of Flanders sent a boat +from Ws ship to ask what people they were; and they said who they +were. + +And a sergeant let himself down from his ship into the boat, and said +to those in the ship, " I cry quits to you for any goods of mine that +may remain in the ship, for I am going with these people, for well I +deem that they will conquer lands. "Much did we make of the sergeant, +and gladly was he received in the host. For well may it be said, that +even after following a thousand crooked ways a man may find his way +right in the end. + +The host fared forward till it came to Nigra (Negropont). Nigra is a +very fair island, and there is on it a very good city called +Negropont. Here the barons took council. Then went forward the Marquis +Boniface of Montferrat, and Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, +with a great part of the transports and galleys, taking with them the +son of the Emperor Isaac of Constantinople; and they came to an island +called Andros, and there landed. The knights took their arms, and +over-rode the country; and the people of the land came to crave mercy +of the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, and gave so much of their +goods that they made peace with Wm. + +Then they returned to the ships, and sailed over the sea; when a great +mishap befell, for a great lord of the host, whose name was Guy, +Castellan of Coucy, died, and was cast into the sea. + +The other ships, which had not sailed thitherward, had entered the +passage of Abydos, and it is there that the straits of St. George (the +Dardanelles) open into the great + +31 + +sea. And they sailed up the straits to a city called Abydos, which +lies on the straits of St. George, towards Turkey, and is very fair, +and well situate. There they took port and landed, and those of the +city came to meet them, and surrendered the city, as men without +stomach to defend themselves. And such guard was established that +those of the city lost not one stiver current. + +They sojoumed there eight days to wait for the ships transports and +galleys that had not yet come up. And while they thus sojourned, they +took corn from the land, for it was the season of harvest, and great +was their need thereof, for before they had but little. And within +those eight days all the ships and barons had come up. God gave them +fair weather. + + ARRIVAL AT ST. STEPHEN - DELIBERATION AS TO PLAN OF ATTACK + +All started from the port of Abydos together. Then might you have seen +the Straits of St. George (as it were) in flower with ships and +galleys sailing upwards, and the beauty thereof was a great marvel to +behold. Thus they sailed up the Straits of St. George till they came, +on St. John the Baptist's Eve, in June (23rd June 1203) to St. +Stephen, an abbey that lay three leagues from Constantinople. There +had those on board the ships and galleys and transports full sight of +Constantinople; and they took port and anchored their vessels. + +Now you may know that those who had never before seen Constantinople +looked upon it very earnestly, for they never thought there could be +in all the world so rich a city; and they marked the high walls and +strong towers that enclosed it round about, and the rich palaces, and +mighty churches of which there were so many that no one would have +believed it who had not seen it with his eyes-and the height and the +length of that city which above all others was sovereign. And be it +known to you, that no man there was of such hardihood but his flesh +trembled: and it was no wonder, for never was so great an enterprise +undertaken by any people since the creation of the world. + +Then landed the counts and barons and the Doge of Venice, and a +parliament was held in the church of St. - + +32 + +Stephen. There were many opinions set forth, this way and that. All +the words then spoken shall not be recorded in this book; but in the +end the Doge rose on his feet and said: "Signors, I know the state of +this land better than you do, for I have been here erewhile. We have +undertaken the greatest enterprise, and the most perilous, that ever +people have undertaken. Therefore it behoves us to go to work warily. +Be it known to you that if we go on dry ground, the land is great and +large, and our people are poor and ill-provided. Thus they will +disperse to look for food; and the people of the land are in great +multitude, and we cannot keep such good watch but that some of ours +will be lost. Nor are we in case to lose any, for our people are but +few indeed for the work in hand. + +"Now there are islands close by which you can see from here, and these +are inhabited, and produce corn, and food, and other things. Let us +take port there, and gather the corn and provisions of the land. And +when we have collected our supplies, let us go before the city, and do +as our Lord shall provide. For he that has supplies, wages war with +more certainty than he that has none. "To this counsel the lords and +barons agreed, and all went back to their ships and vessels. + + THE CRUSADERS LAND AT CHALCEDON AND SCUTARI + +They rested thus that night. And in the morning, on the day of the +feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist in June (24th June 1203), the +banners and pennants were flown on the castles of the ships, and the +coverings taken from the shields, and the bulwarks of the ships +garnished. Every one looked to his antis, such as he should use, for +well each man knew that full soon he would have need of them. + +The sailors weighed the anchors, and spread the sails to the wind, and +God gave them a good wind, such as was convenient to them. Thus they +passed before Constantinople, and so near to the walls and towers that +we shot at many of their vessels. There were so many people on the +walls and towers that it seemed as if there could be no more people +(in the world). + +Then did God our Lord set to naught the counsel of the day before, and +keep us from sailing to the islands: that counsel + +33 + +fell to naught as if none had ever heard thereof. For lo, our ships +made for the mainland as straight as ever they could, and took port +before a palace of the Emperor Alexius, at a place called Chalcedon. +This was in face of Constantinople, on the other side of the straits,. +towards Turkey. The palace was one of the most beautiful and +delectable that ever eyes could see, with every delight therein that +the heart of man could desire, and convenient for the house of a +prince. + +The counts and barons landed and lodged themselves in the palace; and +in the city round about, the main part pitched their tents. Then were +the horses taken out of the transports, and the knights and sergeants +got to land with all their arms, so that none remained in the ships +save the mariners only. The country was fair, and rich) and well +supplied with all good things, and the sheaves of corn (which had been +reaped) were in the fields, so that all-and they stood in no small +need-might take thereof. + +Thev soioumed thus in that palace the following day; and on the third +day God gave them a good wind, and the mariners raised their anchors, +and spread their sails to the wind. They went thus up the straits, a +good league above Constantinople, to a palace that belonged to the +Emperor Alexius, and was called Scutari. There the ships anchored, and +the transports, and all the galleys. The horsemen who had lodged in +the palace of Chalcedon went along the shore by land. + +The host of the French encamped thus on the straits of St. George, at +Scutari, and above it. And when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he +caused his host to issue from Constantinople, and encamp over against +us on the other side of the straits, and there pitched his tents, so +that we might not take land against him by force. The host of the +French sojourned thus for nine days, and those obtained supplies who +needed them, and that was every one in the host. + + THE FORAGERS DEFEAT THE GREEKS + +During this time, a company of good and trustworthy men issued (from +the camp) to guard the host, for fear it should be attacked, and the +foragers searched the country. In the said company were Odo of +Champlitte, of Champagne, and William his brother, and Oger of +Saint-Chron, and + +34 + +Manasses of l'Isle, and Count Girard, a count of Lombardy, a retainer +of the Marquis of Montferrat; and they had with them at least eighty +knights who were good men and true. + +And they espied, at the foot of a mountain, some three leagues distant +from the host, certain tents belonging to the Grand Duke of the +Emperor of Constantinople, who had with him at least five hundred +Greek knights. When our people saw them, they formed their men into +four battalions, and decided to attack. And when the Greeks saw this, +they formed their battalions, and arrayed themselves in rank before +their tents, and waited. And our people went forward and fell upon +them right vigorously. + +By the help of God our Lord, this fight lasted but a little while, and +the Greeks turned their backs. They were discomfited at the first +onset, and our people pursued them for a full great league. There they +won plenty of horses and stallions, and palfreys, and mules, and tents +and pavilions, and such spoil as is usual in such case. So they +returned to the host, where they were right well received, and their +spoils were divided, as was fit. + + MESSAGE OF THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS-REPLY OF THE CRUSADERS + +The next day after, the Emperor Alexius sent an envoy with letters to +the counts and to the barons. This envoy was called Nicholas Roux, and +he was a native of Lombardy. He found the barons in the rich palace of +Scutari, where they were holding council and he saluted them on the +part of the Emperor Alexius of Constantinople, and tendered his +letters to the Marquis of Montferrat-who received them. And the +letters were read before all the barons; and there were in them words, +written after various manners, which the book does not (here) relate, +and at the end of the other words so written, came words of credit, +accrediting the bearer of the letters, whose name was Nicholas Roux. + +"Fair Sir," said the barons, "we have seen your letters, and they tell +us that we are to give credit to what you say, and we credit you right +well. Now speak as it pleases you." + +And the envoy was standing before the barons, and spoke thus: "Lords," +said he, "the Emperor Alexius would have you know that he is well +aware that you are the best people + +35 + +uncrowned, and come from the best land on earth. And he marvels much +why, and for what purpose, you have come into his land and kingdom. +For you are Christians, and he is a Christian, and well he knows that +you are on your way to deliver the Holy Land overseass and the Holy +Cross, and the Sepulchre. If you are poor and in want, he will right +willmgly give you of his food and substance, provided you depart out +of his land. Neither would he otherwise wish to do you any hurt, +though he has full power therein, seeing that if you were twenty times +as numerous as you are, you would not be able to get away without +utter discomfiture if so be that he wished to harm you." + +By agreement and desire of the other barons, and of the Doge of +Venice, then rose to his feet Conon of Bthune, who was a good knight, +and wise, and very eloquent, and he replied to the envoy: " Fair Sir, +you have told us that your lord marvels much why our signors and +barons should have entered into Ms kingdom and land. Into his land +they have not entered, for he holds this land wrongfully and wickedly, +and against God and against reason. It belongs to Ws nephew, who sits +upon a throne among us, and is the son of his brother, the Emperor +Isaac. But if he is willing to throw himself on the mercy of his +nephew, and to give Mm back his crown and empire, then we will pray +his nephew to forgive him, and bestow upon him as much as will enable +him to live wealthily. And if you come not as the bearer of such a +message, then be not so bold as to come here again." So the envoy +departed and went back to Constantinople, to the Emperor Alexius. + + THE CRUSADERS SHOW THE YOUNG ALEXIUS TO THE PEOPLE OF CONSTANTINOPLE, AND + PREPARE FOR THE BATTLE + +The barons consulted together on the morrow, and said that they would +show the young Alexius, the son of the Emperor of Constantinople, to +the people of the city. So they assembled all the galleys. The Doge of +Venice and the Marquis of Montferrat entered into one, and took with +them Alexius, the son of the Emperor Isaac; and into the other galleys +entered the knights and barons, as many as would. + +They went thus quite close to the walls of Constantinople and showed +the youth to the people of the Greeks, and said, + +36 + +"Behold your natural lord; and be it known to you that we have not +come to do you harm, but have come to guard and defend you, if so be +that you return to your duty. For he whom you now obey as your lord +holds rule by wrong and wickedness, against God and reason. And you +know full well that he has dealt treasonably with him who is your lord +and his brother, that he has blinded his eyes and reft from him his +empire by wrong and wickedness. Now behold the rightful heir. If you +hold with him, you will be doing as you ought; and if not we will do +to you the very worst that we can." But for fear and terror of the +Emperor Alexius, not one person on the land or in the city made show +as if he held for the prince. So all went back to the host, and each +sought his quarters. + +On the morrow, when they had heard mass, they assembled in parliament, +and the parliament was held on horseback in the midst of the fields. +There might you have seen many a fine war-horse, and many a good +knight thereon. And the council was held to discuss the order of the +battalions, how many they should have, and of what strength. Many were +the words said on one side and the other. But in the end it was +settled that the advanced guard should be given to Baldwin of +Flanders, because he had a very great number of good men, and archers +and crossbowmen, more than any other chief that was in the host. + +And after, it was settled that Henry his brother, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Baldwin of Beauvoir, and many other good knights of +their land and country, should form the second division. + +The third division was formed by Count Hugh of St. Paul, Peter of +Amiens his nephew, Eustace of Canteleu, Anseau of Cayeux, and many +good knights of their land and country. + +The fourth division was formed by Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, +and was very numerous and rich and redoubtable; for he had placed +therein a great number of good knights and men of worth. + +The fifth division was formed by Matthew of Montmorency and the men of +Champagne. Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne formed part of it, and +Oger of Saint-Chron, Manasses of l'Isle, Miles the Brabant, Macaire +of Sainte-Menehould, John Foisnous, Guy of Chappes, Clerembaud his +nephew, Robert of Ronsoi; all these people formed part of the fifth + +37 + +division. Be it known to you that there was many a good knight +therein. + +The sixth division was formed by the people of Burgundy. In this +division were Odo the Champenois of Champlitte, William his brother, +Guy of Pesmes, Edmund his brother, Otho of la Roche, Richard of +Dampierre, Odo his brother, Guy of Conflans, and the people of their +land and country. + +The seventh division, which was very large, was under the command of +the Marquis of Montferrat. In it were the Lombards and Tuscans and the +Germans, and all the people who were from beyond Mont Cenis to Lyons +on the Rhone. All these formed part of the division under the marquis, +and it was settled that they should form the rearguard. + + THE CRUSADERS SEIZE THE PORT + +The day was fixed on which the host should embark on the ships and +transports to take the land by force, and either live or die. And be +it known to you that the enterprise to be achieved was one of the most +redoubtable ever attempted. Then did the bishops and clergy speak to +the people, and tell them how they must confess, and make each one his +testament, seeing that no one knew what might be the will of God +concerning him. And this was done right willingly throughout the host, +and very piously. + +The term fixed was now come; and the knights went on board the +transports with their war-horses; and they were fully armed, with +their helmets laced, and the horses covered with their housings, and +saddled. All the other folk, who were of less consequence in battle, +were on the great ships; and the galleys were fully armed and made +ready. + +The morning was fair a little after the rising of the sun; and the +Emperor Alexius stood waiting for them on the other side, with great +forces, and everything in order. And the trumpets sound, and every +galley takes a transport in tow, so as to reach the other side more +readily. None ask who shall go first, but each makes the land as soon +as he can. The knights issue from the transports, and leap into the +sea up to their waists, fully armed, with helmets laced, and lances in +hand; and the good archers, and the good sergeants, and the good +crossbowmen, each in his company, land so soon as they touch ground. + +38 + +The Greeks made a goodly show of resistance; but when it came to the +lowering of the lances, they turned their backs, and went away flying, +and abandoned the shore. And be it known to you that never was port +more proudly taken. Then began the mariners to open the ports of the +transports, and let down the bridges, and take out the horses; and the +knights began to mount, and they began to marshal the divisions of the +host in due order. + + CAPTURE OF THE TOWER OF GALATA + +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, with the advanced guard, rode +forward, and the other divisions of the host after him, each in due +order of march; and they came to where the Emperor Alexius had been +encamped. But he had turned back towards Constantinople, and left his +tents and pavilions standing. And there our people had much spoil. + +Our barons were minded to encamp by the port before the tower of +Galata, where the chain was fixed that closed the port of +Constantinople. And be it known to you, that any one must perforce +pass that chain before he could enter into the port. Well did our +barons then perceive that if they did not take the tower, and break +the chain, they were but as dead men, and in very evil case. So they +lodged that night before the tower, and in the Jewry that is called +Stenon, where there was a good city, and very rich. + +Well did they keep guard during the night; and on the morrow, at the +hour of tierce, those who were in the tower of Galata made a sortie, +and those who were in Constantinople came to their help in barges; and +our people ran to arms. There came first to the onset James of Avesnes +and his men on foot; and be it known to you that he was fiercely +charged, and wounded by a lance in the face, and in peril of death. +And one of his knights, whose name was Nicholas of Jenlain, gat to +horse, and came to his lord's rescue, and succoured him right well, +and so won great honour. + +Then a cry was raised in the host, and our people ran together from +all sides, and drove back the foe with great fury, so that many were +slain and taken. And some of them did not go back to the tower, but +ran to the barges by which they had come, and there many were drowned, +and some escaped. + +39 + +As to those who went back to the tower, the men of our host pressed +them so hard that they could not shut the gate. Then a terrible fight +began again at the gate, and our people took it by force, and made +prisoners of all those in the tower. Many were there killed and taken. + + ATTACK ON THE CITY BY LAND AND SEA + +So was the tower of Galata taken, and the port of Constantinople won +by force. Much were those of the host comforted thereby, and much did +they praise the Lord God; and greatly were those of the city +discomforted. And on the next day, the ships, the vessels, the galleys +and the transports were drawn into the port. + +Then did those of the host take council together to settle what thing +they should do, and whether they should attack the city by sea or by +land. The Venetians were firmly minded that the scaling ladders ought +to be planted on the ships, and all the attack made from the side by +the sea. The French, on the other hand, said that they did not know so +well how to help themselves on sea as on land, but that when they had +their horses and their arms they could help themselves on land right +well. So in the end it was devised that the Venetians should attack by +sea, and the barons and those of the host by land. + +They sojourned thus for four days. On the fifth day, the whole host +were armed, and the divisions advanced on horseback, each in the order +appointed, along the harbour, till they came to the palace of +Blachernae; and the ships drew inside the harbour till they came over +against the self-same place, and this was near to the end of the +harbour. And there is at that place a river that flows into the sea, +and can only be passed by a bridge of stone. The Greeks had broken +down the bridge, and the barons caused the host to labour all that day +and all that night in repairing the bridge. Thus was the bridge +repaired, and in the morning the divisions were armed, and rode one +after the other in the order appointed, and came before the city. And +no one came out from the city against them; and this was a great +marvel, seeing that for every man that was in the host there were over +two hundred men in the city. + +Then did the barons decide that they should quarter them- + +40 + +selves between the palace of Blachernae and the castle of Boemond, +which was an abbey enclosed with walls. So the tents and pavilions +were pitched-which was a right proud thing to look upon; for of +Constantinople, which had three leagues of front towards the land, the +whole host could attack no more than one of the gates. And the +Venetians lay on the sea, in ships and vessels, and raised their +ladders, and mangonels, and petraries, and made order for their +assault right well. And the barons for their part made ready their +petraries and mangonels on land. + +And be it known to you that they did not have their time in peace and +quiet; for there passed no hour of the night or day but one of the +divisions had to stand armed before the gate, to guard the engines, +and provide against attack. And, notwithstanding all this, the Greeks +ceased not to attack them, by this gate and by others, and held them +so short that six or seven times a day the whole host was forced to +run to arms. Nor could they forage for provisions more than four +bow-shots' distance from the camp. And their stores were but scanty, +save of flour and bacon, and of those they had a little; and of fresh +meat none at all, save what they got from the horses that were killed. +And be it known to you that there was only food generally in the host +for three weeks. Thus were they in very perilous case, for never did +so few people besiege so many people in any city. + + FIRST INCIDENTS OF THE ASSAULT + +Then did they bethink themselves of a very good device; for they +enclosed the whole camp with good lists, and good palisades, and good +barriers, and were thus far stronger and much more secure. The Greeks +meanwhile came on to the attack so frequently that they gave them no +rest, and those of the host drove them back with great force; and +every time that the Greeks issued forth they lost heavily. + +One day the Burgundians were on guard, and the Greeks made an attack +upon them, with part of the best forces that they had. And the +Burgundians ran upon the Greeks and drove them in very fiercely, and +followed so close to the gate that stones of great weight were hurled +upon them. There was taken one of the best Greeks of the city, whose +name was Constantine Lascaris; William of Neuilly took him all + +41 + +mounted upon his horse. And there did William of Champlitte have his +arm broken with a stone, and great pity it was, for he was very brave +and very valiant. + +I 'cannot tell you of all the good strokes that were there stricken, +nor of all the wounded, nor all the dead. But before the fight was +over, there came into it a knight of the following of Henry, the +brother, of Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and his name was +Eustace of Marchais; and he was armed only in padded vest and steel +cap, with his shield at his neck; and he did so well in the fray that +he won to himself great honour. Few were the days on which no sorties +were made; but I cannot tell you of them all. So hardly did they hold +us, that we could not sleep, nor rest, nor eat, save in arms. + +Yet another sortie was made from a gate further up; and there again +did the Greeks lose heavily. And there a knight was slain, whose name +was William of Gi; and there Matthew of Wallincourt did right well, +and lost his horse, which was killed at the drawbridge of the gate; +and many others who were in that fight did right well. From this gate, +which was beyond the palace of Blachernae, the Greeks issued most +frequently, and there Peter of Bracieux gat himself more honour than +any, because he was quartered the nearest, and so came most often into +the fray. + + ASSAULT OF THE CITY + +Thus their peril and toil lasted for nearly ten days, until, on a +Thursday morning (I7th July I203) all things were ready for the +assault, and the ladders in trim; the Venetians also had made them +ready by sea. The order of the assault was so devised, that of the +seven divisions, three were to guard the camp outside the city, and +other four to give the assault. The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat +guarded the camp towards the fields, with the division of the +Burgundians, the division of the men of Champagne, and Matthew of +Montmorency. Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault went to the +assault with his people, and Henry his brother; and . Count Louis of +Blois and Chartres, and Count Hugh of St. Paul, and those who held +with them, went also to the assault. + +They planted two ladders at a barbican near the sea; and the wall was +well defended by Englishmen and Danes; and + +42 + +the attack was stiff and good and fierce. By main strength certain +knights and two sergeants got up the ladders and made themselves +masters of the wall; and at least fifteen got upon the wall, and +fought there, hand to hand, with axes and swords, and those within +redoubled their efforts and cast them out in very ugly sort, keeping +two as prisoners' And those of our people who had been taken were led +before the Emperor Alexius; much was he pleased thereat. Thus did the +assault leave matters on the side of the French. Many were wounded and +many had their bones broken, so that the barons were very wroth. + +Meanwhile the Doge of Venice had not forgotten to do his part, but had +ranged his ships and transports and vessels in line, and that line was +well three crossbow-shots in length; and the Venetians began to draw +near to the part of the shore that lay under the walls and the towers. +Then might you have seen the mangonels shooting from the -ships and +transports, and the crossbow bolts flying, and the bows letting fly +their arrows deftly and well; and those within defending the walls and +towers very fiercely; and the ladders on the ships coming so near that +in many places swords and lances crossed; and the tumult and noise +were so great that it seemed as if the very earth and sea were melting +together. And be it known to you that the galleys did not dare to come +to the shore. + + CAPTURE OF TWENTY-FIVE TOWERS + +Now may you hear of a strange deed of prowess; for the Doge of Venice, +who was an old man, and saw naught (seeing he was blind), stood, fully +armed, on the prow of his galley, and had the standard of St. Mark +before him; and he cried to his people to put him on land, or else +that he would do justice upon their bodies with his hands. And so they +did, for the galley was run aground, and they leapt therefrom, and +bore the standard of St. Mark before him on to the land. + +And when the Venetians saw the standard of St. Mark on land, and the +galley of their lord touching ground before them, each held himself +for shamed, and they all gat to the land; and those in the transports +leapt forth, and landed; and those in the big ships got into barges, +and made for the shore, each and all as best they could. Then might +you have + +43 + +seen an assault, great and marvellous; and to this bears witness +Geoffry of Villehardouin, who makes this book, that more than forty +people told him for sooth that they saw the standard of St. Mark of +Venice at the top of one of the towers, and that no man knew who bore +it thither. + +Now hear of a strange miracle: those who are within the city fly and +abandon the walls, and the Venetians enter in, each as fast and as +best he can, and seize twenty-five of the towers, and man them with +their people. And the Doge takes a boat, and sends messengers to the +barons of the host to tell them that lie has taken twenty-five towers, +and that they may know for sooth that such towers cannot be retaken. +The barons are so overjoyed that they cannot believe their ears; and +the Venetians begin to send to the host in boats the horses and +palfreys they have taken. + +When the Emperor Alexius saw that our people had thus entered into the +city, he sent his people against them in such numbers that our people +saw they would be unable to endure the onset. So they set fire to the +buildings between them and the Greeks; and the wind blew from our +side, and the fire began to wax so great that the Greeks could not see +our people who retired to the towers they had seized and conquered. + + THE EMPEROR ALEXIUS COMES OUT FOR BATTLE, BUT RETIRES WITHOUT ATTACKING + +Then the Emperor Alexius issued from the city, with all his forces, by +other gates which were at least a league from the camp; and so many +began to issue forth that it seemed as if the whole world were there +assembled. The emperor marshalled his troops in the plain, and they +rode towards the camp; and when our Frenchmen saw them coming, they +ran to arms from all sides. On that day Henry, the brother of Count +Baldwin of Flanders, was mounting guard over the engines of war before +the gate of Blachernae, together with Matthew of Wallincourt, and +Baldwin of Beauvoir, and their followers. Against their encampment the +Emperor Alexius had made ready a great number of his people, who were +to issue by three gates, while he himself should fall upon the host +from another side. + +Then the six divisions issued from our camp as had been + +44 + +devised, and were marshalled in ranks before the palisades: the +sergeants and squires on foot behind the horses, and the archers and +crossbowmen in front. And there was a division of the knights on foot, +for we had at least two hundred who, were without horses. Thus they +stood still before the palisades. And this showed great good sense, +for if they had moved to the attack, the numbers of the enemy were +such that they must have been overwhelmed and (as it were) drowned +among them. + +It seemed as if the whole plain was covered with troops, and they +advanced slowly and in order. Well might we appear in perilous case, +for we had but six divisions, while the Greeks had full forty, and +there was not one of their divisions but was larger than any of ours. +But ours were ordered in such sort that none could attack them save in +front. And the Emperor Alexius rode so far for-ward that either side +could shoot at the other. And when the Doge of Venice heard this, he +made his people come forth, and leave the towers they had taken, and +said he would live or die with the pilgrims. So he came to the camp, +and was himself the first to land, and brought with him such of his +people as he could. + +Thus, for a long space, the armies of the pilgrims and of the Greeks +stood one against the other; for the Greeks did not dare to throw +themselves upon our ranks, and our people would not move from their +palisades. And when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he began to withdraw +his people, and when he had rallied them, he turned back. And seeing +this, the host of the pilgrims began to march towards him with slow +steps, and the Greek troops began to move backwards, and retreated to +a palace called Philopas. + +And be it known to you, that never did God save any people from such +peril as He saved the host that day; and be it known to you further +that there was none in the host so hardy but he had great joy thereof. +Thus did the battle remain for that day. As it pleased God nothing +further was done. The Emperor Alexius returned to the city, and those +of the host to their quarters-the latter taking off their armour, for +they were weary and overwrought; and they ate and drank little, seeing +that their store of food was but scanty. + +45 + +ALEXIUS ABANDONS CONSTANTINOPLE - HIS BROTHER ISAAC IS REPLACED ON THE + THRONE - THE CRUSADERS SEND HIM A MESSAGE + +Now listen to the miracles of our Lord-how gracious are they +whithersoever it pleases Him to perform them! That very might the +Emperor Alexius of Constantinople took of his treasure as much as he +could carry, and took with him as many of his people as would go, and +so fled and abandoned the city. And those of the city remained +astonied, and they drew to the prison in which lay the Emperor Isaac, +whose eyes had been put out. Him they clothed imperially, and bore to +the great palace of Blachernae, and seated on a high throne; and there +they did to him obeisance as their lord. Then they took messengers, by +the advice of the Emperor Isaac, and sent them to the host, to apprise +the son of the Emperor Isaac, and the barons, that the Emperor Alexius +had fled, and that they had again raised up the Emperor Isaac as +emperor. + +When the young man knew of this he summoned the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, and the marquis summoned the barons throughout the host. +And when they were met in the pavilion of the Emperor Isaac's son, he +told them the news. And when they heard it, their joy was such as +cannot be uttered, for never was greater joy in all this world. And +greatly and most devoutly was our Lord praised by all, in that He had +succoured them within so short a term, and exalted them so high from +such a low estate. And therefore well may one say: " Him whom God will +help can no man injure." + +Then the day began to dawn, and the host to put on their armour; and +all gat them to their arms throughout the host, because they did not +greatly trust the Greeks. And messengers began to come out from the +city, two or three together, and told the same tale. The barons and +counts, and the Doge of Venice had agreed to send envoys into the +city, to know how matters really stood; and, if that was true which +had been reported, to demand of the father that he should ratify the +covenants made by the son; and, if he would not, to, declare that they +on their part should not suffer the son to enter into the city. So +envoys were chosen: one was + +46 + +Matthew of Montmorency, and Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne was the +other, and two Venetians on the part of the Doge of Venice. + +The envoys were conducted to the gate, and the gate was opened to +them, and they dismounted from their horses. The Greeks had set +Englishmen and Danes, with their axes, at the gate and right up to the +palace of Blachernae. Thus were the envoys conducted to the great +palace. There they found the Emperor Isaac, so richly clad that you +would seek in vain throughout the world for a man more richly +apparelled than he, and by his side the empress, his wife, a most fair +lady, the sister of the King of Hungary; and of great men and great +ladies there were so many, that you could not St' ir foot for the +press, and the ladies were so richly adomed that richer adornment +might not be. And all those who, the day before, had been against the +emperor were, on that day, subject in everything to his good pleasure. + + THE EMPEROR ISAAC RATIFIES THE COVENANTS ENTERED INTO BY HIS SON + +The envoys came before the Emperor Isaac, and the emperor and all +those about him did them great honour. And the envoys said that they +desired to speak to him privily, ,on the part of his son, and of the +barons of the host. And he rose and entered into a chamber, and took +with him only the empress, and his chancellor, and his dragoman +(interpreter) and the four envoys. By consent of the other envoys, +Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, acted as +spokesman, and he said to the Emperor Isaac: " Sire, thou seest the +service we have rendered to thy son, and how we have kept our +covenants with him. But he cannot come hither till he has given us +surety for the covenants he has made with us. And he asks of thee, as +thy son, to confirm those covenants in the same form, and the same +manner, that he has done." " What covenants are they? " said the +emperor. " They are such as we shall tell you," replied the envoys: " +In the first place to put the whole empire of Roumania in obedience to +Rome, from which it has been separated this long while; further to +give 200,000 marks of silver to those of the host, with food for one +year for small and great; to send 10,000 men, horse and foot - many on + +47 + +foot as we shall devise and as many mounted-in his own ships, and at +his own charges, to the land of Babylon, and keep them there for a +year; and during his lifetime to keep, at his own charges, five +hundred knights in the land overseass so that they may guard that +land. Such is the covenant that your son made with us, and it was +confirmed by oath, and charters with seals appended, and by King +Philip of Germany who has your daughter to wife. This covenant we +desire you to confirm." + +Certes said the emperor, " this covenant is very onerous, and I do not +see how effect can be given to it; nevertheless, you have done us such +service, both to my son and to myself, that if we bestowed upon you +the whole empire, you would have deserved it well." Many words were +then spoken in this sense and that, but, in the end, the father +confirmed the 'covenants, as his son had confirmed them, by oath and +by charters with gold seals appended. These charters were delivered to +the envoys. Then they took their leave of the Emperor Isaac, and went +back to the host, and told the barons that they had fulfilled their +mission. + +ENTRY OF THE CRUSADERS INTO CONSTANTINOPLE - CORONATION OF THE YOUNG ALEXIUS + +Then did the barons mount their horses, and led the young man, with +great rejoicings, into the city, to his father; and the Greeks opened +the gate to him, and received him with very much rejoicing and great +feasting. The joy of the father and of the son was very great, because +of a long time they had not seen one another, and because, by God's +help and that of the pilgrims, they had passed from so great poverty +and ruin to such high estate. Therefore the joy was great inside +Constantinople; and also without, among the host of the pilgrims, +because of the honour and victory that God had given them. + +And on the morrow the emperor and his son also besought the counts and +the barons, for God's sake, to go and quarter themselves on the other +side of the straits, toward Estanor and Galata; for, if they quartered +themselves in the city, it was to be feared that quarrels would ensue +between them and the Greeks, and it might well chance that the city +would be destroyed. And the counts and barons said that they had + +48 + +already served him in so many ways that they would not now refuse any +request of his. So they went and quartered themselves on the other +side, and sojoumed there in peace and quiet, and with great store of +good provisions. + +Now you must know that many of those in the host went to see +Constantinople, and the rich palaces and great churches, of which +there were many, and all the great wealth of the city-for never was +there city that possessed so much. Of relics it does not behove me to +speak, for at that day there were as many there as in all the rest of +the world. Thus did the Greeks and French live in good fellowship in +all things, both as regards trafficking and other matters. + +By common consent of Franks and Greeks it was settled that the new +emperor should be crowned on the feast of our Lord St. Peter (1st +August 1203). So was it settled, and so it was done. He was crowned +full worthily and with honour according to the use for Greek emperors +at that time. Afterwards he began to pay the moneys due to the host; +and such moneys were divided among the host, and each repaid what had +been advanced in Venice for his passage. + + ALEXIUS BEGS THE CRUSADERS TO PROLONG THEIR STAY + +The new emperor went oft to see the barons in the camp, and did them +great honour, as much as he could; and this was but fitting, seeing +that they had served him right well. And one day he came to the camp, +to see the barons privily in the quarters of Count Baldwin of Hainault +and Flanders. Thither were summoned the Doge of Venice, and the great +barons, and he spoke to them and said: " Lords, I am emperor by God's +grace and yours, and you have done me the highest service that ever +yet was done by any people to Christian man. Now be it known to you +that there are folk enough who show me a fair seeming, and yet love me +not; and the Greeks are full of despite because it is by your help +that I have entered into my inheritance. + +Now the term of your departure is nigh, and your fellowship with the +Venetians is timed only to last till the feast of St. Michael. And +within so short a term I cannot fulfil our covenant. Be it known to +you therefore, that, if you abandon me, the Greeks hate me because of +you: I shall losemy land, and they will kill me. But now do this thing +that + +49 + +I ask of you: remain here till March, and I will entertain your ships +for one year from the feast of St. Michael, and bear the cost of the +Venetians, and will give you such things as you may stand in need of +till Easter. And within that term I shall have placed my land in such +case that I cannot lose it again; and your covenant will be fulfilled, +for I shall have paid such moneys as are due to you, obtaining them +from all mi lands; and I shall be ready also with ships either to go +with you myself, or to send others, as I have covenanted; and you will +have the summer from end to end in which to carry on the war against +the Saracens." + +The barons thereupon said they would consult together apart; knowing +full well that what the young man said was sooth, and that it would be +better, both for the emperor and for themselves, to consent unto him. +But they replied that they could not so consent save with the common +agreement of the host, and that they would therefore lay the matter +before the host, and then give such answer as might be devised. So the +Emperor Alexius departed from them, and went back to Constantinople. +And they remained in the camp and assembled a parliament the next day. +To this parliament were summoned all the barons and the chieftains of +the host, and of the knights the greater part; and in their hearing +were repeated all the words that the emperor had spoken. + + DEBATE AMONG THE CRUSADERS - DEATH OF MATTHEW OF MONTMORENCY + +Then was there much discord in the host, as had been oft times before +on the part of those who wished that the host should break up; for to +them it seemed to be holding together too long. And the party that had +raised the discord at Corfu reminded the others of their oaths, and +said: " Give us ships as you swore to us, for we purpose to go to +Syria." + +And the others cried to them for pity and said: " Lords, for God's +sake, let us not bring to naught the great honour that God has given +us. If we go to Syria at this present, we shall come thither at the +beginning of winter and so not be able to make war, and the Lord's +work will thus remain undone. But if we wait till March, we shall +leave this emperor in good estate, and go hence rich in goods and in +food. Thus + +50 + +shall we go to Syria, and over-run the land of Babylon. And the fleet +will remain with us till Michaelmas, yes, and onwards from Michaelmas +to Easter, seeing it will be unable to leave us because of the winter. +So shall the land overseas fall into our hands." + +Those who wished the host to be broken up, cared not for reasons good +or bad so long as the host fell to pieces. But those who wished to +keep the host together, wrought so effectually, with the help of God, +that in the end the Venetians made a new covenant to maintain the +fleet for a year, reckoning from Michaelmas, the Emperor Alexius +paying them for so doing; and the pilgrims, on their side, made a new +covenant to remain in the same fellowship as theretofore, and for the +same term. Thus were peace and concord established in the host. + +Then there befell a very great mischance in the host; for Matthew of +Montmorency, who was one of the best knights in the kingdom of France, +and of the most prized and most honoured, took to his bed for +sickness, and his sickness so increased upon him that he died. And +much dole was made for him, for great was the loss-one of the greatest +that had befallen the host by any man's death. He was buried in a +church of my Lord St. John, of the Hospital of Jerusalem. + + PROGRESS OF THE YOUNG ALEXIUS THROUGH THE EMPIRE + +Afterwards, by the advice of the Greeks and the French the Emperor +Alexius issued from Constantinople, with a very great company, +purposing to quiet the empire and subject it to his will. With him +went a great part of the barons; and the others remained to guard the +camp. The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat went with him, and Count Hugh +of St. Paul, and Henry, brother to Count Baldwin of Flanders and +Hainault, and James of Avesnes, and William of Champlitte, and Hugh of +Colerni, and many others whom the book does not here mention by name. +In the camp remained Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault, and Count +Louis of Blois and Chartres, and the greater part of the pilgrims of +lesser note. + +And you must know that during this progress all the Greeks, on either +side of the straits, came to the Emperor + +51 + +Alexius, to do his will and commandment, and did him fealty and homage +as to their lord-all except John, who was King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria. This John was a Wallachian, who had rebelled against. his +father and uncle, and had warred against them for twenty years, and +had won from them so much land that he had become a very wealthy king. +-And be it known to you, that of the land lying on the west side of +the Straits of St. George, he had conquered very nearly the half. This +John did not come to do the will of the emperor, nor to submit himself +to him. + +CONFLICT BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND LATINS IN CONSTANTINOPLE-BURNING OF THE CITY + +While the Emperor Alexius was away on this progress, there befell a +very grievous misadventure; for a conflict arose between the Greeks +and the Latins who inhabited Constantinople, and of these last there +were many. And certain people-who they were I know not-out of malice, +set fire to the city; and the fire waxed so great and horrible that no +man could put it out or abate it. And when the barons of the host, who +were quartered on the other side of the port, saw this, they were sore +grieved and filled with pity-seeing the great churches and the rich +palaces melting and falling in, and the great streets filled with +merchandise burning in the flames; but they could do nothing. + +Thus did the fire prevail, and win across the port, even to the +densest part of the city, and to the sea on the other side, quite near +to the church of St. Sophia. It lasted two days and two nights, nor +could it be put out by the hand of man. And the front of the fire, as +it went flaming, was well over half a league broad. What was the +damage then done, what the possessions and riches swallowed up, could +no man tell-nor what the number of men and women and children who +perished-for many were burned. + +All the Latins, to whatever land they might belong, who were lodged in +Constantinople, dared no longer to remain therein; but they took their +wives and their children, and such of their possessions as they could +save from the fire, and entered into boats and vessels, and passed +over the port and came to the camp of the pilgrims. Nor were they few +in number, for there were of them some fifteen thousand, small + +52 + +and great; and afterwards it proved to be of advantage to the pilgrims +that these should have crossed over to them. Thus was there division +between the Greeks and the Franks; nor were they ever again as much at +one as they had been before, for neither side knew on whom to cast the +blame for the fire; and this rankled in men's hearts upon either side. + +At that time did a thing befall whereby the barons and those of the +host were greatly saddened; for the Abbot of Loos died, who was a holy +man and a worthy, and had wished well to the host. He was a monk of +the order of the Cistercians. + +THE YOUNG ALEXIUS RETURNS TO CONSTANTINOPLIZHE FAILS IN HIS PROMISES TO THE + CRUSADERS + +The Emperor Alexius remained for a long time on progress, till St. +Martin's Day, and then he returned to Constantinople. Great was the +joy at his home-coming, and the Greeks and ladies of Constantinople +went out to meet their friends in great cavalcades, and the pilgrims +went out to meet their friends, and had great joy of them. So did the +emperor re-enter Constantinople and the palace of Blachernae; and the +Marquis of Montferrat and the other barons returned to the camp. + +The emperor, who had managed his affairs right well and thought he had +now the upper hand, was filled with arrogance towards the barons and +those who had done so much for him, and never came to see them in the +camp, as he had done aforetime. And they sent to him and begged him to +pay them the moneys due, as he had covenanted. But he led them on from +delay to delay, making them, at one time and another, payments small +and poor; and in the end the payments ceased and came to naught. + +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat, who had done more for him than any +other, and stood better in his regard, went to him oftentimes, and +showed him what great services the Crusaders had rendered him, and +that greater services had never been rendered to any one. And the +emperor still entertained them with delays, and never carried out such +things as he had promised, so that at last they saw and knew clearly +that his intent was wholly evil. + +Then the barons of the host held a parliament with the + +53 + +Doge of Venice, and they said that they now knew that the emperor +would fulfil no covenant, nor ever speak sooth to them; and they +decided to send good envoys to demand the fulfilment of their +covenant, and to show what services they had done him; and if he would +now do what was required, they were to be satisfied; but, if not, they +were to defy him, and right well might he rest assured that the barons +would by all means recover their due. + + THE CRUSADERS DEFY THE EMPERORS + +For this embassy were chosen Conon of Bthune and Geoffry of +Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of +Provins; and the Doge also sent three chief men of his council. So +these envoys mounted their horses, and, with swords girt, rode +together till they came to the palace of Blachernae. And be it known +to you that, by reason of the treachery of the Greeks, they went in +great peril, and on a hard adventure. + +They dismounted at the gate and entered the palace, and found the +Emperor Alexius and the Emperor Isaac seated on two thrones, side by +side. And near them was seated the empress, who was the wife of the +father, and stepmother of the son, and sister to the King of Hungary-a +lady both fair and good. And there were with them a great company of +people of note and rank, so that well did the court seem the court of +a rich and mighty prince. + +By desire of the other envoys Conon of Bthune, who was very wise and +eloquent of speech, acted as spokesman: "Sire, we have come to thee on +the part of the barons of the host and of the Doge of Venice. They +would put thee in mind of the great service they have done to thee-a +service known to the people and manifest to all men. Thou hast swom, +thou and thy father, to fulfil the promised covenants, and they have +your charters in hand. But you have not fulfilled those covenants +well, as you should have done. Many times have they called upon you to +do so, and now again we call upon you, in the presence of all your +barons, to fulfil the covenants that are between you and them. Should +you do so, it shall be well. If not, be it known to you that from this +day forth they will not hold you as lord or friend, but will endeavour +to obtain their due by all the means in their + +54 + +Power. And of this they now give you warning, seeing that they would +not injure you, nor any one, without first defiance given; for never +have they acted treacherously, nor in their land is it customary to do +so. You have heard what we have said. It is for you to take counsel +thereon according to your pleasure." + +Much were the Greeks amazed and greatly outraged by this open +defiance; and they said that never had any one been so hardy as to +dare defy the Emperor of Constantinople in his own hall. Very evil +were the looks now cast on the envoys by the Emperor Alexius and by +all the Greeks, who aforetime were wont to regard them very +favourably. + +Great was the tumult there within, and the envoys turned about and +came to the gate and mounted their horses. When they got outside the +gate, there was not one of them but felt glad at heart; nor is that to +be marvelled at, for they had escaped from very great peril, and it +held to very little that they were not all killed or taken. So they +returned to the camp, and told the barons how they had fared. + +THE WAR BEGINS - THE GREEKS ENDEAVOUR TO SET FIRE TO THE FLEET OF THE + CRUSADERS + +Thus did the war begin; and each side did to the other as much harm as +they could, by sea and by land. The Franks and the Greeks fought +often; but never did they fight, let God be praised therefor I that +the Greeks did not lose more than the Franks. So the war lasted a long +space, till the heart of the winter. + +Then the Greeks bethought themselves of a very great device, for they +took seven large ships, and filled them full of big logs, and +shavings, and tow, and resin, and barrels, and then waited until such +time as the wind should blow strongly from their side of the straits. +And one night, at midnight, they set fire to the ships, and unfurled +their sails to the wind. And the flames blazed up high, so that it +seemed as if the whole world were a-fire. Thus did the burning ships +come towards the fleet of the pilgrims; and a great cry arose in the +host, and all sprang to arms on every side. The Venetians ran to their +ships, and so did all those who had ships in possession, and they +began to draw them away out of the flames very vigorously. + +55 + +And to this bears witness Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who +dictates this work, that never did people help themselves better at +sea than the Venetians did that night; for they sprang into the +galleys and boats belonging to the ships, and seized upon the fire +ships, all burning as they were, with hooks, and dragged them by main +force before their enemies, outside the port, and set them into the +current of the straits, and left them to go burning down the straits. +So many of the Greeks had come down to the shore that they were +without end and innumerable, and their cries were so great that it +seemed as if the earth and sea would melt together. They got into +barges and boats, and shot at those on our side who were battling with +the flames, so that some were wounded. + +All the knights of the host, as soon as they heard the clamour, armed +themselves; and the battalions marched out into the plain, each +according to the order in which they had been quartered, for they +feared lest the Greeks should also attack them on land. + +They endured thus in labour and anguish till daylight; but by God's +help those on our side lost nothing, save a Pisan ship, which was full +of merchandise, and was burned with fire. Deadly was the peril in +which we stood that night, for if the fleet had been consumed, all +would have been lost, and we should never have been able to get away +by land or sea. Such was the guerdon which the Emperor Alexius would +have bestowed upon us in return for our services. + + MOURZUPHLES USURPS THE EMPIRE - ISAAC DIES, AND THE YOUNG ALEXIUS IS + STRANGLED + +Then the Greeks, being thus embroiled with the Franks, saw that there +was no hope of peace; so they privily took counsel together to betray +their lord. Now there was a Greek who stood higher in his favour than +all others, and had done more to make him embroil himself with the +Franks than any other. This Greek was named Mourzuphles. + +With the advice and consent of the others, one night towards midnight, +when the Emperor Alexius was asleep in his chamber, those who ought to +have been guarding him and specially Mourzuphles-took him in his bed +and threw him into a dungeon in prison. Then Mourzuphles assumed + +56 + +the scarlet buskins with the help and by the counsel of the other +Greeks (January 1204). So he made himself emperor. Afterwards they +crowned him at St. Sophia. Now see if. ever people were guilty of such +horrible treachery! + +When the Emperor Isaac heard that his son was taken and Mourzuphles +crowned, great fear came upon him, and he fell into a sickness that +lasted no long time. So he died. And the Emperor Mourzuphles caused +the son, whom he had in prison, to be poisoned two or three times; but +it did not please God that he should thus die. Afterwards the emperor +went and strangled him, and when he had strangled him, he caused it to +be reported everywhere that he had died a natural death, and had him +mourned for, and buried honourably and as an emperor, and made great +show of grief. + +But murder cannot be hid. Soon was it clearly known, both to the +Greeks and to the French, that this murder had been committed, as has +just been told to you. Then did the barons of the host and the Doge of +Venice assemble in parliament, and with them met the bishops and the +clergy. And all the clergy, including those who had powers from the +Pope, showed to the barons and to the pilgrims that any one guilty of +such a murder had no right to hold lands, and that those who consented +thereto were abettors of the murder; and beyond all this, that the +Greeks had withdrawn themselves from obedience to Rome. "Wherefore we +tell you," said the clergy, " that this war is lawful and just, and +that if you have a right intention in conquering this land, to bring +it into the Roman obedience, all those who die after confession shall +have part in the indulgence granted by the Pope." And you must know +that by this the barons and pilgrims were greatly comforted. + + THE CRUSADERS CONTINUE THE WAR - DEFEAT OF MOURZUPHLES + +Dire was the war between the Franks and the Greeks, for it abated not, +but rather increased and waxed fiercer, so that few were the days on +which there was not fighting by sea or land. Then Henry, the brother +of Count Baldwin of Flanders rode forth, and took with him a great +part of the good men in the host. With him went James of Avesnes, and +Baldwin of Beauvoir, Odo of Champagne of Champlitte, + +57 + +William his brother, and the people of their country. They started at +vesper time and rode all night, and on the morrow, when it was full +day, they came to a good city, called Phile, and took it; and they had +great gain, beasts, and prisoners, and clothing, and food, which they +sent in boats down the straits to the camp, for the city lies on the +sea of Russia. + +So they sojoumed two days in that city, with food in great plenty, +enough and to spare. The third day they departed with the beasts and +the booty, and rode back towards the camp. Now the Emperor Mourzuphles +heard tell how they had issued from the camp, and he left +Constantinople by night, with a great part of his people, and set +himself in ambush at a place by which they must needs pass. And he +watched them pass with their beasts and their booty, each division, +the one after the other, till it came to the rearguard. The rear-guard +was under the command of Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of +Flanders, and formed of his people, and the Emperor Mourzuphles fell +upon them at the entrance to a wood; whereupon they turned against +him. Very fiercely did the battle rage there. + +By God's help the Emperor Mourzuphles was discomfited, and came near +to being taken captive; and he lost his imperial banner and an Eikon +that was home before him, in which he and the other Greeks had great +confidence-it was an ikon that figured our Lady-and he lost at least +twenty knights of the best people that he had. Thus was discomfited +the Emperor Mourzuphles, as you have just heard and fiercely did the +war rage between him and the Franks; and by this time a great part of +the winter had already passed, and it was near Candlemas (2nd February +1204), and Lent was approaching. + + OF THE PILGRIMS WHO HAD GONE TO SYRIA + +Now we will leave off speaking of the host before Constantinople, and +speak of those who sailed from other ports than Venice, and of the +ships of Flanders that had sojoumed during the winter at Marseilles, +and had all gone over in the summer to the land of Syria; and these +were far more in number than the host before Constantinople. Listen +now, and you shall hear what a great mischance it was that they + +58 + +had not joined themselves to the host, for in that case would +Christendom have been for ever exalted. But because of their sins, God +would not so have it, for some died of the sickness of the land, and +some turned back to their own homes. Nor did they perform any great +deeds, or achieve aught of good, in the land overseass + +And there started also a company of very good men to go to Antioch, to +join Boemond, prince of Antioch and Count of Tripoli, who was at war +with King Leon, the lord of the Armenians. This company was going to +the prince to be in his pay; and the Turks of the land knew of it, and +made an ambuscade there where the men of the company needs must pass. +And they came thither, and fought, and the Franks were discomfited, so +that not one escaped that was not killed or taken. + +There were slain Villain of Neuilly, who was one of the best knights +in the world, and Giles of Trasegnies, and many others; and were taken +Bernard of Moreuil, and Renaud of Dampierre, and John of Villers, and +William of Neuilly. And you must know that eightty knights were in +this company, and every one was either killed or taken. And well does +this book bear witness, that of those who avoided the host of Venice, +there was not one but suffered harm or shame. He therefore must be +accounted wise who holds to the better course. + + AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE FRANKS AND VENETIANS BEFORE ATTACKING CONSTANTINOPLE + +Now let us leave speaking of those who avoided the host, and speak of +those before Constantinople. Well had these prepared all their +engines, and mounted their petraries, and mangonels on the ships and +on the transports, and got ready all such engines of war as are +needful for the taking of a city, and raised ladders from the yards +and masts of the vessels, so high that they were a marvel to behold.* +[note: This passage is obscure in the original.] And when the Greeks +saw this, they began, on their side, to strengthen the defences of the +city which was enclosed with high walls and high towers. Nor was any +tower so high that they did not raise thereon two or three stages of +wood to heighten it still more. Never was city so well fortified. + +59 + +Thus did the Greeks and the Franks bestir themselves on the one side +and the other during the greater part of Lent. + +Then those of the host spoke together, and took counsel what they +should do. Much was advanced this way and that, but in the end, they +devised that if God granted them entry into the city by force, all the +booty taken was to be brought together, and fittingly distributed; and +further, if the city fell into their power, six men should be taken +from among the Franks, and six from among the Venetians, and these +twelve should swear, on holy relics, to elect as emperor the man who, +as they deemed, would rule with most profit to the land. And whosoever +was thus elected emperor, would have one quarter of whatever was +captured, whether within the city or without, and moreover would +possess the palace of Bucoleon and that of Blachernae; and the +remaining three parts would be divided into two, and one of the halves +awarded to the Venetians and the other to those of the host. + +And there should be taken twelve of the wisest and most experienced +men among the host of the pilgrims, and twelve among the Venetians, +and those twenty-four would divide fiefs and honours, and appoint the +service to be done therefor to the emperor. + +This covenant was made sure and sworn to on the one side and the other +b' the Franks and the Venetians; with provision that at the end of +March, a year thence, any who so desired might depart hence and go +their way, but that those who remained in the land would be held to +the service of the emperor in such mariner as might be ordained. Thus +was the covenant devised and made sure; and such as should not observe +it were excommunicated by the clergy. + +ATTACK OF THE CRUSADERS REPULSED - THEY MAKE READY FOR ANOTHER ASSAULT + +The fleet was very well prepared and armed, and provisions were got +together for the pilgrims. On the Thursday after mid-Lent (8th April +1204), all entered into the vessels, and put their horses into the +transports. Each division had its own ships, and all were ranged side +by side; and the ships were separated from the galleys and transports. +A marvellous sight it was to see; and well does this book bear + +60 + +witness that the attack, as it had been devised, extended over full +half a French league. + +On the Friday morning the ships and the galleys and the other vessels +drew near to the city in due order, and then began an assault most +fell and fierce. In many places the pilgrims landed and went up to the +walls, and in many places the scaling ladders on the ships approached +so close, that those on the towers and on the walls and those on the +ladders crossed lances, hand to hand. Thus lasted the assault, in more +than a hundred places, very fierce, and very dour, and very proud, +till near upon the hour of nones. + +But, for our sins, the pilgrims were repulsed in that assault, and +those who had landed from the galleys and transports were driven back +into them by main force. And you must know that on that day those of +the host lost more than the Greeks, and much were the Greeks rejoiced +thereat. And some there were who drew back from the assault, with the +ships in which they were. And some remained with their ships at anchor +so near to the city that from either side they shot at one another +with petraries and mangonels. + +Then, at vesper time, those of the host and the Doge of Venice called +together a parliament, and assembled in a church on the other side of +the straits-on the side where they had been quartered. There were many +opinions given and discussed; and much were those of the host moved +for the mischief that had that day befallen them. And many advised +that they should attack the city on another side the side where it was +not so well fortified. But the Venetians, who had fuller knowledge of +the sea, said that if they went to that other side, the current would +carry them down the straits, and that they would be unable to stop +their ships. And you must know that there were those who would have +been well pleased if the current had home them down the straits, or +the wind, they cared not whither, so long -as they left that land +behind, and went on their way. Nor is this to be wondered at, for they +were in sore peril. + +Enough was there spoken, this way and in that; but the conclusion of +their deliberation was this: that they would repair and refit on the +following day, which was Saturday, and during the whole of Sunday, and +that on the Monday they would return to the assault; and they devised +further that the ships that carried the scaling ladders should be + +61 + +bound together, two and two, so that two ships should be in case to +attack one tower; for they had perceived that day how only one ship +had attacked each tower, and that this had been too heavy a task for +the ship, seeing that those in the tower were more in number than +those on the ladder. For this reason was it well seen that two ships +would attack each tower with greater effect than one. As had been +settled, so was it done, and they waited thus during the Saturday and +Sunday. + + THE CRUSADERS TAKE A PART OF THE CITY + +Before the assault the Emperor Mourzuphles had come to encamp, with +all his power, in an open space, and had there pitched his scarlet +tents. Thus matters remained till the Monday morning, when those on +the ships, transports, and galleys were all armed. And those of the +city stood in much less fear of them than they did at the beginning, +and were in such good spirits that on the walls and towers you could +see nothing but people. Then began an assault proud and marvellous, +and every ship went straight before it to the attack. The noise of the +battle was so great that it seemed to read the earth. + +Thus did the assault last for a long while, till our Lord raised a +wind called Boreas which drove the ships and vessels further up on to +the shore. And two ships that were bound together, of which the one +was called the Pilgrim and the other the Paradise, approached so near +to a tower, the one on the one side and the other on the other-so as +God and the wind drove them-that the ladder of the Pilgrim joined on +to the tower. Immediately a Venetian, and a knight of France, whose +name was Andrew of Urboise, entered into the tower, and other people +benan to enter after them, and those in the tower were discomfited and +fled.* + + [NOTE [pp. 61-63]: I should like to quote here another feat of arms + related by Robert of Clari, one of those feats that serve to + explain how the Crusaders obtained mastery - the mastery of perfect + fearlessness - over the Greeks. Robert of Clari, then, relates how + a small body of the besiegers, ten knights and nine sergeants, had + come before a postem which had been newly bricked up.- + + "Now there was there a clerk, Aleaume of Clari by name, who had + shown his courage whenever there was need, and was always first in + any assault at which he might be present; and when the tower of + Galata was taken, this same clerk had performed more deeds of + prowess with his body, man for man, than any one in the host, save + only the Lord Peter of Bracuel; for the Lord Peter it was who + surpassed all others, whether of high or low degree, so that there + was none other that performed such feats of arms, or acts of + prowess with his body, as the Lord Peter of Bracuel. So when they + came to the postern they began to hew and pick at it very hardily; + but the bolts flew at them so thick, and so many stones were hurled + at them from the wall, that it seemed as if they would be buried + beneath the stones-sucb was the mass of quarries and stones thrown + from above. And those who were below held up targes and shields to + cover those who were picking and hewing underneath; and those above + threw down pots of boiling pitch, and Greek fire, and large rocks, + so that it was one of God's miracles that the assailants were not + utterly confounded; for my Lord Peter and his men suffered more + than enough of blows and grievous danger. However, so did they hack + at the postern, both above and below, with their axes and good + swords, that they made a great bole therein; and when the postern + was broken through, they all swarmed to the aperture, but saw so + many people above and below, that it seemed as if half the world + were there, and they dared not be so bold as to enter. + + "Now when Aleaume, the clerk, saw that no one dared to go in, be + sprang forward, and said that go in he would. And there was there + present a knight, a brother to the clerk (the knight's name was + Robert ofClari),who-forbade him,and said he should not go in. And + the clerk said he would, and scrambled in on his hands and feet. + And when the knight saw this, he took hold upon him, by the foot, + and began to drag him back. But in his brother's despite, and + whether his brother would or not, the clerk went in. And when he + was within, many were the Greeks who ran upon him, and those on the + walls cast big stones upon him. And the clerk drew his knife, and + ran at them; and he drave them before him as if they had been + cattle, and cried to those who were without, to the Lord Peter of + Amiens and his folk, 'Sire, come in boldly, I see that they are + falling back discomfited and flying.' When my Lord Peter heard + this, he and his people who were without, they entered in; and + there were no more than ten knights with him, but there were some + sixty sergeants, and they were all on foot. And when those who were + on the wall at that place saw them, they had such fear that thev + did not dare to remain there, but avoided a great space on the + wall, and fled helter-skelter. + + "Now the Emperor Mourzuphles, the traitor, was near by, at less + than a stone's throw of distance, and he caused the silver horns to + be sounded, and the cymbals, and a great noise to be made. And when + he saw my Lord Peter, and his people, who bad entered in on foot, + he made a great show of falling upon them, and spurring forward, + came about half-way to where they stood. But mv Lord Peter, when he + saw him coming, began to encourage his people, and to say: 'Now, + Lord God, grant that we may do well, and the battle is ours. Here + comes the emperor! Let no one dare to think of retreat, but each + bethink himself to do well' Then Mourzuphles, seeing that they + would in no wise give way, stayed where he was, and then turned + back to his tents." + + After this, according to Robert of Clari, Lord Peter's men break + open a gate, and.the Crusaders enter into the city. See Li Estoires + de chiaus qus conquisent Constantinoble. de Robert de Clari en + aminois, chevalier, pp. 60-62. The volume in the British Museum is + undated, and there is this note in the catalogue, " No more + printed." The volume itself is noteless, though there are printed + marks here and there which would suggest that notes were intended. + The Chronicle of Robert of Clari win also be found in Hopf's + Chroniques Grco-romanes indites ou peu connues, etc., pp. 1-85, + Berlin, 1873.] + +62 + +When the knights see this, who are in the transports, they land, and +raise their ladders against the wall, and scale the top of the wall by +main force, and so take four of the towers. And all begin to leap out +of the ships and transports and galleys, helter-skelter, each as best +he can; and they break in some three of the gates and enter in; and +they draw the horses out of the transports; and the knights mount and +ride straight to the quarters of the Emperor Mourzuphles. He had his +battalions arrayed before his tents, and when his men see the mounted +knights coming, they lose heart and fly; and so goes the emperor +flying through the streets to the castle of Bucoleon. + +Then might you have seen the Greeks beaten down; and horses and +palfreys captured, and mules, and other booty. Of killed and wounded +there was neither end nor measure. A great part of the Greek lords had +fled towards the gate of + +63 + +Blachernae. And vesper-time was already past, and those of the host +were wear of the battle and of the slaying,. And they began to +assemble in a great open space that was in Constantinople, and decided +that they would take up their quarters near the walls and towers they +had captured. Never had they thought that in a whole month they should +be able to take the city, with its great churches, and great palaces, +and the people that were in it. + + FLIGHT OF MOURZUPHLES - SECOND FIRE IN CONSTANTINOPLE + +As they had settled, so was it done, and they encamped before the +walls and before the towers by their ships. Count Baldwin of Flanders +and Hainault quartered himself in the scarlet tents that the Emperor +Mourzuphles had left standing, and Henry his brother before the palace +of Blachernae; and Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, he and his men, +towards the thickest part of the city. So were the host encamped as +you have heard, and Constantinople taken on the Monday after Palm +Sunday (12th April 1204). + +Now Count Louis of Blois and Chartres had languished all the winter +with a q ' uartan fever, and could not bear his armour. And you must +know that this was a great misfor- + +64 + +tune to the host, seeing he was a good knight of his body; and he lay +in one of the transports. + +Thus did those of the host, who were very weary, rest that night. But +the Emperor Mourzuphles rested not, for he assembled all his people, +and said he would go and attack the Franks. Nevertheless he did not do +as he had said, for he rode along other streets, as far as he could +from those held by the host, and came to a gate which is called the +Golden Gate, whereby he escaped, and avoided the city; and afterwards +all who could fled also. And of all this those of the host knew +nothing. + +During that night, towards the quarters of Boniface Marquis of +Montfcrrat, certain people, whose names are unknown to me, being in +fear lest the Greeks should attack them, set fire to the buildings +between themselves and the Greeks. And the city began to take fire, +and to burn very direfully; and it burned all that night and all the +next day, till vesper-time. And this was the third fire there had been +in Constantinople since the Franks arrived in the land; and more +houses had been burned in the city than there are houses in any three +of the greatest cities in the kingdom of France. + +That night passed and the next day came, which was a Tuesday morning +(13th April 1204); and all armed themselves throughout the host, both +knights and sergeants, and each repaired to his post. Then they issued +from their quarters, and thought to find a sorer battle than the day +before, for no word had come to them that the emperor had fled during +the night. But they found none to oppose them. + + THE CRUSADERS OCCUPY THE CITY + +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat rode all along the shore to the +palace of Bucoleon, and when he arrived there it surrendered, on +condition that the lives of all therein should be spared. At Bucoleon +were found the larger number of the great ladies who had fled to the +castle, for there were found the sister [Agnes, sister of Philip +Augustus, married successively to Alexius II., to Andronicus, and to +Theodore Branas] of the King of France, who had been empress, and the +sister [Margaret, sister of Emeric, King of Hungary, married to the +Emperor Isaac, and afterwards to the Marquis of Montferrat.] of the +King of Hungary, who + +65 + +had also been empress, and other ladies very many. Of the treasure +that was found in that palace I cannot well speak, for there was so +much that it was beyond end or counting. + +At the same time that this palace was surrendered to the Marquis +Boniface of Montferrat, did the palace of Blachernae surrender to +Henry, the brother of Count Baldwin of Flanders, on condition that no +hurt should be done to the bodies of those who were therein. There too +was found much treasure, not less than in the palace of Bucoleon. Each +garrisoned with his own people the castle that had been surrendered to +him, and set a auard over the treasure. And the other people, spread +abroad throughout the city, also gained much booty. The booty gained +was so great that none could tell you the end of it: gold and silver, +and vessels and precious stones, and samite, and cloth of silk, and +robes vair and grey, and ermine, and every choicest thing found upon +the earth. And well does Geoffry of Villehardouin the Marshal of +Champagne, bear witness, that never, since the world was created, had +so much booty been won in any city. + +Every one took quarters where he pleased and of lodgings there was no +stint. So the host of the pilgrims and of the Venetians found +quarters, and greatly did they rejoice and give thanks because of the +victory God had vouchsafed to them-for those who before had been poor +were now in wealth and luxury. Thus they celebrated Palm Sunday and +the Easter Day following (25th April 1204) in the joy and honour that +God had bestowed upon them. And well miaht they praise our Lord, since +in all the host there were no more than twenty thousand armed men, one +with another, and with the help of God they had conquered four hundred +thousand men, or more, and in the strongest city in all the world - +yea, a great city - and very well fortified. + + DIVISION OF THE SPOIL + +Then was it proclaimed throughout the host by the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was lord of the host, and by the barons, and by the +Doge of Venice, that all the booty should be collected and brou-ht +together, as had been covenanted under oath and pain of +excommunication. Three churches were appointed for the receiving of +the + +66 + +spoils, and guards were set to have them in charge, both Franks and +Venetians, the most upright that could be found. + +Then each began to bring in such booty as he had taken, and to collect +it together. And some brought in loyally, and some in evil sort, +because covetousness, which is the root of all evil, let and hindered +them. So from that time forth the covetous began to keep things back, +and our Lord began to love them less. Ah God! how loyally they had +borne themselves up to now! And well had the Lord God shown them that +in all things He was ready to honour and exalt them above all people. +But full oft do the good suffer for the sins of the wicked. + +The spoils and booty were collected together, and you must know that +all was not brought into the common stock, for not a few kept thin-s +back, maugre the excommunication of the Pope. That which was brought +to the churches was collected together and divided, in equal parts, +between the Franks and the Venetians, according to the sworn covenant. +And you must know further that the pilgrims, after the division had +been made, paid out of their share fifty thousand marks of silver to +the Venetians, and then divided at least one hundred thousand marks +between themselves, among their own people. And shall I tell you in +what wise? Two sergeants on foot counted as one mounted, and two +sergeants mounted as one knight. And you must know that no man +received more, either on account of his rank or because of his deeds, +than that which had been so settled and orderedsave in so far as he +may have stolen it. + +And as to theft, and those who were convicted thereof, you must know +that stem justice was meted out to such as were found guilty, and not +a few were hung. The Count of St. Paul hung one of his knights, who +had kept back certain spoils, with his shield to his neck; but many +there were, both great and small, who kept back part of the spoils, +and it was never known. Well may you be assured that the spoil wa- +very great, for if it had not been for what was stolet- and for the +part given to the Venetians, there would if have been at least four +hundred thousand marks of silver and at least ten thousand horses-one +with another. Thus were divided the spoils of Constantinople, as you +have heard. + +67 + + BALDWIN, COUNT OF FLANDERS, ELECTED EMPEROR + +Then a parliament assembled, and the commons of the host declared that +an emperor must be elected, as had been settled aforetime. And they +parliamented so long that the matter was adjourned to another day, and +on that day would they choose the twelve electors who were to make the +election. Nor was it possible that there should be lack of candidates, +or of men covetous, seeing that so great an honour was in question as +the imperial throne of Constantinople. But the greatest discord that +arose was the discord concerning Count Baldwin of Flanders and +Hainault and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat; for all the people +said that either of those two should be elected. + +And when the chief men of the host saw that all held either for Count +Baldwin or for the Marquis of Montferrat, they conferred together and +said: " Lords, if we elect one of these two great men, the other will +be so filled with envy that he will take away with him all his people. +And then the land that we have won may be lost, just as the land of +Jerusalem came nigh to be lost when, after it had been conquered, +Godfrey of Bouillon was elected king, and the Count of St. Giles +became so fulfilled with envy that he enticed the other barons, and +whomsoever he could, to abandon the host. Then did many people depart, +and there remained so few that, if God had not sustained them, the +land of Jerusalem wouldhavebeenlost. Letusthereforebewarelestthesame +mischance befall us also, and rather bethink ourselves how we may keep +both these lords in the host. Let the one on whom God shall bestow the +empire so devise that the other is well content; let him grant to that +other all the land on the further side of the straits, towards Turkey, +and the Isle of Greece, and that other shall be his liegeman. Thus +shall we keep both lords in the host." + +As had been proposed, so was it settled, and both consented right +willingly. Then came the day for the parliament, and the parliament +assembled. And the twelve electors were chosen, six on one side and +six on the other; and they swore on holy relics to elect, duly, and in +good faith, whomsoever would best meet the needs of the host, and bear +rule over the empire most worthily. + +68 + +Thus were the twelve chosen, and a day appointed for the election of +the emperor; and on the appointed day the twelve electors met at a +rich palace, one of the fairest in the world, where the Doge of Venice +had his quarters. Great and marvellous was the concourse, for every +one wished to see who should be elected. Then were the twelve electors +called, and set in a very rich chapel within the palace, and the door +was shut, so that no one remained with them. The barons and knights +stayed without in a great palace. + +The council lasted till they were agreed; and by consent' of all they +appointed Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, who was one of the twelve, to +act as spokesman. Then they came out to the place where all the barons +were assembled, and the Doge of Venice. Now you must know that many +set eyes upon them, to know how the election had turned. And the +bishop, lifting up his voice-while all listened intentlyspoke as he +had been charged, and said: " Lords, we are agreed, let God be +thanked! upon the choice of an emperor; and you have all sworn that he +whom we shall elect as ern,,)eror shall be held by you to be emperor +indeed, and that it any one gainsay him, you will be his helpers. And +we name him now at the self-same hour when God was born, THE COUNT +BALDWIN OF FLANDERS AND HAINAULT! " + +A cry of joy was raised in the palace, and they bore the count out of +the palace, and the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat bore him on one +side to the church, and showed him all the honour he could. So was the +Count Baldwin of Flanders and Hainault elected emperor, and a day +appointed for his coronation, three weeks after Easter (16th May +1204). And you must know that many a rich robe was made for the +coronation; nor did they want for the wherewithal. + + BONIFACE WEDS ISAAC'S WIDOW, AND AFTER BALDWIN'S CORONATION OBTAINS THE + KINGDOM OF SALONIKA + +Before the time appointed for the coronation, the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat espoused the empress who had been the wife of the Emperor +Isaac, and was sister to the King of Hungary. And within that time +also did one of the most noble barons of the host, who bore the name +of Odo of Champlitte of Champagne, make an end and die. Much was he +mourned and bewept by William his brother, and by his + +69 + +other friends; and he was buried in the church of the Apostles with +great honour. + +The time for the coronation drew near, and the Emperor Baldwin was +crowned with great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, +in the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ one thousand twelve +hundred and four. Of the rejoicings and feasting there is no need to +speak further, for the barons and knights did all they could; and the +Marquis Boniface of Montferrat and Count Louis of Blois and Chartres +did homage to the emperor as their lord. After the great rejoicings +and ceremonies of the coronation, he was taken in great pomp, and with +a great procession, to the rich palace of Bucoleon. And when the +feastings were over he began to discuss his affairs. + +Boniface the Marquis of Montferrat called upon him to carry out the +covenant made, and give him, as he was bound to do, the land on the +other side of the straits towards Turkey and the Isle of Greece. And +the emperor acknowledged that he was bound so to do, and said he would +do it right willingly. And when the Marquis of Montferrat saw that the +emperor was willing to carry out this covenant so debonairly, he +besought him, in exchange for this land, to bestow upon him the +kingdom of Salonika, because it lay near the land of the King of +Hungary, whose sister he had taken to wife. + +Much was this matter debated in various ways; but in the end the +emperor granted the land of Salonika to the marquis, and the marquis +did homage therefor. And at this there was much joy thr oughout , the +host, because the marquis was one of the knights most highly prized in +all the world, and one whom the knights most loved, inasmuch as no one +dealt with them more liberally than he. Thus the marquis remained in +the land, as you have heard. + + BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST MOURZUPHLES + +The Emperor Mourzuphles had not yet removed more than four days' +journey from Constantinople; and he had taken with him the empress who +had been the wife of the Emperor Alexius, who aforetime had fled, and +his daughter. This Emperor Alexius was in a city called Messinopolis, +with all his people, and still held a great part of the land. And at +that + +70 + +time the men of note in Greece departed, and a large number passed +over the straits towards Turkey; and each one, for his own advantage, +made himself master of such lands as he could lay hands upon; and the +same thing happened also throughout the other parts of the empire. + +The Emperor Mourzuphles made no long tarrying before he took a city +which had surrendered to my lord the Emperor Baldwin, a city called +Tchorlu. So he took it and sacked it, and seized whatever he found +there. When the news thereof came to the Emperor Baldwin, he took +counsel with the barons, and with the Doge of Venice, and they agreed +to this, that he should issue forth, with all his host, to make +conquest of the land, and leave a garrison in Constantinople to keep +it sure, seeing that the city had been newly taken and was peopled +with the Greeks. + +So did they decide, and the host was called together, and decision +made as to who should remain in Constantinople, and who should go in +the host with the Emperor Baldwin. In Constantinople remained Count +Louis of Blois and Chartres, who had been sick, and was not yet +recovered, and the Doge of Venice. And Conon of Bthune remained in +the palaces of Blachemoe and Bucoleon to keep the city; and with him +Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, and Miles the Brabant of Provins, +and Manasses of l'Isle, and all their people. All the rest made ready +to go in the host with the emperor. + +Before the Emperor Baldwin left Constantinople, his brother Henry +departed thence, by his command, with a hundred very good knights; and +he rode from city to city, and in every city to which he came the +people swore fealty to the emperor. So he fared forward till he came +to Adrianople, which was a good city, and wealthy; and those of the +city received him right willingly and swore fealty to the emperor. +Then he lodged in the city, he and his people, and sojoumed there till +the Emperor Baldwin came thither. + + MOURZUPHLES TAKES REFUGE WITH ALEXIUS, THE BROTHER OF ISAAC, WHO PUTS OUT + HIS EYES + +The Emperor Mourzuphles, when he heard that they thus advanced against +him, did not dare to abide their coming, but remained always two or +three days' march in advance. + +71 + +So he fared forward till he came near Messinopolis, where the Emperor +Alexius was sojourning, and he sent on messengers, telling Alexius +that he would give him help, and do all his behests. And the Emperor +Alexius answered that he should be as welcome as if he were his own +son, and that he would give him his daughter to wife, and make of him +his son. So the Emperor Mourzuphles encamped before Messinopolis, and +pitched his tents and pavilions, and Alexius was quartere within the +city. So they conferred together, and Alexius gave him his daughter to +wife, and they entered into alliance, and said they should be as one. + +They sojourned thus for I know not how many days, the one in the camp +and the other in the city, and then did the Emperor Alexius invite the +Emperor MourzupWes to come and eat with him, and to go with him to the +baths. So were matters settled. The Emperor Mourzuphles came +privately, and with few people, and when he was within the house, the +Emperor Alexius called him into a privy chamber, and had him thrown on +to the ground, and the eyes drawn out of his head. And this was done +in such treacherous wise as you have heard. Now say whether this +people, who wrought such cruelty one to another, were fit to have +lands in possession I And when the host of the Emperor Mourzuphles +heard what had been done, they scattered, and fled this way and that; +and some joined themselves to the Emperor Alexius, and obeyed him as +their lord, and remained with him. + + BALDWIN MARCHES AGAINST ALEXIUS-HE IS JOINED BY BONIFACE + +Then the Emperor Baldwin moved from Constantinople, with all his host, +and rode forward till he came to Adrianople. There he found Henry his +brother, and the men with him. All the people whithersoever the +emperor passed, came to him, and put themselves at his mercy and under +his rule. And while they were at Adrianople, they heard the news that +the Emperor Alexius had pulled out the eyes of the Emperor +Mourzuphles. Of this there was much talk among them; and well did all +say that those who betrayed one another so disloyally and +treacherously had no right to hold land in possession. + +Then was the Emperor Baldwin minded to ride straight to + +72 + +Messinopolis, where the Emperor Alexius was. And the Greeks of +Adrianople besought him, as their lord, to leave a garrison in their +city because of Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who +ofttimes made war upon them. And the' Emperor Baldwin left there +Eustace of Saubruic, who was a knight of Flanders, very worthy and +very valiant, together with forty right good knights, and a hundred +mounted sergeants. + +So departed the Emperor Baldwin from Adrianople, and rode towards +Messinopolis, where he thought to find the Emperor Alexius. All the +people of the lands through which he passed put themselves under his +rule and at his mercyand when the Emperor Alexius saw this, he avoided +Messl-' nopolis and fled. And the Emperor Baldwin rode on till he came +before Messinopolis; and those of the city went out to meet him and +surrendered the city to his commandment. + +Then the Emperor Baldwin said he would sojourn there, wafting for the +arrival of Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, who had not yet joined the +host, seeing he could not move as fast as the emperor, because he was +bringing with him the empress, his wife. However, he also rode forward +till he came to Messinopolis, by the river, and there encamped, and +pitched his tents and pavilions. And on the morrow he went to speak to +the Emperor Baldwin, and to see him, and reminded him of his promise. + +"Sire," said he, "tidings have come to me from Salonika that the +people of the land would have me know that they are ready to receive +me willingly as their lord. And I am your liegeman, and hold the land +from you. Therefore, I pray you, let me go thither; and when I am in +possession of my land and of my city, I will bring you out such +supplies as you may need, and come ready prepared to do your behests. +But do not go and ruin my land. Let us rather, if it so pleases you, +march against Johannizz', the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who +holds a great part of the land wrongfully." + + RUPTURE BETWEEN BALDWIN AND B0NIFACE - THE ONE MARCHES ON SALONIKA, THE + OTHER ON DEMOTICA + +I know not by whose counsel it was that the emperor replied that he +was determined to march towards Salonika, + +73 + +and would afterwards attend to his other affairs. Sire," said +Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat, " I pray thee, since I am able +without thee to get possession of my land, that thou wilt not enter +therein; but if thou dost enter therein, I shall deem that thou art +not acting for my good. And be it known to thee that I shall not go +with thee, but depart from among you." And the Emperor Baldwin replied +that, notwithstanding all this, he should most certainly go. + +Alas! how ill-advised were they, both the one and the other, and how +great was the sin of those who caused this quarrel! For if God had not +taken pity upon them, now would they have lost all the conquests they +had made, and Christendom been in danger of ruin. So by ill fortune +was there division between the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople and +Boniface, Marquis of Montferrat,-and by illadvice. . The Emperor Bal +dwin rode towards Salonika, as he devised, with all his people, and +with all his power. And Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, went +back, and he took with him a great number of right worthy people. With +him went James of Avesnes, William of Champlitte, Hugh of Colemi, +Count Berthold of Katzenellenbogen, and the greater part of those who +came from the Empire of Germany and held with the marquis. Thus did +the marquis ride back till he came to a castle, very goodly, very +strong, and very rich, which is called Demotica; and it was +surrendered by a Greek of the city, and when the marquis had entered +therein he garrisoned it. Then because of their knowledge of the +empress (his wife), the Greeks began to turn towards him, and to +surrender to his rule from all the country round about, within a day +or two's journey. + +The Emperor Baldwin rode straight on to Salonika, and came to a castle +called Christopolis, one of the strongest in the world. And it +surrendered, and those of the city did homage to him. Afterwards he +came to another place called Blache, which was very strong and very +rich, and this too surrendered, and the people did homage. Next he +came to Cetros, a city strong and rich, and it also came to his rule +and order, and did homage. Then he rode to Salonika, and encamped +before the city, and was there for three days. And those within +surrendered the city, which was one of the best and wealthiest in +Christendom at that day, on condition that + +74 + +he would maintain the uses and customs theretofore observed by the +Greek emperor. + + MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BONIFACE - HE SUSPENDS THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + +While the Emperor Baldwin was thus at Salonika, and the land +surrendering to his good pleasure and commandment, the Marquis +Boniface of Montferrat, with all his people and a great quantity of +Greeks who held to his side, marched to Adrianople and besieged it, +and pitched his tents and pavilions round about. Now Eustace of +Saubruic was therein, with the people whom the emperor had left there, +and they mounted the walls and towers and made ready to defend +themselves. + +Then took Eustace of Saubruic two messengers and sent them, riding +night and day, to Constantinople. And they came to the Doge of Venice, +and to Count Louis, and to those who had been left in the city by the +Emperor Baldwin, and told them that Eustace of Saubruic would have +them know that the emperor and the marquis were embroiled together, +and that the marquis had seized Demotica, which was one of the +strongest castles in Roumania, and one of the richest, and that he was +besieging them in Adrianople. And when those in Constantinople heard +this they were moved with anger, for they thought most surely that all +their conquests would be lost. + +Then assembled in the palace of Blachernae the Doge of Venice, and +Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and the other barons that were in +Constantinople; and much were they distraught, and greatly were they +angered, and fiercely did they complain of those who had put enmity +between the emperor and the marquis. At the prayer of the Doge of +Venice and of Count Louis, Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of +Champagne, was enjoined to go to the siege of Adrianople, and appease +the war, if he could, because he was well in favour with the marquis, +and therefore they thought he would have more influence than any +other. And he, because of their prayers, and of their great need, said +he would go willingly; and he took with him Manasses of l'Isle, who +was one of the good knights of the host, and one of the most honoured. + +75 + +So they departed from Constantinople, and rode day by day till they +came to Adrianople, where the siege was going on. And when the marquis +heard thereof, he came out of the camp and went to meet them. With him +came James of Avesnes, and William of Champlitte, and Hugh of Colemi, +and Otho of la Roche, who were the chief counsellors of the marquis. +And when he saw the envoys, he did them much honour and showed them +much fair seeming. + +Geoffry the Marshal, with whom he was on very good terms, spoke to him +very sharply, reproaching him with the fashion in which he had taken +the land of the emperor and besieged the emperor's people in +Adrianople, and that without apprising those in Constantinople, who +surely would have obtained such redress as was due if the emperor had +done him any wrong. And the marquis disculpated himself much, and said +it was because of the wrong the emperor had done him that he had acted +in such sort. + +So wrought Geoffry, the Marshal of Champagne, with the help of God, +and of the barons who were in the confidence of the marquis, and who +loved the said Geoffry well, that the marquis assured him he would +leave the matter in the hands of the Doge of Venice, and of Count +Louis of Blois and Chartres, and of Conon of Bthune, and of Geoffry +of Villehardouin, the Marshal-all of whom well knew what was the +covenant made between himself and the emperor. So was a truce +established between those in the camp and those in the city. + +And you must know that Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l'Isle, +were right joyously looked upon, both by those in the camp and those +in the city, for very strongly did either side wish for peace. And in +such measure as the Franks rejoiced, so were the Greeks dolent, +because right willingly would they have seen the Franks quarrelling +and at war. Thus was the siege of Adrianople raised, and the marquis +returned with all his people to Demotica, where was the empress his +wife. + + MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS TO BALDWIN - DEATH OF SEVERAL KNIGHTS + +The envoys returned to Constantinople, and told what they had done. +Greatly did the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis + +76 + +of Blois, and all besides, then rejoice that to these envoys had been +committed the negotiations for a peace; and they chose good +messengers, and wrote a letter, and sent it to the Emperor Baldwin, +tellin- him that the marquis had referred himself to them, with +assurances that he would accept their arbitration, and that he (the +emperor) was even more strongly bound to do the same, and that they +besought him to do so-for they would in no wise countenance war-and +promise to accept their arbitration, as the marquis had done. + +While this was in progress the Emperor Baldwin had settled matters at +Salonika and departed thence, garrisoning it with his people, and had +left there as chief Renier of Mons, who was a good knight and a +valiant. And tidings had come to him that the marquis had taken +Demotica, and established himself therein, an(f conquered a great part +of the land lying round about, and besieged the emperor's people in +Adrianople. Greatly enraged was the Emperor Baldwin when these tidings +came to him, and much did he hasten so as to raise the siege of +Adrianople, and do to the marquis all the -harm that he could. Ah God! +what mischief their discord might have caused! If God had not seen to +it, Christendom would have been undone. + +So did the Emperor Baldwin journey day by day. And a very great +mischance had befallen those who were before Salonika, for many people +of the host were stricken down with sickness. Many who could not be +moved had to remain in the castles by which the emperor passed, and +many were brought along in litters, journeying in sore pain; and many +there were who died at Cetros (La Serre). Among those who so died at +Cetros was Master ' John of Noyon, chancellor to the Emperor Baldwin. +He was a good clerk, and very wise, and much had he comforted the host +by the word of God, which he well knew how to preach. And you must +know that by his death the good men of the host were much +discomforted. + +Nor was it long ere another great misfortune befell the host, for +Peter of Amiens died, who was a man rich and noble, and a good and +brave knight, and great dole was made for him by Hugh of St. Paul, who +was his cousin-german; and heavily did his death weigh upon the host. +Shortly after died Gerard of Mancicourt, who was a knight much + +77 + +prized, and Giles of Annoy, and many other good people. Forty knights +died during this expedition, and by their death was the host greatly +enfeebled. + + BALDWIN'S REPLY TO THE MESSAGE OF THE CRUSADERS + +The Emperor Baldwin journeyed so day by day that he met the messengers +sent by those of Constantinople. One of the messengers was a knight +belonging to the land of Count Louis of Blois, and the count's +liegeman; his name was Bgue of Fransures, and he was wise and +eloquent. He spoke the message of his lord and the other barons right +manfully, and said: " Sire, the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis, my +lord, and the other barons who are in Constantinople send you health +and greeting as to their lord, and they complain to God and to you of +those who have raised discord between you and the Marquis of +Montferrat, whereby it failed but little that Christendom was not +undone; and they tell you that you did very ill when you listened to +such counsellors. Now they apprise you that the marquis has referred +to them the quarrel that there is between him and you, and they pray +you, as their lord, to refer that quarrel to them likewise, and to +promise to abide by their ruling. And be it known to you that they +will in no wise, nor on any ground, suffer that you should go to war." + +The Emperor Baldwin went to confer with his council, and said he would +reply anon. Many there were in the emperor's council who had helped to +cause the quarrel, and they were greatly outraged by the declaration +sent by those at Constantinople, and they said: " Sire, you hear what +they declare to you, that they will not suffer you to take vengeance +of your enemy. Truly it seems that if you will not do as they order, +they will set themselves against you." + +Very many big words were then spoken; but, in the end, the council +agreed that the emperor had no wish to lose the friendship of the Doge +of Venice, and Count Louis, and the others who were in Constantinople; +and the emperor replied to the envoys: " I will not promise to refer +the quarrel to those who sent you, but I will go to Constantinople +without doing aught to injure the marquis." So the Emperor Baldwin +journeyed day by day till he came to Constantinople, and + +78 + +the barons, and the other people, went to meet him, and received him +as their lord with great honour. + + RECONCILIATION OF BALDWIN AND BONIFACE + +On the fourth day the emperor knew clearly that he had been +ill-advised to quarrel with the marquis, and then the Doge of Venice +and Count Louis came to speak to him and said: "Sire, we would pray +you to refer this matter to us, as the marquis has done." And the +emperor said he would do so right willingly. Then were envoys chosen +to fetch the marquis, and bring him thither. Of them envoys one was +Gervais of Chatel, and the second Renier of Trit, and Geoffry, Marshal +of Champagne the third, and the Doge of Venice sent two of his people. + +The envoys rode day by day till they came to Demotica, and they found +the marquis with the empress his wife, and a great number of right +worthy people, and they told him how they had come to fetch him. Then +did Geoffry the Marshal desire him to come to Constantinople, as he +had promised, and make peace in such wise as might be settled by those +in whose hands he had remitted his cause; and they promised him safe +conduct, as also to those who might go with him. + +The marquis took counsel with his men. Some there were who agreed that +he should go, and some who advised that he should not go. But the end +of the debate was such that he went with the envoys to Constantinople, +and took full a hundred knights with him; and they rode day by day +till they came to Constantinople. Very gladly were they received in +the city; and Count Louis of Blois and Chartres, and the Doge of +Venice went out to meet the marquis, together with many other right +worthy people, for he was much loved in the host. + +Then was a parliament assembled, and the covenants were rehearsed +between the Emperor Baldwin and the Marquis Boniface; and Salonika was +restored to Boniface, with the land, he placing Demotica, which he had +seized, in the hands of Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who +undertook to keep it till he heard, by accredited messenger, or +letters duly sealed, that the marquis was seized of Salonika, when he +would give back Demotica to the emperor, or to whomsoever the emperor +might appoint. Thus was peace made between the emperor and the +marquis, as you have heard. And great was the joy + +79 + +thereof throughout the host, for out of this quarrel might very great +evil have arisen. + +THE KINGDOM OF SALONIKA IS RESTORED TO BONIFACE - DIVISION OF THE LAND + BETWEEN THE CRUSADERS + +The marquis then took leave, and went towards Salonika with his +people, and with his wife; and with him rode the envoys of the +emperor; and as they went from castle to castle, each, with all its +lordship, was restored to the marquis on the part of the emperor. So +they came to Salonika, and those who held the place for the emperor +surrendered it. Now the governor, whom the emperor had left there, and +whose name was Renier of Mons, had died; he was a man most worthy, and +his death a great mischance. + +Then the land and country began to surrender to the marquis, and a +great part thereof to come under his rule. But a Greek, a man of great +rank, whose name was Leon Sgure, would in no wise come under the rule +of the marquis, for he had seized Corinth and Napoli, two cities that +lie upon the sea, and are among the strongest cities under heaven. He +then refused to surrender, but began to make war against the marquis, +and a very great many of the Greeks held with him. And another Greek, +whose name was Michael, and who had come with the marquis from +Constantinople, and was thought by the marquis to be his friend, he +departed, without any word said, and went to a city called Arthe (? +Durazzo) and took to wife the daughter of a rich Greek, who held the +land from the emperor, and seized the land, and began to make war on +the marquis. + +Now the land from Constantinople to Salonika was quiet and at peace, +for the ways were so safe that all could come and go at their +pleasure, and from the one city to the other there were full twelve +long days' journey. And so much time had now passed that we were at +the beginning of September (1204). And the Emperor Baldwin was in +Constantinople, and the land at peace, and under his rule. Then died +two right good knights in Constantinople, Eustace of Canteleu, and +Aimery of Villeroi, whereof their friends had great sorrow. + +Then did they begin to divide the land. The Venetians had their +part,and the pilgrims the other. And when each + +80 + +one was able to go to his own land, the covetousness of this world, +which has worked so great evil, suffered them not to be at peace, for +each began to deal wickedly in his land, some more, and some less, and +the Greeks began to hate them and to nourish a bitter heart. + +Then did the Emperor Baldwin bestow on Count Louis the duchy of Nice, +which was one of the greatest lordships in the land of Roumania, and +situate on the other side of the straits, towards Turkey. Now all the +land on the other side of the straits had not surrendered to the +emperor, but was against him. Then afterwards he gave the duchy of +Philippopolis to Renier of Trit. + +So Count Louis sent his men to conquer his land-some h.undred and +twenty knights. And over them were set Peter of Bracieux and Payen of +Orleans. They left Constantinople on All Saints Day (1st November +1204), and passed over the Straits of St. George on ship-board, and +came to Piga, a city that lies on the sea, and is inhabited by Latins. +And they began to war against the Greeks. + + EXECUTION OF MOURZUPHLES AND IMPRISONMENT OF ALEXIUS + +In those days it happened that the Emperor Mourzuphles, whose eyes had +been put out-the same who had murdered his lord, the Emperor Isaac's +son, the Emperor Alexius, whom the pilgrims had brought with them to +that land-it happened, I say, that the Emperor Mourzuphles fled +privily, and with but few people, and took refuge beyond the straits. +But Thierri of Loos heard of it, for Mourzuphles' flight was revealed +to him, and he took Mourzuphles and brought him to the Emperor Baldwin +at Constantinople,. And the Emperor Baldwin rejoiced thereat, and took +counsel with his men what he should do with a man who had been guilty +of such a murder upon his lord. + +And the council agreed to this: There was in Constantinople, towards +the middle of the city, a column, one of the highest and the most +finely wrought in marble that eye had ever seen; and Mourzuphles +should be taken to the top of that column and made to leap down, in +the sight of all the people, because it was fit that an act of justice +so notable should be seen of the whole world. So they led the Emperor + +81 + +Mourzuphles to the column, and took him to the top, and all the people +in the city ran together to behold the event. Then they cast him down, +and he fell from such a height that when he came to the earth he was +all shattered and broken. + +Now hear of a great marvel! On that column from which he fell were +images of divers kinds, wrought in the marble. And among these images +was one, worked in the shape of an emperor, falling headlong; for of a +long time it had been prophesied that from that column an emperor of +Constantinople should be cast down. So did the semblance and the +prophecy come true. + +It came to pass, at this time also, that the Marquis Boniface of +Montferrat, who was near Salonika, took prisoner the Emperor +Alexius-the same who had put out the eyes of the Emperor Isaac-and the +empress his wife with him. And he sent the scarlet buskins, and the +imperial vestments, to the Emperor Baldwin, his lord, at +Constantinople, and the emperor took the act in very good part. +Shortly after the marquis sent the Emperor Alexius and the empress his +wife, to Montferrat, there to be imprisoned. + + CAPTURE OF ABYDOS, OF PHILIPPOPOLIS, AND OF NICOMEDIA - THEODORE LASCARIS + PRETENDS TO THE EMPIRE + +At the feast of St. Martin after this (11th November 1204), Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, went forth from Constantinople, and +marched down by the straits to the mouth of Abydos; and he took with +him some hundred and twenty good knights. He crossed the straits near +a city which is called Abydos, and found it well furnished with good +things, with corn and meats, and with all things of which man has +need. So he seized the city, and lodged therein, and then began to war +with the Greeks who were before him. And the Armenians of the land, of +whom there were many, began to turn towards him, for they greatly +hated the Greeks. + +At that time Renier of Trit left Constantinople, and went towards +Philippopolis, which the emperor had given him; and he took with him +some hundred and twenty very good knights, and rode day by day till he +passed beyond Adrianople, and came to Philippopolis. And the people of +the land received him, and obeyed him as their lord, for they beheld +his coming very willingly. And they stood in great + +82 + +need of succour, for Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, had mightily +oppressed them with war. So Renier helped them right well, and held a +great part of the land, and most of those who had sided with +Johannizza, now turned to him. In those parts the war with Johannizza +raged fiercely. + +Tle emperor had sent some hundred knights over the straits of Saint +George opposite Constantinople. Macaire of SainteMen,ehould was in +command, and with him went Matthew of Wallincourt, and Robert of +Ronsoi. They rode to a city called Nicomedia, which lies on a gulf of +the sea, and is well two days' journey from Constantinople. When the +Greeks saw them coming, they avoided the city, and went away; so the +pilgrims lodged therein, and garrisoned it, and enclosed it with +walls, and began to wage war before them, on that side also. + +The land on the other side of the straits had for lord a Greek named +Theodore Lascaris. He had for wife the daughter of the Emperor +Alexius, through whom he laid claim to the land - this was the Alexius +whom the Franks had driven from Constantinople, and who had put out +his brother's eyes. The same Lascaris maintained the war against the +Franks on the other side of the straits, in whatsoever part they might +be. + +In Constantinople remained the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis, with +but few people, and the Count of St. Paul, who was grievously sick +with gout, that held him by the knees and feet; and the Doge of +Venice, who saw naught. + + REINFORCEMENTS FROM SYRIA - DEATH OF MARY, THE WIFE OF BALDWIN + +After this time came from the land of Syria a great company of those +who had abandoned the host, and gone thither from other ports than +Venice. With this company came Stephen of Perche, and Renaud of +Montmirail, who was cousin to Count Louis, and they were by him much +honoured, for he was very glad of their coming. And the Emperor +Baldwin, and the rest of the people also received them very gladly, +for they were of high rank, and very rich, and brouaht very many good +people with them. + +From the land of Syria came Hugh of Tabarie, and Raoul his brother, +and Thierri of Tenremonde, and very many people of the land, knights +and light horsemen, and sergeants. + +83 + +And the Emperor Baldwin gave to Stephen of Perche the duchy of +Philadelphia. + +Among other tidings came news at this time to the Emperor Baldwin +whereby he was made very sorrowful; for the Countess Mary [She was the +daughter of Henry Count of Champagne and of Mary, daughter of Philip +Augustus, King of France] his wife, whom he had left in Flanders, +seeIng she could not go with him because she was with childhe was then +but count-had brought forth a daughter-and afterwards, on her +recovery, she started to go to her lord overseass and passed to the +port of Marseilles, and coming to Acre, she had but just landed, when +the tidings came to her from Constantinople-told by the messengers +whom her lord had sent-that Constantinople was taken, and her lord +made emperor, to the great joy of all Christendom. On hearing this the +lady was minded to come to him forthwith. Then a sickness took her, +and she made an end and died, whereof there was great dole throughout +all Christendom, for she was a gracious and virtuous lady and greatly +honoured. And those who came in this company brought the tidings of +her death, whereof the Emperor Baldwin had sore affliction, as also +the barons of the land, for much did they desire to have her for their +lady. + + DEFEAT OF THEODORE AND CONSTANTINE LASCARIS + +At that time those who had gone to the city of Piga - Peter of +Bracieux and Payen of Orlans being the chiefs - fortified a castle +called Palormo; and they left therein a garrison of their people, and +rode forward to conquer the land. Theodore Lascaris had collected all +the people he could, and on the day of the feast,of our Lord St. +Nicholas (6th December 1204), which is before the Nativity, he joined +battle in the plain before a castle called Poemaninon. The battle was +engaged with great disadvantage to our people, for those of the other +part were in such numbers as was marvellous; and on our side there +were but one hundred and forty knights, without counting the mounted +sergeants. + +But our Lord orders battles as it pleases Him. By His grace and by His +will, the Franks vanquished the Greeks and discomfited them, so that +they suff ered very great loss. And within the week, they surrendered +a very large part of the land. They surrendered Poemaninon, which was +a very + +84 + +strong castle, and Lopadium, which was one of the best cities of the +land, and Polychna, which is seated on a lake of fresh water, and is +one of the strongest and best castles that can be found. And you must +know that our people fared very excellently, and by God's help had +their will of that land. + +Shortly after-, by the advice of the Armenians, Henry, the brother of +the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, started from the city of +Abydos, leaving therein a garrison of his people, and rode to a city +called Adramittium, which lies on the sea, a two days' journey from +Abydos. This city yielded to him, and he lodged therein, and a great +part of the land surrendered; for the city was well supplied with corn +and meats, and other goods. Then he maintained the war in those parts +against the Greeks. + +Theodore Lascaris, who had been discomfited at Poemaninon, collected +as many people as he could, and assembled a very great army, and gave +the command thereof to Constantine, his brother, who was one of the +best Greeks in Roumania, and then rode straight towards Adramittium. +And Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, had knowledge, through +the Armenians, that a great host was marching against him, so he made +ready to meet them, and set his battalions in order; and he had with +him some very good men, as Baldwin of Beauvoir, and Nicholas of +Mailly, and Anseau of Cayeux, and Thierri of Loos, and Thierri of +Tenremonde. + +So it happened that on the Saturday which is before mid Lent (19th +March 1205), came Constantine Lascaris with his great host, before +Adramittium. And Henry, when he knew of his coming, took counsel, and +said he would not suff er himself to be shut up in the city, but would +issue forth. And those of the other part came on with all their host, +in great companies of horse and foot, and those on our part went out +to meet them, and began the onslaught. Then was there a dour battle +and fighting hand to hand; but by God's help the Franks prevailed, and +discomfited their foes, so that many were killed and taken captive, +and there was much booty. Then were the Franks at ease, and very rich, +so that the people of the land turned to them, and began to bring in +their rents. + +85 + + BONIFACE ATTACKS LEON SGURE; HE IS JOINED BY GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, THE + NEPHEW + +Now let us leave speaking further (for the nonce), of those at +Constantinople, and return to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. The +marquis had gone, as you have heard, towards Salonika, and then ridden +forth against Leon Sgure, who held Napoli and Corinth, two of the +strongest cities in the world. Boniface besieged both cities at once. +James of Avesnes, with many other good men, remained before Corinth, +and the rest encamped before Napoli, and laid siege to it. + +Then befell a certain adventure in the land. For Geoffry of +Villehardouin, who was nephew to Geofiry of Villehardouin, Marshal of +Roumania and Champagne, being his brother's son, was moved to leave +Syria with the company that came to Constantinople. But wind and +chance carried him to the port of Modon, and there his ship was +injured, so that, of necessity, it behoved him to winter in that +country. And a Greek, who was a great lord of the land, knew of it, +and came to him, and did him much honour, and said: " Fair Sir, the +Franks have conquered Constantinople, and elected an emperor. If thou +wilt make alliance with me, I will deal with thee in all good faith, +and we together Will conquer much land." So they made alliance on +oath, the Greek and Geoffry of Villehardouin, and conquered together a +great part of the country, and Geoffry of Villehardouin found much +good faith in the Greek. + +But adventures happen as God wills, and sickness laid hold of the +Greek, and he made an end and died. And the Greek's son rebelled +against Geoffry of ViHehardouin, and betrayed him, and the castles in +which Geoffry had set a garrison turned against him. Now he heard tell +that the marquis was besieging Napoli, so he went towards him with as +many men as he could collect, and rode through the land for some six +days in very great peril, and thus came to the carnp, where he was +received right willingly, and much honoured by the marquis and all who +were there. And this was but right, seeing he was very honourable and +valiant, and a good knight. + +86 + +EXPLOITS OF WILLIAM OF CHAMPLITTE AND GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN, THE NEPHEW, + IN MOREA + +The marquis would have given him land and possessions so that he might +remain with him, but he would not, and spoke to William of Champlitte, +who was his friend, and said: " Sir, I come from a land that is very +rich, and is called Morea. Take as many men as you can collect, and +leave this host, and let us go and conquer that land by the help of +God. And that which you will give me out of our conquests, I will hold +from you, and I will be your liegeman." knd William of Champlitte, who +greatly trusted and loved him, went to the marquis, and told him of +the matter, and the marquis allowed of their going. + +So William of Champlitte and Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) +departed from the host, and took with them about a hundred knights, +and a great number of mounted sergeants, and entered into the land of +Morea, and rode onwards till they came to the city of Modon. Michael +heard that they were in the land with so few people, and he collected +together a great number of people, a number that was marvellous, and +he rode after them as one thinking they were all no better than +prisoners, and in his hand. + +And when they heard'tell that he was coming, they refortified Modon, +where the defences had long since been pulled down, and there left +their baggage, and the lesser folk. Then they rode out a day's march, +and ordered their array with as many people as they had. But the odds +seemed too great, for they had no more than five hundred men mounted, +whereas on the other part there were well over five thousand. But +events happen as God pleases; for our people fought with the Greeks ' +and discomfited and conquered them. And the Greeks lost very heavily, +while those on our side gained horses and arms enough, and other goods +in very great plenty, and so returned very happy, and very joyously, +to the city of Modon. + +Afterwards they rode to a city called Coron, on the sea, and besieged +it. And they had not besieged it long before it surrendered, and +William gave it to Geoffry of Villehardouin (the nephew) and he became +his liegeman, and set therein a garrison of his men. Next they went to +a castle called Chale- + +87 + +mate which was very strong and fair, and besieged it. This castle +troubled them for a very long space, but they remained before it till +it was taken. Then did more of the Greeks of that land surrender than +had done aforetiine. + + SIEGE OF NAPOLI AND CORINTH; ALLIANCE BETWEEN THE GREEKS AND JOHANNIZZA + +The Marquis of Montferrat besieged Napoli, but he could there do +nothing, for the place was too strong, and his men suffered greatly. +James of Avesnes, meanwhile, continued to besiege Corinth, where he +had been left by the marquis. Leon Sgure, who was in Corinth, and very +wise and wily, saw that James had not many people with him, and did +not keep good watch. So one morning, at the break of day, he issued +from the city in force, and got as far as the tents, and killed many +before they could get to their armour. . There was killed Dreux of +Estruen, who was very honourable and valiant, and greatly was he +lamented. And James of Avesnes, who was in command, waxed very wroth +at the death of his knight, and did not leave the fray till he was +wounded in the leg right grievously. And well did those who were +present bear witness that it was to his doughtiness that they owed +their safety; for you must know that they came very near to being all +lost. But by God's help they drove the Greeks back into the castle by +force. + +Now the Greeks, who were very disloyal, still nourished treachery in +their hearts. They perceived at that time that the Franks were so +scattered over the land that each had his own matters to attend to. So +they thought they could the more easily betray them. They took envoys +therefore privily, from all the cities in the land, and sent them to +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who was still at war +with them as he had been aforetime. And they told Johannizza they +would make him emperor, and give themselves wholly to him, and slay +all the Franks. So they swore that they would obey him as their lord, +and he swore that he would defend them as though they were his own +people. Such was the oath sworn. + +88 + + UPRISING OF THE GREEKS AT DEMOTICA AND ADRIANOPLE; THEIR DEFEAT AT + ARCADIOPOLIS + +At that time there happened a great misfortune at Constantinople, for +Count Hugh of St. Paul, who had long been in bed, sick of the gout, +made an end and died; and this caused great sorrow, and was a great +mishap, and much was he bewept by his men and by his friends. He was +buried with great honour in the church of our Lord St. George of +Mangana. + +Now Count Hugh in his lifetime had held a castle called Demotica, +which was very strong and rich, and he had therein some of his knights +and sergeants. The Greeks, who had made oath to the King of Wallachia +that they would kill and betray the Franks, betrayed them in that +castle, and slaughtered many and took many captive. Few escaped, and +those who escaped went flying to a city called Adrianople, which the +Venetians held at that time. + +Not long after the Greeks in Adrianople rose in arms; and such of our +men as were therein, and had been set to guard it, came out in great +peril, and left the city. Tidings thereof came to the Emperor Baldwin +of Constantinople, who had but few men with him, he and Count Louis of +Blois. Much were they then troubled and dismayed. And thenceforth, +from day to day, did evil tidings begin to come to them, that +everywhere the Greeks were rising, and that wherever the Greeks found +Franks occupying the land, they killed them. + +And those who had left Adrianople, the Venetians and the others who +were there, came to a city called Tzurulum, that belonged to the +Emperor Baldwin. There they found William of Blanvel, who kept the +place for the emperor. By the help and comfort that he gave them, and +because he accompanied them with as many men as he could, they turned +back to a city, some twelve lea-ues distant, called Arcadiopolis, +which belonged to the Venetians, and they found it empty. So they +entered in, and put a garrison there. + +On the third day the Greeks of the land gathered together, and came at +the break of dawn before Arcadiopohs; and then began, from all sides, +an assault, great and marvellous. The Franks defended themselves right +well, and opened their + +89 + +gates, and issued forth, attacking vigorously. As was God's will, the +Greeks were discomfited, and those on our side began to cut them down +and to slay them, and then chased them for a league, and killed many, +and captured many horses and much other spoil. + +So the Franks returned with great joy to Arcadiopolis, and sent +tidings of their victory to the Emperor Baldwin, in Constantinople, +who was much rejoiced tliereat. Nevertheless they dared not hold the +city of Arcadiopolis, but left it on the morrow, and abandoned it, and +returned to the city of Tzurulum. Here they remained in very great +doubt, for they misdoubted the Greeks who were in the city as much as +those who were without, because the Greeks in the city had also taken +part in the oath sworn to the King of Wallachia, and were bound to +betray the Franks. And manv there were who did not dare to abide in +Tzurulum, but made their way back to Constantinople. + + THE CRUSADERS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE STRAITS ARE RECALLED TO MARCH ON + ADRIANOPLE - EXPEDITION OF GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN + +Then the Emperor Baldwin and the Doge of Venice, and Count Louis took +counsel together, for they saw they were losing the whole land. And +they settled that the emperor should tell his brother Henry, who was +at Adramittium, to abandon whatsoever conquests he had made, and come +to their succour. + +Count Louis, on his side, sent to Payen of Orlans and Peter of +Bracieux, who were at Lopadium, and to all the people that were with +them, telling them to leave whatsoever conquests they had made, save +Pioa only, that lay on the sea, where they were to set a garrison - +the smallest they could - and that the remainder were to come to their +succour. + +The emperor directed Macaire of Sainte-Menchould, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, who had some hundred knights with +them in Nicomedia, to leave Nicomedia and come to their succour. + +By command of the Emperor Baldwin, Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal +of Champagne and of Roumania, issued from Constantinople, with +Manasses of l'Isle, and Nvith as many men as they could corect, and +these were few enough, seeing + +90 + +that all the land was being lost. And they rode to the city of +Tzurulum, which is distant a three days' journey. There they found +William of Blanvel, and those that were with him, in very great fear, +and much were these reassured at their coming. At that place they +remained four days. The Emperor Baldwin sent after Geoffry the Marshal +as many as he could, of such people as were coming into +Constantinople, so that on the fourth day there were at Tzurulum +eighty knights. + +Then did Geoffry the Marshal move forward, and Manasses of l'Isle, and +their people, and they rode on, and came to the city of Arcadiopolis, +and quartered themselves therein. There they remained a day, and then +moved to a city called Bulgaropolis. The Greeks had avoided this city +and the Franks quartered themselves therein. The following day they +rode to a city called Neguise, which was very fair and strong, and +well furnished with all good things. And they found that the Greeks +had abandoned it, and were all gone to Adrianople. Now Adrianople was +distant nine French leagues, and therein were gathered all the great +multitude of the Greeks. And the Franks decided that they should wait +where they were till the coming of the Emperor Baldwin. + +RENIER OF TRIT ABANDONED AT PHILIPPOPOLIS BY HIS SON AND THE GREATER PART OF + HIS PEOPLE + +Now does this book relate a great marvel: for Renier of Trit, who was +at Philippopolis, a good nine days' journey from Constantinople, with +at least one hundred and twenty knights, was deserted by Reginald his +son, and Giles his brother, and James of Bondies, who was his nephew, +and Achard of Verdun, who had his daughter to wife. And they had taken +some thirty of his knights, and thought to come to Constantinople; and +they had left him, you must know, in great peril. But they found the +country raised against them, and were discomfited; and the Greeks took +them, and afterwards handed them over to the King of Wallachia, who +had their heads cut off. And you must know that they were but little +pitied by the people, because they had behaved in such evil sort to +one whom they were bound to treat quite otherwise. + +And when the other knights of Renier de Trit saw that he + +91 + +was thus abandoned by those who were much more bound to him than +themselves, they felt the less shame, and some eighty together left +him, and departed by another way. So Renier of Trit remained among the +Greeks with very few men, for he had not more than fifteen knights at +Philippopolis and Stanimac-which is a very strong castle which he +held, and where he was for a long time besieged. + + BALDWIN UNDERTAKES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + +We will speak no further now of Renier of Trit but return to the +Emperor Baldwin, who is in Constantinople, with but very few people, +and greatly angered and much distracted. He was waiting for Henry his +brother, and all the people on the other side of the straits, and the +first who came to him from the other side of the straits came from +Nicomedia, viz.: Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, and with them full a hundred +knights. + +When the emperor saw them, he was right glad, and he consulted with +Count Louis, who was Count of Blois and Chartres. And they settled to +go forth, with as many men as they had, to follow Geoffry the Marshal +of Champagne, who had gone before. Alas 1 what a pity it was they did +not wait till all had joined them who were on the other side of the +straits, seeing how few people they had, and how perilous the +adventure on which they were bound. + +So they started from Constantinople, some one hundred and forty +knights, and rode from day to day till they came to the castle of +Neguise, where Geoffry the Marshal was quartered. That night they took +counsel together, and the decision to which they came was, that on the +morrow they should go before Adrianople, and lay siege to it. So they +ordered their battalions, and did for the best with such people as +they had. + +When the morning came, and full daylight, they rode as had been +arranged, and came before Adrianople. And they found it very well +defended, and saw the flags of Johannizza, King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, on the walls and towers; and the city was very strong and +very rich, and very full of people. Then they made an assault, with +very few people, before two of the gates, and this was on the Tuesday +of + +92 + +Palmtide (29th March I205). So did they remain before the city for +three days, in great discomfort, and but few in number. + + THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE CONTINUED WITHOUT RESULT + +Then came Henry Dandolo, the Doge of Venice, who was' an old man and +saw naught. And he brought with him as many people as he had, and +these were quite as many as the Emperor Baldwin and Count Louis had +brought, and he encamped before one of the gates. On the morrow they +were joined by a troop of mounted sergeants, but these might well have +been better men than they proved themselves to be. And the host [note: +meaning here a little obscure. I think, however, the intention of the +origin'd is to state that the host, and not only the sergeants, lacked +supplies] had small store of provisions, because the merchants could +not come with them; nor could they go foraginc, because of the many +Greeks that were spread throughout the land. + +Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming to succour Adrianople with a +very great host; for he brought with him Wallachians and Bulgarians, +and full fourteen thousand Comans who had never been baptised. + +Now because of the dearth of provisions, Count Louis of Blois and +Chartres went foraging on Palm Sunday. With him went Stephen of +Perche, brother of Count Geoffry of Perche, and Renaud of Montmirail, +who was brother of Count Herve of Nevers, and Gervais of Chtel, and +more than half of the host. They went to a castle called Peutace, and +found it well garrisoned with Greeks, and assailed it with great force +and fury; but they were able to achieve nothing, and so retreated +without taking anv spoils. Thus they remained during the week of the +two'Easters (Palm Sunday to Easter Day), and fashioned engines of +divers sorts, and set such miners as they had to work underground and +so undermine the wall. And thus did they celebrate Easter (10th April) +before Adrianople, being but few in number and scant of provisions. + +93 + + JOHANNIZZA, KING OF WALLACHIA, COMES TO RELIEVE ADRIANOPLE + +Then came tidings that Johannizza, King of Wallachia, was coming upon +them to relieve the city. So they set their affairs in order, and it +was arranged that Geoffry the Marshal, and Manasses of l'Isle should +guard the camp, and that the Emperor Baldwin and all the remainder of +the host should issue from the camp if so be that johanizza came and +offered battle. + +Thus they remained till the Wednesday of Easter week, and Johannizza +had by that time approached so near that he encamped at about five +leagues from us. And he sent his Comans running before our camp, and a +cry was raised throughout the camp, and our men issued therefrom +helterskelter, and pursued the Comans for a full league very +foolishly; for when they wished to return, the Comans began to shoot +at them in grievous wise, and wounded a good many of their horses. + +So our men returned to the camp, and the barons were summoned to the +quarters of the Emperor Baldwin. And they took counsel, and all said +that they had dealt foolishly in thus pursuing people who were so +lightly armed. And in the end they settled that if Johannizza came on +again, they would issue forth, and set themselves in array of battle +before the camp, and there wait for him, and not move from thence. And +they had it proclaimed throughout the host that none should be so rash +as to disregard this order, and move from his post for any cry or +tumult that might come to his ears. And it was settled that Geoffry +the Marshal should keep guard on the side of the city, with Manasses +of l'Isle. + +So they passed that night till the Thursday morning in Easter week, +when they heard mass and ate their dinner. And the Comans ran up to +their tents, and a cry arose, and they ran to arms, and issued from +the camp with all their battalions in array, as had afore been +devised. + +94 + + DEFEAT OF THE CRUSADERS-BALDWIN TAKEN PRISONER + +Count Louis went out first with his battalion, and began to follow +after the Comans, and sent to urge the emperor to come after him. +Alas! how ill did they keep to what had been settled the night before! +For they ran in pursuit of the Comans for at least two leagues, and +joined issue with them, and chased them a long space. And then the +Comans turned back upon them, and began to cry out and to shoot. + +On our side there were battalions made up of other people than +knights, people having too little knowledge of arms, and they began to +wax afraid and be discomfited. And Count Louis, who had been the first +to attack, was wounded in two places full sorely; and the Comans and +Wallachians began to invade our ranks; and the count had fallen, and +one of his knights, whose name was John of Friaise, dismounted, and +set him on his horse. Many were Count Louis' people who said: "Sir, +get you hence, for you are too sorely wounded, and in two places." And +he said: "The Lord God forbid that ever I should be reproached with +flying from the field, and abandoning the emperor." + +The emperor, who was in great straits on his side, recalled his +people, and he told them that he would not fly, and that they were to +remain with him: and well do those who were there present bear witness +that never did knight defend himself better with his hands than did +the emperor. This combat lasted a long time. Some were there who did +well, and some were there who fled. In the end, for so God suffers +misadventures to occur, they were discomfited. There on the field +remained the Emperor Baldwin, who never would fly, and Count Louis; +the Emperor Baldwin was taken alive and Count Louis was slain. + +Alas! how woful was our loss! There was lost the Bishop Peter of +Bethlehem, and Stephen of Perche, brother to Count Geoffry, and Renaud +of Montmirail, brother of the Count of Nevers, and Matthew of +Wallincourt, and Robert of Ronsoi, John of Friaise, Walter of Neuilli, +Ferri of Yerres, John his brother, Eustace of Heumont, John his +brother, Baldwin of Neuville, and many more of whom the book does + +95 + +not here make mention. Those who were able to escape, they came back +flying to the camp. + + THE CRUSADERS RAISE THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + +When Geoffry the Marshal of Champagne, who was keeping guard at one of +the gates of the cityo , saw this he issued from the camp as soon as +he could, with all the men that were with him, and gave command to +Manasses of lisle, who was on guard at another gate, that he should +follow after him. And he rode forth with all his force at full speed, +and in full array, to meet the fugitives, and the fugitives all +rallied round him. And Manasses of l'Isle followed as soon as he was +able, with his men, and joined himself to him, so that together they +formed a very strong body; and all those who came out of the rout, and +whom they could stop, were taken into their ranks. + +The rout was thus stayed between Nones and Vespers. But the most part +of the fugitives were so afeared that they fled right before them till +they came to the tents and quarters. Thus was the rout stayed, as you +have heard; and the Comans, with the Wallachians and Greeks, who were +in full chace, ceased their pursuit. But these still galled our force +with their bows and arrows, and the men of our force kept still with +their faces turned towards them. Thus did both sides remain till +nightfall, when the Comans and Wallachians began to retire. + +Then did Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne and +Roumania, summon to the camp the Doge of Venice, who was an old man +and saw naught, but very wise and brave and vigorous; and he asked the +Doge to come to him there where he stood with his men, holding the +field; and the Doge did so. And when the Marshal saw him, he called +him into council, aside, all alone, and said to him: "Lord, you see +the misadventure that has befallen us. We have lost the Emperor +Baldwin and Count Louis, and the larger part of our people, and of the +best. Now let us bethink ourselves how to save what is left. For if +God does not take pity of them, we are but lost." + +And in the end they settled it thus: that the Doge would return to the +camp, and put heart into the people, and order that every one should +arm and remain quiet in his tent or + +96 + +pavilion; and that Geoffry the Marshal would remain in full order of +battle before the camp till it was night, so that their enemies might +not see the host move; and that when it was night all would move from +before the city; the Doge of Venice would go before, and Geoffry the +Marshal would form the rear-guard, with those who were with him. + + RETREAT OF THE CRUSADERS + +Thus they waited till it was night; and when it was night the Doge of +Venice left the camp, as had been arranged, and Geoffry the Marshal +formed the rear-guard. And they departed at foot pace, and took with +them all their people mounted and dismounted, the wounded as well +those who were whole-they left not one behind. And they journeyed +towards a city that lies upon the sea, called Rodosto, and that was +full three days' journey distant. So they departed from Adrianople, as +you have heard; and this adventure befell in the year of the +Incarnation of Jesus Christ twelve hundred and five. + +And in the night that the host left Adrianople, it happened that a +company started to get to Constantinople earlier, and by a more direct +way; and they were greatly blamed therefor. In this company was a +certain count from Lombardy named Gerard, who came from the land of +the marquis, and Odo of Ham, who was lord of a castle called Ham in +Vermandois, and John of Maseroles, and many others to the number of +twenty-five knights, whom the book does not name. And they went away +so fast after the discomfiture, which had taken place on the Thursday +evening, that they came to Constantinople on the Saturday night, +though it was ordinarilyagoodfivedays'journey. Andtheytoldthenews to +the Cardinal Peter of Capua, who was there by the authority of +Innocent Pope of Rome, and to Conon of Bthune, who guarded the city, +and to Miles the Brabant, and to the other good men in the city. And +you must know that these were greatly affeared, and thought of a +certainty that all the rest, who had been left before Adrianople, were +lost, for they had no news of them. + +97 + + PETER OF BRACIEUX AND PAYEN OF ORLEANS MEET THE RETREATING HOST + +Now will we say no more about those at Constantinople, who were in +sore trouble, but go back to the Doge of Venice and Geoffry the +Marshal, who marched all the night that they left Adrianople, till the +dawn of the following day; and then they came to a city called +Pamphyle. Now listen and you shall hear how adventures befall as God +wills: for in that city had lain during the night, Peter of Bracieux +and Payen of Orldans, and all the men belonging to the land of Count +Louis, at least a hundred very good knights and one hundred and forty +mounted sergeants, and they were coming from the other side of the +straits to join the host at Adrianople. + +When they saw the host coming, they ran to their arms nght nimbly, for +they thought we were the Greeks. So they armed themselves, and sent to +know what people we were, when their messengers discovered that we +were the host retreating after our discomfiture. So the messengers +went back, and told them that the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and their +lord Count Louis, of whose land and country they were, and of whose +following. + +Sadder news could they not have heard. There might you have seen many +tears wept, and many hands wrung for sorrow and pity. And they went +on, all an-ned as they were, till they came to where Geoffry, the +Marshal of Champagne, was keeping guard in the rear, in very great +anxiety and misease. For Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, had come at the point of day before Adrianople with all his +host, and found that we had departed, and so ridden after us till it +was full day; and when he found us not, he was full of grief; and well +was it that he found us not, for if he had found us we must all have +been lost beyond recovery. + +"Sir," said Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orlans to Geoffry the +Marshal, "what would you have us do? We will do whatever you wish." +And he answered them: " You see how matters stand with us. You are +fresh and unwearied, and your horses also; therefore do you keep guard +in the rear, and I will go forward and hold in hand our people, who +are greatly dismayed and in sore need of comfort." To this they +consented right willingly. So they + +98 + +established the rearguard duly and efficiently, and as men who well +knew how, for they were good knights and honourable. + + THE HOST REACHES RODOSTO + +Geoffry the Marshal rode before and led the host, and rode till he +came to a city called Cariopolis. Then he saw that the horses were +weary with marching all night, and entered into the city, and put them +up till noon. And they gave food to their horses, and ate themselves +of what they could find, and that was but little. + +So they remained all the day in that city until night. And Johannizza, +the King of Wallachia, had followed them all the day with all his +powers, and encamped about two leaaues from them. And when it was +night, those in the city all armed themselves and departed. Geoffry +the Marshal led the van, and those formed the rear-guard who had +formed it during the day. So they rode through that night, and the +following day (16th April) in great fear and much hardship, till they +came to the city of Rodosto, a city very rich and very strong, and +inhabited by Greeks. These Greeks did not dare to defend themselves, +so our people entered in and took quarters; so at last were they in +safety. + +Thus did the host escape from Adrianople, as you have heard. Then was +a council held in the city of Rodosto; and it seemed to the council +that Constantinople was in greater jeopardy than they were. So they +took messengers, and sent them by sea, telling them to travel night +and day, and to advise those in the city not to be anxious about +them-for they had escaped-and that they would repair back to +Constantinople as soon as they could. + + SEVEN THOUSAND PILGRIMS LEAVE THE CRUSADERS + +At the time when the messengers arrived, there were in Constantinople +five ships of Venice, very large and very good, laden with pilgrims, +and knights and sergeants, who were leaving the land and returning to +their own countries. There were at least seven thousand men at arms in +the ships, and one was William the advocate of Bthune, and there were +besides Baldwin of Aubigny, and John of Virsin, who be- + +99 + +longed to the land of Count Louis, and was his liegeman, and at least +one hundred other knights, whom the book does not here name. Master +Peter of Capua, who was cardinal from the Pope of Rome, Innocent, and +Conon of Bthune, who commanded in Constantinople, and Miles the +Brabant, and a great number of other men of mark, went to the five +ships, and prayed those who were in them, with sighs and tears, to +have mercy and pity upon Christendom, and upon their liege lords who +had been lost in battle, and to remain for the love of God. But they +would not listen to a single word, and left the port. They spread +their sails, and went their way, as God ordained, in such sort that +the wind took them to the port of Rodosto; and this was on the day +following that on which those who had escaped from the discomfiture +came thither. + +The same prayers, with tears and weeping, that had been addressed to +them at Constantinople-those same prayers were now addressed to them +at Rodosto; and Geoffry the Marshal, and those who were with him, +besought them to have mercy and pity on the land, and remain, for +never would they be able to succour any land in such dire need. They +replied that they would consult together, and give an answer on the +morrow. + +And now listen to the adventure which befell that night in the city. +There was a knight from the land of Count Louis, called Peter of +Frouville, who was held in honour, and of great name. The same fled by +night, and left all his baggage and his people, and gat himself to the +ship of John of Virsin, who was from the land of Count Louis of Blois +and Chartres. And those on board the five ships, who in the morning +were to give their answer to Geoffry the Marshal and to the Doge of +Venice, so soon as they saw the day, they spread their sails, and went +their way without word said to any one. Much and great blame did they +receive, both in the land whither they went, and in the land they had +left; and he who received most blame of all was Peter of Frouville. +For well has it been said that he is but ill-advised who, through fear +of death, does what will be a reproach to him for ever. + +100 + + MEETING OF MANY OF THE CRUSADERS-HENRY, THE BROTHER OF BALDWIN, IS MADE + REGENT + +Now let us speak of these last no farther, but speak of Henry, brother +to the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, who had left Adramittium, +which he had conquered, and passed the straits at the city of Abydos, +and was coming towards Adrianople to succour the Emperor Baldwin, his +brother. And with him had come the Armenians of the land, who had +helped him against the Greeks-some twenty thousand with all their +wives and children-for they dared not remain behind. + +Then came to him the news, by certain Greeks, who had escaped from the +discomfiture, that his brother the Emperor Baldwin was lost, and Count +Louis, and the other barons. Afterwards came the news of those who had +escaped and were at Rodosto; and these asked him to make all the haste +he could, and come to them. And because he wanted to hasten as much as +he could, and reach them earlier, he left behind the Armenians, who +travelled on foot, and had with them chariots, and their wives and +children; and inasmuch as these could not come on so fast, and he +thought they would travel safely and without hurt, he went forward and +encamped in a village called Cartopolis. + +On that very day came thither the nephew of Geoffry the Marshal, +Anseau of Courcelles, whom Geoffry had summoned from the parts of +Macre, Trajanopolis, and the Baie, lands that had been bestowed upon +him; and with Anseau came the people from PhilippoPolis, who had left +Renier of Trit. This company held full a hundred good knights, and +full five hundred mounted sergeants, who all were on their way to +Adrianople to succour the Emperor Baldwin. But tidings had come to +them, as to the others, that the emperor had been defeated, so they +turned to go to Rodosto, and came to encamp at Cartopolis, the village +where Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was then encamped. +And when Baldwin's men saw them coming, they ran to arms, for they +thought they were Greeks, and the others thought the same of Baldwin's +men. And so they advanced till they became known to one another, and +each was right glad of the other's + +101 + +coming, and felt all the safer; and they quartered themselves in the +village that night until the morrow. + +On the morrow they left, and rode straight towards Rodosto, and came +that night to the city; and there they found the Doge of Venice and +Geoffry the Marshal, and all who had escaped from the late +discomfiture; and right glad were these to see them. Then were many +tears shed for sorrow by those who had lost their friends. Ah, God! +what pity it was that those men now assembled had not been at +Adrianople with the Emperor Baldwin, for in that case would nothing +have been lost. But such was not God's pleasure. + +So they sojoumed there on the following day, and the day after, and +arranged matters; and Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, was +received into lordship, as regent of the empire, in lieu of his +brother. + +And then misfortune came upon the Armenians, who were coming after +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, for the people of the land +gathered together and discomfited the Armenians, so that they were all +taken, killed or lost. + +RETURN TO CONSTANTINOPLE - APPEALS FOR HELP SENT TO THE POPE, AND TO FRANCE + AND TO OTHER LANDS - DEATH OF THE DOGE + +Johannizza., King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, had with him all his +power, and he occupied the whole land; and the country, and the +cities, and the castles held for him; and his Comans over-ran the land +as far as Constantinople. Henry the regent of the empire, and the Doge +of Venice, and Geoffry the Marshal, were still at Rodosto, which is a +three days' journey from Constantinople. And they took council, and +the Doge of Venice set a garrison of Venetians in Rodosto -for it was +theirs. And on the morrow they put their forces in array, and rode, +day by day, towards Constantinople. + +When they reached Selymbria, a city which is two days' journey from +Constantinople, and belonged to the Emperor Baldwin, Henry his brother +set there a garrison of his people, and they rode with the rest to +Constantinople, where they were received right willingly, for the +people were in great terror. Nor is that to be wondered at, for they +had lost so much of the country, that outside Constantinople they only +held Rodosto and Selymbria; the whole of the rest of the + +102 + +country being held by Johannizza, King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. And +on the other side of the straits of St. George, they held no more than +the castle of Piga, while the rest of the land was in the hands of +Theodore Lascaris. + +Then the barons decided to send to the Apostle of Rome, Innocent, and +to France and Flanders, and to other lands, to ask for succour. And +for this purpose were chosen as envoys Nevelon, Bishop of Soissons, +and Nicholas of Mailly, and John Bliaud. The rest remained in +Constantinople, in great distress, as men who stood in fear of losing +the land. So they remained till Pentecost (29th May 1205). And within +this time a very great misfortune happened to the host, for Henry +Dandolo was taken sick; so he made an end and died, and was buried +with great honour in the church of St. Sophia. + +When Pentecost had come, Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, had pretty well had his will of the land; and he could no +longer hold his Comans to-ether, because they were unable to keep the +field during the summer; so the Comans departed to their own country. +And he, with all his host of Bulgarians and Greeks, marched against +the marquis towards Salonika. And the marquis, who had heard the news +of the discomfiture of the Emperor Baldwin, raised the siege of +Napoli, and went to Salonika with as many men as he could collect, and +garrisoned it. + + THE REGENT OBTAINS CERTAIN ADVANTAGES OVER THE GREEKS + +Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin of Constantinople, with as +many people as he could gather, marched against the Greeks to a city +called Tzurulum, which is a three days' journey from Constantinople. +This city surrendered, and the Greeks swore fealty to him-an oath +which at that time men observed badly. From thence he marched to +Arcadiopolis, and found it void, for the Greeks did not dare to await +his coming. And from thence again he rode to the city of Bizye, which +was very strong, and well garrisoned with Greeks; and this city too +surrendered. Aferwards he rode to the city of Napoli (Apros) which +also remained well garrisoned with Greeks. + +As our people were preparing for an assault, the Greeks within the +city asked to negotiate for capitulation. But + +103 + +while they thus negotiated, the men of the host effected an entrance +into the city on another side, and Henry the Regent of the empire and +those who were negotiating knew nothing of it. And this proved very +disastrous to the Greeks. For the Franks, who had effected an +entrance, began to slaughter them, and to seize their goods, and to +take all that they had. So were many killed and taken captive. In this +wise was Napoli (Apros) captured; and the host remained there three +days. And the Greeks were so terrified by this slaughter, that they +abandoned all the cities and castles of the land, and fled for refuge +to Adrianople and Demotica, which were very strong and good cities. + + SERES SURRENDERS TO JOHANNIZZA - HE FORFEITS HIS WORD + +At that time it happened that Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria, with all his host, marched against the marquis, towards a +city called Seres. And the marquis had set a strong garrison of his +people in the city, for he had set there Hugh of Colemi, who was a +very good knight, and hi,h in rank, and William of Arles, who was his +marshal, and great part of his best men. And Johannizza, the King of +Wallachia besieged them; nor had he been there long before he took the +burgh by force. And at the taking of the burgh a great misfortune +befell, for Hugh of Colemi was killed; he was struck through the eye. + +When he was killed, who was the best of them all, the rest of the +garrison were greatly afeared. They drew back into the castle, which +was very strong; and Johannizza besieged them, and erected his +petraries and mangonels. Nor had he besieged them long before they +began to talk about surrendering, for which they were afterwards +blamed, and incurred great reproach. And they agreed to yield up the +castle to Johannizza, and Johannizza on his side caused twenty-five of +the men of highest rank that he had to swear to them that they should +be taken, safe and sound, with all their horses, and all their arms, +and all their baggage, to Salonika, or Constantinople, or +Hungary-wMchever of the three it liked them best. + +In this manner was Seres surrendered, and Johannizza caused the +besieged to come forth from the castle and en- + +104 + +camp near him in the fields; and he treated them with much fair +seeming, and sent them presents. So he kept them for three days, and +then he lied and foreswore his promises; for he had them taken, and +spoiled of their goods, and led away to Wallachia, naked, and unshod, +and on foot. The poor and the mean people, who were of little worth, +he sent into Hungary; and as for the others, he caused their heads to +be cut off. Of such mortal treachery was the KinL, of Wallachia +guilty, as you have heard. Here'did the host suffer grievous loss, one +of the most dolorous that ever it suffered. And Johannizza had the +castle and city razed, and went on after the marquis. + + THE REGENT BESIEGES ADRIANOPLE IN VAIN + +Henry, the Regent of the empire, with all his power, rode towards +Adrianople, and laid siege to it; and he was in great peril, for there +were many, both within and without the city who so hemmed him in, he +and his people, that they could scantl buy provisions, or go foraging. +Therefore they enclosed their camp with palisades and barriers, and +told off part of their men to keep guard within the palisades and +barriers, while the others attacked the city. + +And they devised machines of divers kinds, and scaling ladders, and +many other engines, and wrought diligently to take the city. But they +could not take it, for the city was very strong and well furnished for +defence. So matters went ill with them, and many of their people were +wounded; and one of their good knights, Peter of Bracieux, was struck +on the forehead from a mangonel, and brought near to death; but he +recovered, by the will of God, and was taken away in a litter. + +When they saw that they could in no wise prevail against the city, +Henry the Regent of the empire, and the French host departed. And +greatly were they harassed by the people of the land and by the +Greeks; and they rode -from day to day till they came to a city called +Pamphyle, and lodged there, and sojourned in it for two months. And +they made thence many forays towards Demotica and the country round +about, where they captured much cattle, and other booty. So the host +remained in those parts till the beginning of winter; and supplies +came to them from Rodosto, and from the sea. + +105 + + DESTRUCTION OF PHILIPPOPOLIS BY JOHANNIZZA + +Now let us leave speaking of Henry, the Regent of the empire, and +speak of Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had taken +Seres, as you have already heard, and killed by treachery those who +had surrendered to him. Afterwards he had ridden towards Salonika, and +sojoumed thereby a long while, and wasted a great part of tfle land. +The Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was at Salonika, very wroth, and +sorrowing greatly for the loss of his lord the Emperor Baldwin, and +for the other barons, and for his castle of Seres that he had lost, +and for his men. + +And when Johannizza saw that he could do nothing more, he retired +towards his own land, with all his force. And the people in +Philippopolis-which belonged to Renier of Trit, for the Emperor +Baldwin had bestowed it upon him-heard tell how the Emperor Baldwin +was lost, and many of his barons, and that the marquis had lost Seres; +and they saw that the relatives of Renier of Trit, and his own son and +his nephew, had abandoned him, and that he had with him but very few +people; and they deemed that the Franks would never be in power again. +So a great part of the people, who were Paulicians, [Note: An Eastem +sect. They believed, among other things, that all matter is evfl, and +that Christ suffered in appearance only.] betook themselves to +Johannizza, and surrendered themselves to him, and said: " Sire, ride +to Philippopolis, or send thither thy host, and we will deliver the +whole city into thy hands." + +When Renier of Trit, who was in the city, knew of this, he doubted not +that they would yield up the city to Johannizza. So he issued forth +with as many people as he could collect, and left at the point of day, +and came to one of the outlying quarters of the city where dwelt the +Paulicians who had repaired to Johannizza, and he set fire to that +quarter of the city, and burned a great part of it. Then he went to +the castle of Stanimac, which was at three leagues' distance, and +garrisoned by his people, and entered therein. And in this castle he +lay besieged for a long while, some thirteen months, in great distress +and great poverty, so that for famine they ate their horses. He was +distant a nine + +106 + +days' journey from Constantinople, and could neither obtain tidings +therefrom, nor send tidings thither. + +Then did Johannizza send his host before Philippopolis; nor had he +been there long before those who were in the city surrendered it to +him, and he promised to spare their lives. And after he had promised +to spare their lives, he first caused the archbishop of the city to be +slain, and the men of rank to be flayed alive, and certain others to +be burned, and certain others to have their heads cut off, and the +rest he caused to be driven away in chains. And the city he caused to +be pulled down, with its towers and walls; and the high palaces and +rich houses to be burned and utterly destroyed. Thus was destroyed the +noble city of Philippopolis, one of the three finest cities in the +empire of Constantinople. + + THE REGENT SETS GARRISONS IN SUCH PLACES AS HE STILL HELD + +Now let us leave off speaking of those who were at Philippopolis, and +of Renier of Trit, who is shut up in Stanimac, and return to Henry, +the brother of the Emperor Baldwin, who had sojourned at Pamphyle till +the beginning of winter. Then he took council with his men and with +his barons; and they decided to set a garrison in a city called +Rusium, which was situate at a place rich and fertile in the middle of +the land; and the chiefs placed over this garrison were Thierri of +Loos, who was seneschal, and Thierri of Tenremonde, who was constable. +And Henry,,the Regent of the empire, gave to them at least seven score +knights, and a great many mounted sergeants, and ordered them to +maintain the war against the Greeks, and to guard the marches. + +And he himself went with the rest of his people to the city of Bizye, +and placed a garrison there; and left in command Anseau of Cayeux, and +confided to him at least six score knights, and a great many mounted +sergeants. Another city, called Arcadiopolis was garrisoned by the +Venetians. And the city of Napoli was restored by the brother of the +Emperor Baldwin to Vemas, who had to wife the sister [Agnes, sister to +Philip Augustus, King of France] of the King of France, and was a +Greek who sided with us; and except he, no other Greek was on our +part. And those who were in these cities maintained the war against +the Greeks, + +107 + +and made many forays. Henry himself returned to Constantinople with +the rest of his men. + +Now Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, though rich and of +great possessions, never forgat his own interests, but raised a great +force of Comans and Wallachians. And when it came to three weeks after +Christmas, he sent these men into the land of Roumania to help those +at Adrianople and Demotica; and the latter, being now in force, grew +bolder and rode abroad with the greater assurance. + + DEFEAT OF THE FRANKS NEAR RUSIUM + +Thierri of Tenremonde, who was chief and constable, made a foray on +the fourth day before the feast of St. Mary Candlemas (30th January +1206); and he rode all night, having six score knights with him, and +left Rusium with but a small garrison. When it was dawn, he came to a +village where the Comans and Wallachians were encamped, and surprised +them in such sort that those who were in the village were unaware of +their coming. They killed a good many of the Comans and Wallachians, +and captured some forty of their horses; and when they had done this +execution, they turned back towards Rusium. + +And on that very night the Comans and Wallachians had ridden forth to +do us hurt; and there were some seven thousand of them. They came in +the morning before Rusium, and were there a lono, space; and the +garrison, which was but small, closed the gates, and mounted the +walls; and the Comans and Wallachians turned back. They had not gone +more than a league and a half from the city, when they met the company +of the French under the command of Thierri of Tenremonde. So soon as +the French saw them advancing, they formed into their four battalions, +with intent to draw into Rusium in slow time; for they knew that if, +by God's grace, they could come thither, they would then be in safety. + +The Comans, and the Wallachians, and the Greeks of the land rode +towards them, for they were in very great force. And they came upon +the rear-guard, and began to harass it full sorely. Now the rear-guard +was formed of the men of Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, and had +returned to Constantinople, and his brother Villain was now in +command. + +108 + +And the Comans and Wallachians and Greeks pressed them very hard, and +wounded many of their horses. Loud were the cries and fierce the +onslaught, so that by main force and pure distress they drove the +rear-guard back on the battalion of Andrew of Urboise and John of +Choisy; and in this manner the Franks retreated, suffering greatly. + +The enemy renewed their onslaught so fiercely that they drove the +Franks who were nearest to them back on the battalion of Thierri of +Tenremonde, the constable. Nor was it long before they drove them back +still further on to the battalions led by Charles of the Frne. And +now the Franks had retreated, sore harassed, till they were within +half a mile of Rusium. And the others ever pressed upon them more +hardily; and the battle went sore against them, and many were wounded, +and of their horses. So, as God will suffer misadventures, they could +endure no further, but were discomfited; for they were heavily armed, +and their enemies lightly; and the latter began to slaughter them. + +Alas! well might Christendom rue that day! For of all those six score +knights did not more than ten escape who were not killed or taken; and +those who escaped came flying into Rusiiim, and rejoined their own +people. There was slain Thierri of Tenremonde, the constable, Orri of +l'Isle, who was a good knight and highly esteemed, and John of +Pompone, Andrew of Urboise, John of Choisy, Guy of Conflans, Charles +of the Frne, Villain the brother of Thierri the seneschal. Nor can +this book tell the names of all who were then killed or taken. On that +day happened one of the greatest mishaps, and the most grievous that +ever befell to the Christendom of the land of Roumania, and one of the +most pitiful. + +he Comans and Greeks and Wallachians retired, having done according to +their will in the land, and won many good horses and good hawberks. +And this misadventure happened on the day before the eve of our Lady +St. Mary Candlemas (31st January 1206). And the remnant who had +escaped from the discomfiture, together with those who had been in +Rusium. escaped from the city, so soon as it was night, and went all +night flying, and came on the morrow to the city of Rodosto. + +109 + + NEW INVASION OF JOHANNIZZA; RUIN OF NAPOLI + +This dolorous news came to Henry the Regent of the empire, while he +was going in procession to the shrine of our Lady of Blachemae, on the +day of the feast of our Lady St. Mary Candlemas. And you must know +that many were then dismayed in Constantinople, and they thought of a +truth that the land was but lost. And Henry, the Regent of the empire, +decided that he would place a garrison in Selymbria, which was a two +days' journey from Constantinople, and he sent thither Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould, with fifty knights to garrison the city. + +Now when tidings came to Johannizza, King of Wallachia. as to how his +people had fared, he was very greatly rejoiced'; for they had killed +or taken a very great part of the best men in the French host. So he +sent throughout all his lands to collect as many people as he could, +and raised a great host of Comans, and Greeks and Wallachians, and +entered into Roumania. And the greater part of the cities held for +him, and all the castles; and he had so large a host that it was a +marvel. + +When the Venetians heard tell that he was coming with so great a +force, they abandoned Arcadiopolis. And Johannizza rode with all his +hosts till he came to Napoli, which was garrisoned by Greeks and +Latins, and belonged to Vemas, who had to wife the empress, the sister +of the King of France; and of the Latins was chief Bgue of Fransures, +a knight of the land of the Beauvaisais. And Johannizza, the King of +Wallachia, caused the city to be assaulted, and took it by force. + +There was so great a slaughter of people killed, that it was a marvel. +And Bgue of Fransures was taken before Johannizza, who had him killed +incontinently, together with all, whether Greek or Latin, who were of +any account; and all the meaner folk, and women and children, he +caused to, be led away captive to Wallachia. Then did he cause all the +city-which was verv good and very rich, and in a good land, to be cast +down and utterly destroyed. Thus was the city of Napoli rased to the +ground as you have heard. + +110 + + DESTRUCTION OF RODOSTO + +Twelve leagues thence lay the city of Rodosto, on the sea. Tt was very +strong, and rich, and large, and very well garrisoned by Venetians, +And besides all this, there had come thither a body of sergeants, some +two thousand strong, and they had also come to guard the city. When +they heard that Napoli had been taken by force, and that Johannizza +had caused all the people that were therein to be put to death, they +fell in to such terror that they were utterly confounded and foredone. +As God suffers misadventures to fall upon men, so the Venetians rushed +to their ships, helter-skelter, pell-mell, and in such sort that they +almost drowned one another; and the mounted sergeants, who came from +France and Flanders, and other countries, went flying through the +land. + +Now listen and hear how little this served them, and what a +misadventure was their flight; for the city was so strong, and so well +enclosed by good walls and good towers, that no one would ever have +ventured to assault it, and that Johannizza had no thought of going +thither. But when Johannizza, who was full half a day's journey +distant, heard tell that they had fled, he rode thither. The Greeks +who had remained in the city, surrendered, and he incontinently caused +them to be taken, small and great-save those who escaped-and led +captive into Wallachia; and the city he ordered to be destroyed and +rased to the ground. Ah! the loss and dar.,iage! for the city was one +of the best in Roumania, and of the best situated. + + JOHANNIZZA CONTINUES HIS CONQUESTS AND RAVAGES + +Near there was another citv called Panedor, which surrendered to him; +and he caused it to be utterly destroyed, and the people to be led +captive to Wallachia like the people of Rodosto. Afterwards he rode to +the city of Heraclea, that lay by a good seaport, and belonged to the +Venetians, who had left in it but a weak garrison; so he assaulted it, +and took it by force. There aain was a mighty slaughter, and the +remnant that escaped the slaughter he caused to be led captive to +Wallachia, while the city itself he destroyed, as lie had destroyed +the others. + +111 + +Thence he marched to the city of Daonium, which was very strong and +fine; and the people did not dare to defend it. So he caused it to be +destroyed and rased to the ground. Then he marched to the city of +Tzurulum, which had already surrendered to him, and caused it to be +destroyed and rased to the ground, and the people to be led away +captive. And thus he dealt with every castle and city that +surrendered; even though he had promised them safety, he caused the +buildings to be destroyed, and the men and women to be led away +captive; and no covenant that he made did he ever keep. + +Then the Comans and Wallachians scoured the land up to the gates of +Constantinople, where Henry the Regent then was, with as many men as +he could command; and very dolorous was he and very wroth, because he +could not get men enough to defend his land. So the Comans seized the +cattle off the land, and took captive men, women, and children, and +destroyed the cities and castles, and caused such ruin and desolation +that never has man heard tell of greater. + +So they came to a city called Athyra, which was twelve leagues from +Constantinople, and had been given to Payen of Orlans by Henry, the +emperor's brother. This city held a very great number of people, for +the dwellers in the country round about had fled thither; and the +Comans assaulted it, and took it by force. There the slaughter was so +great, that there had been none such in any city where they had been. +And you must know that all the castles and all the cities that +surrendered to Johannizza under promise of safety were destroyed and +rased to the ground, and the people led away captive to Wallachia in +such manner as you have heard. + +And you must know that within five days' journey from Constantinople +there remained nothing to destroy save only the city of Bizye, and the +city of Selymbria, which were garrisoned by the French. And in Bizye +abode Anseau of Cayeux, with six score knights, and in Salymbria abode +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould with fifty knights; and Henry the brother +of the Emperor Baldwin remained in Constantinople with the remainder +of the host. And you may know that their fortunes were at the lowest, +seeing that outside of Constantinople they had kepl& possession of no +more than these two cities. + +112 + + THE GREEKS ARE RECONCILED TO THE CRUSADERS - JOHANNIZZA DESIEGES DEMOTICA + +When the Greeks who were in the host with Johannizza - the same who +had yielded themselves up to him, and rebelled against the Franks - +when they saw how he destroyed their castles and cities, and kept no +covenant with them, they held themselves to be but dead men, and +betrayed. They spoke one to another, and said that as Johannizza had +dealt with other cities, so would he deal with Adrianople and +Demotica, when he returned thither, and that if these two cities were +destroyed, then was Roumania for ever lost. + +So they took messengers privily, and sent them to Vernas in +Constantinople. And they besought Vernas to cry for pity to Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin, and to the Venetians, so that they +might make peace with them; and they themselves, in turn, would +restore Adrianople and Demotica to the Franks; and the Greeks would +all turn to Henry; and the Greeks and Franks dwell together in good +accord. + +So a council was held, and many words were spoken this way and that, +but in the end it was settled that Adrianople and Demotica, with all +their appurtenances, should be bestowed on Vernas and the empress his +wife, who was sister to the King Philip of France, and that they +should do service therefor to the emperor and to the empire. Such was +the convention made and concluded, and so was peace established +between the Greeks and the Franks. + +Johanizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, who had sojourned long +in Roumania, and wasted the country during the whole of Lent, and for +a good while after Easter (2nd April 1206), now retired towards +Adrianople and Demotica, and had it in mind to deal with those cities +as he had dealt with the other cities of the land. And when the Greeks +who were with him saw that he turned towards Adrianople, they began to +steal away, both by day and by night, some twenty, thirty, forty, a +hundred, at a time. + +When he came to Adrianople, he required of those that were within that +they should let him enter, as he had entered elsewhere. But they said +they would not, and spoke thus: "Sire, when we surrendered to thee, +and rebelled against the + +113 + +Franks, thou didst swear to protect us in all good faith, and to keep +us in safety. Thou hast not done so, but hast utterly ruined Roumania; +and we know full well that thou wilt do unto us as thou hast done unto +others." And when Johannizza heard this, he laid siege to Demotica, +and erected round it sixteen large petraries, and began to construct +engines of every kind for the siege, and to waste all the country +round. + +Then did those in Adrianople and Demotica take messengers, and send +them to Constantinople, to Henry, the Regent of the empire, and to +Vemas, and prayed them, for God's sake, to rescue Demotica, which was +being besieged. And when those at Constantinople heard these tidings, +they decided to succour Demotica. But some there were who did not dare +to advise that our people should issue from Constantinople, and so +place in jeopardy the few Christian folk that remained. Nevertheless, +in the end, as you have heard, it was decided to issue forth, and move +on Selymbria. + +The cardinal, who was there as legate on the part of the Pope of Rome, +preached thereon to the people, and promised a full indulgence to all +such as should go forth, and lose their lives on the way. So Henry +issued from Constantinople with as many men as he could collect, and +marched to the city of Selyrnbria; and he encamped before the city for +full eight days. And from day to day came messengers from Adrianople +praying him to have mercy upon them, and come to their relief, for if +he did not come to their relief, they were but lost. + + THE CRUSADERS MARCH TO THE RELIEF OF DEMOTICA + +Then did Henry take council with his barons, and their decision was +that they would go to the city of Bizve, which was a fair city, and +strong. So they did as they had devised, and came to Bizye, and +encamped before the city on the eve of the feast of our Lord St. John +the Baptist, in June (23rd June 1206). And on the day that they so +encamped came messengers from Adrianople, and said to Henry, the +brother of the Emperor Baldwin: "Sire, be it known to thee that if +thou dost not relieve the city of Demotica, it cannot hold out more +than eight days, for Johannizza's petraries have breached the walls in +four places, and his men have twice got on to the walls." + +114 + +Then he asked for counsel as to what he should do. Many were the words +spoken, to and fro; but in the end they said: " Lord, we have come so +far that we shall be for ever shamed if we do not succour Demotica. +Let every man now confess and receive the communion; and then let us +set our forces in array." And it was reckoned that they had with them +about four hundred knights, and of a certainty no more. So they +summoned the messengers who had come from Adrianople, and asked them +how matters stood, and what number of men Johannizza had with him. And +the messengers answered that he had with him at least forty thousand +men-at-arms, not reckoning those on foot, of whom they had no count. + +Ah God! what a perilous battle-so few against so many 1 In the +morning, on the day of the feast of our Lord St. John the Baptist, all +confessed and received the communion, and on the following day they +marched forward. The van was commanded by Geoffry, the Marshal of +Roumania and Champagne, and with him was Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. +The second division was under Conon of Bthune and Miles the Brabant; +the third under Payen of Orlans and Peter of Bracieux; the fourth was +under Anseau of Cayeux; the fifth under Baldwin of Beauvoir; the sixth +under Hugh of Beaumetz; the seventh under Henry, brother of the +Emperor Baldwin; the eighth, with the Flemings, under Walter of +Escornai; Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, commanded the +rear-guard. + +So they rode for three days, all in order; nor did any host ever +advance seeking battle so perilously. For they were in peril on two +accounts; first because they were so few, and those they were about to +attack so many; and secondly, because they did not believe the Greeks, +with whom they had just made peace, would help them heartily. For they +stood in fear lest, when need arose, the Greeks would go over to +Johannizza, who, as you have already heard, had been so near to taking +Demotica. + + JOHANNIZZA RETREATS, FOLLOWED BY THE CRUSADERS + +When Johannizza heard that the Franks were coming, he did not dare to +abide, but burned his engines of war, and broke up his camp. So he +departed from Demotica; and you must know that this was accounted by +all the world as a + +115 + +great miracle. And Henry, the Regent of the empire, came on the fourth +day (28th June) before Adrianople, and pitched his cainp near the +river of Adrianople, in the fairest meadows in the world. When those +who were within the city saw his host coming, they issued forth, +bearing all their crosses, and in procession, and showed such joy as +had never been seen. And well might they rejoice for they had been in +evil case. + +Then came tidings to the host that Johannizza was lodged at a castle +called Rodosto. So in the morning they set forth and marched to those +parts to seek battle; and Johannizza broke up his,camp, and marched +back towards his own land. The host followed after him for five days, +and he as constantly retired before them. On the fifth day they +encamped at a very fair and pleasant place by a castle called Fraim; +and there they sojoumed three days. + +And at this place there was a division in the host, and a company of +valiant men separated themselves therefrom because of a quarrel that +they had with Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin. Of this +company Baldwin of Beauvoir was chief; and Hugh of Beaumetz went with +him, and William of Gommegnies and Dreux of Beaurain. There were some +fifty knights who departed together in that company; and they never +thought the rest would dare to remain in the land in the midst of +their enemies. + + RENIER OF TRIT RELIEVED AND DELIVERED + +Then did Henry, the Regent of the empire, take council with the barons +that were with him; and they decided to ride forward. So they rode +forward for two days, and encamped in a very fair valley, near a +castle called Moniac. The castle yielded itself to them, and they +remained there five days; and then said they would go and relieve +Renier of Trit, who was besieged in Stanimac, and had been shut up +therein for thirteen months. So Henry the Regent of the empire, +remained in the camp, with a great part of the host, and the remainder +went forward to relieve Renier of Trit at Stanimac. + +And you must know that those who went forward went in very great +peril, and that any rescue so full of danger has but seldom been +undertaken, seeing that they rode for three days through the land of +their enemies. In this rescue took part + +116 + +Conon of Bthune, and Geoffry of Villehardouin, Marshal of Roumania +and Champagne, and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould, and Miles the Brabant, +and Peter of Bracieux, and Payen of Orlans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and +Thierri of Loos, and William of Perchoi, and a body of Venetians under +command of Andrew Valre. So they rode forward till they came to the +castle of Stanimac, and approached so near that they could now see it. + +Renier of Trit was on the walls, and he perceived the advanced guard, +which was under Geoffry the Marshal, and the other battalions, +approaching in very good order; and he knew not what people they might +be. And no wonder that he was in doubt, for of a long time he had +heard no tidings of us ; and he thought we were Greeks coming to +besiege him. + +Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and Champagne took certain Turcoples +[soldiers born of a Turkish father atid a Greek mother] and mounted +cross-bowmen and sent them forward to see if they could learn the +condition of the castle; for they knew not if those within it were +alive or dead, seeing that of a long time they had heard no tidings of +them. And when these came before the castle, Renier of Trit and his +men knew them; and you may well think what joy they had 1 They issued +forth and came to meet their friends, and all made great joy of each +other. + +The barons quartered themselves in a very good city that lay at the +foot of the castle, and had aforetime besieged the castle. Then said +the barons that they had often heard tell that the Emperor Baldwin had +died in Johannizza's prison, but that they did not believe it. Renier +of Trit, however, told them of a truth that the emperor was dead, and +then they believed it. Greatly did many then grieve; alas I if only +their grief had not been beyond remedy I + +So they lay that night in the city; and on the morrow they departed, +and abandoned Stanimac. They rode for two days., and on the third they +came to the camp, below the castle of Moniac, that lies on the river +Arta, where Henry, the Emperor's brother, was waiting for them. +Greatly did those of the host rejoice over Renier of Trit, who had +thus been rescued from durance, and great was the credit given to +those who had brought him back, for they had gone for him in great +peril. + +117 + + HENRY CROWNED EMPEROR - JOHANNIZZA RAVAGES THE COUNTRY AGAIN - THE EMPEROR + MARCHES AGAINST HIM + +The barons now resolved that they would go to Constantinople, and +crown Henry, the brother of the Emperor Baldwin as emperor, and leave +in the country Vemas, and all the Greeks of the land, together with +forty knights, whom Henry, the Regent of the empire, would leave with +him. So Henry, the Regent of the empire, and the other barons, went +towards Constantinople, and they rode from day to day till they came +thither, and right well were they received. They crowned Henry as +emperor with great joy and great honour in the church of St. Sophia, +on the Sunday (20th August) after the festival of our Lady St. Mary, +in August. And this was in the year of the Incarnation of our Lord +Jesus Christ twelve hundred and six. + +Now when Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria, heard that +the emperor had been crowned in Constantinople, and that Vemas had +remained in the land of Adrianople and Demotica, he collected together +as large a force as he could. And Vemas had not rebuilt the walls of +Demotica where they had been breached by Johannizza with his petraries +and mangonels, and he had set but a weak garrison therein. So +Johannizza marched on Demotica, and took it, and destroyed it, and +rased the walls to the ground, and overran the whole country, and took +men, women, and children for a prey, and wrought devastation. Then did +those in Adrianople beseech the Emperor Henry to succour them, seeing +that Demotica had been lost in such cruel sort. + +Then did the Emperor Henry summon as many people as he could, and +issued from Constantinople, and rode day by day towards Adrianople, +with all his forces in order. And Johannizza, the King of Wallachia, +who was in the land, when he heard that the emperor was coming, drew +back into his own land. And the Emperor Henry rode forward till he +came to Adrianople, and he encamped outside the city in a meadow. + +Then came the Greeks of the land, and told him that johanriizza, the +King of Wallachia, was carrying off men and women and cattle, and that +he had destroyed Demotica, and wasted the country round; and that he +was still within a + +118 + +day's march. The emperor settled that he would follow after, and do +battle-if so be that Johannizza would abide his coming-and deliver the +men and women who were being led away captive. So he rode after +Johannizza, and Johannizza retired as the emperor advanced, and the +emperor followed him for four days. Then they came to a city called +Veroi. + +When those who were in the city saw the host of the Emperor Henry +approaching, they fled into the mountains and abandoned the city. And +the emperor came with all his host, and encamped before the city, and +found it well furnished with corn and meat, and such other things as +were needful. So they sojourned there for two days, and the emperor +caused his men to overrun the surrounding country, and they obtained a +large booty in beeves and cows and buffaloes, and otl-ler beasts in +very great plenty. Then he departed from Veroi with all his booty, and +rode to another city, a day's journey distant, called Blisnon. And as +the other Greeks had abandoned Veroi, so did the dwellers in Blisnon +abandon their city; and he found it furnished with all things +necessary, and quartered himself there. + + THE EMPEROR MEETS JOHANNIZZA, AND RECAPTURES HIS PRISONERS + +Then came tidings that in a certain valley, three leagues distant from +the host, were the men and women whom ohannizza was leading away +captive, together with 9.11 his plunder, and all his chariots. Then +did Henry appoint that the Greeks from Adrianople and Demotica should +go and recover the captives and the plunder, two battalions of knights +going with them; and as had been arranged, so was this done on the +morrow. The command of the one battalion was given to Eustace, the +brother of the Emperor Henry of Constantinople, and the command of the +other to Macaire of Sainte-Menehould. + +So they rode, they and the Greeks, till they came to the valley of +which they had been told; and there they found the captives. And +Johannizza's men engaged the Emperor Henry's men, and men and horses +were killed and wounded On either side; but by the goodness of God, +the Franks had + +119 + +the advantage, and rescued the captives, and caused them to turn +again, and brought them away. + +And you must know that this was a mighty deliverance; for the captives +numbered full twenty thousand men, women, and children; and there were +full three thousand chariots laden with their clothes and baggage, to +say nothing of other booty in good quantity. The line of the captives, +as they came to the camp, was two great leagues in length, and they +reached the camp that night. Then was the Emperor Henry greatly +rejoiced, and all the other barons; and they had the captives lodged +apart, and well guarded, with their goods, so that they lost not one +pennyworth of what they possessed. On the morrow the Emperor Henry +rested for the sake of the people he had delivered. And on the day +after he left that country, and rode day by day till he came to +Adrianople. + +There he set free the men and women he had rescued; and each one went +whithersoever he listed, to the land where he was bom, or to any other +place. The booty, of which he had great plenty, was divided in due +shares among the host. So the Emperor Henry sojoumed there five days, +and then rode to the city of Demotica, to see how far it had been +destroyed, and whether it could again be fortified. He encamped before +the city, and saw, both he and his barons, that in the state in which +it then was, it were not well to refortify it. + + PROJECTED MARRIAGE BETWEEN THE EMPEROR AND THE DAUGHTER OF BONIFACE - THE + CRUSADERS RAVAGE THE LANDS OF JOHANNIZZA + +Then came to the camp, as envoy, a baron, Otho of La Roche by name, +belonging to the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat. He came to speak of a +marriage that had been spoken of aforetime between the daughter of +Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, and the Emperor Henry; and +brought tidings that the lady had come from Lombardy, whence her +father had sent to summon her, and that she was now at Salonika. Then +did the emperor take council, and it was decided that the marriage +should be ratified on either side. So the envoy, Otho of La Roche, +returned to Salonika. + +The emperor had reassembled his men, who had gone to place in safe +holding the booty taken at Veroi. And he marched day by day from +Adrianople till he came to the land + +120 + +of Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria. They came to a city +called Ferme, and took it, and entered in, and won much booty. They +remained there for three days, and overran all the land, got very much +spoil, and destroyed a city called Aquilo. + +On the fourth day they departed from Ferme, which was a city fair and +well situated, with hot water springs for bathing, the finest in the +world; and the emperor caused the city to be burned and destroyed, and +they carried away much spoil, in cattle and goods. Then they rode day +by day till they came back to the city of Adrianople; and thev +sojoumed in the land till the feast of All Saints (1st November 1206), +when they could no longer carry on the war because of the winter. So +Henry and all his barons, who were much aweary of campaigning, turned +their faces towards Constantinople; and he left at Adrianople, among +the Greeks, a man of his named Peter of Radinghem, with ten knights. + + THE EMPEROR RESUMES THE WAR AGAINST THEODORE LASCARIS + +At that time Theodore Lascaris, who held the land on the other side of +the straits towards Turkey, was at truce with the Emperor Henry; but +that truce he had not kept well, having broken and violated it. So the +emperor held council, and sent to the other side of the straits, to +the city of Piga, Peter of Bracieux, to whom land had been assigned in +those parts, and with him Payen of Orlans, and Anseau of Cayeux, and +Eustace, the emperor's brother, and a great part of his best men to +the number of seven score knights. These began to make war in very +grim and earnest fashion against Theodore Lascaris, and greatly wasted +his land. + +They marched to a land called Skiza, which was surrounded by the sea +except on one side. And in old days the way of entry had been defended +with walls and towers, and moats, but these were now decayed. So the +host of the French entered in, and Peter of Bracieux, to whom the land +had been devised, began to restore the defences, and built two +castles, and made two fortified ways of entry. From thence they +overran the land of Lascaris, and gained much booty and cattle, and +brought such booty and cattle into their island: Theodore Lascaris, on +the other hand, harked back upon + +121 + +Skiza, so that there were frequent battles and skirmishes, and losses +on the one side and on the other; and the war in those parts was +fierce and perilous. + +Now let us leave speaking of those who were at Skiza, and speak of +Thierri of Loos, who was seneschal, and to whom Nicomedia should have +belonged; and Nicomedia lay a day's journey from Nice the Great, the +capital of the land of Theodore Lascaris. Thierri then went thither, +with a great body of the emperor's men, and found that the castle had +been destroyed. So he enclosed and fortified the church of St. Sophia, +which was very large and fair, and maintained the war in that place. + +ADVANTAGES OBTAINED BY BONIFACE - MARRIAGE OF HIS DAUGHTER WITH THE EMPEROR + +At that time the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat departed from +Salonika, and went to Seres, which Johannizza had destroyed; and he +rebuilt it; and afterwards rebuilt a castle called Drama in the valley +of Philippi. All the country round about surrendered to him, and came +under his rule; and he wintered in the land. + +Meanwhile, so much time had gone by, that Christmas was now past. Then +came messengers from the marquis to the emperor at Constantinople to +say that the marquis had sent his daughter in a galley to the city of +Abydos. So the Emperor Henry sent Geoffry the Marshal of Roumania and +Champagne, and Miles the Brabant, to bring the lady; and these rode +day by day till they came to Abydos. + +They found the lady, who was very good and fair, and saluted her on +behalf of their lord Henry, the emperor, and brought her to +Constantinople in great honour. So the Emperor Henry was wedded to her +in the Church of St. Sophia, on the Sunday after the feast of our Lady +St. Mary Candlemas (4th February I207), with great joy and in great +pomp; and they both wore a crown; and high were the marriage-feastings +in the palace of Bucoleon. Thus, as you have just heard, was the +marriage celebrated between the emperor and the daughter of the +Marquis Boniface, Agnes the empress by name. + + THEODORE LASCARIS FORMS AN ALLIANCE WITH JOHANNIZZA + +Theodore Lascaris, who was warring against the Emperor Henry, took +messengers and sent them to Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and +Bulgaria. And he advised Johannizza that all the forces of the Emperor +Henry were fighting against him (Lascaris) on the other side of the +straits towards Turkey; that the emperor was in Constantinople with +but very few people; and that now was the time for vengeance, inasmuch +as he himself would be attacking the emperor on the one side, and +Johannizza on the other, and the emperor had so few men that he would +not be able to defend himself against both. Now Johannizza had already +engaged a great host of Comans, who were on their way to join his +host; and had collected together as large a force of Wallachians and +Bulgarians as ever he could. And so much time had now gone by, that it +was the beginning of Lent (7th March 1207). + +Macaire of Sainte-Menehould had begun to build a castle at Charax, +which lies on a gulf of the sea, six leagues from Nicomedia, towards +Constantinople. And William of Sains began to build another castle at +Cibotos, that lies on the gulf of Nicomedia, on the other side, +towards Nice. And you must know that the Emperor Henry had as much as +he could do near Constantinople; as also the barons who were in the +land. And well does Geoffry of Villehardouin, the Marshal of Champagne +and Roumania, who is dictating this work, bear witness, that never at +any time were people so distracted and oppressed by war; this was by +reason that the host were scattered in so many places. + + SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE BY JOHANNIZZA - SIEGE OF SKIZA AND CIBOTOS BY LASCARIS + +Then Johannizza left Wallachia with all his hosts, and with a great +host of Comans who joined themselves to him, and entered Roumania. And +the Comans overran the country up to the gates of Constantinople; and +he himself besieged Adrianople, and erected there thirty-three great +petraries, which hurled stones against the walls and the towers. And +inside Adrianople were only the Greeks and + +123 + +Peter of Radinghem, who had been set there by the emperor, with ten +knights. Then the Greeks and the Latins together sent to tell the +Emperor Henry how Johannizza had besieged them, and prayed for +succour. + +Much was the emperor distraught when he heard this; for his forces on +the other side of the straits were so scattered, and were everywhere +so hard pressed that they could do no more than they were doing, while +he himself had but few men in Constantinople. None the less he +undertook to take the field with as many men as he could collect, in +the Easter fortnight; and he sent word to Skiza, where most of his +people were, that they should come to him. So these began to come to +him by sea; Eustace, the brother of the Emperor Henry, and Anseau of +Cayeux, and the main part of their men, and thus only Peter of +Bracieux, and Payen of Orlans, with but few men, remained in Skiza. + +When Theodore Lascaris heard tidings that Adrianople was besieged, and +that the Emperor Henry, through utter need, was recalling his people, +and did not know which way to tum-whether to this side or to that-so +heavily was he oppressed by the war, then did Lascaris with the +greater zeal gather together all the people he could,, and pitched his +tents and pavilions before the gates of Skiza; and many were the +battles fought before Skiza, some lost and some won. And when Theodore +Lascaris saw that there were few people remaining in the city, he took +a great part of his host, and such ships as he could collect on the +sea, and sent them to the castle of Cibotos, which William of Sains +was fortifying; and they set siege to the castle by sea and land, on +the Saturday in mid-Lent (31st March 1207). + +Within were forty knights, very good men, and Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould was their chief; and their castle was as yet but +little fortified, so that their foes could come at them with swords +and lances. The enemy attacked them by land and by sea very fiercely; +and the assault lasted during the whole of Saturday, and our people +defended themselves very well. And this book bears witness that never +did fifty knights defend themselves at greater disadvantage against +such odds. And well may this appear, for of the knights that were +there, all were wounded save five only; and one was killed, who was +nephew to Miles the Brabant, and his name was Giles. + +124 + + THE EMPEROR ATTACKS THE FLEET OF THEODORE LASCARIS, AND RESCUES CIBOTOS + +Before this assault began, on the Saturday morning, there came a +messenger flying to Constantinople. He found the Emperor Henry in the +palace of Blachernae, sitting at meat, and spoke to him thus: "Sire, +be it known to you that those at Cibotos are being attacked by land +and sea; and if you do not speedily deliver them, they will be taken, +and but dead men." + +With the emperor were Conon of Bthune, and Geoffry the Marshal of +Champagne, and Miles the Brabant, and but very few people. And they +held a council, and the council was but short, and the emperor went +down to the shore, and entered into a galleon; and each one was to +take ship such as he could find. And it was proclaimed throughout the +city that all were to follow the emperor in the utter need wherein he +stood, to go and rescue his men, seeing that without help they were +but lost. Then might you have seen the whole city of Constantinople +all a-swarrn with Venetians and Pisans and other seafaring folk, +running to their ships, helterskelter and pell-mell; and with them +entered into the ships the knights, fully armed; and whosoever was +first ready, he first left port to go after the emperor. + +So they went rowing hard all the evening, as long as the light lasted, +and all through the night till the dawn of the following day. And the +emperor had used such diligence, that a little after sun-rising he +came in sight of Cibotos, and of the host surrounding it by sea and +land. And those who were within the castle had not slept that night, +but had kept guard through the whole night, however sick or wounded +they might be, as men who expected nothing but death. + +The emperor saw that the Greeks were close to the walls and about to +assault the city. Now he himself had but few of his people with +him-among them were Geoffry the Marshal in another ship, and Miles the +Brabant, and certain Pisans, and other knights, so that he had some +sixteen ships great and small, while on the other side there were full +sixty. Nevertheless they saw that if they waited for their people, and +suffered the Greeks to assault Cibotos, then those within + +125 + +must be all killed or taken; and when they saw this they decided to +sail against the enemy's ships. + +They sailed thitherward therefore in line; and all those on board the +ships were fully armed, and with their helms laced. And when the +Greeks, who were about to attack the castle, saw us coming, they +perceived that help was at hand for the besieged, and they avoided the +castle, and came to meet us; and all this great host, both horse and +foot, drew up on the shore. And the Greeks on ship-board [The meaning +here is a little obscure in the original ] when they saw that the +emperor and his people meant to attack them in any case, drew back +towards those on shore, so that the latter might give them help with +bows and darts. + +So the emperor held them close with his seventeen ships, till the +shouts of those coming from Constantinople began to reach him; and +when the night fell so many had come up that the Franks were +everywhere in force upon the sea; and they lay all armed during the +night, and cast anchor. And they settled that as soon as they saw the +day, they would go and do battle with the enemy on the shore, and also +seize their ships. But when it came to about midnight, the Greeks +dragged all their ships to land, and set fire to them, and burned them +all, and broke up their camp, and went away flying. + +The Emperor Henry and his host were right glad of the victory that God +had given them,,and that they had thus been able to succour their +people. And when it came to be morning, the emperor and his barons +went to the castle of Cibotos, and found those who were therein very +sick, and for the most part sore wounded. And the emperor and his +people looked at the castle, and saw that it was so weak as not to be +worth the holding. So they gathered all their people into the ships, +and left the castle and abandoned it. Thus did the Emperor Henry +return to Constantinople. + + JOHANNIZZA RAISES THE SIEGE OF ADRIANOPLE + +Johannizza, the king of Wallachia, who had besieged Adrianople, gave +himself no rest, for his petraries, of which he had many, cast stones +night and day against the walls and towers, and damaed the walls and +towers very greatly. And he set his sappers to mine the walls, and +made many + +126 + +assaults. And well did those who were within, both Greeks and Latins, +maintain themselves, and often did they beg the Emperor Henry to +succour them, and wam him that, if he did not succour them, they were +utterly undone. The emperor was much distraught; for when he wished to +go and succour his people at Adrianople on the one side, then Theodore +Lascaris pressed upon him so straitly on the other side, that of +necessity he was forced to draw back. + +So Johannizza remained during the whole month of April (1207) before +Adrianople; and he came so near to taking it that in two places he +beat down the walls and towers to the ground, and his men fought hand +to hand, with swords and lances, against those who were within. Also +he made assaults in force, and the besieged defended themselves well; +and there were many killed and wounded on one side and on the other. + +As it pleases God that adventures should be ordered, so it befell that +the Comans who had overrun the land, and gained much booty, and +returned to the camp before Adrianople, with all their spoils, now +said they would remain with Johannizza no longer, but go back to their +own land. Thus the Comans abandoned Johannizza. And without them he +dared not remain before Adrianople. So he departed from before the +city, and left it. + +And you must know that this was held to be a great miracle: that the +siege of a city so near to the taking should be abandoned, and by a +man possessed of such power. But as God wills, so do events befall. +Those in Adrianople made no delay in begging the emperor, for the love +of God, to come to them as soon as he could; for sooth it was that if +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia returned, they would all be killed +or taken. + + SKIZA AGAIN BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS - THE EMPEROR DELIVERS THE CITY + +The emperor, with as many men as he possessed, had prepared to go to +Adrianople, when tidings came, very grievous, that Escurion, who was +admiral of the galleys of Theodore Lascaris, had entered with +seventeen galleys into the straits of Abydos, in the channel of St. +George, and come before Skiza, where Peter of Bracieux then was, and +Payen of + +127 + +Orlans; and that the said Escurion was besieging the city by sea, +while Theodore Lascaris was besieging it by land. Moreover, the people +of the land of Skiza had rebelled against Peter of Bracieux, as also +those of Marmora, and had wrought him great harm, and killed many of +his people. + +When these tidi . ngs came to Constantinople, they were greatly +dismayed. Then did the Emperor Henry take council with his men, and +his barons, and the Venetians also; and they said that if they did not +succour Peter of Bracieux, and Payen of Orlans, they were but dead +men, and the land would be lost. So they armed fourteen galleys in all +diligence, and set in them the Venetians of most note, and all the +barons of the emperor. + +In one galley entered Conon of Bthune and his people; in another +Geoffry of Villehardouin and his people; in the third Macaire of +Sainte-Menehould and his people; in the fourth Miles the Brabant in +the fifth Anscau of Cayeux; in the sixth Thierri of Loos, who was +seneschal of Roumania; m the seventh William of Perchoi; and in the +eighth Eustace the Emperor's brother. Thus did the Emperor Henry put +into all these galleys the best people that he had; and when they left +the port of Constantinople, well did all say that never had galleys +been better armed, nor manned with better men. And thus, for this +time, the march on Adrianople was again put off. + +Those who were in the galleys sailed down the straits, right towards +Skiza. How Escurion, the admiral of Theodore Lascaris' galleys, heard +of it, I know not; but he abandoned Skiza, and went away, and fled +down the straits. And the others chased him two days and two nights, +beyond the straits of Abydos, forty miles. And when they saw they +could not come up with him, they turned back, and came to Skiza, and +found there Peter of Bracieux and Payen of Orlans; and Theodore +Lascaris had dislodged from before the city and repaired to his own +land. Thus was Skiza relieved, as you have just heard; and those in +the galleys turned back to Constantinople, and prepared once more to +march on Adrianople. + +128 + + THE EMPEROR TWICE DELIVERS NICOMEDIA, BESIEGED BY THEODORE LASCARIS + +Theodore Lascaris sent the most part of his force into the land of +Nicomedia. And the people of Thierri of Loos, who had fortified the +church of St. Sophia, and were therein, besought their lord and the +emperor to come to their relief; for if they received no help they +could not hold out, especially as they had no provisions. Through +sheer distress and sore need, the Emperor Henry and his people agreed +that they must once more abandon thought of going to Adrianople, and +cross the straits of St. George, to the Turkish side, with as many +people as they could collect, and succour Nicomedia. + +And when the people of Theodore Lascaris heard that the emperor was +coming, they avoided the land, and retreated towards Nice the Great. +And when the emperor knew of it, he took council, and it was decided +that Thierri of Loos, the seneschal of Roumania, should abide in +Nicomedia, with all his knights, and all his sergeants, to guard the +land; and Macaire of Sainte-Menehould should abide at Charax, and +William of Perchoi in Skiza; and each defend the land where he abode. + +Then did the Emperor Henry, and the remainder of his people return to +Constantinople, and prepare once again to go towards Adrianople. And +while he was so preparing, Thierri of Loos the seneschal, who was in +Nicomedia, and William of Perchoi, and all their people, went out +foraging on a certain day. And the people of Theodore Lascaris knew of +it, and surprised them, and fell upon them. Now the people of Theodore +Lascaris were very many, and our people very few. So the battle began, +and they fought hand to hand, and before very long the few were not +able to stand against the many. + +Thierri of Loos did right well, as also his people; he was twice +struck down, and by main strength his men remounted him. And William +of Perchoi was also struck down, and remounted and rescued. But +numbers hemmed them in too sore, and the Franks were discomfited. +There was taken Thierri of Loos, wounded in the face, and in peril of +death. There, too, were most of his people taken, for few escaped. +William of Perchoi fled on a hackney, wounded in the hand. + +129 + +Those that escaped from the discomfiture rallied in the church of St. +Sophia. + +He who dictates this history heard blame attached in this +affair-whether rightly or wrongly he knows not-to a certain knight +named Anseau of Remi, who was liegeman of Thierri of Loos the +seneschal, and chief of his men; and who abandoned him in the fray. + +Then did those who had returned to the church of St. Sophia in +Nicomedia, viz. William of Perchoi and Anseau of Remi, take a +messenger, and send him flying to Constantinople, to the Emperor +Henry; and they told the emperor what had befallen, how the seneschal +had been taken with his men; how they themselves were besieged in the +church of St. Sophia, in Nicomedia, and how they had food for no more +than five days; and they told him he must know of a certainty that if +he did not succour them they must be killed or taken. The emperor, as +one hearing a cry of distress, passed over the straits of St. George, +he and his people, each as best he could, and pell-mell, to go to the +relief of those in Nicomedia. And so the march to Adrianople was put +off once more. + +When the emperor had passed over the straits of St. George, he set his +troops in array, and rode day by day till he came to Nicomedia. When +the people of Theodore Lascaris, and his brothers, who formed the +host, heard thereof, they drew back, and passed over the mountain on +the other side, towards Nice. And the emperor encamped by Nicomedia in +a very fair field that lay beside the river on this side of the +mountain. He had his tents and pavilions pitched; and caused his men +to overrun and harry the land, because the people had rebelled when +they heard that Thierri of Loos, the seneschal, was taken; and the +emperor's men captured much cattle and many prisoners. + + TRUCE WITH THEODORE LASCARIS - THE EMPEROR INVADES THE LANDS OF JOHANNIZZA + +The Emperor Henry sojoumed after this manner for five days in the +meadow by Nicomedia. And while he was thus sojourning, Theodore +Lascaris took messengers, and sent them to him, asking him to make a +truce for two years, on condition that the emperor would suffer him to +demolish + +130 + +Skiza and the fortress of the church of St. Sophia of Nicomedia, while +he, on his side, would yield up all the prisoners taken in the last +victory, or at other times of whom he had a great many in his land. + +Now the emperor took council with his people; and they said that they +could not maintain two wars at the same time, and that it was better +to suffer loss as proposed than suffer the loss of Adrianople, and the +land on the other side of the straits; and moreover that they.would +(by agreeing to this truce) cause division between their enemies, viz. +Johannizza, the King of Wallachia and Bulgaria and Theodore Lascaris +who were now friends, and helped one another in the war. + +The matter was thus settled and agreed to. Then the Emperor Henry +summoned Peter of Bracieux from Skiza; and he came to him; and the +Emperor Henry so wrought with him that he gave up Skiza into his +hands, and the emperor delivered it to Theodore Lascaris to be +demolished, as also the church of St. Sophia of Nicomedia. So was the +truce established, and so were the fortresses demolished. Thierri of +Loos was given up, and all the other prisoners. + +Then the Emperor Henry repaired to Constantinople, and undertook once +more to go to Adrianople with as many men as he could collect. He +assembled his host at Selymbria; and so much time had already passed +that this did not take place till after the feast of St. John, in June +(1207). And he rode day by day till he came to Adrianople, and +encamped in the fields before the city. And those within the city, who +had greatly desired his coming, went out to meet him in procession, +and received him very gladly.. And all the Greeks of the land came +with them. + +The emperor remained only one day before the city to see all the +damage that Johannizza had done to the walls and towers, with mines +and petraries; and these had worked great havoc to the city. And on +the morrow he departed', and marched towards the country of +Johannizza, and so marched for four days. On the fifth day he came to +the foot of the mountain of Wallachia, to a city called Euloi, which +Johannizza had newly repeopled with his folk. And when the people of +the land saw the host coming, they abandoned the city, and fled into +the mountains. + +131 + + THE E MPEROR'S FORAGERS SUFFER LOSS + +The Emperor Henry and the host of the French encamped before the city; +and the foraging parties overran the land and captured oxen, and cows, +and beeves in great plenty and other beasts. And those from +Adrianople, who had brought their chariots with them, and were poor +and illfurnished with food, loaded their chariots with corn and other +grain; and they found also provisions in plenty and loaded with them, +in great quantities, the other chariots that they had captured. So the +host sojoumed there for three days; and every day the foraging parties +went foraging throughout the land; but the land was full of mountains, +and strong defiles, and the host lost many foragers, who adventured +themselves madly. + +In the end, the Emperor Henry sent Anscau of Cayeux to guard the +foragers, and Eustace his brother, and Thierri of Flanders, his +nephew, and Walter of Escomai, and John Bliaud. Their four battalions +went to guard the foragers, and entered into a land rough and +mountainous. And when their people had overrun the land, and wished to +return, they found the defiles very well guarded. For the Wallachians +of the country had assembled, and fought against them, and did them +great hurt, both to men and horses. Hardly were our men put to it to +escape discomfiture; and the knights had, of necessity, to dismount +and go on foot. But by God's help they returned to the camp, though +not without great loss and damage. + +On the morrow the Emperor Henry, and the host of the French departed +thence, and marched day by day till they came to Adrianople; and they +stored therein the corn and other provisions that they brought with +them. The emperor sojourned in the field before the city some fifteen +days. + +HOMAGE RENDERED BY BONIFACE TO THE EMPEROR, AND BY GEOFFRY OF VILLEHARDOUIN + TO BONIFACE + +At that time Boniface, the Marquis of Montferrat, who was at Seres, +which he had fortified, rode forth as far as Messinopolis, and all the +land surrendered to his will. Then he took messengers, and sent them +to the Emperor Henry, and told him that he would right willingly speak +with him + +132 + +by the river that runs below Cypsela. Now they two had never been able +to speak together face to face since the conquest of the land, for so +many enemies lay between them that the one had never been able to come +to the other. And when the emperor and those of his councilheardthat +themarquis Boniface was at Messinopolis, they rejoiced greatly; and +the emperor sent back word by the messengers that he would speak with +the marquis on the day appointed. + +So the emperor went thitherward, and he left Conon of Bethune to guard +the land near Adrianople, with one hundred knights. And they came on +the set day to the place of meeting in a very fair field, near the +city of Cypsela. The emperor came from one side, and the marquis from +the other, and they met with very great joy; nor is that to be +wondered at, seeing they had not, of a long time, beheld one another. +And the marquis asked the emperor for tidings of his daughter Agnes; +and the emperor told him she was with child, and the marquis was glad +thereof and rejoiced. Then did the marquis become liegeman to the +emperor, and held from him his land, as he had done from the Emperor +Baldwin, his brother. And the marquis gave to Geoffry of +Villehardouin, Marshal of Roumania and Champagne, the city of +Messinopolis, and all its appurtenances, or else that of Seres, +whichever he liked best; and the Marshal became his liegeman, save in +so far as he owed fealty to the emperor of Constantinople. + +They sojourned thus in that field for two days, in great joy, and said +that, as God had granted that they should come together, so might they +yet again defeat their enemies. And they made agreement to meet at the +end of the summer, in the month of October, with all their forces, in +the meadow before the city of Adrianople, and make war against the +King of Wallachia. So they separated joyous and well content. The +marquis went to Messinopolis, and the Emperor Henry towards +Constantinople. + + BONIFACE IS KILLED IN A BATTLE AGAINST THE BULGARIANS + +When the marquis had come to Messinopolis, he did not remain there +more than five days before he rode forth, by the advice of the Greeks +of the land, on an expedition to the mountain of Messinopolis, which +was distant a long day's + +133 + +journey. And when he had been through the land, and was about to +depart, the Bulgarians of the land collected and saw that the marquis +had but a small force with him. So they came from all parts and +attacked the rear-guard. And when the marquis heard the shouting, he +leapt on a horse, all unarmed as he was, with a lance in his hand. And +when he came together, where the Bulgarians were fighting with the +rear-guard, hand to hand, he ran in upon them, and drove them a great +way back. + +Then was the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat wounded with an arrow, in +the thick of the arm, beneath the shoulder, mortally, and he began to +lose blood. And when his men saw it, they began to be dismayed, and to +lose heart, and to bear themselves badly. Those who were round the +marquis held him up, and he was losing much blood; and he began to +faint. And when his men perceived that he could give them no farther +help, they were the more dismayed, and began to desert him. So were +they discomfited by misadventure; and those who remained by him-and +they were but few-were killed. + +The head of the Marquis Boniface of Montferrat was cut off, and the +people of the land sent it to Johannizza; and that was one of the +greatest joys that ever Johannizza had. Alas! what a dolorous mishap +for the Emperor Henry, and for all the Latins of the land of Roumania, +to lose such a man by such a misadventure-one of the best barons and +most liberal, and one of the best knights in the world! And this +misadventure befell in the year of the Incarnation of Jesus Christ, +twelve hundred and seven. + + END + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, MEMOIRS OR CHRONICLE OF THE FOURTH CRUSADE AND THE CONQUEST OF CONSTANTINOPLE *** + +This file should be named 6032.txt or 6032.zip + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +https://gutenberg.org or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/6032.zip b/old/6032.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbd98ef --- /dev/null +++ b/old/6032.zip |
